As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 31, 2022.

File No. 001-          
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware85-2487422
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
801 Grand Avenue, Suite 2600
Des Moines, Iowa 50309
(515) 330-3340
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Christopher Blunt
Jodi Ahlman, Esq.
c/o F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
801 Grand Avenue, Suite 2600
Des Moines, Iowa 50309
(515) 330-3340
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Todd E. Freed, Esq.
Jon A. Hlafter, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
One Manhattan West
New York, New York 10001
(212) 735-3000
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class to
be so registered
Name of each exchange on which
each class is to be registered
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per shareNew York Stock Exchange
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐



F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
Certain information required to be included herein is incorporated by reference to specifically identified portions of the body of the information statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1 (the “Information Statement”). None of the information contained in the Information Statement shall be incorporated by reference herein or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.
Item 1. Business.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Information Statement Summary,” “Summary Risk Factors,” “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Regulation of F&G,” “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Where You Can Find More Information.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Risk Factors.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 2. Financial Information.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3. Properties.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Business—Properties.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 6. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.



Item 8. Legal Proceedings.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Business—Legal Proceedings” and the notes to the financial statements entitled “Commitments and Contingencies — Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Market Price of, and Dividends on, the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Dividend Policy,” “Capitalization,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Description of Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Sales of Unregistered Securities.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Description of Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Director Liability.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and “Index to Combined Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(a) Financial Statements
The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” and “Index to Combined Financial Statements” and the financial statements referenced therein. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted



(b) Exhibits
See below.
The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10*Amended and Restated Omnibus Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and among FGL Holdings, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.11*Amended and Restated Sub-Manager Fee Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and among FGL Holdings, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.12*Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and between FGL US Holdings Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.13*Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.14*Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and between F&G Life Re Ltd (f/k/a F&G Re Ltd) and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.15*Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and between CF Bermuda Holdings Limited and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.16*Second Amended and Restated Investment Management Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2020, by and between Fidelity and Guaranty Life Insurance Company and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.17*Investment Management Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2020, by and between Freestone Re Ltd. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.



10.18*Investment Management Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2020, by and between F&G Cayman Re Ltd. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.19*Investment Management Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2021, by and between F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.20*Investment Management Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2021, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.21*Amended and Restated Amendment to Investment Management Agreements; IMA Omnibus Termination Side Letter; SMA Fee Agreement and Participation Fee Agreement, dated September 24, 2021, by and among F&G Life & Annuities, Inc., Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
21
99.1
99.2
* To be filed by amendment.



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
By:/s/ Christopher O. Blunt
Name:Christopher O. Blunt
Title:President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: August 31, 2022

Exhibit 2.1

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
between
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.,
and
F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
dated as of [●], 2022


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS2
Section 1.1.    Definitions
2
ARTICLE II  SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION5
Section 2.1.    Separation
5
Section 2.2.    Distribution
5
Section 2.3.    Conditions to the Distribution
6
Section 2.4.    Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of F&G
6
Section 2.5.    Tax Treatment
6
ARTICLE III  NO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FNF7
Section 3.1.    No Representations or Warranties
7
ARTICLE IV  NO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF F&G7
Section 4.1.    No Representations or Warranties
7
ARTICLE V  COVENANTS7
Section 5.1.    Further Assurances
7
Section 5.2.    Access to Information
7
Section 5.3.    Confidentiality
8
Section 5.4.    Preparation of Registration Statement
9
Section 5.5.    NYSE Listing
9
Section 5.6.    Approval of F&G Employee Incentive Arrangements
9
Section 5.7.    Reasonable Best Efforts
10
ARTICLE VI  CLOSING10
Section 6.1.    Closing
10
Section 6.2.    Conditions to Closing
10
Section 6.3.    Deliveries at Closing
11
ARTICLE VII  TERMINATION11
Section 7.1.    Termination
11
Section 7.2.    Effect of Termination
11
ARTICLE VIII  MISCELLANEOUS12
Section 8.1.    Survival of Covenants
12
Section 8.2.    Specific Performance
12
Section 8.3.    No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights
12
Section 8.4.    Notices
12
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Section 8.5.    Entire Agreement
13
Section 8.6.    Binding Effect; Assignment
13
Section 8.7.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
13
Section 8.8.    Dispute Resolution
14
Section 8.9.    Severability
16
Section 8.10.    Amendments; Waivers
16
Section 8.11.    No Strict Construction; Interpretation
16
Section 8.12.    Conflicts with Tax Sharing Agreement
17
Section 8.13.    Headings
17
Section 8.14.    Counterparts
17
Schedules
Schedule 1    Separation Plan
Exhibits
Exhibit A    Corporate Services Agreement
Exhibit B    Reverse Corporate Services Agreement
Exhibit C    Tax Sharing Agreement
Exhibit D    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of F&G
Exhibit E    Amended and Restated Bylaws of F&G
ii


SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (together with all Schedules and Exhibits hereto, this “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2022, is entered into by and between FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“FNF”), and F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“F&G”) and a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of FNF.
WHEREAS, F&G is, and prior to the Separation will be, a wholly owned Subsidiary of FNF;
WHEREAS, prior to the F&G Stock Split the authorized capital stock of F&G was 1,000 shares of F&G Common Stock;
WHEREAS, on June 24, 2022, F&G effected a 105,000-for-1 stock split of the F&G Common Stock, pursuant to which FNF received in the form of a dividend, and without surrender of any certificates for its shares, 104,999 additional shares of F&G Common Stock for each share of F&G Common Stock held by FNF prior to such stock split (the “F&G Stock Split”);
WHEREAS, on June 24, 2022, in connection with the F&G Stock Split, the authorized capital stock of F&G was increased from 1,000 shares of F&G Common Stock to 500,000,000 shares of F&G Common Stock;
WHEREAS, following the F&G Stock Split, on June 24, 2022, FNF contributed the F&G Note to F&G in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of F&G Common Stock in a value-for-value exchange (the “Conversion”);
WHEREAS, following the F&G Stock Split and the Conversion, F&G has a total of 125,000,000 shares of F&G Common Stock issued and outstanding;
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Separation, subject to the conditions described herein;
WHEREAS, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Separation, have been approved by the board of directors of FNF (the “FNF Board”) and the board of directors of F&G (the “F&G Board”); and
WHEREAS capitalized terms used herein and not defined in the accompanying text have the meanings ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(a) or in the text referenced in Section 1.1(b).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.    Definitions.
(a)    For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the corresponding meanings:
Action” means any demand, action, claim, suit, countersuit, litigation, arbitration, prosecution, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or investigation whether or not commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court, grand jury or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.
Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For this purpose, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, (i) none of F&G and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of any of FNF or any of its Subsidiaries (other than F&G and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) none of FNF or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Affiliates of F&G or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, for any periods prior to or following the Closing.
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract” means any loan or credit agreement, debenture, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or obligation.
Corporate Services Agreement” means the Corporate Services Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
Distribution Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
Distribution Agent Agreement” means that certain Distribution Agent Agreement to be entered into by and among FNF, F&G and the Distribution Agent in connection with the Distribution.
Distribution Date” means the date of the Distribution.
Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the Distribution.
F&G Common Stock” means the common stock of F&G.
F&G Employee Stock Purchase Program” means the F&G Annuities & Life Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
2


F&G Note” means that certain Promissory Note dated as of September 15, 2021 by and among FNF and F&G.
F&G Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan” means the F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
FNF Common Stock” means the common stock of FNF.
Governmental Authority” means any government, court, arbitrator, regulatory or administrative agency, commission or authority or other governmental instrumentality, federal, state or local, domestic, foreign or multinational.
IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
Law” means any federal, state, local or foreign or provincial law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, injunction, decree or agency requirement of or undertaking to any Governmental Authority, including common law.
Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any kind.
Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form 10 filed under the Securities Act (No. [●]) pursuant to which the offering of shares of F&G Common Stock in the Distribution will be registered.
Representatives” means, with respect to any party, such party’s directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, agents and other representatives.
Reverse Corporate Services Agreement” means the Reverse Corporate Services Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Separation Plan” means the step set forth on Schedule 1.
Subsidiary” when used with respect to any Person, means (i) (A) a corporation of which a majority in voting power of its share capital or capital stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by a Subsidiary of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, (B) a partnership or limited liability company in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, (1) in the case of a partnership, a general partner of such partnership with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such partnership or (2) in the case of a limited liability company, the managing member or, in the absence of a managing member, a member with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such
3


limited liability company, or (C) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, a Subsidiary of such Person or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has (1) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, or (2) in the absence of such a governing body, at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) any other Person of which an aggregate of more than 50% of the equity interests are, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, none of F&G and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Subsidiaries of any of FNF or its Subsidiaries.
Tax” or “Taxes” means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies, customs, duties, tariffs, or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, excise, real or personal property, sales, withholding, social security, retirement, unemployment, occupation, use, goods and services, service use, license, value added, capital, net worth, payroll, profits, franchise, transfer and recording taxes, fees and charges, and any other taxes, charges, fees, levies, customs, duties, tariffs or other assessments imposed by the IRS or any taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign including any state, county, local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof (including a United States possession)), whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or any other basis; and such term shall include any interest thereon, fines, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges, fees, levies, customs, duties, tariffs, or other assessments.
Tax Sharing Agreement” means the Tax Sharing Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
Transaction Agreements” means this Agreement, the Corporate Services Agreement, the Reverse Corporate Services Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and any other documents entered into in connection therewith.
(b)    As used herein, the following terms will have the meanings set forth in the applicable section of this Agreement set forth below:
Defined TermSection Reference
AgreementPreamble
Closing
Section 6.1
Closing Date
Section 6.1
ConversionRecitals
Disclosing Party
Section 5.3(a)
Dispute
Section 8.8(a)
DistributionSchedule 1
F&GPreamble
4


Defined TermSection Reference
F&G BoardRecitals
F&G Stock-SplitRecitals
FNFPreamble
FNF BoardRecitals
NYSE
Section 5.5
Proprietary Information
Section 5.3(a)
Receiving Party
Section 5.3(b)
Separation
Section 2.1(a)
ARTICLE II
SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
Section 2.1.    Separation.
(a)    In accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the parties will take, and as applicable will cause their respective Subsidiaries to take, all actions that are necessary or appropriate to accomplish the step set forth in the Separation Plan (the “Separation”), as soon as practicable after the conditions thereto have been satisfied or, to the extent waivable, waived.
(b)    All documents and instruments used to effect the Separation and otherwise to comply with this Agreement will be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to FNF and F&G.
(c)    The transactions contemplated hereby shall not include (a) the contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery, directly or indirectly, of any assets of FNF to F&G, on the one hand, or any assets of F&G to FNF, on the other hand, or (b) the assignment, directly or indirectly, of any liabilities of FNF to F&G, on the one hand, or F&G to FNF, on the other hand, other than, in each case pursuant to (i) the Distribution and (ii) the Transaction Agreements.
Section 2.2.    Distribution.  Without limiting Section 2.1, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement:
(a)    The parties have taken or will take, and have caused or will cause their respective Subsidiaries to take, by no later than immediately before the Effective Time, all actions that are necessary or appropriate to implement and accomplish the Distribution of certain shares of F&G Common Stock pro rata to the holders of FNF Common Stock by means of book-entry transfer through the Distribution Agent in accordance with the Separation Plan.
(b)    The FNF Board will have the authority (i) to (A) effect the Distribution, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 2.3, or (B) terminate the Distribution at any time prior to the Effective Time, (ii) to establish or change the Distribution Date or the Effective Time
5


and (iii) prior to the Effective Time, to establish or change the procedures for effecting the Distribution, subject to, in all cases, applicable law and the organizational documents of FNF.
(c)    On the Distribution Date, subject to the satisfaction or waiver, as applicable, of the conditions to the Distribution set forth in Section 2.3, FNF will cause the Distribution Agent to distribute the applicable number of shares of F&G Common Stock necessary to effect the Distribution on the Distribution Date pro rata to the holders of FNF Common Stock by means of book-entry transfer.
(d)    No fractional shares of F&G Common Stock will be distributed in connection with the Distribution. If any record holder of FNF Common Stock would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of F&G Common Stock in the Distribution, such record holder will instead receive cash in accordance with the Distribution Agent Agreement.
(e)    All of the shares of F&G Common Stock that are distributed in the Distribution will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Section 2.3.    Conditions to the Distribution.
(a)    The performance by each party of its obligations in connection with the Distribution is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
(i)    each party shall have delivered each Transaction Agreement to which it is a party duly executed by an authorized officer of such party;
(ii)    the Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC; and
(iii)    the shares of F&G Common Stock deliverable to the stockholders of FNF as contemplated by this Agreement shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.
Section 2.4.    Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of F&G.  Prior to the Closing, (a) the existing certificate of incorporation of F&G shall be amended and restated substantially in the form of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of F&G attached as Exhibit D hereto and (b) the existing bylaws of F&G shall be amended and restated substantially in the form of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of F&G attached as Exhibit E hereto.
Section 2.5.    Tax Treatment.  For U.S. federal income Tax purposes, (1) the F&G Stock Split is intended to qualify as a tax-free stock distribution under Section 305(a) of the Code, (2) the Conversion is intended not to result in gain or loss to FNF or F&G, and (3) the Distribution is intended to be treated as a distribution taxable to FNF and its shareholders under Sections 311(b) and 301 of the Code respectively.
6


ARTICLE III
NO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FNF
Section 3.1.    No Representations or Warranties.  Neither FNF nor any other Person makes or has made any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to FNF or with respect to any other information provided to F&G in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements (including with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of, or any other matter involving, either business, or the sufficiency of any assets, the title to any assets or the requirements of any applicable Laws).
ARTICLE IV
NO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF F&G
Section 4.1.    No Representations or Warranties.  Neither F&G nor any other Person makes or has made any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to F&G or with respect to any other information provided to FNF in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements (including with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of, or any other matter involving, either business, or the sufficiency of any assets, the title to any assets or the requirements of any applicable Laws).
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
Section 5.1.    Further Assurances.  At any time before or after the Closing, each party hereto covenants and agrees to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, agreements, consents, assurances and other documents, and to take all such other commercially reasonable actions, as any other party may reasonably request and as may reasonably be required in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement and to implement the terms hereof.
Section 5.2.    Access to Information.
(a)    Upon reasonable notice and subject to applicable Laws relating to the exchange of information, each party hereto shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, afford to the other party and its Representatives reasonable access during normal business hours (and, with respect to books and records, the right to copy) to any information in its possession or under its control that the requesting party reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, filing or other requirements imposed on the requesting party by a foreign or U.S. federal, state or local judicial, regulatory or administrative authority having jurisdiction over the requesting party or its Subsidiaries, (ii) to enable the requesting party to institute or defend against any action, suit or proceeding in any foreign or U.S. federal, state or local court or (iii) to enable the requesting party to implement the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to performing its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (provided, however,
7


that any information relating to matters governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement shall be subject to the provisions thereof in lieu of this Section 5.2).
(b)    Any information owned by a party that is provided to another party pursuant to Section 5.2(a) will remain the property of the providing party. The parties agree to cooperate in good faith to take all reasonable efforts to maintain any legal privilege that may attach to any information delivered pursuant to this Section 5.2 or which otherwise comes into the receiving party’s possession and control pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each party’s access to information shall be subject, in all cases, to any bona fide concerns of attorney-client privilege that the other party may reasonably have and any restrictions contained in Contracts to which the other party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (it being understood that such party shall use its reasonable efforts to provide any such information in a manner that does not result in such violation). Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as granting or conferring license or other rights in any such information.
(c)    The party requesting any information under this Section 5.2 will reimburse the providing party for the reasonable out of pocket costs, if any, of creating, gathering and copying such information, to the extent that such costs are incurred for the benefit of the requesting party.
Section 5.3.    Confidentiality.  Each party will keep confidential for five (5) years following the Closing Date (or for three (3) years following disclosure to such party, whichever is longer), and will use reasonable efforts to cause its officers, directors, members, employees, Affiliates and agents to keep confidential during such period, all Proprietary Information of the other party, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable Law.
(a)    “Proprietary Information” means any proprietary ideas, plans and information, including information of a technological or business nature, of a party (in this context, the “Disclosing Party”) (including all trade secrets, intellectual property, data, summaries, reports or mailing lists, in whatever form or medium whatsoever, including oral communications, and however produced or reproduced), that is marked proprietary or confidential, or that bears a marking of like import, or that the Disclosing Party states is to be considered proprietary or confidential, or that a reasonable and prudent person would consider proprietary or confidential under the circumstances of its disclosure.
(b)    Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, information of Disclosing Party will not constitute Proprietary Information (and the other party (in this context, the “Receiving Party”) will have no obligation of confidentiality with respect thereto), to the extent such information: (i) is in the public domain other than as a result of disclosure made in breach of this Agreement or breach of any other agreement relating to confidentiality between the Disclosing Party and the Receiving Party; (ii) was lawfully acquired by the Disclosing Party from a third party not bound by a confidentiality obligation; (iii) is approved for release by prior written authorization of the Disclosing Party; or (iv) is disclosed in order to comply with a judicial order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, or to comply with the Laws or regulations of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Receiving Party, in
8


which event the Receiving Party will give prior written notice to the Disclosing Party of such disclosure as soon as or to the extent practicable and will cooperate with the Disclosing Party in using reasonable efforts to disclose the least amount of such information required and to obtain an appropriate protective order or equivalent, and provided, that the information will continue to be Proprietary Information to the extent it is covered by a protective order or equivalent or is not so disclosed.
Section 5.4.    Preparation of Registration Statement.  F&G and FNF shall prepare, and F&G shall file with the SEC the Registration Statement. F&G shall use its reasonable best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after such filing and keep the Registration Statement effective for so long as necessary to consummate the Distribution. F&G shall take any action (other than qualifying to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified or filing a general consent to service of process) required to be taken under any applicable state securities Laws in connection with the distribution of shares of F&G Common Stock in the Distribution, and FNF shall furnish all information concerning FNF and the holders of shares of FNF Common Stock as may be reasonably requested by F&G in connection with any such action. No filing of, or amendment or supplement to, the Registration Statement will be made without FNF’s consent (which may be oral or written and shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). If at any time prior to the Closing any information relating to FNF, F&G or any of their respective Affiliates, directors or officers, should be discovered by FNF or F&G which should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, so that the Registration Statement would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the party which discovers such information shall promptly notify the other parties hereto and an appropriate amendment or supplement describing such information shall be promptly filed with the SEC and, to the extent required by Law, disseminated to the holders of FNF Common Stock. The parties shall notify each other promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or the staff of the SEC and of any request by the SEC or the staff of the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or for additional information and shall supply each other with copies of (x) correspondence between it or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or the staff of the SEC, on the other hand, with respect to the Registration Statement or the transactions contemplated hereby and (y) all orders of the SEC relating to the Registration Statement.
Section 5.5.    NYSE Listing.  F&G shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the shares of F&G Common Stock to be issued in the Distribution to be listed on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) as of the Closing, subject to official notice of issuance.
Section 5.6.    Approval of F&G Employee Incentive Arrangements.  Prior to the Closing, FNF (as the sole equity holder of F&G) shall approve resolutions to adopt the F&G Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and the F&G Employee Stock Purchase Program, and take any other actions necessary to adopt such arrangements.
9


Section 5.7.    Reasonable Best Efforts.  FNF and F&G shall use their respective reasonable best efforts, and cause their respective Subsidiaries to use their respective reasonable best efforts, (i) to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) to execute and deliver the other documents and instruments required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case as soon as practicable after the date hereof.
ARTICLE VI
CLOSING
Section 6.1.    Closing.  Unless this Agreement is terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement abandoned pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE VII, the closing of the Separation (the “Closing”) will take place remotely via the exchange of executed documents on the same day as the Effective Time, which date shall be no later than two (2) business day following satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 6.2 (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the Closing but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of those conditions at such time) (the date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “Closing Date”).
Section 6.2.    Conditions to Closing.
(a)    The obligations of the parties to complete the transactions provided for herein are conditioned upon the absence of any injunction, Law, regulation or court order that would prohibit the Separation.
(b)    The performance by each party of its obligations hereunder is further conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver of:
(i)    the performance in all material respects by the other party of its covenants and agreements contained herein to the extent such are required to be performed at or prior to the Closing;
(ii)    there being no Law, injunction, judgment or ruling enacted, promulgated, issued, entered, amended or enforced by any Governmental Authority in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or making the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal;
(iii)    the Registration Statement shall have become effective under the Securities Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC; and
(iv)    the shares of F&G Common Stock deliverable to the stockholders of FNF as contemplated by this Agreement shall have been approved for listing on NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.
10


Section 6.3.    Deliveries at Closing.
(a)    FNF.  At the Closing, FNF will deliver or cause to be delivered to F&G:
(i)    the Corporate Services Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of FNF;
(ii)    the Reverse Corporate Services Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of FNF;
(iii)    the Tax Sharing Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of FNF; and
(iv)    a secretary’s certificate certifying that the FNF Board has authorized the execution, delivery and performance by FNF of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, which authorization will be in full force and effect at and as of the Closing.
(b)    F&G.  At the Closing, F&G will deliver or cause to be delivered to FNF:
(i)    the Corporate Services Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of F&G;
(ii)    the Reverse Corporate Services Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of F&G;
(iii)    the Tax Sharing Agreement duly executed by an authorized officer of F&G; and
(iv)    a secretary’s certificate certifying that the F&G Board has authorized the execution, delivery and performance by F&G of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, which authorization will be in full force and effect at and as of the Closing.
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION
Section 7.1.    Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing by the written agreement of FNF and F&G.
Section 7.2.    Effect of Termination.  In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided by Section 7.1, this Agreement will immediately become void and the parties hereto will have no liability whatsoever to each other with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
11


ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.1.    Survival of Covenants.  The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement that contemplate performance prior to the Closing, shall terminate and be of no further force and effect from and after the Closing and no party shall have any liability with respect thereto from and after the Closing. The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement that contemplate performance at or following the Closing shall survive the Closing until such covenants have been fully performed.
Section 8.2.    Specific Performance.  Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that the benefits to the other party of the performance by such party of its obligations under this Agreement are unique and that the other party hereto is willing to enter into this Agreement only in reliance that such party will perform such obligations, and agrees that monetary damages may not afford an adequate remedy for any failure by such party to perform any of such obligations. Accordingly, each party hereby agrees that the other party will have the right to enforce the specific performance of such party’s obligations hereunder and irrevocably waives any requirement for securing or posting of any bond or other undertaking in connection with the obtaining by the other party of any injunctive or other equitable relief to enforce their rights hereunder.
Section 8.3.    No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights.  Except for the provisions of Section 8.2, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement is intended or will be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement, or any provision hereof, it being the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns.
Section 8.4.    Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, by email, by overnight courier or sent by certified, registered or express air mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered in
12


person, or when so received by email or courier, or, if mailed, three (3) calendar days after the date of mailing, as follows:
if to FNF:Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
1701 Village Center Circle
Las Vegas, Nevada 89134
Email: MGravelle@fnf.com
Attention:  General Counsel
if to F&G:F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
801 Grand Ave, Suite 2600
Des Moines, IA 50309
Email: Jodi.Hyde@fglife.com
Attention: Jodi Hyde
or to such other address as the party to whom notice is given may have previously furnished to the other party in writing in the manner set forth above.
Section 8.5.    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement together with the other Transaction Agreements (in each case, including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto and thereto) embodies the entire understanding among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes and terminates any prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter, and no party to this Agreement shall have any right, responsibility or liability under any such prior agreement or understanding. Any and all prior correspondence, conversations and memoranda are merged herein and shall be without effect hereon. No promises, covenants or representations of any kind, other than those expressly stated herein and in the other agreements referred to above, have been made to induce either party to enter into this Agreement.
Section 8.6.    Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except with respect to a merger of a party, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that FNF and F&G may assign their respective rights, interests, duties, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement to any of their respective wholly-owned Subsidiaries, but such assignment shall not relieve FNF or F&G, as the assignor, of its obligations hereunder.
Section 8.7.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.
(a)    This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applicable to Contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that State, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provisions or rules that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
13


(b)    Subject to Section 8.8, each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement and the rights and obligations arising hereunder brought by the other party hereto or its successors or assigns, shall be brought and determined exclusively in the Delaware Court of Chancery and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Delaware Court of Chancery declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware). Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such Action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, to the personal jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that it will not bring any Action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any Action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, (i) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above named courts for any reason other than the failure to serve in accordance with this Section 8.7, (ii) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Law, any claim that (x) the suit, Action or proceeding in such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (y) the venue of such suit, Action or proceeding is improper or (z) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts. Process in any such suit, Action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 8.4 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
(c)    EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 8.8.    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    The parties hereto mutually desire that friendly collaboration will continue between them. Accordingly, they will try to resolve in an amicable manner all disagreements and misunderstandings connected with their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendments hereto. In furtherance thereof, in the event of any dispute or disagreement (a “Dispute”) between parties hereto in connection with this Agreement, then the Dispute, upon written request of either party, will be referred for resolution to the president (or similar position) of the division implicated by the matter for each party hereto, which presidents will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such Dispute. If the presidents of the relevant
14


divisions for each party hereto do not agree to a resolution of such Dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, such presidents of the relevant divisions will refer such matter to the president of each party for final resolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.8, any amendment to the terms of this Agreement may only be effected in accordance with Section 8.10.
(b)    In the event that the Dispute is not resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in Section 8.8(a), either party involved in the Dispute may submit the dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 8.8(b). All Disputes submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 8.8(b) shall be resolved in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless the parties mutually agree to utilize an alternate set of rules, in which event all references herein to the American Arbitration Association shall be deemed modified accordingly. Expedited rules shall apply regardless of the amount at issue. Arbitration proceedings hereunder may be initiated by either party making a written request to the American Arbitration Association, together with any appropriate filing fee, at the office of the American Arbitration Association in Orlando, Florida. All arbitration proceedings shall be held in the city of Jacksonville, Florida in a location to be specified by the arbitrators (or any place agreed to by the parties and the arbitrators). The arbitration shall be by a single qualified arbitrator experienced in the matters at issue, such arbitrator to be mutually agreed upon by the parties. If the parties fail to agree on an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after notice of commencement of arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall, upon the request of either party to the Dispute, appoint the arbitrator. Any order or determination of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties to the arbitration as to matters submitted and may be enforced by either party to the Dispute in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter or over either party. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such arbitration proceeding (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) shall be borne by the party incurring such costs. The use of any alternative dispute resolution procedures hereunder will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either party.
(c)    Nothing in this Section 8.8 will prevent either party from immediately seeking injunctive or interim relief in the event (i) of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 5.3 or (ii) that the Dispute relates to, or involves a claim of, actual or threatened infringement of intellectual property. All such actions for injunctive or interim relief shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 8.7. Such remedy shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement, and further remedies may be pursued in accordance with Section 8.8(a) and Section 8.8(b) above.
(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties hereto, but none of their respective Affiliates, are entitled to commence a dispute resolution procedure under this Agreement, whether pursuant to this Section 8.8 or otherwise, and each party hereto will cause its respective Affiliates not to commence any dispute resolution procedure other than through such party as provided in this Section 8.8.
15


Section 8.9.    Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon a determination that any provision of this Agreement is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the provisions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
Section 8.10.    Amendments; Waivers.  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. Except as otherwise provided herein, the rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by applicable Laws. Any consent provided under this Agreement must be in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such consent is sought.
Section 8.11.    No Strict Construction; Interpretation.
(a)    The parties hereto each acknowledge that this Agreement has been prepared jointly by the parties hereto and shall not be strictly construed against any party hereto.
(b)    When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article of, a Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to agreements and instruments include all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns and references to a party means a party to this Agreement.
16


Section 8.12.    Conflicts with Tax Sharing Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement, the provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement shall prevail.
Section 8.13.    Headings.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 8.14.    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or email scan transmission of a signed copy thereof.
[signature page follows]
17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
[Signature Page to Separation and Distribution Agreement]


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
[Signature Page to Separation and Distribution Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1
SEPARATION PLAN
FNF shall cause [●] shares of F&G Common Stock, comprising approximately fifteen percent (15%) of the total issued and outstanding shares of F&G Common Stock, to be distributed pro rata to the holders of FNF Common Stock by means of book-entry transfer through the Distribution Agent (the “Distribution”). All of the F&G Common Stock issued to FNF in the Conversion shall be distributed pursuant to the Distribution.



EXHIBIT A
CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
Attached.



EXHIBIT B
REVERSE CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
Attached.



EXHIBIT C
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
Attached.



EXHIBIT D
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF F&G
Attached.



EXHIBIT E
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF F&G
Attached.

Exhibit 3.1

 
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
F & G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
F & G Annuities & Life, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:
First: The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “F & G Annuities & Life, Inc.”  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 3, 2020. 
Second: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. 
Third: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation. 
Fourth: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective [●].
Fifth: The text of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the Corporation is “F & G Annuities & Life, Inc.”
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED AGENT
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at that address is “The Corporation Trust Company.”
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “DGCL”).
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
SECTION 4.1. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [●], consisting of [●] shares of Common Stock, par value $[●] per share (“Common Stock”), and [●] shares of preferred stock, par value $[●] per share (“Preferred Stock”).
SECTION 4.2. Shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation and title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix the designation and title for each such class or series of Preferred Stock, to fix the voting powers, whether full or limited, or no voting powers, and such powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, redemption rights, dividend


rights and conversion or exchange rights) and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and to fix the number of shares constituting such class or series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding), in each case as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it.
SECTION 4.3. (a) Except as otherwise expressly required by law or provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to any voting rights provided to holders of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding, the holders of any outstanding shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters with respect to which stockholders are entitled to vote under applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or upon which a vote of stockholders is otherwise duly called for by the Corporation.  At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each holder of record of shares of Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to cast one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the Common Stock outstanding in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.
(b) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine.
(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder.
ARTICLE V
DIRECTORS
SECTION 5.1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, consisting of not less than one member with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be, effective upon date of the distribution of shares of the corporation’s common stock pursuant to an effective Form 10 Registration Statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”), divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders, following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.
SECTION 5.2. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors, however resulting, may be filled only


by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by an affirmative vote of the sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.
SECTION 5.3. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation, or the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article V unless expressly provided by such terms. 
ARTICLE VI
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
SECTION 6.1. In anticipation of the possibility (a) that the officers and/or directors of the Corporation may also serve as officers and/or directors of Fidelity (as defined below) and (b) that the Corporation on one hand, and Fidelity on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with Fidelity, the provisions of this Article VI are set forth to regulate, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they relate to Fidelity and its respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.
SECTION 6.2. (a) Except as may be otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Corporation on one hand, and Fidelity on the other hand, Fidelity shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither Fidelity nor any officer or director thereof (except in the event of any violation of Section 6.3 hereof, to the extent such violation would create liability under applicable law) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities of Fidelity.
(b) The Corporation may from time to time be or become a party to and perform, and may cause or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to be or become a party to and perform, one or more agreements (or modifications or supplements to pre-existing agreements) with Fidelity.  Subject to Section 6.3 hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no such agreement, nor the performance thereof in accordance with its terms by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or Fidelity, shall be considered contrary to any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or to its stockholders of any director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of Fidelity.  Subject to Section 6.3 hereof, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of Fidelity shall have or be under any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or its stockholders to refrain from acting on behalf of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or Fidelity in respect of any such agreement or performing any such agreement in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 6.3. In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of Fidelity acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity of both the Corporation on one hand, and Fidelity on the other hand, such director or officer of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:
(a) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director but not an officer of Fidelity, shall belong to the Corporation, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in a capacity other than such person’s capacity as an officer of the Corporation, in which case it shall not belong to the Corporation;


(b) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director or officer of Fidelity, shall belong to the Corporation only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in such person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation; and
(c) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of both the Corporation on one hand, and Fidelity on the other hand, shall belong to the Corporation only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person in such person’s capacity as an officer of the Corporation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be prohibited from pursuing any corporate opportunity of which the Corporation becomes aware. 
SECTION 6.4. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VI.
SECTION 6.5. (a) For purposes of this Article VI, a director of any company who is the chairman of the board of directors of that company shall not be deemed to be an officer of the company solely by reason of holding such position.
(b) The term “Corporation” shall mean, for purposes of this Article VI, the Corporation and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities in which the Corporation beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) fifty percent or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests.  The term “Fidelity” shall mean, for purposes of this Article VI and Article IX, Fidelity National Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereof, and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities in which it beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) fifty percent or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests (“Subsidiaries”) other than the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.6. Anything in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary notwithstanding, the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not apply at any time that no person who is a director or officer of the Corporation is also a director or officer of Fidelity. Neither the alteration, amendment, termination, expiration or repeal of this Article VI nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, termination, expiration, repeal or adoption.
ARTICLE VII
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS 
Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, so long as the Corporation maintains a classified board structure, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article VII as one class. 
ARTICLE VIII
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Elections of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders shall be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise provide. 


ARTICLE IX
WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS
    SECTION 9.1. Subject to the terms of any one or more series of Preferred Stock, from and after the time that Fidelity and its affiliates collectively, beneficially own (as shall be determined in accordance with Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) less than [50]% of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock, then any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any written consent in lieu of a meeting by such stockholders. For purposes of this Article IX, “affiliates” shall mean, with respect to a given person, any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified; provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition none of (i) the Corporation, its subsidiaries and any entities (including corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other persons) in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries hold, directly or indirectly, an ownership interest, on the one hand, or (ii) Fidelity and its affiliates (excluding the Corporation, its subsidiaries or other entities described in clause (i)), on the other hand, shall be deemed to be “affiliates” of one another. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as applied to any person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
ARTICLE X
SPECIAL MEETINGS
Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purposes may be called at any time by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation, as applicable. Except as required by law or provided by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons.
ARTICLE XI
OFFICERS 
The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen in such manner, shall hold their offices for such terms and shall carry out such duties as are determined solely by the Board of Directors, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer or officers at any time with or without cause.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNITY
The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action or proceeding (whether civil or criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such director or officer, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in any capacity. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which employees other than directors and officers may be entitled by law. No director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such a director as a director or an officer as an officer to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same now exists or hereafter may be amended. No amendment to or repeal of this Article XII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director or officer of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such amendment.


ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT 
The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at any time may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XIII. In addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of such Preferred Stock, the provisions (a) of the Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed if approved by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office or approved by holders of the Common Stock in accordance with applicable law and this Certificate of Incorporation and (b) of this Certificate of Incorporation may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided by applicable law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Corporation has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on behalf of the Corporation this [●].
F & G Annuities & Life, Inc. 
By:
Name:
Title:
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION]

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
F & G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AS ADOPTED ON [l]
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.1  Registered Office. The registered office of F & G Annuities & Life, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, 19801 and the name of its registered agent is “The Corporation Trust Company”.
Section 1.2  Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1  Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).
Section 2.2  Annual Meetings. (a) The annual meeting of stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”) shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.
(b) No business may be transacted at an Annual Meeting, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.2 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such Annual Meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2.
(c) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one-hundred and twenty days prior to the anniversary date of the date of the proxy statement for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first Annual Meeting of stockholders after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ ], 2022); provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was first made. To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting, (ii) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and the name of the address of the



beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or owned of record by such stockholder and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given as of the date of the notice, and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such Annual Meeting of the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or owned of record by such stockholder and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given as of such record date, (iv) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder (or such beneficial owner) and any material interest of such stockholder (or such beneficial owner) in such business and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such Annual Meeting of any such agreements, arrangements or understandings in effect as of such record date, (v) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profits interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of such stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given or any of their affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes of any series or class of the Company’s capital stock for, or maintain, increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business day after the record date for such Annual Meeting of any such agreements, arrangements or understandings in effect as of such record date and (vi) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
(d) No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2, provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.2 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an Annual Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be discussed or transacted.
Section 2.3  Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders (“Special Meetings”), for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the majority vote of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable. Except as required by law or provided by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any preferred stock of the Corporation, Special Meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 2.4  Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law, these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”) or by the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and entitled to vote thereat present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 2.5  Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the



stock represented and entitled to vote on the matter. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
Section 2.6  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Actions required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting upon the written consent of the stockholders, but only if such action is taken in accordance with the provisions of Article IX of the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.7  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
Section 2.8  Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.7 hereof or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 3.1  Number and Election of Directors. (a) Subject to the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to elect directors of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one member with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meeting, and, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each director so elected shall hold office until the Annual Meeting for the year in which his term expires and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign at any time effective upon giving written notice to the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. Directors need not be stockholders.
(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting or at any Special Meeting called by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable, for the purpose of electing directors (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation (A) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.1 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such Annual or Special Meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.1.
(c) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.1, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than one-hundred and twenty days prior to the anniversary date of the date of the proxy statement for the immediately preceding Annual Meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first Annual Meeting of stockholders



after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ ], 2022); provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty days before or after the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was first made; and (ii) in the case of a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was first made.
(d) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice of nomination submitted to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and the name of the address of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or owned of record by such stockholder and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made as of the date of the notice, and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business day after the record date for such Annual Meeting of the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or owned of record by such stockholder and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the notice is given as of such record date, (C) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings between such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder (or such beneficial owner) and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such Annual Meeting of any such agreements, arrangements or understandings in effect as of such record date, (D) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice, (E) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profits interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of such stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made or any of their affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes of any series or class of the Company’s capital stock for, or maintain, increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made and a representation that such stockholder shall notify the Company in writing within five (5) business days after the record date for such Annual Meeting of any such agreements, arrangements or understandings in effect as of such record date and (F) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.
(e) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.1. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(f) Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board of Directors, who need not be an employee or officer of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there is one, or such other director or officer designated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and may adopt



rules and regulations for the conduct of such meetings. Except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer or the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer or the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer or the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
Section 3.2  Vacancies. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors, however created, may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in any class of directors shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other directors of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.
Section 3.3  Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 3.4  Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any directors, as applicable. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or facsimile on twenty-four hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
Section 3.5  Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 3.6  Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 3.7  Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.8  Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any



committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. In the event any person shall cease to be a director of the Corporation, such person shall simultaneously therewith cease to be a member of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the limitations set forth in applicable Delaware law. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.
Section 3.9  Audit Committee. The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, may designate three or more directors to constitute an Audit Committee, to serve as such until the next Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors or until their respective successors are designated. The audit committee will carry out its responsibilities as set forth in an audit committee charter to be adopted by the Board of Directors.
Section 3.10  Compensation. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
Section 3.11  Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if: (a) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
Section 3.12  Entire Board of Directors. As used in these Bylaws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS 
Section 4.1  General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also appoint a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Chief Financial Officers, Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurers and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and other officers, who shall have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed in such appointment. Any number of offices may be held by the same



person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor need such officers be directors of the Corporation.
Section 4.2  Election. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.3  Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, as applicable, and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
Section 4.4  Duties of Officers. The duties of the officers of the Corporation shall be as follows:
(a) President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation, general executive charge, management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Corporation, with all such powers as may reasonably be incident to such responsibilities, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and may sign all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, as applicable. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
(b)  Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors.
(c) Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there is no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable, may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there is one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the



Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
(d)  Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President,  or the Secretary, as applicable, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
(e)  Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable, and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable.
(f)  Assistant Chief Financial Officer. The Assistant Chief Financial Officer, or if there is more than one, the Assistant Chief Financial Officers, in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there is no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of the Chief Financial Officer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, as applicable.
(g)  Chief Accounting Officer. The Board of Directors may elect a Chief Accounting Officer who shall be responsible for all accounting and auditing functions of the Corporation and who shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be required of him by the Board of Directors.
(h)  Treasurer. The Treasurer, if there is one, shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as applicable, and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
(i)  Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer, as applicable, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the



Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
(j)  Vice Presidents. At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there is no Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there is no Chief Executive Officer and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.
(k)  Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.1  Form of Certificates. Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued shall be uncertificated shares.
Section 5.2  Signatures. Where a certificate is countersigned by (a) a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (b) a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.3  Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
Section 5.4  Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement.
Section 5.5  Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate



action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 5.6  Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES
Section 6.1  Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or transmitted via facsimile or by means of electronic transmission.
Section 6.2  Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 7.1  Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
Section 7.2  Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 7.3  Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 7.4  Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.



ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.1  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
Section 8.2  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 8.3  Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 hereof, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.
Section 8.4  Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, if their action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to them by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 8.4 shall mean any other



corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof, as the case may be.
Section 8.5  Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination made in any specific case under Section 8.3 hereof, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination made thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.l and 8.2 hereof. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because they have met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or 8.2 hereof. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 hereof nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
Section 8.6  Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.
Section 8.7  Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL or otherwise.
Section 8.8  Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify them against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.
Section 8.9 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan,



its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.
Section 8.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 8.11  Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Section 8.12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.
Section 8.13 Secondary Indemnifications. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those persons provided indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged that certain persons may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the stockholders of the Corporation or one or more of the affiliates of such stockholders of the Corporation other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries (any of such entities, together with their affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries), the “Stockholder Sponsors”) as an employee of any of such entities (or their respective payroll companies) or pursuant to separate written agreements, which the Company and the Stockholder Sponsors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Corporation to provide indemnification as provided herein. If any Stockholder Sponsor pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement or arrangement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter) to a person indemnifiable hereunder, then (a) the applicable Stockholder Sponsor entity shall be fully subrogated to all of such person’s rights with respect to such payment and (b) the Company shall indemnify, reimburse and hold harmless the applicable Stockholder Sponsor entity for the payments actually made. The Stockholder Sponsors shall be third-party beneficiaries of this Article VIII, having the rights to enforce this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX
FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES
Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum (an “Alternative Forum Consent”), the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including any fiduciary duty) owed by any current or former director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation arising out of or relating to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each, as in effect from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware; provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or



proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in each such case, unless the Court of Chancery (or such other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, as applicable) has dismissed a prior action by the same plaintiff asserting the same claims because such court lacked personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant therein. Unless the Corporation gives an Alternative Forum Consent, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. Any person or entity purchasing, otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX. The existence of any prior Alternative Forum Consent shall not act as a waiver of the Corporation’s ongoing consent right as set forth above in this Article IX with respect to any current or future actions or claims.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of outstanding capital stock or by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, in each case, in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.
ARTICLE XI
CONFLICTS
If there is a conflict between the provisions of these Bylaws and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the mandatory provisions of the DGCL, such provision or provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION VERSION
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Issuer
THE GUARANTORS PARTY
HERETO
INDENTURE
Dated as of April 20, 2018
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
PROVIDING FOR THE ISSUANCE OF NOTES IN SERIES



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.1.Definitions1
SECTION 1.2.Other Definitions41
SECTION 1.3.Rules of Construction42
SECTION 1.4.Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions43
ARTICLE II
The Notes
SECTION 2.1.Form and Dating44
SECTION 2.2.Issuable in Series48
SECTION 2.3.Form of Execution and Authentication49
SECTION 2.4.Registrar and Paying Agent50
SECTION 2.5.Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust50
SECTION 2.6.Lists of Holders of the Notes50
SECTION 2.7.Transfer and Exchange51
SECTION 2.8.Replacement Notes62
SECTION 2.9.Outstanding Notes62
SECTION 2.10.Treasury Notes62
SECTION 2.11.Temporary Notes63
SECTION 2.12.Cancellation63
SECTION 2.13.Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest63
SECTION 2.14.CUSIP and ISIN Numbers64
SECTION 2.15.Additional Amounts65
ARTICLE III
Covenants
SECTION 3.1.Payment of Notes67
SECTION 3.2.Reports67
SECTION 3.3.Limitation on Indebtedness70
SECTION 3.4.Limitation on Restricted Payments76
SECTION 3.5.Limitation on Liens83
SECTION 3.6.Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries84
-i-


SECTION 3.7.Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock86
SECTION 3.8.Limitation on Affiliate Transactions89
SECTION 3.9.Change of Control Triggering Event93
SECTION 3.10.Future Guarantors95
SECTION 3.11.Effectiveness of Covenants96
SECTION 3.12.Compliance Certificate97
SECTION 3.13.Statement by Officers as to Default97
ARTICLE IV
Successor Company and Successor Guarantor
SECTION 4.1.When Company May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets97
SECTION 4.2.When a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets99
ARTICLE V
Redemption of Notes
SECTION 5.1.Applicability of Article100
SECTION 5.2.Right of Redemption100
SECTION 5.3.Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional Redemptions101
SECTION 5.4.Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed101
SECTION 5.5.Notice of Redemption101
SECTION 5.6.Deposit of Redemption Price102
SECTION 5.7.Notes Payable on Redemption Date103
SECTION 5.8.Notes Redeemed in Part103
SECTION 5.9.Redemption for Changes in Taxes103
ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1.Events of Default105
SECTION 6.2.Acceleration107
SECTION 6.3.Other Remedies108
SECTION 6.4.Waiver of Past Defaults108
SECTION 6.5.Control by Majority108
SECTION 6.6.Limitation on Suits109
SECTION 6.7.Rights of Holders to Receive Payment109
SECTION 6.8.Collection Suit by Trustee109
SECTION 6.9.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim110
SECTION 6.10.Priorities110
SECTION 6.11.Undertaking for Costs110
-ii-


ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1.Duties of Trustee111
SECTION 7.2.Rights of Trustee112
SECTION 7.3.Individual Rights of Trustee114
SECTION 7.4.Disclaimer114
SECTION 7.5.Notice of Defaults114
SECTION 7.6.Compensation and Indemnity114
SECTION 7.7.Replacement of Trustee115
SECTION 7.8.Successor Trustee by Merger116
SECTION 7.9.Eligibility; Disqualification116
ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1.Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance117
SECTION 8.2.Conditions to Defeasance118
SECTION 8.3.Application of Trust Money119
SECTION 8.4.Repayment to Company120
SECTION 8.5.Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations120
SECTION 8.6.Reinstatement120
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1.Without Consent of Holders120
SECTION 9.2.With Consent of Holders122
SECTION 9.3.Effect of Consents and Waivers123
SECTION 9.4.Notation on or Exchange of Notes124
SECTION 9.5.Trustee To Sign Amendments124
ARTICLE X
Guarantee
SECTION 10.1.Guarantee124
SECTION 10.2.Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge126
SECTION 10.3.Right of Contribution127
SECTION 10.4.No Subrogation127
-iii-


ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
SECTION 11.1.Notices128
SECTION 11.2.Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent129
SECTION 11.3.Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion129
SECTION 11.4.Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar130
SECTION 11.5.Days Other than Business Days130
SECTION 11.6.Governing Law130
SECTION 11.7.No Recourse Against Others130
SECTION 11.8.Successors130
SECTION 11.9.Multiple Originals130
SECTION 11.10.Table of Contents; Headings130
SECTION 11.11.Force Majeure130
SECTION 11.12.USA Patriot Act131
SECTION 11.13.Communication by Holders of Notes with other Holders of Notes131
SECTION 11.14.Waiver of Jury Trial131
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT AForm of Global Note
EXHIBIT BForm of Certificate of Transfer
EXHIBIT CForm of Certificate of Exchange
EXHIBIT DForm of Certificate of Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
EXHIBIT EForm of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
EXHIBIT FForm of Supplemental Indenture Establishing a Series of Notes
-iv-


INDENTURE, dated as of April 20, 2018, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (this “Indenture”), among FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), CF BERMUDA HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted company (the “Parent”), FGL US HOLDINGS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware ( the “Intermediate Guarantor”), certain other subsidiaries of the Parent from time to time party hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and together with the Parent and the Intermediate Guarantor, the “Guarantors”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Trustee”).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Notes (as defined herein):
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.1. Definitions.
144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2) bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person is merged or consolidated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.
Acquisition” means the acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life by FGL US Holdings Inc. pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,



whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.
Aggregate RBC Ratio” means, with respect to the Insurance Subsidiaries (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) taken as a whole, on any date of determination, one-half of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) for each such Insurance Subsidiary to (b) the aggregate “Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) for each such Insurance Subsidiary.
Annual Statement” means the annual statutory financial statement of an Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except, for so long as it is a Material Subsidiary, F&G Re)) required to be filed with the insurance commissioner (or similar authority) of its jurisdiction of organization, which statement shall be in the form required by its jurisdiction of organization or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be used for filing annual statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of information permitted or required by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be disclosed therein.
Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any series of Notes, “Applicable Premium” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.
Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange or for other procedural matters.
Asset Acquisition” means (1) an Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets of any Person.
Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, including any transaction pursuant to a Reinsurance Agreement (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) (it being understood that the Capital Stock of the Parent is not an asset of the Parent), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.
-2-


Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:
(1) a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) the disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
(3) a disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business;
(4) a disposition of used, obsolete, worn out, damaged or surplus equipment or equipment or assets that are no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent in a manner permitted pursuant to Article IV or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;
(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to a Restricted Subsidiary;
(7) for purposes of Section 3.7 hereof only, the making of a Permitted Investment or a disposition subject to Section 3.4 hereof;
(8) dispositions of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or property or other assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $15.0 million;
(9) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;
(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
(11) the licensing or sublicensing of patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, know-how or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as operated immediately prior to the granting of such license, lease or sublease;
(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property for use in a Related Business;
-3-


(13) foreclosure on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;
(14) any sale of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities, of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(15) a Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of the underlying fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 180 days after the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary acquires or completes the acquisition of such fixed or capital asset;
(16) the receipt by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets;
(17) operating leases in the ordinary course of business;
(18) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or litigation rights or the settlement, release or surrender of tort or other litigation claims of any kind;
(19) the transfer of improvements, additions or alterations in connection with the lease of any property;
(20) dispositions of Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any of its Investments in Subsidiaries engaged in insurance lines of business) consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary, the Parent or the Company, as the case may be;
(21) dispositions by Insurance Subsidiaries and Special Purpose Subsidiaries pursuant to Reinsurance Agreements and Statutory Reserve Financings so long as such disposition is entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing insurance risk consistent with industry practice;
(22) dispositions of Investments made out of the cash proceeds received from any Insurance Subsidiary pending further distribution in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof;
(23) dispositions of shares of Capital Stock in order to qualify members of the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or such other nominal shares required to be held other than by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as required by applicable law;
(24) any disposition necessary or advisable (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent) in order to consummate any acquisition of any Person, business or assets; and
(25) any disposition of assets in connection with the Transactions.
-4-


Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, (1) if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction does not constitute a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP or (2) if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”
Authentication Order” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3 hereof.
Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.
Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
Blackstone Funds” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.
Board of Directors” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the Board of Directors with respect to the relevant matter;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such
-5-


company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
Broker-Dealer” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York or the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.
Capital and Surplus” means, as to any Insurance Subsidiary, as of any date, total assets minus total liabilities of such Insurance Subsidiary, as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Insurance Subsidiary for which financial statements are available, determined in accordance with SAP.
Capital Market Indebtedness” means any series of indebtedness specified within clauses (1) or (2) of the definition of “Indebtedness” with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $100.0 million.
Capital Stock” of any Person means (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.
Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.
Cash Equivalents” means:
(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality of the United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality
-6-


thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or A2 or better from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;
(4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank (x) the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or (y) the short term commercial paper of such commercial bank or its parent company is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;
(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;
(6) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;
(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above denominated in euros or any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction;
(8) interests in any investment company or money market fund that invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above and clause (10) below;
(9) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2A-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated at the time of acquisition thereof “AAA” or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “Aaa” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5.0 billion; and
-7-


(10) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (4) of this definition.
CBOs” means notes or other instruments (other than CMOs) secured by collateral consisting primarily of debt securities and/or other types of debt obligations, including loans
Change of Control” means:
(1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent (or its successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) other than a Permitted Holder; provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own at least as much total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent as that Beneficially Owned by such person or group;
(2) the sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder; or
(3) the adoption by the stockholders of the Parent of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent.
For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of the Parent shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (1) above; provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Parent is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Parent immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the Transactions shall not constitute a Change of Control.
Change of Control Triggering Event” means (1) if the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from at least two Rating Agencies at the time of the applicable Change of Control, the occurrence of both (i) a Change of Control and (ii) a Rating Decline, and (2) if the Notes do
-8-


not have an Investment Grade Rating at the time of the applicable Change of Control from at least two Rating Agencies, the occurrence of a Change of Control.
CMOs” means Notes or other instruments secured by collateral consisting primarily of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and/or other types of mortgage-related obligations.
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
Company” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.
Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.
Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the interest expense of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations that are allocable to interest expense, excluding (x) any write-offs of capitalized fees under agreements governing Indebtedness and all amendments thereto, (y) all non-cash charges for the amortization of deferred financing fees and debt issuance costs, and (z) any interest on tax reserves to the extent the Parent has elected to treat such interest as an interest expense under FASB ASC 450 since its adoption.
Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (before preferred stock dividends); provided, however, that (without duplication):
(1) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income, except that:
(a) the Parent’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the
-9-


Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to clause (2) below); and
(b) the Parent’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;
(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(A) of Section 3.4(a), there shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor or an Insurance Subsidiary) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Parent, except that:
(a) the Parent’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and
(b) the Parent’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
(3) any net income (but not loss) of the Insurance Subsidiaries determined on a combined basis shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any such period, there shall be included in Consolidated Net Income any such amount that could have been distributed by any Insurance Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company or any Guarantor as a dividend, distribution or return of capital or as a payment of interest or principal on any Surplus Note;
(4) any after-tax effect of gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
(5) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
-10-


(6) the after-tax effect of extraordinary gain or loss shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
(7) the after-tax effect of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
(8) any after-tax effect of non-cash impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of FASB ASC 350 and FASB ASC 360 shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
(9) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;
(10) all impairment charges in connection with Investments made by any Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the amount of any cash charges relating to such impairment charges shall not be excluded from Consolidated Net Income by operation of this clause (10) to the extent such cash charges reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary; and
(11) interest related realized net investment portfolio trading losses of any Insurance Subsidiary shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income to the extent such losses do not reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, such Insurance Subsidiary’s “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary.
Contribution Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash received from cash contributions (other than proceeds from Disqualified Stock) made to the capital of the Parent after the Issue Date; provided that:
(1) such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation under clause (3)(B) of Section 3.4(a) or used to make any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 3.4(b) (it being understood that if any such Indebtedness incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as incurred under any provision other than clause (xviii) of Section 3.3(b) the related capital contribution may thereafter be included in any calculation under clause (3)(B) of Section 3.4(a); and
-11-


(2) such Contribution Debt (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the incurrence date thereof.
Corporate Trust Office” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.1 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company or Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 11.1.
Credit Facilities” means (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, among the Company and the Parent, as borrowers, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, the lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto, including any notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof and (ii) one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables, letters of credit or other extensions of credit or other indebtedness, in each case including any notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.
Currency Agreement” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.
Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) the principal amount of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, all Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, other than (i) Indebtedness owing to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the liabilities (if any) of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations as determined by reference to the termination value of the agreements or arrangements giving rise to such Hedging Obligations, to (b) Total Capitalization on such date.
-12-


In the event that the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems, Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the Calculation Date.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, issuances of Capital Stock, Investments, Asset Dispositions, Asset Acquisitions and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or has made subsequent to the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such events had occurred on the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in Good Faith by the Parent.
For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the exchange rate for such currency as of the Calculation Date.
Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.
Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any consideration which is not cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an
-13-


Officer’s Certificate executed by the Parent or the Company at the time of such Asset Disposition. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been transferred, sold or otherwise exchanged for or converted into or for cash or Cash Equivalents.
Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:
(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
(2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or
(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,
in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require such Person to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a “change of control” or “asset disposition” (each defined in a similar manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that such Person may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Parent with Section 3.7 and Section 3.9 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.4. In addition, any Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent pursuant to any stockholders agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent or its Subsidiaries following the termination of employment or death or disability of such employee, director, officer, manager or consultant with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable regulatory or statutory obligation (so long as, in each case referred to in this sentence, any such requirement is made subject to compliance with this Indenture).
-14-


Equity Offering” means any public or private sale, after the Issue Date, of Capital Stock of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent (to the extent the proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity of the Parent) other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8, or any successor thereto or any issuance to a Subsidiary of the Parent or pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Parent or any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Parent, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary), (c) any Insurance Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary, (d) any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (e) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by law or regulation to guarantee the Obligations with respect to the Notes or that would be required to obtain governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to guarantee the Obligations with respect to the Notes (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (g) any Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations with respect to the Notes by any contractual obligation in existence on the Issue Date (or, in the case of any newly acquired Subsidiary, in existence at the time of acquisition but not entered into in contemplation thereof) and (h) any Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent such Subsidiary guaranteeing the Obligations would reasonably be expected to result in an adverse tax consequence to the Parent (or its direct or indirect beneficial owners) and its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Parent.
Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any property, the price that would reasonably be expected to be paid in an arm’s length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined in Good Faith by the Parent.
F&G Re” means F&G Re Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company registered as a Class C insurer under the Insurance Act, and any successor thereto as permitted by the terms of this Indenture.
Foreign Guarantor” means any Guarantor that is organized or existing under the laws of, or otherwise treated as resident for tax purposes in, a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
Foreign Subsidiary” of any Person means (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, if all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or
-15-


more Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i), intellectual property relating to such Restricted Subsidiaries and other assets (including cash or Cash Equivalents) relating to an ownership interest in such Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) any Subsidiary of a Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (i).
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date (except with respect to the financial statements being furnished pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, as to which such principles in effect from time to time shall apply), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Parent is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture.
Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) issued in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.7 hereof.
Good Faith by the Parent” means the decision in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent, which determination shall be conclusive.
Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person, directly or indirectly, guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other financial obligations of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:
(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other financial obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Guarantors” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.
-16-


Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement, excluding any Obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary.
Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2) bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.
Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has less than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries or that accounts for less than 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent and its Subsidiaries. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing as of the last day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 60 days following the delivery of annual or quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof with respect to such period (or the last quarter thereof, as applicable).
Incur” means to issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):
(1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case
-17-


incurred in the ordinary course of business) other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1) and (2) above and clause (5) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments are not drawn upon or, to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument;
(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a Trade Payable, accrued liability or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);
(6) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
(7) the principal component of all indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons;
(8) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and
(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).
In no event shall the term “Indebtedness” include (i) any indebtedness under any overdraft or cash management facilities so long as any such indebtedness is repaid in full no later than five Business Days following the date on which it was incurred or in the case of such
-18-


indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards, within 60 days of its incurrence, (ii) obligations in respect of performance, appeal or other surety bonds or completion guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) except as provided in clause (5) above, any obligations in respect of a lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP, (iv) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP, (v) any customer deposits or advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (vi) Obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary, (vii) the following obligations issued or undertaken in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing: (A) Surplus Notes or other obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Parent (“Reserve Financing Notes”), (B) any securities backed by such Reserve Financing Notes by an entity formed in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing, (C) letters of credit issued for the account of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Parent, (D) reimbursement obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (E) any guarantees of the obligations described in (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, (F) reimbursement obligations or (G) capital maintenance or similar obligations in favor of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, and (viii) any obligations with respect to insurance policies, annuities, guaranteed investment contracts and similar policies underwritten by an Insurance Subsidiary, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that (x) contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons, and (y) the obligations of any Person under Reinsurance Agreements shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness;” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.
Independent Financial Advisor” means (1) an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or (2) a consultant to Persons engaged in a Related Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
Initial Notes” means the $550,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2025 of the Company issued under the first Notes Supplemental Indenture on the Issue Date.
-19-


Initial Purchasers” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. and, with respect to any Additional Notes, other such initial purchasers party to future purchase agreements entered into in connection with an offer and sale of such Additional Notes.
Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.
Insurance Act” means the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and its related rules and regulations, as amended.
Insurance Regulatory Authority” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the governmental or regulatory authority or agency charged with regulating the insurance business of insurance companies or insurance holding companies, in its jurisdiction of legal domicile.
Insurance Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is required to be licensed as an insurer or reinsurer.
Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.
Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
Intermediate Guarantor” has the meaning assigned to in the preamble to this Indenture.
Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business that are in conformity with GAAP recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:
-20-


(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;
(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;
(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Parent or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Parent;
(4) a deposit of funds in connection with an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities; provided that either such acquisition is consummated by or through a Restricted Subsidiary or such deposit is returned to the Person who made it;
(5) an account receivable arising, or prepaid expenses or deposits made, in the ordinary course of business; and
(6) licensing or transfer of know-how or intellectual property or the providing of services in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of Section 3.4 hereof, (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Parent shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Parent’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets (as conclusively determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent; and (3) the value of any “Investment” made by an Insurance Subsidiary shall be calculated net of any liabilities of the Insurance Subsidiary that are assumed by the Person in whom the Investment is being made.
Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than (i) Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (ii) BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and (iii) BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Inc. or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency substituted for any of the foregoing; provided that a change in outlook shall not by itself cause the Parent to lose its Investment Grade Rating.
Investment Grade Securities” means:
-21-


(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, United Kingdom or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “A3” or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other nationally recognized Rating Agency, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Parent and its Subsidiaries; and
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.
Investment Management Agreement” means each investment management agreement, each management services agreement and any similar or related agreements or arrangements, between (a) any of the management companies associated with one or more of the Permitted Holders or their advisors, if applicable, and (b) the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (and/or any direct or indirect parent companies of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary), in each case, as in effect from time to time.
Issue Date” means April 20, 2018.
Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease (or any filing or agreement to give any financing statement in connection therewith) be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Material Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, Parent shall have no obligation to maintain any particular Subsidiary (including F&G Re) as, or cause any Subsidiary (including F&G Re) to be, a Material Subsidiary.
Merger Agreement” means the Merger Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life, as it may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.
Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
-22-


NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto, or in the absence of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or such successor, any other association, agency or other organization performing advisory, coordination or other like functions among insurance departments, insurance commissioners and similar governmental authorities of the various states of the United States toward the promotion of uniformity in the practices of such governmental authorities.
Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to the cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: (1) all brokerage, legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters; (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Disposition placed in escrow (whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, or for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Disposition); and (6) in the case of an Asset Disposition by an Insurance Subsidiary, proceeds that are not permitted to be paid as a dividend or distribution by such Insurance Subsidiary pursuant to regulatory restrictions provided, however, that in the cases of clauses (4) and (5), upon reversal of any such reserve or the termination of any such escrow, Net Available Cash shall be increased by the amount of such reversal or any portion of funds released from escrow to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees, charges and expenses actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).
-23-


Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company or a Guarantor.
Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person:
(1) as to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);
(2) no default with respect to which would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and
(3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.
Notes Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Company issues Notes in accordance with Section 2.2, which may be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, or in such other form as the Company may determine in accordance with Section 2.2.
Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foregoing law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated as of April 17, 2018, relating to the offering of the Notes.
Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Parent or the Company or, in the event that a Person is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly
-24-


authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of such Person. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.
Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Parent or the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
OM Purchase Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 17, 2011, between OM Group (UK) Limited and Harbinger F&G, LLC.
Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel that is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary.
Parent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.
Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.
Permitted Holders” means:
(1) each of FGL Holdings (f/k/a CF Corporation), Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO Capital Partners LP, Fidelity National Financial, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;
(2) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clause (1), other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company”; and
(3) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (1) and (2) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (1) and (2) own more than a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.
Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in:
(1) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, including through the purchase of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) any Investment by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Related Business if as a result of such Investment:
-25-


(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
(3) cash and Cash Equivalents or Investments that constituted Cash Equivalents at the time made or Investment Grade Securities;
(4) receivables owing to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
(5) commission, relocation, entertainment, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
(6) loans or advances to, or guarantees of third party loans to, employees, officers or directors of the Parent or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $5.0 million with respect to all loans or advances or guarantees made since the Issue Date (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) or to fund such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent;
(7) any Investment acquired by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a judgment, bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or
(c) in the form of notes payable, or stock or other securities issued by account debtors to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to negotiated agreements with respect to the settlement of such account debtor’s accounts, and
-26-


other Investments arising in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable, in each case in the ordinary course of business;
(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration (including Designated Non-cash Consideration) from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 3.7 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;
(9) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and Investments committed to be made as of the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments, or Investments purchased or received in exchange for such Investments, existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than (x) as contemplated by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date, (y) as permitted under this definition or Section 3.4 hereof or (z) pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date, as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities);
(10) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.3 hereof;
(11) Guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof and guarantees to suppliers, licensors or the providers of operating leases (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;
(12) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;
(13) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;
(14) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(15) prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;
(16) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;
-27-


(17) loans or advances or similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;
(18) Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (including by any Subsidiary of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself an Insurance Subsidiary) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary or otherwise consistent with Investment guidelines approved by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority;
(19) Investments by the Parent that constitute Investments that would be permitted to be made by an Insurance Subsidiary pursuant to clause (18) of this definition of “Permitted Investments”;
(20) Investments of the type described in clause (vii) of the second paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness” in connection with Statutory Reserve Financings;
(21) Investments by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (21), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 0.50% of Total Assets outstanding at any one time (with the Fair Market Value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(22) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and/or joint ventures or similar arrangements, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (22), in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 0.25% of Total Assets; and
(23) any Investments in connection with the Transactions.
For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, in the event that a proposed Permitted Investment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through (23) above, or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 3.4, the Parent will be entitled to divide and classify (or reclassify) such Permitted Investment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition or Section 3.4.
Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
(1) (x) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment, general insurance and other insurance laws and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or good faith
-28-


deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (y) collateral consisting of Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit issued in respect of obligations to insurers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;
(2) Liens imposed by law and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of surety, appeal or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(5) minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(6) Liens securing Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;
(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(8) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, and Liens securing appeal or surety bonds related to such judgment, so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(9) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money indebtedness or other payments Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(viii) hereof to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired,
-29-


constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of this clause (9):
(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved, plus reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith; and
(b) such Liens are created within 450 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and the proceeds thereof;
(10) Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a bank, depositary or other financial institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract;
(11) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(12) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(13) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the obligations to which such Liens relate or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
(14) Liens on property at the time the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the obligations to which such Liens relate or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
(15) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary;
-30-


(16) Liens on Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such designation;
(17) good faith deposits as security for contested taxes or contested import to customs duties;
(18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (9), (12), (13), (14), (16), (18) and (37) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;
(19) any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease;
(20) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods;
(22) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(23) Liens on funds of the Parent or any Subsidiary held in deposit accounts with third party providers of payment services securing credit card charge-back reimbursement and similar cash management obligations of the Parent or the Subsidiaries;
(24) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;
(25) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder;
(26) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds of insurance policies (including rebates of premiums) securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(xii) to finance the payment of premiums on the insurance policies subject to such Liens;
-31-


(27) statutory, common law or contractual Liens of landlords;
(28) customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to which Indebtedness permitted under Section 3.3 is Incurred;
(29) Liens on any cash earnest money deposit made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or acquisition agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture;
(30) Liens in favor of credit card processors granted in the ordinary course of business;
(31) Liens arising in connection with Cash Equivalents described in clause (5) of the definition of Cash Equivalents;
(32) Liens securing other obligations in an amount not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 0.50% of Total Assets at any time outstanding;
(33) Liens securing cash management obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(34) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(xiii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million and customary set-off rights in favor of depositary banks;
(35) Liens on the Capital Stock of Fidelity and Guaranty Life Insurance Company (or any successor thereto) arising pursuant to the terms of the OM Purchase Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
(36) Liens on the assets of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; and
(37) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(i).
For purposes of determining compliance with this definition Section 3.5, in the event that a proposed Permitted Lien (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Liens described in clauses (1) through (37) above, the Parent will be entitled to divide and classify (or reclassify) such Permitted Lien (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition.
Permitted Transactions” means (a) mortgage-backed security transactions in which an investor sells mortgage collateral, such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, for delivery in the current month while simultaneously contracting to repurchase “substantially the same” (as
-32-


determined by the Public Securities Association and GAAP) collateral for a later settlement, (b) transactions in which an investor lends cash to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the cash with certain securities, (c) transactions in which an investor lends securities to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the securities with cash collateral, (d) transactions in which an investor makes loans of securities to a broker-dealer under an agreement requiring such loans to be continuously secured by cash collateral or United States government securities, (e) transactions structured as, and submitted to the NAIC Security Valuation Office for approval as, Replication (Synthetic Asset) Transactions (RSAT) (provided that, to the extent that such approval is not granted in respect of any such transaction, such transaction shall cease to constitute a Permitted Transaction 30 days following the date of such rejection, denial or non-approval) and (f) transactions in which a federal home loan mortgage bank (a “FHLMB”) makes loans to an Insurance Subsidiary, that are sufficiently secured by appropriate assets of such Insurance Subsidiary consisting of Qualifying Collateral in accordance with the rules, regulations and guidelines of such FHLMB for its loan programs.
Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.
QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).
Qualifying Collateral” means: (i) whole mortgage loans, including residential first mortgage, multifamily mortgage, home equity line of credit (HELOC), second mortgage and commercial mortgage; (ii) loans secured by farmland; (iii) government and agency securities, including treasuries, agencies, agency mortgage back security (MBS) pass-through, agency collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) or real estate mortgage investment, real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), Small Business Administration (SBA) pool certificates, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) guaranteed notes and Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) home equity conversion mortgage (HECM); (iv) non-agency securities, including municipal securities, private placement securities, residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and asset-backed securities secured by HELOC/second mortgage loan collateral; and (v) cash.
-33-


Quarterly Statement” means the quarterly statutory financial statement of an Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) required to be filed with the insurance commissioner (or similar authority) of its jurisdiction of organization, which statement shall be in the form required by its jurisdiction of organization or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be used for filing quarterly statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of information permitted or required by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be disclosed therein.
Rating Agencies” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., Fitch, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., Fitch, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any combination of the foregoing shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company or the Parent (as certified by a Board Resolution) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., Fitch, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any combination of the foregoing, as the case may be.
Rating Decline” shall be deemed to occur if on the 60th day following the occurrence of a Change of Control (1) if Notes are then rated by three Rating Agencies, the rating of the notes by two or more of the Rating Agencies shall have been (i) withdrawn or (ii) downgraded to a rating below an Investment Grade Rating, or (2) if the Notes are then rated by two or fewer Rating Agencies, the rating of the notes by each Rating Agency shall have been (i) withdrawn or (ii) downgraded to a rating below an Investment Grade Rating; provided that, in each case, each such Rating Agency indicates that such withdrawal or downgrade is as a result of such Change of Control.
Record Date” means, with respect to any series of Notes, the “Record Date” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.
Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, replace, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for or to consolidate, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness that Refinances any other Indebtedness, including any successive Refinancings, so long as:
(1) such Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:
(a)    the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and
-34-


(b)    an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including accrued and unpaid interest, premiums, transaction costs and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing,
(2) the Average Life of such Indebtedness is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,
(3) the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and
(4) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, the new Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being Refinanced;
provided, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:
(1) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that is not the Company or a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, or
(2) Indebtedness of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.
Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(e) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Temporary Global Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.
Reinsurance Agreements” means any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement by which any Insurance Subsidiary agrees to transfer or cede to another
-35-


insurer all or part of the liability assumed or assets held by it under one or more insurance, annuity, reinsurance or retrocession policies, agreements, contracts, treaties, certificates or similar arrangements. Reinsurance Agreements shall include, but not be limited to, any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement that is treated as such by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.
Related Business” means any business that is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing.
Related Party” means:
(1) any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or
(2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (including the Company) of the Parent other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the
-36-


Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
SAP” shall mean, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of its jurisdiction of legal domicile, consistently applied as in effect from time to time.
SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Parent within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
Special Purpose Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent formed to issue Surplus Notes or other obligations in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into Reinsurance Agreements in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into ancillary obligations in respect of the foregoing.
Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
Statutory Reserve Financing” means a transaction or series of transactions entered into primarily for the purpose of financing a portion of the statutory reserves required to be held by an Insurance Subsidiary, where the proceeds or funding obligations provided by the financing counterparty or counterparties in such transaction or transactions are not expected, as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into, to be used or applied to pay insurance or reinsurance claims reasonably projected to be payable as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into.
Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to its terms. No Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of Liens, guarantees, maturity or payments or structural subordination.
Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), or
-37-


(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Parent.
Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.
Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.
substantially concurrent” means, with respect to two or more events, the occurrence of such events within 45 days of each other.
Surplus Note” means a promissory note executed by an Insurance Subsidiary of the type generally described in the insurance industry as a “surplus note”, the principal amount of which an insurance regulator permits the issuer to record as an addition to Capital and Surplus rather than as a liability in accordance with SAP.
Swap Contract” means any agreement relating to any transaction (whether or not arising under a master agreement) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, futures contract, forward foreign exchange transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, swaption, currency option, credit derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, and any master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.
TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the Issue Date.
Total Assets” means the total assets of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio.
Total Capitalization” means, without duplication, (a) the amount described in clause (a) of the definition of “Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio” plus (b) the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Parent.
-38-


Total Shareholders’ Equity” means as to any Person the total common and preferred shareholders’ equity of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP (calculated excluding (i) unrealized gains (losses) on securities as determined in accordance with FASB ASC 320 (Investments—Debt and Equity Securities) and (ii) any charges taken to write off any goodwill included on such Person’s balance sheet on the Issue Date to the extent such charges are required by FASB ASC 320 (Investments— Debt and Equity Securities) and ASC 350 (Intangibles—Goodwill and Others).
Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Holders, the Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock option, expenses in connection with hedging transactions and any original issue discount or upfront fees), the Merger Agreement, any Investment Management Agreement, the Indenture, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Facilities) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
Transactions” means (i) the Acquisition, (ii) any Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates relating to the Acquisition and the refinancing of any existing Indebtedness of the Parent in connection with the Acquisition, and the application of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any restructuring transactions relating to the Acquisition, (iv) the payment of Transaction Expenses and (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or entered into in connection with or relating to the Acquisition.
Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall, in each case, have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Trustee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.
Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
-39-


Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Parent that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Parent in the manner provided below; and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Subsidiary of the Parent (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:
(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Parent that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(2) all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter while they are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;
(3) such designation and the Investment of the Parent in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.4;
(4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;
(5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:
(a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or
(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
(6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Parent than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent.
Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Parent giving effect to such
-40-


designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.
The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Parent could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.
U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) is owned by the Parent or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.
TermDefined in
Section
“actual knowledge”7.2(g)
“Additional Amounts”2.15
“Additional Notes”2.3
-41-


TermDefined in
Section
“Affiliate Transaction”3.8(a)
“Agent Members”2.1(f)
“Asset Disposition Offer”3.7(c)
“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”3.7(d)
“Asset Disposition Offer Period”3.7(d)
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”3.7(d)
“Bankruptcy Law”6.1
“Change of Control Offer”3.9(b)
“Change of Control Payment”3.9(b)(i)
“Change of Control Payment Date”3.9(b)(ii)
“covenant defeasance option”8.1(b)
“Custodian”6.1
“Defaulted Interest”2.13
“DTC”2.1(b)
“Event of Default”6.1(a)
“Excess Proceeds”3.7(c)
“Guarantor Obligations”10.1
“legal defeasance option”8.1(b)
Limited Condition Transaction1.4
Limited Condition Transaction Election1.4
Limited Condition Transaction Test Date1.4
“Notice of Default”6.1
“Parent Conference Call”3.2(b)(1)
“Paying Agent”2.4
“payment default”6.1(a)(vi)(A)
“Redemption Date”5.4
“Registrar”2.4
“Reinstatement Date”3.11(b)
“Restricted Payment”3.4(a)(iv)
“Special Interest Payment Date”2.13(a)
“Special Record Date”2.13(a)
“Successor Company”4.1(a)(i)
“Successor Guarantor”4.2(a)(i)
“Suspended Covenants”3.11(a)
“Suspension Period”3.11(b)
“Tax Jurisdiction”2.15
“Tax Redemption Date”5.9
“Unutilized Excess Proceeds”3.7(c)
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
-42-


(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(c) “or” is not exclusive;
(d) “including” means including without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;
(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and
(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and any other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.
SECTION 1.4. Financial Calculations for Limited Condition Transactions.
When calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture or determining the absence of a Default or Event of Default as a condition to the making of any acquisition or other Permitted Investment the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing (each, a “Limited Condition Transaction”) or the incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith, the determination of whether the relevant condition is satisfied may be made, at the irrevocable election of the Company (such election, a “Limited Condition Transaction Election”), at the time of (and on the basis of the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.2 for the most recently ended fiscal period for which financial statements are available at the time of) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Transaction or (y) the consummation of the Limited Condition Transaction, in each case, after giving effect to the relevant Limited Condition Transaction and any related transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof), on a pro forma basis (such date, the “Limited Condition Transaction Test Date”). If the Company makes such a Limited Condition Transaction Election, any subsequent calculation of any such basket or ratio as a condition to consummating such transaction or the incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith shall be calculated on an equivalent pro forma basis, unless the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction expires or is terminated without its consummation. Any Limited Condition Transaction Election shall be made pursuant to a written notice from the Company delivered to the Trustee at the time of the
-43-


execution of the definitive agreements with respect to the Limited Condition Transaction; provided, however, that, to the extent the Company has not delivered such written notice to the Trustee by the time of execution of the definitive agreements with respect to such transaction, the relevant conditions required to be satisfied as a condition to consummating such transaction and/or incurring such Indebtedness will be tested at the time of consummation of such transaction and the related incurrence of Indebtedness.
For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has made a Limited Condition Transaction Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the Limited Condition Transaction Test Date (including with respect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness) are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket (including due to fluctuations of the target of any Limited Condition Transaction) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations.
ARTICLE II
The Notes
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating.
(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2), the terms of which are incorporated in and made a part hereof. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Company, and required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
(b) The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), its nominees, and their respective successors, shall act as the Depositary with respect thereto. Each Global Note (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions, and (iii) shall bear a Global Note Legend in substantially the following form:
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
-44-


REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in such Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Authentication Order for the authentication of the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, an Offices’ Certificate, and an Opinion of Counsel. Simultaneously with the authentication of such Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interests therein as hereinafter provided.
The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
(d) Except as permitted by Section 2.7(i)(B), any Note not registered under the Securities Act shall bear the following Private Placement Legend on the face thereof:
-45-


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN 208 RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE.
PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
-46-


COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]
BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. SEC 2510.3-101 AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA) OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON- EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
(e) Each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear the following Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend on the face thereof:
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).
Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever, including but not limited to notices and payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a
-47-


Holder of any Note. Any notice to be delivered to DTC (including, but not limited to, a notice of redemption) may be delivered electronically by the Trustee or the Company in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
SECTION 2.2. Issuable in Series. The Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Except as provided in Section 9.2, all Notes will vote (or consent) as a single class with the other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.
The following matters shall be established with respect to each series of Notes issued hereunder in a Notes Supplemental Indenture:
(1) the title of the Notes of the series (which title shall distinguish the Notes of the series from all other series of Notes);
(2) any limit (if any) upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the series pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 3.7, 3.9 or 5.8);
(3) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates, and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments and methods of determination thereof;
(4) the rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable;
(5) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the series (i) may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option or (ii) shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of specified events, if the Notes shall be subject to a mandatory redemption provision;
(6) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;
(7) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which apply to any Notes of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of
-48-


such Notes to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2; and
(8) any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article III.
The form of the Notes of such series, as set forth in Exhibit A, may be modified to reflect such matters as so established in such Notes Supplemental Indenture.
Such matters may also be established in a Notes Supplemental Indenture for any Additional Notes issued hereunder that are to be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder. Notes that have the same terms described in the foregoing clauses (1) though (8) will be treated as the same series, unless otherwise designated by the Company.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into the Note Supplemental Indenture on the Issue Date without notice to or the consent of any Holder to provide for the issuance of the Initial Notes.
SECTION 2.3. Form of Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $550,000,000 and (ii) subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 3.3, one or more series of Notes (“Additional Notes”)(which may be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder, or a different series), for original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2) in an unlimited amount, in each case upon receipt of a written order of the Company (an “Authentication Order”). In addition, each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the securities are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as Global Notes or Definitive Notes. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued or (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
-49-


authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.
SECTION 2.4. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-registrar, the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the Notes of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions hereof that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.6.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Notes Custodian with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by such Paying Agent to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying Agent.
SECTION 2.6. Lists of Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each thereof.
-50-


SECTION 2.7. Transfer and Exchange.
(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes, subject to any applicable laws, only (i) if the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that (A) the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or (B) the Depositary is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Depositary so requests. In any such case, the Company will notify the Trustee in writing that, upon surrender by the Participants and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global Note, certificated Notes will be issued to each Person that such Participants, Indirect Participants and DTC jointly identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.8 and 2.11. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.7 or Sections 2.8 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.7. However, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) below.
(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth in this Indenture to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with the applicable subparagraphs below.
(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
-51-


delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this subparagraph (i) unless specifically stated above.
(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.7(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
(a) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
(b) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.7(k) hereof.
(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of subparagraph (ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
-52-


(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof.
(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.7(b)(ii) above and:
(A) such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(B) the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon
-53-


receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests exchanged or transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above.
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
(i) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.7(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (k) below, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person
-54-


designated in the certificate a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this subparagraph (i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
Notwithstanding Section 2.7(c)(i)(A) and (C) above, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.7(a), a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:
(A) such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(B) the Registrar receives the following:
(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
-55-


Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.7(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in subparagraph (b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (k) below, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
(i) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
-56-


requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or
(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (D) above, the IAI Global Note.
(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
(a) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(b) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.7(d)(ii), if the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this subparagraph (d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(e) Transfer and Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
-57-


interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, as the case may be, to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.3, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, as the case may be, so transferred.
(f) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this paragraph (f), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this paragraph (f).
(g) Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. (i) Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(C) if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (B) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or
(D) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including, if the Company so
-58-


requests, a certification or opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.
(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
(A) any such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
(B) the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(h) Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(i) Private Placement Legend.
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note (other than an Unrestricted Global Note) and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (e) or (g)(ii) of this Section 2.7 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
-59-


(j) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend.
(k) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(l) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order.
(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.3, 2.11, 3.7, 3.9 and 5.8).
(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits hereof, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(v) Neither the Trustee, the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (B) to register the
-60-


transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3.
(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.7 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically.
(ix) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(x) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
(xi) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant or Indirect Participant or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant or Indirect Participant or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Participants or Indirect Participants.
(xii) The transferor of any Note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information necessary to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section
-61-


6045 of the Code. The Trustee may rely on the information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.
(xiii) In connection with any proposed transfer of Definitive Notes, there shall be provided to the Trustee all information reasonably requested by the Trustee to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Code. The Trustee may rely on the information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.
SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacements of Notes are met. The Holder must supply indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their fees and expenses in replacing a Note including amounts to cover any tax, assessment, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.
Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued here under.
SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 3.1 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.
Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which
-62-


a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so considered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company until legal title to such Notes passes to the Company, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate, as the case may be. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept and rely upon such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any determination.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
SECTION 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.2, interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.4.
Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by such Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:
-63-


(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of such Special Record Date and shall, or at the written request and in the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.1, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).
(b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP and ISIN numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.
-64-


SECTION 2.15. Additional Amounts. All payments made by or on behalf of a Foreign Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes or its Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction in which any Foreign Guarantor is then incorporated, organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made, excluding the United States and any political subdivision thereof (each, a “Tax Jurisdiction”), will at any time be required to be made from any payments made by or on behalf of any Foreign Guarantor with respect to any Guarantee, including, without limitation, payments of principal, redemption price, purchase price, interest or premium, the Foreign Guarantor will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding, deduction will equal the respective amounts that would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:
(a) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes being a citizen, resident or national of, incorporated in or carrying on a business in the relevant Tax Jurisdiction in which such Taxes are imposed, or having any other present or former connection with the relevant Tax Jurisdiction in which such Taxes are imposed other than by the mere acquisition or holding of any note or the enforcement or receipt of payment under or in respect of any note or any Guarantee;
(b) any Taxes imposed or withheld as a result of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to comply with any reasonable written request, made to that Holder in writing at least 30 days before any such withholding or deduction would be payable, by any Foreign Guarantors to provide timely or accurate information concerning the nationality, residence or identity of such Holder or to make any valid or timely declaration or similar claim or satisfy any certification, information or other reporting requirements (to the extent such Holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so), which is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes;
(c) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld as a result of the presentation of any note for payment (where Notes are in the form of definitive Notes and presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);
(d) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax or assessment;
-65-


(e) any Tax which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee;
(f) any Tax that was imposed with respect to any payment on a Note to any Holder who is a fiduciary partnership, limited liability company or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or limited liability company or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;
(g) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the issue date (or any amended or successor version of such sections), any regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, any similar law or regulation adopted pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing or any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code; or
(h) any combination of items (a) through (g) above.
In addition to the foregoing, any Foreign Guarantor will pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, transfer, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies or Taxes levied by any jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any of the Notes, any Guarantee (other than on or in connection with a transfer of the Notes other than the initial sale by the Initial Purchaser) or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto.
If any Foreign Guarantor becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee, the relevant Foreign Guarantor will deliver to the trustee on a date at least 30 days prior to the date of payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the relevant Foreign Guarantor shall notify the trustee promptly thereafter) an officers’ certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The officers’ certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the paying agent to pay Additional Amounts on the relevant payment date. The trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such officers’ certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. The relevant Foreign Guarantor will provide the trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts.
The relevant Foreign Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The relevant Foreign Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The relevant Foreign Guarantor will furnish to the Holders, within 60 days after the date the
-66-


payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Foreign Guarantor or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not obtained, other evidence of payments by such entity.
Whenever the Indenture or this “Description of Notes” mentions the payment of amounts based on the principal amount, interest of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the notes, such mention shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
The above obligation will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture, any transfer by a Holder of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis, to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to any Foreign Guarantor is then incorporated, organized, engaged in business or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Guarantee) and any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein having the power to tax.
ARTICLE III
Covenants
SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.
SECTION 3.2. Reports.
(a) So long as any notes are outstanding, the Parent will furnish to the Holders and the Trustee:
(1) (A) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, beginning with the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, annual audited financial
-67-


statements for such fiscal year, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented prepared in accordance with GAAP and a report on the annual financial statements by the Parent’s independent registered accounting firm and (B) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except, for so long as it is a Material Subsidiary, F&G Re)), within 5 days following the date such form is filed with the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of legal domicile, the audited Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself a Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal year and for the fiscal year then ended, in the form filed with such Insurance Regulatory Authority;
(2) (A) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date, unaudited financial statements for the interim period as of, and for the period ending on, the end of such quarter, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented prepared in accordance with GAAP and (B) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary), beginning with the first fiscal quarter of such Insurance Subsidiary ending after the Issue Date, within 5 days following the date such form is filed with the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of legal domicile, a Quarterly Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself a Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal quarter then ended, in the form filed with such Insurance Regulatory Authority; and
(3) within five days of the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC, current reports containing information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act on the Issue Date pursuant to Sections 1 and 4, Items 2.01, 2.03, 5.01, 5.02(a)(1) (with respect to independent directors only), 5.02(b) (with respect to officers and independent directors only), 5.02(c)(1) and (3), 5.02 (d)(1 ), (2), (3) and (4) (in each case, with respect to independent directors only) and 5.03(b) of Form 8-K (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Parent determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Parent determines in its good faith judgment that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
-68-


taken as a whole; provided, that such nondisclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive harm and not the occurrence of the event itself.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Parent will not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by (i) Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K, (ii) Regulation G or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein, (iii) Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or (iv) Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, (b) such reports will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors or Subsidiaries whose securities are pledged to secure the Notes contemplated by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, and (c) such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership information.
If the Parent has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a summary presentation, in the footnotes to the financial statements, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to the extent such Notes constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
The Parent shall maintain a website to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 3.2 are posted and made available to Holders, prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers (or Non-U.S. Persons or Institutional Accredited Investors that are eligible to purchase the Notes), securities analysts and market makers (unless such reports are otherwise filed with the SEC).
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been posted on the Parent’s website.
(b) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Parent will also use its reasonable best efforts to:
(1) within 15 Business Days after providing the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (or such earlier time as the Parent
-69-


determines), hold a conference call (the “Parent Conference Call”) to discuss the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and
(2) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the proposed date of the Parent Conference Call, announcing the time and date of the Parent Conference Call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers (or Non-U.S. Persons or Institutional Accredited Investors that are eligible to purchase the Notes), securities analysts and market makers to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information. The Parent Conference Call may be part of or separate from any earnings or similar conference call of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent as long as such call otherwise meets the requirements of the foregoing clause (1) and this clause (2).
Notwithstanding the time periods set forth above, the Parent Conference Call may be held following any similar financial reporting call of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent discussing the Parent’s results of operations; provided that the failure of such parent to a hold such a call shall not relieve the Parent of its obligation to use reasonable best efforts to hold a Parent Conference Call during the relevant reporting period (it being understood such a call and provision of a related press release may occur after the time periods set forth above).
(c) In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent has filed reports containing the information described above with the SEC (including, to the extent applicable, a reconciliation or narrative description of any material differences between the financial information of such direct or indirect parent and the financial information of the Parent), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.2 may, at the option of the Parent, be furnished by and be those of such parent rather than the Parent and this covenant shall be deemed satisfied by the filing of such reports with the SEC.
(d) Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure to furnish or file in a timely manner a report required by this Section 3.2 shall be deemed cured (and the Parent shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 3.2) upon furnishing or filing such report or certification as contemplated by this Section 3.2 (but without regard to the date on which such report or certification is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the holders described pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof hereunder if the principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.
SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness.
(a) The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided,
-70-


however, that the Company and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the Parent’s for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred is equal to or less than 35% determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred as of the last day of such fiscal quarter
(b) The provisions of Section 3.3(a) shall not apply to the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:
(i) Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Credit Facilities (including the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at the time of Incurrence that does not exceed the greater of $300.0 million and 1.25% of Total Assets;
(ii) Indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and Indebtedness of Guarantors evidenced by the Guarantees relating to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);
(iii) Guarantees by (x) the Company or a Guarantor (including any Restricted Subsidiary the Parent elects to cause to become a Guarantor in connection therewith) of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable and (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
(iv) Indebtedness of the Parent owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
(A) if the Company is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;
(B) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of such Guarantor; and
(C) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a
-71-


Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; and (2) any subsequent sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent; shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(v) any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii)) outstanding on the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred at any time in respect of any Indebtedness described under clause (ii), this clause (v) or clauses (vi) or (xviii) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a);
(vi) Indebtedness (i) of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors Incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 0.50% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding, plus unlimited additional Indebtedness if the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available that immediately precedes the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation calculated immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation on a pro forma basis, is not greater than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and (ii) of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged or consolidated with or into, the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation), provided that, either (i) the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation or (ii) the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available that immediately precedes the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, calculated immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, on a pro forma basis, is not greater than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(vii) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations; provided, however, that such Hedging Obligations are entered into to fix, manage or hedge interest rate or currency exposure of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;
(viii) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations), incurred for the purpose of financing or reimbursing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of the acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement of property (real or personal), plant, equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Related Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets (in each case, incurred within 450 days of such acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement) and all Indebtedness
-72-


incurred to refund, refinance or replace any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (viii), will not exceed the greater of $25.0 million and 0.125% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;
(ix) Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) or security deposits, letters of credit, banker’s guarantees or banker’s acceptances, in each case in the ordinary course of business (including letters of credit issued in connection with reinsurance transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);
(x) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Parent or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition;
(xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers and commercial card payments drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of committed or uncommitted lines of credit); provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of Incurrence;
(xii) Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with third party insurance premium financing arrangements;
(xiii) Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arise in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to provide treasury services or to manage cash balances of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(xiv) guarantees to suppliers or licensors (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;
(xv) Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the Net Proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Notes in accordance with Article VIII;
-73-


(xvi) Indebtedness in connection with Permitted Transactions entered into by Insurance Subsidiaries or by the Parent or the Company in connection with Investments permitted by clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;
(xvii) Non-Recourse Debt of Insurance Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business resulting from the sale or securitization of non-admitted assets, policy loans, CBOs and CMOs;
(xviii) Any Contribution Debt;
(xix) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 0.25% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;
(xx) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments which could be made at the time of such Incurrence pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 3.4(a), or clauses (xi) or (xix) of Section 3.4(b); and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto; provided that the Incurrence of Indebtedness in reliance on amounts available for making Restricted Payments pursuant to any of the foregoing clauses in Section 3.4 shall reduce the amount available under any such applicable clause by an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; and
(xxi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (xx) above, Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 0.50% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.3:
(i) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.3(b) or could be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a), the Parent, in its sole discretion, may divide and classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness once;
(ii) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit or banker’s acceptances related thereto relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;
-74-


(iii) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Company or a Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;
(iv) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.3 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.3 permitting such Indebtedness; and
(v) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.
Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.3. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable-in-kind, (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness, (iii) in the case of the guarantee by a specified Person of Indebtedness of another Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (iv) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed solely by means of a Lien on any asset or property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not to their other assets or properties generally), the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset or property on the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred and (y) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred
-75-


pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.
SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments.
(a) Unless the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available that immediately precedes the date of any Restricted Payment, calculated immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, is equal to or less than 20.0%, the Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:
(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:
(A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Parent; and
(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of any series or class of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis in respect of such series or class or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of a greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);
(ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Parent held by Persons other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock));
(iii) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations other than the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of such Subordinated Obligations in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition; or
(iv) make any Restricted Investment
-76-


(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (1) the Parent could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.3(a) hereof; (2) the Aggregate RBC Ratio exceeds 250% and (3) at any time that F&G Re is a Material Subsidiary, the Total Shareholders’ Equity of F&G Re is equal to or greater than 60% of the Total Shareholders’ Equity of F&G Re as of the Issue Date;
(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii) and (xx) of Section 3.4(b)) would not exceed the sum of, without duplication:
(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning with the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Issue Date (other than any capital contributions made in connection with the Transactions), other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Parent or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination; plus
-77-


(C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Parent’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Parent upon such conversion or exchange); plus
(D) 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and marketable securities from the sale or other disposition (other than to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made after the Issue Date and redemptions and repurchases of such Restricted Investments from the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayment of Restricted Investments in the form of loans or advances from the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and releases of Guarantees that constitute Restricted Investments by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case to the extent the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi)); plus
(E) 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and marketable securities received by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date from the sale (other than to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi) or (xvi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus
(F) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent designated as such after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent merges into or consolidates with the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Unrestricted Subsidiary transfers, dividends or distributes assets to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or such merger or consolidation, or in the case of the transfer, dividend or distribution of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of such assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer, dividend or distribution of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus
-78-


(G) $475.0 million.
(b) The provisions of Section 3.4(a) hereof shall not prohibit
(i) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or any Restricted Investment made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a contribution to the common equity capital of the Parent or the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Parent (other than (x) Disqualified Stock and (y) Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such contribution or sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(B);
(ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness;
(iii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof;
(iv) dividends paid or redemptions made within 60 days after the date of declaration or the giving of the redemption notice if at such date of declaration or notice such dividend or redemption would have complied with this provision;
(v) the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition (including by cancellation of indebtedness), cancellation or retirement for value of or payment in respect of (or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent to fund any such purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value) Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock, of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent or the Parent held by any existing or former employees, management or directors of or consultants to the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase or payment provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other compensatory agreements approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent, as applicable, or the compensation committee thereof; provided that such purchases, repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions, cancellations or retirements pursuant to this clause (v) will not exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate during any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years so long as the amount does not exceed
-79-


$20.0 million in any given calendar year); provided that amount in any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
(A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent to, or capital contributions by, existing or former employees or members of management of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or capital contributions have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(B)); plus
(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date relating to the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ key persons who are so insured; less
(C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in the clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);
provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Parent, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Parent, or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 3.4 or any other provision of this Indenture;
(vi) (A) the accrual, declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due at final maturity in accordance with its terms and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Parent, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the common equity capital of the Parent from the sale of such Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of cash used to make any payments pursuant to this clause (B) shall be excluded from calculations pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(3)(B) and shall not be used for the purpose of any other Restricted Payment;
(vii) repurchases or other acquisitions of Capital Stock deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or conversion price thereof or (ii) in connection with
-80-


withholdings or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director or officer;
(viii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligations in accordance with provisions applicable thereto similar to those described under Sections 3.7 and 3.9 hereof; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, under this Indenture and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, under this Indenture;
(ix) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Parent or other exchanges of securities of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for Capital Stock of the Parent;
(x) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations with Unutilized Excess Proceeds remaining after an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof;
(xi) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $150.0 million in the aggregate in any one calendar year;
(xii) the purchase of fractional shares of Capital Stock of the Parent arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions;
(xiii) in connection with any acquisition by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, the receipt or acceptance of the return to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Parent constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn outs or similar obligations);
(xiv) the distribution of rights pursuant to any shareholder rights plan or the redemption of such for nominal consideration in accordance with the terms of any shareholder rights plan;
(xv) payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any merger, consolidation or other acquisition by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(xvi) the distribution or transfer, as a dividend, Investment or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents);
-81-


(xvii) payments made to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent (A) (i) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent to pay administrative expenses and corporate overhead, franchise fees, public company costs (including SEC and auditing fees) and customary director fees; (ii) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent to pay premiums and deductibles in respect of directors and officers insurance policies and umbrella excess insurance policies obtained from third-party insurers and indemnities for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, and (iii) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent to pay reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or any unsuccessful acquisition or strategic transaction by such direct or indirect parent of the Parent and (B) if the Parent is a member of group filing a consolidated income tax return with a direct or indirect parent of the Parent, to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent) to pay (1) the relevant income taxes for which such direct or indirect parent of the Parent is liable, but only to the extent such taxes are attributable to income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount of such taxes that would be payable by the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis if the Parent had filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code or any analogous provision of state, local or foreign law) including its Subsidiaries of which it were the common parent, taking into account any net operating losses and other attributes of the Parent or its Subsidiaries, and (2) franchise and excise taxes, fees and other similar taxes and expenses required to maintain its existence; provided that any payments pursuant to this clause (B) in any period not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period;
(xviii) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates in connection therewith;
(xix) the payment by the Parent of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Parent to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent to pay, dividends on the common stock or equity of the Parent or any such direct or indirect parent following a public offering of such common stock or equity after the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year 6% of the net cash proceeds received by the Parent (whether directly, or indirectly through a contribution to common equity capital by any direct or indirect parent of the Parent) in or from such public offering; and
(xx) the declaration and payment of dividends as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section included in the Offering Memorandum.
provided, however, that at the time of and after giving effect to any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (v), (viii) and (xix), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
(c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
-82-


pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively in Good Faith by the Parent.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.4, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (i) through (xix) of Section 3.4(b), or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or the definition of “Permitted Investment,” the Parent shall be entitled to divide and classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in any manner that complies with this Section 3.4 or the definition of “Permitted Investment.”
If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Investment or a Permitted Investment and the Person in which such Investment was made subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent such Investment resulted in a reduction of the amounts calculated under Section 3.4(a) or any other provision of this Section 3.4 or the definition of Permitted Investment (which was not subsequently reversed), then such amount shall be increased by the amount of such reduction to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Investment and (y) the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
(d) The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment”. Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Liens. The Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, that secures Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries without effectively providing that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or, if the Indebtedness to be secured by the Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, prior to) the Indebtedness so secured for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.
With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time such Indebtedness was Incurred, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of
-83-


dividends on preferred stock in the form of additional shares of preferred stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (7) of the definition of “Indebtedness.”
SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.
(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);
(ii) make any loans or advances to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or
(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(a)).
(b) The restrictions in Section 3.6(a) shall not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in effect on such date;
(ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Person or assets pursuant to an agreement in effect on or before the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or consolidated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or consolidated with the Parent or in contemplation of the transaction) or such assets were acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any Person or the assets or property of the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary
-84-


other than the Person and its Subsidiaries or the assets and property so acquired and that, in the case of Indebtedness, was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Indenture;
(iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or Refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) or this clause (iii); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent) in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;
(iv) in the case of Section 3.6(a)(iii), encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof that apply only to the assets subject to such Liens;
(v) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case, that impose restrictions of the nature described in Section 3.6(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;
(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Parent pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(vii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(viii) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(ix) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, order, permit or grant, including for the avoidance of doubt, any encumbrance or restriction on any Insurance Subsidiary by any governmental authority having the power to regulate such Insurance Subsidiary;
(x) encumbrances or restrictions contained in or arising under indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3
-85-


hereof that are not more restrictive, taken as a whole (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent), than those applicable to the Parent in this Indenture on the Issue Date;
(xi) encumbrances or restrictions contained in or arising under indentures or other debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Parent or any Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof or contained or arising in connection with any Reinsurance Agreement or Statutory Reserve Financing or agreement entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary or Special Purpose Subsidiary; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes or are otherwise customary for financings or arrangements of that type (in each case, as determined in Good Faith by the Parent);
(xii) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party and entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary.
(xiii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements;
(xiv) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(xv) any instrument governing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary as in effect on the date that such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary or the property or assets of the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary, and was not entered into in contemplation of the designation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of Indebtedness, the incurrence of such Indebtedness as a result of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary was permitted by the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.
(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition following the Issue Date unless:
-86-


(i) the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined as of the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and
(ii) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
The Parent shall determine the Fair Market Value of any consideration from such Asset Disposition that is not cash or Cash Equivalents.
(b) Any Net Available Cash received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Asset Disposition shall be applied at the Parent’s election:
(x)    to prepay, repay or repurchase secured Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or to prepay, repay or repurchase any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is not expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Guarantees, in the case of a Guarantor and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
(y)    to repay, prepay or repurchase Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, or
(z)    to reinvest in or acquire assets (including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person that is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or that would constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (2) of the definition thereof) used or useful in a Related Business.
(c) All Net Available Cash that is not applied or invested (or committed pursuant to a written agreement to be applied or invested) as provided in subclauses (x), (y) or (z) of the preceding paragraph within 450 days after receipt (or in the case of any amount committed to be so applied or reinvested, which are not actually so applied or reinvested within 180 days following such 450 day period) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Company will make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The Company may make
-87-


an Asset Disposition Offer under this section using Net Available Cash prior to the time any such Net Available Cash becomes Excess Proceeds, in which case such Net Available Cash shall be deemed to have been applied within the time frame required by this Section 3.7. The offer price in any Asset Disposition Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any record date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date that is prior to the relevant redemption date), and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Disposition Offer (“Unutilized Excess Proceeds”), the Parent may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
(d) The Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.
(i) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in minimum denominations of $1,000 (except that no Note shall be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000). The Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.
-88-


(e) For the purposes of this Section 3.7, the following are deemed to be Cash Equivalents: (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the Notes thereto) of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (including, without limitation, liabilities relating to insurance products); (y) any Notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent from such transferee that are converted within 180 days by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received); and (z) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined in Good Faith by the Parent), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (z) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $100.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
(f) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.7. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.7, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.7.
(g) Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving indebtedness under any debt facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in Cash Equivalents.
SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.
(a) The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Parent (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving payments of consideration in excess of $15.0 million unless:
(i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction, when viewed together with any related Affiliate Transactions, are not materially less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate; and
(ii) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $35.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent (and such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (i) above).
-89-


(b) The provisions of Section 3.8(a) shall not apply to:
(i) any (x) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof and (y) Permitted Investment in any Person that is an Affiliate of the Parent solely as a result of the ownership of Investments in such Person by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Parent pursuant to restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans, pension plans or similar plans or agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent or the compensation committee thereof;
(iii) loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $5.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan);
(iv) any transaction between or among the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, and any Guarantees issued by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(v) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) to, and employee benefit arrangements, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, and indemnity or similar arrangements provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and agents of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent, whether by charter, bylaw, statutory or contractual provisions;
(vi) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms, taken as a whole, are not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, as determined in Good Faith by the Parent, than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;
-90-


(vii) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders, as determined in Good Faith by the Parent, when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger);
(viii) insurance transactions, intercompany pooling and other reinsurance transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(ix) any purchases by the Parent’s Affiliates of Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness is placed with Persons who are not Affiliates and payments of principal and interest on such Indebtedness;
(x) arrangements for indemnification payments for directors and officers of the Parent and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent;
(xi) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Parent and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to the Capital Stock of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(xii) payments by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are on arms’-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent in good faith;
(xiii) any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Parent and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services which transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof in good faith;
(xiv) transactions in which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate;
-91-


(xv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint ventures, joint venture partners, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or purchasers or sellers of goods and services and Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary in accordance with clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, in each case in the ordinary course of business (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent) and on terms no less favorable than that available from non-affiliates (as determined in Good Faith by the Parent) and otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture;
(xvi) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);
(xvii) the payment of all fees and expenses in connection with the offering of the Notes;
(xviii) any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (otherwise permitted by this Indenture) with an Affiliate of the Parent solely for the purpose of (a) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of the Parent or a direct or indirect parent of the Parent, (b) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (c) reincorporating the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in a new jurisdiction;
(xix) transactions between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Parent or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Parent or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;
(xx) any transaction entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary for which approval has been received from the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority; provided that any direct involvement of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Insurance Subsidiary) in such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined in Good Faith by the Parent;
(xxi) the entry by the Parent (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into tax sharing agreements providing for payments consistent with Sections 3.4(b)(xv) and (xvii)(B) and the making of any such payments pursuant thereto;
(xxii) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any Investment Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory
-92-


and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an initial public equity offering) pursuant to any Investment Management Agreement;
(xxiii) (a) investments by Permitted Holders in securities or loans of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms, and (b) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities or loans of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (a) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans; and
(xxiv) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses.
SECTION 3.9. Change of Control Triggering Event.
(a) If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture and all conditions precedent applicable to such redemption have been satisfied, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note may be tendered in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is prior to the relevant redemption date).
(b) Prior to or within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall mail a notice (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder or otherwise give notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:
(i) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is prior to the relevant redemption date) (the “Change of Control Payment”);
-93-


(ii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);
(iii) the procedures determined by the Company, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased;
(iv) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(v) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is unconditionally withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased;
(vii) If such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, stating that the Change of Control is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event; and
(viii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:
(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in principal amounts of $2,000 or larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes validly tendered; and
(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.
(d) The Paying Agent shall promptly submit electronically or mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and upon receipt of
-94-


an Authentication Order the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate or deliver such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
(e) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption for all of the outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the proposed Redemption Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event.
(f) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the pursuant to Section 3.9, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders in such Change of Control Offer, all of the Holders of Notes will be deemed to have consented to such tender offer or other offer, and, accordingly, the Company or such third party may elect, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following the consummation of the Change of Control Offer at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable redemption date; provided that the Company or the applicable third party must provide any such notice of redemption within 30 days following the Change of Control Payment Date.
(g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations thereunder in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
SECTION 3.10. Future Guarantors.
(a) The Parent shall cause (i) each Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) that is formed or acquired following the Issue Date and (ii) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that guarantees any Capital Market Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee within 30 days of the event
-95-


pursuant to which such obligation has arisen a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture, on the terms set forth in Article X. In addition, the Parent may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Guarantor.
SECTION 3.11. Effectiveness of Covenants.
(a) After the Issue Date, following the first day: (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from two Rating Agencies; and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture; the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.10 and 4.1(a)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Additionally, upon the commencement of a Suspension Period (as defined below), the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.
(b) If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by at least two Rating Agencies, then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist or have occurred under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period”.
(c) On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.3(b)(v). In addition, for purposes of Section 3.8 hereof, all agreements and arrangements entered into by the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate of the Parent during the Suspension Period prior to such Reinstatement Date will be deemed to have been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date and for purposes of Section 3.6 hereof all contracts entered into during the Suspension Period prior to such Reinstatement Date that contain any of the restrictions contemplated by such covenant will be deemed to have been existing on the Issue Date. Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.4 hereof will be made as though
-96-


such Section 3.4 had been in effect since the Issue Date and prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under such Section 3.4.
(d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Parent may not designate any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture, unless such designation would have complied with Section 3.4 hereof as if such Section 3.4 would have been in effect during such period.
(e) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Reinstatement Date or the commencement of any Suspension Period and certifying that such suspension or reinstatement complied with the foregoing provisions, and in no event shall the Trustee be charged with the knowledge of such Suspension Period or Reinstatement Date, except to the extent that a Trust Officer has received such Officer’s Certificate. In the case of a Suspension Period such notice shall list the Suspended Covenants.
(f) On and after each Reinstatement Date, the Parent and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transactions contemplated by any contract or arrangement entered into in good faith during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.
SECTION 3.12. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent an Officer’s Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default and its status.
SECTION 3.13. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Parent shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the knowledge thereof if such event is still continuing, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default or any event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (viii) or (ix), which shall include their status.
ARTICLE IV
Successor Company and Successor Guarantor
SECTION 4.1. When Company May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets.
(a) Neither the Company nor the Parent shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Company or the Parent is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person unless:
-97-


(i) if other than the Company or the Parent, as applicable, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (and, in the case of the Parent, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands);
(ii) the Successor Company (if other than the Company or the Parent) and, in the case of a Successor Company that is not a corporation, a corporate co-issuer, assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture or the Parent under its Guarantee and this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documentation executed and delivered to the Trustee;
(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company, the Parent, the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Parent, the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred as of the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter;
(A) the Parent or the Successor Company of the Parent, as applicable, would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) hereof; or
(B) the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio for the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would be greater than the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio immediately prior to such transaction; and
(v) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (i) of Section 4.1(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes.
(b) Without compliance with Sections 4.1(a)(iii) and (iv):
(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Guarantor so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than the Company or a Guarantor, and
(ii) the Company or the Parent, as the case may be, may merge with an Affiliate of the Company or the Parent, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of
-98-


reincorporating the Company or the Parent, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
(c) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1(a) or 4.1(b), as applicable, the Company shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
(d) Solely for the purpose of computing amounts under Sections 3.4(a)(3)(A), (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C) and (a)(3)(D), the Successor Company shall only be deemed to have succeeded and be substituted for the Parent with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation, combination or transfer of assets.
SECTION 4.2. When a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets.
(a) The Parent shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Company or another Guarantor), unless:
(i) if such entity remains a Subsidiary Guarantor, (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any other territory thereof (and, in the case of the Intermediate Guarantor, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands); (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes in writing by supplemental indenture (and other applicable documents), executed and delivered to the Trustee all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture and (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) if such transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.7 hereof (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time), to the extent applicable.
-99-


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or another Guarantor or (ii) merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in a State of the United States or the District of Columbia (and, in the case of the Intermediate Guarantor, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands), as long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
(c) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2(a) or (b), the Parent or applicable Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee and the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, a Subsidiary Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.
ARTICLE V
Redemption of Notes
SECTION 5.1. Applicability of Article. Notes of or within any series that are redeemable in whole or in part before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.2) in accordance with this Article V.
SECTION 5.2. Right of Redemption.
(a) Notes of any series may be redeemed, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions set forth in paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture.
(b) In connection with any redemption of Notes (including with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any Equity Offering, incurrence of Indebtedness, or acquisition, merger or consolidation. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded (by the Company in its sole discretion) in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.
-100-


SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional Redemptions. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 5.5, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (a) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture and or Notes Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (b) the Redemption Date, (c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4.
SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, in the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on as nearly a pro rata basis as possible or by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the Applicable Procedures (subject to such rounding as may be necessary so that Notes are redeemed in whole increments of $1,000 and no Note of $2,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part), and in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note in accordance with Section 5.8.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.
SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption. Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to a date fixed for redemption (a “Redemption Date”), to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed; provided, however, that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII. At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused
-101-


to be mailed to Holder pursuant to this Section 5.5 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following paragraph.
All notices of redemption shall be prepared by the Company and shall state:
(a) the Redemption Date,
(b) the redemption price, if then determinable, and if not, then a method for determination, and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7, if any,
(c) if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,
(d) in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,
(e) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) shall cease to accrue on and after said date,
(f) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,
(g) the name and address of the Paying Agent,
(h) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,
(i) the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and
(j) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. By no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or
-102-


with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.5) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price.
SECTION 5.7. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date) (except as provided for in Section 5.2(b)) and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.
If a Redemption Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Company.
SECTION 5.8. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.4 (with, if the Company so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
SECTION 5.9. Redemption for Changes in Taxes The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be given in accordance with this Article V, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Company for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and that will become due on the Tax Re-
-103-


demption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is prior to the Tax Redemption Date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Guarantees, the relevant Foreign Guarantor is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Company or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts, and the relevant Foreign Guarantor cannot avoid any such payment obligation taking reasonable measures available, as a result of:
(1) any change in, or amendment to or the laws (or any regulations, protocols or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation which change or amendment has not been publicly announced before and which becomes effective on or after the date of this Offering Memorandum (or, if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction was not a Tax Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, the date on which such Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction under the Indenture); or
(2) any change in, or amendment to, the existing official written position or the introduction of a written official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice), which change, amendment, application or interpretation has not been publicly announced and becomes effective on or after the date of this Offering Memorandum (or, if the relevant Tax Jurisdiction was not a Tax Jurisdiction on the Issue Date, the date on which such Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction under the Indenture).
The Company will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 30 days prior to the earliest date on which the relevant Foreign Guarantor would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the Guarantees were then due, and unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.
Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Company will deliver the trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that there has been such change or amendment which would entitle the relevant Foreign Guarantor to redeem the Notes hereunder. In addition, before the Company publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the obligation to pay Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the relevant Foreign Guarantor (but, in the case of a Guarantor, only if the payment giving rise to such requirement cannot be made by the Company or another Guarantor without the obligation to pay Additional Amounts) taking reasonable measures available to it.
The Trustee will accept such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.
-104-


ARTICLE VI
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default.
(a) Each of the following is an event of default (an “Event of Default”):
(i) default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due, and the such default continues for a period of 30 days;
(ii) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;
(iii) failure by the Company or the Parent to comply with its obligations under Section 3.9 hereof or Article IV hereof;
(iv) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice as provided below with any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture (except as contained in clauses (a)(i) through (a)(iii) of this Section 6.1); provided that, such 60-day period shall instead be 180 days with respect to defaults under Section 3.1.
(v) the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries defaults under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:
(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal on such Indebtedness at its final stated maturity within the grace period provided in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or
(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent);
-105-


(vi) the Company, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (as defined below):
(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding with respect to itself;
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian (as defined below) of it or for substantially all of its property; or
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;
(vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;
(B) appoints a Custodian of the Parent, the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for any substantial part of its property; or
(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Parent, the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for any period of 60 consecutive days;
(viii) failure by the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance), which judgments remain unsatisfied or undischarged for any
-106-


period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgments shall not be in effect; and
(ix) any Guarantee of the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Guarantee, and the Parent fails to cause such Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to rescind such denials or disaffirmations within 30 days.
The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under clause (iv) of this Section 6.1(a) shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Parent or the Company of the default and the Parent or the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (iv) of this Section 6.1(a) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”
The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company or the Parent) occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, the Trustee by notice in writing specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice” to the Company or the Parent, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Company or the Parent and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall, subject to Section 6.4, be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default set forth in Section 6.1(a)(v) above has occurred and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, such
-107-


declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(v) shall be remedied or cured by the Company, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company or the Parent occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture (including sums owed to the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Guarantees.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes) Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences (except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on a Note) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines in good faith is
-108-


unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders),; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees unless:
(i) the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
(ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does
not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.6.
-109-


SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, either agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.6 hereof out of the estate in any proceeding shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holder may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in such proceeding.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities. The Trustee shall pay out any money or property received by it in the following order:
First: to the Trustee for amounts due to each of them under this Indenture;
Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
Third: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee receives any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor, or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
-110-


reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.
ARTICLE VII
Trustee
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
-111-


(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(f) No provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder.
(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee, security, prefunding or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or any other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct, respectively, does not constitute willful misconduct or gross
-112-


negligence as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into any statement, warranty or representation, or the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document made or in connection with this Indenture; moreover, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into (i) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (ii) the occurrence of any default, or the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document or (iii) the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Trust Officer shall have (x) received written notification from the Company or Holders at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture or (y) obtained “actual knowledge.” “Actual knowledge” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Trust Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto.
(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
-113-


(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties. The Trustee shall have no obligation to pursue any action that is not in accordance with applicable law.
(l) The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change to its fiscal year.
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.
SECTION 7.4. Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, notice of the Default within 90 days after the Trustee obtains such knowledge. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Paying Agent, and Registrar), and each of their officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the
-114-


administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes or the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.6), the Notes or the Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct, gross negligence as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.
To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The right of the Trustee to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.6 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company.
The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Pursuant to Section 10.1, the obligations of the Company hereunder are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantor.
The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.6 shall survive satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9;
(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in
-115-


such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition.
-116-


ARTICLE VIII
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.
(a) When (i) (x) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of making a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof or otherwise, or will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements pursuant to Article V and the Parent, the Company or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to, but excluding, the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be; provided that, with respect to any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit on the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing); (iii) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company on the date of deposit to the Trustee under this Indenture; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect.
(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at any time may at its option terminate (i) all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10 and 3.11 and the operation of Sections 4.1(a)(iii) and (a)(iv) and Sections 6.1(a)(iii) (other than with respect to any Default under Section 3.12 or 3.13), 6.1(a)(iv), 6.1(a)(v), 6.1(a)(vi) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and
-117-


its consolidated Subsidiaries), 6.1(a)(vii) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries) and 6.1(a)(viii) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Company terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.
If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(iii) (only with respect to the covenants subject to such covenant defeasance), 6.1(a)(iv), 6.1(a)(v), 6.1(a)(vi) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(vii) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of consolidated Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(viii) or 6.1(a)(ix) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Section 4.1(a)(iii) or (iv).
Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10, 2.11, 2.13, 3.1, 6.7, 6.8, 7.1, 7.2, 7.6, 7.7, 8.1(b) (with respect to legal defeasance), 8.3, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 6.7, 7.6, 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:
(i) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of U.S. dollars and U.S. Government Obligations, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants in the event a deposit of U.S. Government Obligations is made, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided that, with respect to any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of the Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal
-118-


to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(ii) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
(iii) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the respective outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;
(iv) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);
(v) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and
(vi) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.
-119-


SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Company. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable.
Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company and each Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company or the Guarantors have made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE IX
Amendments
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. This Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented without notice to or consent of any Holder:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency;
(ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
(iii) to provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided that such uncertificated Notes are properly treated as in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
-120-


(iv) to comply with the rules of any applicable depositary;
(v) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(vi) to secure the Notes and the Guarantees;
(vii) to add to the covenants of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
(viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;
(ix) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, as amended, if applicable;
(x) to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;
(xi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to such “Description of notes” relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such “Description of notes” provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes, in each case as evidenced in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee;
(xii) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(xiii) make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes, including to facilitate the issuance, transfer, delegending or administration of Notes; provided, however, that compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law.
After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders, or in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this
-121-


Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Note shall not be rendered invalid by such tender.
Upon the request of the Company or the Parent accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.2 and 11.2 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. This Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Any past default or compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver may:
(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;
(ii) reduce the rate of or change the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;
(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;
(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued hereunder by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
-122-


(v) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased in accordance with Article V hereof, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants or otherwise;
(vi) make any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Note;
(vii) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or
(viii) make any change in the amendment provisions in this Section 9.2 as described in clauses (i) through (vii) above.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or supplement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Note shall not be rendered invalid by such tender.
Upon the request of the Company or the Parent accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.2 and 11.2 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
After an amendment or supplement under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to the Holders, or in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.
SECTION 9.3. Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver made pursuant to Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then
-123-


notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or revoke such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.5. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not, in the sole determination of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Article IX, the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by or complies with this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to Exhibit E hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, no Officer’s Certificate shall be required on the Issue Date for the execution of any Note Supplemental Indenture.
ARTICLE X
Guarantee
SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.6) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent lawful) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part,
-124-


without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.
Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guarantor Obligations and also waives (to the extent lawful) notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantor Obligations.
Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations.
Except as set forth in Section 4.2, Section 10.2 and Article VIII hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent lawful) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent lawful) be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guarantor Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Company; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.
Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 4.2, Section 10.2 or Article VIII hereof. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to
-125-


be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Company or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).
Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.
Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof and any such notation shall not be a condition to the validity of any Guarantee.
SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.
(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
(b) A Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and each Subsidiary Guarantor and its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture shall be released and discharged:
(i) upon any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent if such sale or
-126-


disposition does not constitute an Asset Disposition or is made in compliance with Section 3.7 and Article IV hereof);
(ii) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
(iii) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release as a result of payment under such guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and if any such Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor under such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated);
(iv) upon exercise of the Company’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option or upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in each case, pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof; and
(v) if the Company designates such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(c) In the case of Section 10.2(b)(i) only, the Company or the Parent shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
(d) The release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2 shall not preclude the future applications of Section 3.10 hereof to such Person.
SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Company or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.
SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Company on
-127-


account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations.
ARTICLE XI
Miscellaneous
SECTION 11.1. Notices. Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing and notices given by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery shall be deemed given the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, by facsimile (with respect to the Trustee only), mailed by first-class mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:
if to the Company or to any Guarantor:
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: General Counsel
if to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Corporate Trust Services
1 Independent Drive, Suite 620,Jacksonville, Florida 32202Facsimile: (904) 351-7266
The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
-128-


Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any Holder of an interest in a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable Depositary for such Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such Depositary.
SECTION 11.2. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
(i) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 11.3. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(i) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
-129-


(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.
SECTION 11.4. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 11.5. Days Other than Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of such payment and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.
SECTION 11.6. Governing Law. This Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
SECTION 11.7. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.
SECTION 11.8. Successors. All agreements of the Company and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
SECTION 11.9. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies (including PDF copies) of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
SECTION 11.10. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 11.11. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or
-130-


caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
SECTION 11.12. USA Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and the Trust Officers, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Trust Officers with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
SECTION 11.13. Communication by Holders of Notes with other Holders of Notes. Holders of the Notes may communicate with other Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
-131-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President
& Chief Financial Officer
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President
& Chief Financial Officer
CF Bermuda Holdings Limited
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President
& Chief Financial Officer
FGL US Holdings, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President
& Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to Indenture]


WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee
By:/s/ Yana Kislenko
Name: Yana Kislenko
Title: Vice President
[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]
[Global Note Legend, if applicable]
[Private Placement Legend, if applicable]
[Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable]
No. [ ]
Principal Amount $[ ],
as revised by the Schedule of Increases
or Decreases in the Global Note attached
hereto
CUSIP NO.
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
[ ]% Senior Note due 20[ ]
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to , or registered assigns, the initial principal amount set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on [ ], 20[ ].
Interest Payment Dates: [ ] and [ ].
Record Dates [ ] and [ ].
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.
1Replace with the name of any successor, if applicable.
A-1


FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE
HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
A-2


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the
Notes referred to in the Indenture.
By:
Authorized SignatoryDate:
A-3


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
[ ]% Senior Note due 20[ ]
1.    Interest
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.
The Company shall pay interest semiannually on [ ] and [ ] of each year, with the first interest payment to be made on [ ]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue [(or will be deemed to have accrued)]2 from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from [ ]3. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
2.    Method of Payment
By no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on [ ] and [ ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date unless Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Company shall make all
2Insert for Additional Note, if applicable.
3Insert applicable date.
A-4


payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof.
3.    Paying Agent and Registrar
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America and having a corporate trust office at 1 Independent Drive, Suite 620, Jacksonville, Florida 32202 (in such capacity the “Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4.    Indenture
The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 20, 2018 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are senior obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the [ ]4 issued under the Indenture.
5.    Guarantee
To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest under any Bankruptcy Law) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have fully and unconditionally guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Guarantors, shall fully and unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
4Insert applicable series of Notes.
A-5


6.    Redemption.
The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture and the [ ]5 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [ ]6, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “[ ] Notes Supplemental Indenture”).
7.    Change of Control; Asset Sales
(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under paragraph 6 of the [ ] Notes Supplemental Indenture and all conditions precedent applicable to such redemption have been satisfied, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note may be tendered in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is prior to the relevant redemption date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 3.7(c) of the Indenture, the Company shall be required to make an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes in accordance with Section 3.7(c) of the Indenture at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Disposition Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Note purchased pursuant to such offer by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” attached hereto, or transferring its interest in such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.
5Insert applicable number.
6Insert date of issuance of Notes.
A-6


8.    Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date.
[This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.]7
9.    Persons Deemed Owners
The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder.
10.    Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
11.    Discharge and Defeasance
Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
7Include in Regulation S Temporary Global Note only.
A-7


12.    Amendment, Waiver
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) and (ii) any default (other than (x) with respect to nonpayment or (y) in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Holder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in certain circumstances as set forth in the Indenture.
13.    Defaults and Remedies
Under the Indenture, and subject to the terms and provisions of the Indenture, Events of Default include, without limitation: (i) default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and the default continues for 30 days; (ii) default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company or the Parent to comply with its obligations under Section 3.9 or Article IV of the Indenture, (iv) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with certain other provisions or agreements in the Indenture and the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Parent or any
8Revise in accordance with Section 2.2(8) of the Indenture, if applicable.
A-8


Restricted Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $75.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, the Parent or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (vii) certain final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of amounts that are covered by insurance) against the Company, the Parent or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that when taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (viii) any Guarantee of the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that when taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is denied or disaffirmed by the Parent, the Intermediate Guarantor, such Significant Subsidiary or such group of Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and is not rescinded.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or the Parent are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless each receives indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.
14.    Trustee Dealings with the Company
Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
15.    No Recourse Against Others
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes and the Guarantees.
A-9


16.    Authentication
This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
17.    Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
18.    CUSIP Numbers
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
19.    Successor Entity
When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and all other conditions of the Indenture are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.
20.    Governing Law
This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: General Counsel
A-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:Your
Signature:
Signature
Guarantee:
(Signature must be guaranteed)
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.
A-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] [REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN [GLOBAL NOTE][REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE]
The initial principal amount of the Note shall be $ [ ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
Date of
Exchange
Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
A-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check the box:
Section 3.7
Section 3.9
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $
Date:Your
Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)
Signature
Guarantee:
(Signature must be guaranteed)
The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.
A-13


EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: General Counsel
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
600 South Fourth Street, 7th Floor
MAC N9300-070
Minneapolis, MN 55415
Phone: 1-800-344-5128Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Re: [ ]% Senior Notes due 20[ ]
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
(the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. ☐    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to
B-1


the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
2. ☐    Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
3.     Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) ☐    such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
or
(b) ☐    such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;
B-2


or
(c) ☐    such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
4.     Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
(a) ☐    Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b) ☐    Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
B-3


Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) ☐    Check if Transfer is pursuant to other exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)a beneficial interest in the:
(i)144A Global Note (CUSIP US315786AC73), or
(ii)Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP USU30050AB14), or
(iii)IAI Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
(b)a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a)a beneficial interest in the:
(i)144A Global Note (CUSIP US315786AC73), or
(ii)Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP USU30050AB14), or
(iii)IAI Global Note (CUSIP [ ]), or
(iv)Unrestricted Global Note CUSIP [ ], or
(b)a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c)an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
B-5


EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: General Counsel
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
600 South Fourth Street, 7th Floor
MAC N9300-070
Minneapolis, MN 55415
Phone: 1-800-344-5128Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Re: [ ]% Senior Notes due 20[ ]
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
(the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.
(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
C-1


(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(c) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(d) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.
(a) ☐ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
C-2


(b) ☐ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ☐ 144A Global Note, ☐ Regulation S Global Note, ☐ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
C-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
C-4


EXHIBIT D
FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attention: General Counsel
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
600 South Fourth Street, 7th Floor
MAC N9300-070
Minneapolis, MN 55415
Phone: 1-800-344-5128Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Re: [ ]% Senior Notes due 20[ ]
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
In connection with our proposed purchase of $ aggregate principal amount of:
(a) ☐ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or
(b) ☐ a Definitive Note,
we confirm that:
1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer”
D-1


(as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.
3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.
You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:
D-2


EXHIBIT E
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of , among (the “Subsequent Guarantor”), [a subsidiary][the indirect parent] of FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Trustee”) under the Indenture referred to below.
WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 20, 2018 providing for the issuance of [ ]% Senior Notes due 20[ ] (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsequent Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsequent Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Subsequent Guarantor acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture. The Subsequent Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including, but not limited to, Article X thereof.
3. Execution and Delivery. The Subsequent Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
E-1


4. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.
5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
6. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
9. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or
in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsequent Guarantor and the Company.
E-2


10.Benefits Acknowledged. The Subsequent Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Subsequent Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
11. Successors. All agreements of the Subsequent Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
E-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:
[SUBSEQUENT GUARANTOR]
By:
Name:
Title:
E-4


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
Name:
Title:
E-5


EXHIBIT F
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF NOTES
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Issuer
and
the Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture
and
[NAME]
as Trustee
[ ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
DATED AS OF [ ], 20[ ]
[ ]% Senior Notes Due 20[ ]
F-1


[ ]9 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [ ], 20[ ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.10 (the “Company”), the Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, are party to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), relating to the issuance from time to time by the Company of Notes;
[WHEREAS, Section 9.1(xii) of the Indenture provides that the Company may provide for the issuance of Notes of any series as permitted by Section 2.2 therein];
WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the [ ] Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the [ ] Notes as hereinafter described; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as so defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.
2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “[ ]%11 Senior Notes due 20[ ]”12 (the “[ ]13 Notes”).
9Insert supplement number.
10Replace company name with that of any successor, if applicable.
11Insert interest rate.
F-2


3. Maturity Date. The final Stated Maturity of the [ ] Notes shall be [[ ], 20[ ]].14
4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of [ ] Notes will accrue at the rate of [ ]%15 per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on [[ ] and [ ]]16 in each year, commencing on [[ ], 20[ ]],17 to holders of record on the immediately preceding [[ ] and [ ]],18 respectively (each such [ ] and [ ], a “Record Date”). Interest on the [ ] Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from [ ], 20[ ], except that interest on any Additional [ ] Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional [ ] Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional [ ] Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional [ ] Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any [ ] Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
5. [No] Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of [ ] Notes that may be authenticated, delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is [not limited] [limited to $[ ]].19 [The aggregate principal amount of the [ ] Notes shall initially be $[ ]20
Footnote continued from previous page.
12Insert year during which the maturity date falls.
13Insert title of notes.
14Insert Maturity Date.
15Insert interest rate.
16Insert Interest Payment Dates.
17Insert First Interest Payment Date.
18Insert Record Dates.
19Insert whether the applicable series of Notes will be limited or not.
F-3


million.]21 [The aggregate principal amount of the [ ] Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be $[ ] million.]22 The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects except for issue date and, if applicable, issue price and the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the [ ] Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional [ ] Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.2 of the Indenture.
6.    Redemption.
◾    Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 6, the [ ] Notes are not redeemable until [ ]23. On and after [ ] (the “Par Call Date”), the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the[ ] Notes at 100.0% of principal amount of the [ ] Notes to be redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the [ ] Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the Par Call Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is prior to the Par Call Date).
◾    In addition, at any time prior to [ ]24, the Company may redeem the [ ] Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
Footnote continued from previous page.
20Insert principal amount of issuance.
21Insert for the initial notes of any applicable series.
22Insert for the Additional Notes of any applicable series.
23Insert date upon which Notes are callable.
24Insert date upon which Notes are callable.
F-4


◾    If Holders of not less than [ ]%25 in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding [ ] Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described under Section 3.9 of the Indenture, purchases all of the [ ] Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders in such Change of Control Offer, all of the holders of [ ] Notes will be deemed to have consented to such tender offer or other offer, and, accordingly, the Company or such third party may elect, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all [ ] Notes that remain outstanding following the consummation of the Change of Control Offer at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable redemption date; provided that the Company or the applicable third party must provide any such notice of redemption within 30 days following the Change of Control Payment Date.
◾    Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1, and Sections 5.2 through 5.8 of the Indenture.
◾    In connection with any redemption of Notes (including with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any Equity Offering, incurrence of Indebtedness, or acquisition, merger or consolidation. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded (by the Company in its sole discretion) in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.
◾    For purposes of this paragraph 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
25Insert minimum tender percentage.
F-5


Applicable Premium” means, as determined by the Parent with respect to a Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on the Par Call Date as set forth in Paragraph 6(a) hereof, plus (ii) the remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through the Par Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.
Treasury Rate” means, as obtained by the Company, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given.
7. [ ]26
8. Form. The [ ] Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article II of the Indenture, and Exhibit A attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.1 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture).
9. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
10. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT
26Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.2(7) and/or Section 2.2(8) of the Indenture.
F-6


OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
11. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
12. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
13. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.
F-7
Exhibit 4.2
Execution Version
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Issuer
and
the Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
DATED AS OF APRIL 20, 2018
5.50% Senior Notes Due 2025



FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of April 20, 2018 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, are party to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), relating to the issuance from time to time by the Company of Notes;
WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes (as defined herein), the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the 2025 Notes as hereinafter described; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as so defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.
2. Title of Notes. There shall be a series of Notes of the Company designated the “5.50% Senior Notes due 2025” (the “2025 Notes”).
3. Maturity Date. The final Stated Maturity of the 2025 Notes shall be May 1, 2025.
4. Interest and Interest Rates. Interest on the outstanding principal amount of 2025 Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.50% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 in each year, commencing on November 1, 2018, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15, respectively (each such April 15 and October 15, a “Record Date”). Interest on the 2025 Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from April 20, 2025, except that interest on any Additional 2025 Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional 2025 Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional 2025 Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional 2025 Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any 2025 Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
5. No Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount. The aggregate principal amount of 2025 Notes that may be authenticated, delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is not limited. The aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be



$550.0 million. The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects except for issue date and, if applicable, issue price and the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the 2025 Notes (any such Additional Notes, “Additional 2025 Notes”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Company, as contemplated by Section 2.2 of the Indenture.
6.Redemption.
Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 6, the 2025 Notes are not redeemable until February 1, 2025. On and after February 1, 2025 (the “Par Call Date”), the Company may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the 2025 Notes at 100.0% of principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the 2025 Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the Par Call Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is prior to the Par Call Date).
In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2025, the Company may redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).
If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2025 Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described under Section 3.9 of the Indenture, purchases all of the 2025 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders in such Change of Control Offer, all of the holders of 2025 Notes will be deemed to have consented to such tender offer or other offer, and, accordingly, the Company or such third party may elect, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all 2025 Notes that remain outstanding following the consummation of the Change of Control Offer at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable redemption date; provided that the Company or the applicable third party must provide any such notice of redemption within 30 days following the Change of Control Payment Date.
Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1, and Sections 5.2 through 5.8 of the Indenture.
In connection with any redemption of Notes (including with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any Equity Offering, incurrence of Indebtedness, or acquisition, merger or consolidation. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such



time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded (by the Company in its sole discretion) in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Company in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.
For purposes of this paragraph 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Applicable Premium” means, as determined by the Parent with respect to a Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on the Par Call Date as set forth in Paragraph 6(a) hereof, plus (ii) the remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through the Par Call Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.
Treasury Rate” means, as obtained by the Company, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given.
7. Form. The 2025 Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article II of the Indenture, and Exhibit A attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.1 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture).
8. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
9. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.



10. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
11. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
12. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
CF Bermuda Holdings Limited
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
FGL US Holdings, Inc.
By:/s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture]



WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:/s/ Yana Kislenko
Name: Yana Kislenko
Title: Vice President
[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture]



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:

Name:
Title:
[GUARANTORS]
[ ]
By:

Name:
Title:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By:

Authorized Signatory
F-8

Exhibit 4.3
EXECUTION VERSION
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of June 1, 2020, among Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (the “FNF Parent”), FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Trustee”) under the Indenture referred to below.
WHEREAS, the Company and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Base Indenture”), dated as of April 20, 2018 and a supplemental indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of April 20, 2018 (together with the Base Indenture and as subsequently amended or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”);
WHEREAS, Section 9.1(v) of the Indenture provides that the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented without notice to or the consent of any Holder to, among other things, add Guarantees with respect to the Notes;
WHEREAS, Section 9.1(vii) of the Indenture provides that the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented without notice to or the consent of any Holder to, among other things, make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders;
WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution, delivery and effectiveness hereof, the FNF Parent has consummated the acquisition of the Company pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 7, 2020, by and among the FNF Parent, F I Corp, a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly owned subsidiary of the FNF Parent, F II Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly owned subsidiary of the FNF Parent, and FGL Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Mergers”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Mergers, the FNF Parent desires to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee the Notes on the same terms and subject to the same conditions as the Guarantors named in the Indenture, including pursuant to Article X thereof, on a joint and several basis with such Guarantors;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; and
WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by the parties hereto, and all other acts and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding supplement to the Indenture effectively amending the Indenture as set forth herein have been duly taken.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Agreement to Guarantee. FNF Parent acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees as and to the extent set forth herein to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture. FNF Parent hereby agrees to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee as a Guarantor the



Guarantor Obligations on a senior basis, ranking equally as to payment with FNF Parent’s other senior unsubordinated indebtedness, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including, but not limited to, Article X thereof.
3. Amendments to Indenture.
(a) Preamble. The Preamble of the Indenture is hereby amended to add “, the FNF Parent Guarantor” immediately after “(the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and together with the Parent.”
(b) Section 1.1. Section 1.1, Definitions, of the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following definition in its proper alphabetical order:
FNF Parent Guarantor” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto that expressly assumes the FNF Parent Guarantor’s Guarantee.”
(c) Article III. Article III, Covenants, of the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following Section 3.14 at the end of such Article III:
“SECTION 3.14. FNF Parent Guarantor. For the avoidance of doubt, the FNF Parent Guarantor shall not be subject to any restriction or limitation set forth in this Article III and shall not be required to comply with any of the covenants set forth in this Article III.”
(d) Article IV. Article IV, Successor Company and Successor Guarantor, of the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following Section 4.3 at the end of such Article IV:
“SECTION 4.3. When FNF Parent Guarantor May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets. (a) Nothing contained in this Indenture shall limit the FNF Parent Guarantor’s ability to consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the FNF Parent Guarantor is the surviving corporation), permit any Person to merge with or into the FNF Parent Guarantor or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person, provided, however, that the FNF Parent Guarantor covenants and agrees that any such consolidation or merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition (other than with or to the Company or another Guarantor) shall be upon the condition that the Guarantee of the FNF Parent Guarantor shall, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, be assumed by the Person formed by or resulting from any such consolidation or merger (provided that no such supplemental indenture shall be required if the FNF Parent Guarantor is the surviving Person upon the consolidation or merger), or which shall have been the recipient of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the FNF Parent Guarantor. Every such successor Person upon executing an indenture supplemental hereto, as provided in this Section 4.3 in either substantially the same form as this Supplemental Indenture or in another form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, shall succeed to and be substituted for the FNF Parent Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the “FNF Parent Guarantor.”
(b) In the event of any such consolidation or merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, the FNF Parent Guarantor or any successor Person which shall have theretofore have become such in the manner described in Section 4.3(a) shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Notes and its Guarantee.”
(e) Section 10.2. Section 10.2, Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge, of the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following Section 10.2(e) at the end of such Section 10.2:
“(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Guarantee of the FNF Parent Guarantor may be terminated and discharged and be of no further force and effect, and the FNF Parent Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released from all of its obligations thereunder and under the Notes and the Indenture: (i) in connection with any consolidation or merger of the FNF Parent Guarantor with or into, or sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the FNF Parent Guarantor to, a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Guarantor, provided that
2


the requirements set forth in Section 4.3 of the Indenture are satisfied, (ii) if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes consent to such release, in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Indenture or (iii) upon payment in full of the Notes. In connection with any release of the FNF Parent Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee, the Notes and the Indenture, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such release was made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required by the Company or the FNF Parent Guarantor in order to evidence the release of the FNF Parent Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee, the Notes and the Indenture. The Company shall give the Holders of the Notes prompt notice of any such release.”
4. Execution and Delivery. FNF Parent agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
5. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or of any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.
6. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
7. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
8. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
9. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
10. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by FNF Parent and the Company.
11. Benefits Acknowledged. FNF Parent’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. FNF Parent acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
3


12. Successors. All agreements of FNF Parent in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:/s/ Eric L. Marhoun
Name:Eric L. Marhoun
Title:General Counsel and Secretary
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC., as Guarantor
By:/s/ Michael L. Gravelle
Name:Michael L. Gravelle
Title:Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:/s/ Tina D. Gonzalez
Name:Tina D. Gonzalez
Title:Vice President
4
Exhibit 4.4
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
April 13, 2021
VIA FACSIMILE AND UPS
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
1 Independent Drive, Suite 620
Jacksonville, Florida 32202
Attention: Tina D. Gonzalez
Facsimile Number: (904) 351-7266
Reference is hereby made to (i) the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (the “Base Indenture”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (ii) the First Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2018 (the “First Supplemental Indenture”) and (iii) the Second Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 1, 2020 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), governing the Company’s 5.50% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Notes”).
Pursuant Section 3.11 of the Base Indenture, the Company hereby notifies the Trustee of the commencement of a Suspension Period on January 1, 2021 (the “Suspension Date”). Accordingly, on and after the Suspension Date, the Suspended Covenants will no longer be applicable to the Parent, the Company and the other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent until the Reinstatement Date, if any, as set forth in Section 3.11 of the Base Indenture.
In connection with the foregoing, the undersigned Joseph Earley, the Vice President, Treasurer of the Company, hereby certifies, solely in the undersigned’s capacity as an officer of the Company and not in any individual capacity, that:
1.    This certificate is delivered to the Trustee pursuant to, and in satisfaction of, the requirements Section 3.11 of the Base Indenture.
2.    The undersigned has read (i) Section 3.11 of the Base Indenture and the definitions relating thereto; and (ii) the ratings update summaries of the Rating Agencies, dated June 1, 2020, September 30, 2020, and October 8, 2020, in each case, announcing Investment Grade Ratings with respect to the Notes.
3.    In the opinion of the undersigned, the undersigned has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not all conditions provided for in the Indenture with respect to the commencement of a Suspension Period have been complied with.
4.    In the opinion of the undersigned, all conditions precedent in the Indenture to the commencement of a Suspension Period have been complied with.



Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Indenture.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE
HOLDINGS, INC.
By:/s/ Joseph Earley
Name:Joseph Earley
Title:Vice President, Treasurer
(Signature Page to Indenture Officer’s Certificate)
Exhibit 10.1
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
THIS TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of [•], 2022 among Fidelity National Financial Inc., a Delaware corporation ("FNF"), and F&G Annuities & Life, Inc, a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of FNF and member of the consolidated group for U.S. federal tax purposes of which FNF is the common parent (“F&G”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, In June 2020, FNF acquired FGL Holdings, Inc. (“FGL Cayman”), a publicly traded Cayman Islands company, in a transaction that was intended to qualify as a reorganization under Section 368(a)(1)(A) by reason of Section 368(a)(2)(D) (the “FGL Acquisition”). Subsequent to the FGL Acquisition, FNF undertook certain internal restructuring steps resulting in F&G becoming the successor to FGL Cayman and joining, along with certain of the domestic subsidiaries of FGL Cayman, the FNF Group (as defined herein) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the common parent of which is FNF.
WHEREAS, in order to achieve the desired amount of total outstanding shares of F&G stock and thereby facilitate the Conversion and Distribution (each as defined herein), on June 24, 2022, F&G effected a 105,000-for-1 stock split of the F&G common stock, pursuant to which FNF received in the form of a dividend, and without surrender of any certificates for its shares, 104,999 additional shares of F&G common stock for each share of F&G common stock held by FNF prior to such stock split (the “Stock Split”).
WHEREAS, following the F&G Stock Split, on June 24, 2022, FNF contributed its $400 million intercompany note receivable due from F&G to F&G in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of F&G common stock in a value-for-value exchange (the “Conversion”).
WHEREAS, following the Stock Split and the Conversion, and pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of [●], 2022 stock (the “Separation And Distribution Agreement”), FNF will distribute pro rata to its shareholders approximately fifteen percent of the total outstanding shares of F&G (the “Distribution”).
WHEREAS, following the Distribution, F&G will continue to be a member of the FNF consolidated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) of which FNF is the common parent corporation.
WHEREAS, the purpose of this Agreement is to promote corporate efficiencies by having a tax-sharing agreement between FNF and F&G to set forth the method by which FNF will allocate taxes after the Distribution;
WHEREAS, FNF will include F&G in its consolidated federal income tax returns in accordance with Code sections 1501 and 1502 and wishes to enter into this Agreement so that FNF and F&G are parties to the same tax-sharing agreement;
WHEREAS, the parties hereto deem it equitable that, with respect to each taxable year for which a consolidated return is filed on behalf of the FNF Group, F&G shall pay FNF an amount equal to its Separate Company Tax Liability (as hereinafter defined);
WHEREAS, the parties wish to provide for the treatment of various other matters that may arise as a result of the filing of consolidated returns, and the parties wish to set forth in this Agreement the



agreement between FNF and F&G with respect to the allocation and settlement of the federal, state and local taxes of the FNF Group with respect to each taxable period ending on or after the date hereof during which F&G is included in the affiliated group of which FNF is the common parent (the "Affiliation Periods");and
WHEREAS, to the extent any F&G Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) is bound by any other tax sharing agreement or similar arrangement, the parties intend for this Agreement to control.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
1.Filing of Returns.
a.With respect to each Affiliation Period, FNF shall file, and each Subsidiary shall agree to join in the filing of, consolidated federal income tax returns on behalf of the FNF Group. Each Subsidiary shall execute and file such consents, elections and documents as FNF reasonably requests with respect to the filing of the FNF Group’s consolidated federal income tax returns, and shall, consistently with Section 4 herein, timely provide to FNF such information as may be necessary for the filing of such returns or for the determination of amounts due under this Agreement.
b.Each Subsidiary acknowledges and agrees that the rights conferred upon FNF in connection with the filing of the FNF Group’s returns include, without limitation, the right to reasonably determine the allocation of income or loss of FNF and any Subsidiary between the last Affiliation Period and the next taxable period.
c.Each Subsidiary shall file all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns with respect to all periods for which such Subsidiary does not join FNF in filing a consolidated return and the Subsidiary shall be responsible for the payment of all taxes in connection therewith. The Subsidiary shall file any such tax returns in a manner consistent with the manner in which FNF filed its returns for Affiliation Periods except as required by law or to the extent any inconsistency would not adversely affect the tax returns of the FNF Group.
2.Tax Payments.
a.Due Dates. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement: (i) each Subsidiary will pay to FNF the amount due FNF, as determined under Section 2(b), no earlier than 10 days prior to, and no later than 30 days after, the filing of any federal income tax return of the FNF Group that includes such Subsidiary, and (ii) FNF will pay to each Subsidiary the amount due such Subsidiary, as determined under Section 2(c), no later than 30 days after the filing of any federal income tax return of the FNF Group that includes such Subsidiary; provided, however, that no earlier than 10 days before, and no later than 30 days after, each estimated federal income tax payment date of the FNF Group for which the FNF Group actually incurs a federal income tax liability with respect to an Affiliation Period, each Subsidiary shall pay to FNF the greater of (i) the minimum amount required to be paid to avoid the imposition of any penalties or additions to tax under the Code, determined on the same basis as the total amount due for an Affiliation Period under Section 2(b) or (ii) one-fourth of the amount projected to be payable by such Subsidiary for such taxable year under Section 2(b). The amount of any overpayment or underpayment pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be credited against, or added to, as the
2


case may be, the amount otherwise required to be paid for the period within which the amount of such overpayment or underpayment first becomes reasonably ascertainable. The settlements may be satisfied by check, wire transfer or through intercompany accounts as the parties may mutually agree. Any payable set up in lieu of actual payments must be established within the time described in this Section. Balances not settled within 90 days will be non-admitted.
b.Amount Due to FNF. Each Subsidiary shall pay FNF in the time and manner described in Section 2(a) an amount equal to any Separate Company Tax Liability of that Subsidiary. The “Separate Company Tax Liability” for any Affiliation Period shall be the amount, if any, of the federal income tax liability, including, without limitation, liability for any penalty, fine, additions to tax, interest, minimum tax, alternative minimum tax and other items applicable to that Subsidiary in connection with the determination of the Subsidiary’s tax liability, which the Subsidiary would have incurred had it filed a separate federal income tax return for such Affiliation Period, computed in the manner prescribed in Federal Tax Regulation (the “Regulation”) section 1.1552-1(a)(2)(ii), except that no carryforward or carryback of losses or credits shall be allowed. The Separate Company Tax Liability for a Subsidiary shall be determined by FNF, with the cooperation and assistance of the Subsidiary, in a manner consistent with (i) general tax accounting principles, (ii) the Code and regulations thereunder and (iii) so long as a reasonable legal basis exists therefore, prior custom and practice. In addition, transactions or items between FNF and a Subsidiary that are deferred under the federal income tax return shall also be deferred for purposes of this Agreement until such time as they are restored or otherwise triggered into income under the Code or regulations.
c.Amount due to a Subsidiary. In the event a Subsidiary incurs a net operating loss, a net capital loss and/or credits for such period, FNF shall pay the Subsidiary in the time and manner prescribed in Section 2(a) the amount by which the FNF Group’s federal income tax liability for such period is actually reduced by reason of the actual use of such losses or credits attributable to the Subsidiary in the FNF Group’s federal income tax return. The FNF Group adopts the reimbursement principles set forth in Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d)(3) using 100%. In the event a Subsidiary incurs any tax losses or tax credits that, as permitted under the Code and the regulations, are carried back or forward to one or more Affiliation Periods, FNF shall pay that Subsidiary an amount equal to the amount by which the FNF Group’s federal income tax liability is actually reduced by reason of the actual use of such carried over losses or credits in the FNF Group’s federal income tax return. Any payment from FNF to the Subsidiary required on account of such carryover shall be paid no later than 30 days of the date the benefit of the carryover is realized by FNF by reason of the receipt of a refund or credit of taxes.
d.Paying Agent. FNF agrees to make all required payments to the IRS of the consolidated federal income tax liability, if any, of the FNF Group.
3.Adjustments to Tax Liability.
a.Adjustment-Related Payments. If the consolidated federal income tax liability of the FNF Group or any of its members is adjusted for any taxable period for any reason other than a loss or credit carryback to the extent already provided for in Section 2(c), whether by means of an amended return, judicial decision, claim for refund or tax audit by the
3


IRS, the Separate Company Tax Liability or the amount of tax benefits realized by the FNF Group by reason of the use of a Subsidiary’s losses or credit shall be recomputed to give effect to such adjustment, and the amount of any payments due under Section 2 shall be appropriately adjusted. Any additional payment between FNF and a Subsidiary required by reason of such recomputed Separate Company Tax Liability or FNF Group tax refund or credit shall include an allocable share of any refunded interest received from the IRS, if applicable, or deficiency interest, penalties and additions to tax, if applicable, such allocable share of refunded interest or deficiency interest, penalties and additions to tax shall be paid or charged, respectively, to a Subsidiary to the extent such amount relates to (i) reduced FNF Group tax liability due to decreased Separate Company Tax Liability or increased FNF Group tax refund or credit resulting from increased use of a Subsidiary’s losses or credits, on the one hand, or (ii) increased FNF Group tax liability due to increased Separate Company Tax Liability or decreased FNF Group tax benefits arising from decreased use of a Subsidiary’s losses or credits, on the other hand.
b.Timing of Payments. Any payments to be paid to or by a Subsidiary under this Section 3 shall be made in the time and manner prescribed in Section 2(a), unless the following scenarios apply, in which case the payment shall be made on or before the earliest to occur of (i) a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction that is not subject to further judicial review by appeal or otherwise and that has become final, (ii) the expiration of the time for (A) filing a claim for refund or (B) instituting suit in respect to a claim for refund disallowed in whole or in part by the IRS or for which the IRS took no action, (iii) the execution of a closing agreement under section 7121 of the Code or the acceptance by the IRS or its counsel of an offer in compromise under section 7122 of the Code or any successor provisions, (iv) the expiration of 30 days after (A) IRS acceptance of a Waiver of Restrictions on Assessment and Collection of Deficiency in Tax on Over-assessment on Internal Revenue Form 870 or 870-AD or any successor or comparable form, or (B) the expiration of the 90 day period after receipt of the statutory notice of deficiency resulting in immediate assessment, unless within such 30 days FNF notifies the Subsidiary of its intent to attempt recovery of any relevant amounts paid under the waiver by filing a timely claim for refund, (v) the expiration of the statute of limitations with respect to the relevant period or (vi) any other event the parties reasonably agree is a final determination of the tax liability at issue.
4.Books and Records.
a.FNF and each Subsidiary agree that the preparation of the federal income and other tax returns, amended returns, claims for refund or IRS examination or litigation relating to the foregoing may require the use of records and information that is within the exclusive possession and control of either of FNF and the Subsidiary. FNF and each Subsidiary will provide such records, information and assistance, which may include making employees of any of the foregoing entities available to provide additional information and explanation material, as are requested by FNF or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, during regular business hours, in connection with any of the developments described in the preceding sentence; provided, however, that each Subsidiary shall provide FNF with all information necessary to enable FNF to file the FNF Group consolidated federal income tax return for each Affiliation Period as soon as practicable, but in no event later than five months, after the last day of such Affiliation Period, and on the date the FNF
4


Group federal income tax returns that include a Subsidiary are filed FNF shall provide that Subsidiary with those portions of such returns relating to the Subsidiary.
b.Each of the parties agrees that it shall retain, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations and in accordance with the FNF Record Retention Policy, extensions, copies of any tax returns for any Affiliation Periods and for any other periods that might be subject to adjustment under this Agreement, and supporting work schedules and other records or information, that may be relevant to the tax returns of the parties, and that it will not destroy or otherwise dispose of such records and information without providing the other parties with a reasonable opportunity to review and copy such records and information.
c.Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Agreement, each Subsidiary shall maintain Books and Records relating to the services provided under the Agreement in an adequate format and in accordance with applicable laws, and any and all books or records maintained under or related to the Agreement shall be included as part of the Subsidiary’s Books and Records.
d.Any and all Books and Records of the Subsidiary are and remain the property of the Subsidiary and are subject to its direct supervision, management, and control.
e.Any and all Books and Records of FNF are and remain the property of FNF and are subject to its direct supervision, management, and control.
5.Assignment.
This Agreement shall not be transferable or assignable by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties. The rights and obligations hereunder of the parties shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement shall he binding upon each corporation in which a Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, stock meeting the requirements of section 1504(a)(2) of the Code, whether or not the Subsidiary owns stock in such corporation upon the execution of this Agreement or at any time during Affiliation Periods, and the Subsidiary shall cause each such corporation as soon as practicable to assent formally to the terms of this Agreement. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right or benefit upon any person or entity other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
6.Disputes.
Any dispute concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or amount of payment due under this Agreement shall be resolved by FNF’s regular independent registered public accounting firm for federal income tax matters, whose judgment shall be conclusive and binding on the parties and who shall act in consultation with FNF’s tax counsel.
7.Tax Controversies.
If any party receives notice of a tax examination, audit or challenge involving amounts subject to this Agreement, such party shall timely notify the other parties of the information and shall provide the other parties a written copy of any relevant letters, forms or schedules received from the IRS or otherwise in its possession and shall provide notice and information relating to all
5


material proceedings in connection therewith. In any audit conference or other proceeding with the IRS or in any judicial proceedings concerning the determination of the federal income tax liabilities of the FNF Group or any of its members, including any Subsidiary, the FNF Group and each of its members shall be represented by persons selected by FNF. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6, the settlement and terms of settlement of any issues relating to such proceeding shall be in the sole discretion of FNF, and each Subsidiary hereby appoints FNF as its agent for the purpose of proposing and concluding any such settlement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall FNF be obligated to file any amended returns or claims for refund with respect to Affiliation Periods.
8.State and Local Taxes.
a.To the extent appropriate, all provisions of this Agreement shall apply with the same force and effect to any state or local income tax liabilities that are computed on a combined, consolidated or unitary method (“Combined Tax”).
b.Such Combined Tax shall be allocated to members of the FNF group based on each member’s relative attribute (positive or negative).
c.Payments of Combined Tax among members of the FNF Group shall be made at the times and in the amounts otherwise consistent with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 hereof.
d.In the event a state or local law or regulation provides for an allocation of income tax liability in a manner inconsistent with this agreement, FNF will allocate the tax liability to its Subsidiaries in accordance with the state or local law.
9.Indemnity.
a.Each Subsidiary shall be adequately indemnified by FNF in the event the IRS levies upon the assets of the Subsidiary for unpaid taxes in excess of the amounts paid by FNF pursuant to the terms of this agreement and for any loss suffered by the Subsidiary resulting from or related to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of FNF.
10.Compensation.
Compensation for any services rendered in accordance with this Agreement shall be on a cost basis and limited to payment for actual expenses. Any indirect and shared expenses shall be allocated in accordance with a method of cost allocation in conformity with SSAP No. 70.
11.Term of Agreement.
This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue, unless earlier terminated by mutual agreement of the parties, until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, including extensions, for the Affiliation Period (the “Final Date”); provided that the provisions of Sections 1, 2 and 3 shall continue to apply after the Final Date only to the extent they deal with matters relevant to tax periods that end on or before such Final Date or that begin prior to and end after such Final Date.
6


12.Termination. In addition to the provisions outlined in section 11 of the Agreement, which allow for termination by mutual agreement of the parties, subject to certain other requirements stated therein, the parties agree to the following:
a.Termination without cause. Each party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement without cause, but only with respect to such party, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice.
b.Termination with cause. Each party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement for cause, but only with respect to such party, upon ten (10) days prior written notice, and if the reason for such cause has not been cured during the notice period.
c.This agreement shall terminate if FNF fails to file a consolidated federal income tax return for any tax year of this agreement.
d.Termination by mutual agreement must be made in writing.
e.Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, its provisions shall remain in effect with respect to any period of time during the tax year in which termination occurs for which the income of the terminating party must be included in the consolidated federal income tax return.
f.The terms outlined in Section 4, Books and Records, survive termination of this Agreement.
13.Insurance Regulatory Provisions. All parties agree to the following provisions, as required by certain state regulatory authorities:
a.FNF will maintain oversight for functions provided to FNF by the applicable Subsidiary and FNF will monitor services annually for quality assurance. F&G will maintain oversight for the services provided to them by FNF under the Agreement and will monitor such services annually for quality assurance.
b.If FNF or any applicable Subsidiary is placed in receivership or seized by the commissioner under applicable state law, all of the rights of FNF or the Subsidiary under the Agreement extend to the receiver or commissioner.
c.If FNF or an applicable Subsidiary is placed in receivership or seized by the commissioner under applicable state law, all Books and Records will immediately be made available to the receiver or the commissioner, and must be turned over to the receiver or commissioner immediately upon the receiver or the commissioner’s request.
d.FNF will continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the commissioner under applicable law, and will make them available to the receiver, for so long as the affiliate continues to receive timely payment for services rendered.
e.All funds and invested assets of FNF are the exclusive property of FNF, held for FNF’s benefit, and are subject to FNF’s control.
7


f.FNF has no automatic right to terminate the agreement if a Subsidiary is placed in receivership pursuant to applicable state and federal law.
g.All funds and invested assets of the Subsidiary shall remain the exclusive property of the Subsidiary, held for the benefit of the Subsidiary, and are subject to the Subsidiary’s control.
h.Other than the tax payments described in Section 2 of the Agreement, the Subsidiary agrees not to advance any funds to FNF.
14.Miscellaneous.
a.Joinder of F&G Subsidiaries to the FNF Group. FNF and F&G agree, for the avoidance of doubt, that the terms of this Agreement shall be binding on any of the F&G Subsidiaries to the extent that: (i) FNF permits such F&G Subsidiary to file a consolidated return as part of the FNF Group; and (ii) such F&G Subsidiary files a United States federal income tax return, or a state tax return in any of the fifty states or applicable territories of the United States, during the Affiliation Periods.
b.Regulatory Approval; Cooperation. If an F&G Subsidiary joins the FNF Group as described in Section 14(a), FNF shall, in good faith, and using commercially reasonable efforts, seek the required regulatory approvals regarding such joinder by the F&G Subsidiary to the FNF Group. FNF and F&G shall, in good faith, and using commercially reasonable efforts, cooperate to obtain such approval and to reach agreement to any amendments commercially reasonably necessary to obtain such approval.
c.Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated unless such invalidity or enforceability would frustrate the essential purposes of the parties in entering into this Agreement. In the event that any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternate means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction.
d.Parties in Interest. Except as otherwise specifically provided, nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied is intended to confer any right or benefit upon any person, firm or corporation other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
e.Change of Law. If, due to any change in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof by any court of law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date of this Agreement, performance of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby shall become impracticable or impossible, the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision.
8


f.Confidentiality. Subject to any contrary requirement of law and the right of each party to enforce its rights hereunder in any legal action, each party agrees that it shall keep strictly confidential, and shall cause its employees and agents to keep strictly confidential, any information which it or any of its agents or employees may acquire pursuant to, or in the course of performing its obligations under, any provision of this Agreement; provided, however, that such obligation to maintain confidentiality shall not apply to information which (i) at the time of disclosure was in the public domain not as a result of acts by the receiving party or (ii) was in the possession of the receiving party at the time of disclosure.
g.Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties, any number of counterparts of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto, and each such executed counterpart shall be, and shall be deemed to be, an original instrument.
h.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Florida, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. To the extent the laws of more than one state would apply to a given transaction, the laws of the state of domestication of the insurer bringing the action will be applicable.
i.Effect of Agreement. This Agreement shall supersede any other tax sharing arrangement or agreement in effect between the parties. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to change or otherwise affect any election made by or on behalf of the FNF Group with respect to the calculation of earnings and profits under section 1552 of the Code.
j.Modifications. This Agreement may be modified or amended only pursuant to an instrument in writing executed by all the parties hereto.
k.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties relating to the allocation of the consolidated and combined tax liabilities of the FNF Group between or among the parties.
l.Notices. All notices, consents, requests, instructions, approvals and other communications provided for herein shall be validly given, made or served, if in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail or reputable national delivery service to:
FNF (including F&G and all other subsidiaries listed on Form 851)
Attn: FNF Tax Department
601 Riverside Avenue
Jacksonville, Florida 32204
15.Definitions.
In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified or referred to in this Section 15:
a.Books and Records” shall include, but not be limited to, all books and records developed or maintained by the insurer under or related to the Agreement.
b.FNF Group” shall mean members of an affiliated FNF Group within the meaning of section 1504(a) of the Code of which FNF is the common parent corporation.
9


c.IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.
d.Subsidiary” shall refer to F&G, and as applicable (i) any of CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, FGL U.S. Holdings Inc., F&G Cayman Re Ltd., Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.to the extent that such company is listed on the IRS Form 851 Affiliations Schedule, as amended from time to time or (ii) any company which is listed on the IRS Form 851 Affiliations Schedule, as amended from time to time, but only to the extent such company is a direct or indirect subsidiary of F&G (collectively referred to as “F&G Subsidiaries” and each also referred to as a “F&G Subsidiary”).
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]
10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers on [•].
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL INC.
By:
Name:
Title:_
F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:_

Exhibit 10.2
CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.)
This Corporate Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [l], 2022, by and between Fidelity National Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“FNF” or “PROVIDING PARTY”) and F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“F&G” or “RECEIVING PARTY”). FNF and F&G shall be referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.
WHEREAS, FNF and F&G have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Separation Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, FNF shall distribute certain of the FNF Owned F&G Shares (as defined therein) to the holders of FNF common stock;
WHEREAS, following the Effective Time (as defined in the Separation Agreement), FNF will no longer hold, directly or indirectly, the FNF Owned F&G Shares distributed to the holders of FNF Common Stock;
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Parties wish to enter into this Agreement for the provision of certain corporate services by FNF and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to RECEIVING GROUP (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE SERVICES
1.1    Corporate Services. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions for the provision by PROVIDING PARTY to RECEIVING GROUP (as defined below) of various corporate services and products, as more fully described below and in Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto (the Scheduled Services, the Omitted Services, the Resumed Services and Special Projects (each as defined below), collectively, the “Corporate Services”).
(a)    Scheduled Services. PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (each as defined below), and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP all services set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) (the “Scheduled Services”) on and after the Effective Time. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay fees to PROVIDING PARTY for providing the Scheduled Services or causing the Scheduled



Services to be provided to a member of RECEIVING GROUP as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) and in accordance with Section 3.1. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” of any Person means another Person, an amount of the voting securities, other voting rights or voting partnership interests of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of its board of directors or other governing body or, if there are no such voting interests, more than 50% of the equity interests of which is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person (provided that, for all purposes under this Agreement, when and with respect to the PROVIDING PARTY, “Subsidiary” shall not include F&G or any of its Subsidiaries); an “Affiliate” of any Person means another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person (provided that, for all purposes under this Agreement, when and with respect to the PROVIDING PARTY, “Affiliate” shall not include F&G or any of its Subsidiaries); a “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity; and “RECEIVING GROUP” means RECEIVING PARTY, its Subsidiaries (including any other Persons when they become Subsidiaries of RECEIVING PARTY), subject to the exception set forth in Section 2.1.
(b)    Omitted Services. PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP all services that PROVIDING PARTY was performing for the business on or before the Effective Time that pertain to and are a part of Scheduled Services under Section 1.1(a), which are not expressly included in the list of Scheduled Services in Schedule 1.1(a), but are required to conduct the business (the “Omitted Services”), unless RECEIVING PARTY consents in writing to the termination of such services. Such Omitted Services shall be added to Schedule 1.1(a) and thereby become Scheduled Services, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time by the Parties. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay to PROVIDING PARTY for providing the Omitted Services (or causing the Omitted Services to be provided) hereunder fees as set forth in Section 3.1; provided, that payment of such fees by RECEIVING PARTY for the Omitted Services provided hereunder shall be retroactive to the first day such services are provided, but in no event shall RECEIVING PARTY be required to pay for any Omitted Services provided hereunder by PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates prior to the Effective Time.
(c)    Resumed Services. At RECEIVING PARTY’s written request, PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP any Scheduled Service that has been terminated at RECEIVING PARTY’s request pursuant to Section 2.2(b) (the “Resumed Services”); provided, that PROVIDING PARTY shall have no obligation to provide a Resumed Service if providing such Resumed Service will have a material adverse impact on the other Corporate Services or the Transition Assistance (as defined below). Schedule 1.1(a) shall from time to time be amended to reflect the resumption of a Resumed Service and the Resumed Service shall be set forth thereon as a Scheduled Service.
2


(d)    Special Projects. At RECEIVING PARTY’s written request, PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide additional corporate services that are not described in Schedule 1.1(a) and that are neither Omitted Services nor Resumed Services (“Special Projects”). RECEIVING PARTY shall submit a written request to PROVIDING PARTY specifying the nature of the Special Project and requesting an estimate of the costs applicable for such Special Project and the expected time frame for completion. PROVIDING PARTY shall respond promptly to such written request, but in no event later than twenty (20) days, with a written estimate of the cost of providing such Special Project and the expected time frame for completion (the “Cost Estimate”). If RECEIVING PARTY provides written approval of the Cost Estimate within ten (10) days after PROVIDING PARTY delivers the Cost Estimate, then within a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such written approval, PROVIDING PARTY shall begin providing the Special Project; provided, that PROVIDING PARTY shall have no obligation to provide a Special Project where, in its reasonable discretion and prior to providing the Cost Estimate, it has determined and notified RECEIVING PARTY in writing that (i) it would not be feasible to provide such Special Project, given reasonable priority to other demands on its resources and capacity both under this Agreement or otherwise or (ii) it lacks the experience or qualifications to provide such Special Project.
1.2    Provision of Corporate Services; Excused Performance.
All obligations of PROVIDING PARTY with respect to any one or more individual Corporate Services or Transition Assistance under this Agreement shall be excused to the extent and only for so long as a failure by PROVIDING PARTY with respect thereto is directly attributable to and caused specifically by a failure by RECEIVING GROUP to meet its obligations (including any performance) under that certain Reverse Corporate Services Agreement, by and between F&G and PROVIDING PARTY, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
1.3    Third Party Vendors; Consents.
(a)    Third Party Consents. PROVIDING PARTY shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep and maintain in effect its relationships with its licensors, vendors and service providers that are integral to the provision of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance. PROVIDING PARTY shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure any waivers, permits, consents or sublicenses required by third party licensors, vendors or service providers under existing agreements with such third parties in order to provide any Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder (“Third Party Consents”). In the event that PROVIDING PARTY is unable to procure such Third Party Consents on commercially reasonable terms, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to promptly so notify RECEIVING PARTY, and to assist RECEIVING PARTY with the transition to another licensor, vendor or service provider. If, after the Effective Time, any one or more licensors, vendors or service providers (i) terminates its contractual relationship with PROVIDING PARTY or ceases to provide the products or services associated with the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance or (ii)
3


notifies PROVIDING PARTY of its desire or plan to terminate its contractual relationship with PROVIDING PARTY, then, in either case, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to so notify RECEIVING PARTY, and to assist RECEIVING PARTY with the transition to another licensor, vendor or service provider so that RECEIVING PARTY may continue to receive similar products and services.
(b)    No Transfer of Software. PROVIDING PARTY shall not be required to transfer or assign to RECEIVING PARTY any third party software licenses or any hardware owned by PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with the provision of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance or at the conclusion of the Term (as defined below).
1.4    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Amicable Resolution. PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY mutually desire that friendly collaboration will continue between them. Accordingly, they will try to resolve in an amicable manner all disagreements and misunderstandings connected with their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendments hereto. In furtherance thereof, in the event of any dispute or disagreement (a “Dispute”) between PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the standards of performance, delay of performance or non-performance of obligations, or payment or non-payment of fees hereunder), then the Dispute, upon written request of either Party, will be referred for resolution to the president (or similar position) of the division implicated by the matter for each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY, which presidents will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such Dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions for each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY do not agree to a resolution of such Dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, such presidents of the relevant divisions will refer such matter to the president of each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY for final resolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.4, any amendment to the terms of this Agreement may only be effected in accordance with Section 11.10.
(b)    Arbitration. In the event that the Dispute is not resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in Section 1.4(a), either Party involved in the Dispute may submit the dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.4(b). All Disputes submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.4(b) shall be resolved in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless the Parties involved mutually agree to utilize an alternate set of rules, in which event all references herein to the American Arbitration Association shall be deemed modified accordingly. Expedited rules shall apply regardless of the amount at issue. Arbitration proceedings hereunder may be initiated by either Party making a written request to the American Arbitration Association, together with any appropriate filing fee, at the office of the American Arbitration Association in Orlando, Florida. All arbitration proceedings shall be held in the city of Jacksonville, Florida in a location to be specified by the arbitrators (or any place agreed to by the Parties and the arbitrators). The arbitration shall be by a single qualified arbitrator experienced in the matters at issue, such arbitrator to be mutually
4


agreed upon by PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY. If PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY fail to agree on an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after notice of commencement of arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall, upon the request of either Party to the Dispute, appoint the arbitrator. Any order or determination of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Parties to the arbitration as to matters submitted and may be enforced by either Party to the Dispute in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter or over either Party. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such arbitration proceeding (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) shall be borne by the Party incurring such costs. The use of any alternative dispute resolution procedures hereunder will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party.
(c)    Non-Exclusive Remedy. Nothing in this Section 1.4 will prevent either PROVIDING PARTY or RECEIVING PARTY from immediately seeking injunctive or interim relief in the event (i) of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Article VIII or (ii) that the Dispute relates to, or involves a claim of, actual or threatened infringement of intellectual property. All such actions for injunctive or interim relief shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 11.6. Such remedy shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement, and further remedies may be pursued in accordance with Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.4(b) above.
(d)    Commencement of Dispute Resolution Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY, but none of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, are entitled to commence a dispute resolution procedure under this Agreement, whether pursuant to this Section 1.4 or otherwise, and each Party will cause its respective Affiliates not to commence any dispute resolution procedure other than through such Party as provided in this Section 1.4(d).
(e)    Compensation. RECEIVING PARTY shall continue to make all payments due and owing under Article III for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance not the subject of a Dispute and shall not off-set such fees by the amount of fees for Corporate Services or Transition Assistance that are the subject of the Dispute.
1.5    Standard of Services.
(a)    General Standard. PROVIDING PARTY shall perform the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance for RECEIVING GROUP in a professional, timely and competent manner, using standards of performance consistent with its performance of such services for itself during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Effective Time.
(b)    Disaster Recovery. During the Term, PROVIDING PARTY shall maintain a disaster recovery program for the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance substantially consistent with the disaster recovery program in place for such Corporate Services and Transition Assistance as of the Effective Time. For the avoidance of doubt, the disaster recovery program maintained by PROVIDING PARTY will not include a business continuity program.
5


(c)    Shortfall in Services. If RECEIVING PARTY provides PROVIDING PARTY with written notice (“Shortfall Notice”) setting forth in reasonable detail the occurrence of any Significant Service Shortfall (as defined below), as determined by RECEIVING PARTY in good faith, PROVIDING PARTY shall rectify such Significant Service Shortfall as soon as reasonably practicable. For purposes of this Section 1.5(c), a “Significant Service Shortfall” shall be deemed to have occurred if the timing or quality of performance of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance provided by PROVIDING PARTY hereunder falls below the standard required by Section 1.5(a) hereof; provided that PROVIDING PARTY’s obligations under this Agreement shall be relieved to the extent, and for the duration of, any force majeure event as set forth in Article V.
1.6    Response Time. PROVIDING PARTY shall respond to and resolve any problems in connection with the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance for RECEIVING GROUP within a commercially reasonable period of time, using response and proposed resolution times consistent with its response and resolution of such problems for itself.
1.7    Ownership of Materials; Results and Proceeds. All data and information submitted to PROVIDING PARTY by RECEIVING GROUP, in connection with the Corporate Services or the Transition Assistance (the “RECEIVING GROUP Data”), and all results and proceeds of the Corporate Services and the Transition Assistance with regard to the RECEIVING GROUP Data, is and will remain, as between the Parties, the property of RECEIVING GROUP and subject to the provisions of Article VIII. Any data or information possessed or controlled by PROVIDING PARTY on RECEIVING PARTY’s behalf shall be promptly provided by PROVIDING PARTY to RECEIVING PARTY upon written request by RECEIVING PARTY.
ARTICLE II
TERM AND TRANSITION ASSISTANCE
2.1    Term. The term (the “Term”) of this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue until the earliest of:
(i)    the date on which the last of the Corporate Services under this Agreement is terminated,
(ii)    the date on which the last of the Transition Assistance under this Agreement is terminated, and
(iii)    the date on which this Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties,
whichever is earlier (in any case, the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that, with respect to any Person that ceases to be a member of the RECEIVING GROUP prior to the Termination Date, subject to Section 7.2, the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Person shall terminate effective as of the date that such Person ceases to be a member of RECEIVING GROUP.
6


2.2    Termination.
(a)    Thirty (30) Day Extension. If (i) RECEIVING GROUP is not able to complete its transition of the Corporate Services or (ii) the Transition Assistance is not completed, in either case, by the Termination Date, then upon written notice provided to PROVIDING PARTY at least thirty (30) days prior to the Termination Date, RECEIVING PARTY shall have the right to request and cause PROVIDING PARTY to provide up to thirty (30) days of additional Corporate Services and/or Transition Assistance, as applicable, to RECEIVING GROUP; provided, that RECEIVING PARTY shall pay for all such additional Corporate Services and/or Transition Assistance, as applicable, in accordance with this Agreement.
(b)    Early Termination. If RECEIVING PARTY wishes to terminate a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or a portion thereof) on a date that is earlier than the Termination Date, RECEIVING PARTY shall provide written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to PROVIDING PARTY of a proposed termination date for such Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or portion thereof), at least ninety (90) days prior to such proposed termination date. Within ten (10) days of the date on which the Termination Notice was received, then, effective on the termination date proposed by RECEIVING PARTY in its Termination Notice, such Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or portion thereof) shall be discontinued (thereafter, a “Discontinued Service”) and deemed deleted from the Scheduled Services to be provided hereunder and thereafter, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect with respect to the Discontinued Service (or portion thereof), except as to obligations accrued prior to the date of discontinuation of such Corporate Service (or portion thereof). Upon the occurrence of any Discontinued Service, the Parties shall promptly update Schedule 1.1(a) to reflect the discontinuation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at any time that employees of PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates are transferred to a department within RECEIVING GROUP or its Affiliates (an “Employee Shift”), a proportional portion of the relevant Corporate Service or Transition Assistance shall be deemed automatically terminated. If a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance, or portion thereof, is terminated as a result of an Employee Shift, then such termination shall take effect as of the date of the Employee Shift.
(c)    Termination of All Services. If all Corporate Services and Transition Services shall have been terminated under this Section 2.2 prior to the expiration of the Term, then either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the other Party, which termination shall be effective upon delivery as provided in Section 6.1.
2.3    Transition Assistance. In preparation for the discontinuation of any Corporate Service provided under this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY shall, consistent with its obligations to provide Corporate Services hereunder and with the cooperation and assistance of RECEIVING GROUP, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such knowledge transfer services and to take such steps as are reasonably required in order to facilitate a smooth and efficient transition and/or migration of records to RECEIVING PARTY or its Affiliates (or at RECEIVING PARTY’s direction, to a third party) and responsibilities so as to minimize any
7


disruption of services (“Transition Assistance”). RECEIVING GROUP shall cooperate with PROVIDING PARTY to allow PROVIDING PARTY to complete the Transition Assistance as early as is commercially reasonable to do so. Fees for any Transition Assistance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1.
2.4    Return of Materials. As a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance is terminated, each Party will return all materials and property owned by the other Party, including, without limitation, all RECEIVING GROUP Data, if any, and materials and property of a proprietary nature involving a Party or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates relevant to the provision or receipt of that Corporate Service or Transition Assistance and no longer needed regarding the performance of other Corporate Services or other Transition Assistance under this Agreement, and will do so (and will cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to do so) within thirty (30) days after the applicable termination. Upon the end of the Term, each Party will return all material and property of a proprietary nature involving the other Party or its Subsidiaries, in its possession or control (or the possession or control of an Affiliate as a result of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance provided hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term. In addition, upon RECEIVING PARTY’s request, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to provide to RECEIVING PARTY copies of RECEIVING GROUP’s Data, files and records on magnetic media, or such other media as the Parties shall agree upon, to the extent practicable. PROVIDING PARTY may retain archival copies of RECEIVING GROUP’s Data, files and records and all such Data, files and records so retained shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
COMPENSATION AND PAYMENTS
3.1    Compensation for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance.
(a)    In accordance with the payment terms described in Section 3.2 below, RECEIVING GROUP agrees to timely pay PROVIDING PARTY, as compensation for the Corporate Services and the Transition Assistance provided hereunder, fees in an amount equal to PROVIDING PARTY’s cost of such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, as the case may be, plus the cost of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such Corporate Service or Transition Assistance. In the case of employee costs, such fees shall include a ten percent (10%) markup in lieu of PROVIDING PARTY being reimbursed for employee expenses.
(b)    Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that RECEIVING PARTY is also obligated to pay, or reimburse PROVIDING PARTY for its payment of, all Out of Pocket Costs (as defined below); provided, however, that the incurrence of any liability by RECEIVING GROUP for any Out of Pocket Cost (as defined below) that requires the payment by RECEIVING GROUP of more than $10,000, on an annualized basis, shall require the subsequent approval of the chief financial officer of RECEIVING PARTY (or his/her designee) after his/her receipt of the Monthly Summary Statement (as defined in Section 3.2) provided to RECEIVING PARTY for the calendar month in which the Out of Pocket Cost was incurred or paid by PROVIDING PARTY on behalf of RECEIVING PARTY. PROVIDING PARTY shall
8


use commercially reasonable efforts to not incur Out of Pocket Costs that are inconsistent with the type of Out of Pocket Costs incurred under past practices with the applicable Scheduled Service. If (x) PROVIDING PARTY has not obtained the prior approval of the chief financial officer of RECEIVING GROUP before incurring or paying any Out of Pocket Cost that exceeds $10,000 on an annualized basis, and (y) after receiving and reviewing the applicable Monthly Summary Statement, the chief financial officer of RECEIVING PARTY (or his/her designee) has not expressly approved the Out of Pocket Cost in question, then RECEIVING PARTY shall be entitled to dispute the Out of Pocket Cost until the close of the next audit cycle, provided that if PROVIDING PARTY disagrees with RECEIVING PARTY's dispute of the Out of Pocket Cost, then PROVIDING PARTY shall be entitled to exercise its rights under the dispute resolution provisions set forth in Section 1.4. For purposes hereof, the term “Out of Pocket Costs” means all fees, costs or other expenses paid by PROVIDING PARTY to third parties that are not Affiliates of PROVIDING PARTY in connection with the Corporate Services provided hereunder; and the term “Out of Pocket Cost” means any Out of Pocket Cost incurred after the Effective Time that is not a continuation of services provided to RECEIVING GROUP in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and for which RECEIVING GROUP had paid or reimbursed a portion thereof prior to the Effective Time.
3.2    Payment Terms; Monthly Summary Statements. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, PROVIDING PARTY shall prepare and deliver to the chief financial officer (or his designee) of RECEIVING PARTY a monthly summary statement (each a “Monthly Summary Statement”) setting forth all of the costs owing by the RECEIVING PARTY to the PROVIDING PARTY, including all fees for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance, as calculated in accordance with Section 3.1, and such other information as RECEIVING PARTY may reasonably request. The specific form of the Monthly Summary Statement shall be as agreed to between the Parties from time to time, acting with commercial reasonableness.
3.3    Audit Rights. Upon reasonable advance notice from RECEIVING PARTY, PROVIDING PARTY shall permit RECEIVING PARTY to perform annual audits of PROVIDING PARTY’s records only with respect to fees invoiced and Out of Pocket Costs invoiced pursuant to this Article III. Such audits shall be conducted during PROVIDING PARTY’s regular office hours and without disruption to PROVIDING PARTY’s business operations and shall be performed at RECEIVING PARTY’s sole expense.
ARTICLE IV
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
4.1    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. THE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY FOR A CLAIM ASSERTED BY THE OTHER PARTY BASED ON BREACH OF ANY COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERTAKING REQUIRED BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED, IN THE AGGREGATE, THE FEES PAYABLE BY RECEIVING PARTY TO PROVIDING PARTY DURING THE TWO (2) YEAR PERIOD PRECEDING THE BREACH FOR THE PARTICULAR CORPORATE SERVICE OR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE AFFECTED BY SUCH BREACH UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED THAT SUCH
9


LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIMS BASED ON A PARTY’S (A) GROSS NEGLIGENCE, (B) WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (C) IMPROPER USE OR DISCLOSURE OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION, (D) VIOLATIONS OF LAW, OR (E) INFRINGEMENT OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A PERSON WHO IS NOT A PARTY HERETO OR A SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE OF A PARTY HERETO.
4.2    DAMAGES. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT TO THE EXTENT AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY UNDER ARTICLE X IS REQUIRED TO PAY ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, COLLATERAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A PARTY OR A SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH A THIRD PARTY CLAIM, SUCH DAMAGES WILL CONSTITUTE DIRECT DAMAGES AND WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE IV.
ARTICLE V
FORCE MAJEURE
Neither Party shall be held liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, including, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, nuclear accidents, floods, strikes, terrorism and power blackouts. Promptly following the occurrence of a condition described in this Article, the Party whose performance is prevented shall give written notice to the other Party, and the Parties shall promptly confer, in good faith, to agree upon equitable, reasonable action to minimize the impact, on both Parties, of such conditions.
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES AND DEMANDS
6.1    Notices. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement (including Schedule 1.1(a)), all notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by a nationally-recognized overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) or (iii) sent by electronic transmission (including email), provided that receipt of such electronic transmission is promptly
10


confirmed by telephone), in each case to the Parties at the following addresses or email (or as shall be specified by like notice):
If to PROVIDING PARTY, to:
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
1701 Village Center Circle
Las Vegas, Nevada 89134
Email: mgravelle@fnf.com
Attention: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
If to RECEIVING PARTY, to:
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
801 Grand Ave. Suite 2600
Des Moines, IA 50309
Email: Jodi.Hyde@fglife.com
Attention: Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
Any notice, request, claim, demand or other communication given as provided above shall be deemed received by the receiving Party (i) upon actual receipt, if delivered personally; (ii) on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier, if sent by a nationally-recognized overnight courier; or (iii) upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by email (provided that if given by email, such notice, request, claim, demand or other communication shall be followed up within one Business Day by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein).
ARTICLE VII
REMEDIES
7.1    Remedies Upon Material Breach. In the event of material breach of any provision of this Agreement by a Party, the non-defaulting Party shall give the defaulting Party written notice thereof, and:
(a)    If such breach is for RECEIVING PARTY’s non-payment of an amount that is not in dispute, the defaulting Party shall cure the breach within thirty (30) calendar days of such notice and such amount not in dispute shall include an amount of interest equal to two and a half (2.5%) per annum above the “3-Month LIBOR Rate” as announced in the “Money Rates” section of the most recent edition of the Eastern Edition of The Wall Street Journal on the day prior to the notice of non-payment being sent, which interest rate shall change as and when the “3-Month LIBOR Rate” changes. If the defaulting Party does not cure such breach by such date, then the defaulting Party shall pay the non-defaulting Party the undisputed amount, any interest that has accrued hereunder through the expiration of the cure period plus an additional amount of interest equal to four percent (4%) per annum above the “prime rate” as announced in the “Money Rates” section of the most recent edition of the Eastern Edition of The Wall Street
11


Journal prior to the date of payment, which interest rate shall change as and when the “prime rate” changes. The Parties agree that this rate of interest constitutes reasonable liquidated damages and not an unenforceable penalty.
(b)    If such breach is for any other material failure to perform in accordance with this Agreement, the defaulting Party shall cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of such notice. If the defaulting Party does not cure such breach within such period, then the defaulting Party shall pay the non-defaulting Party all of the non-defaulting Party’s actual damages, subject to Article IV above.
7.2    Survival Upon Expiration or Termination. The provisions of Section 1.4 (Dispute Resolution), Section 2.4 (Return of Materials), Article IV (Limitation of Liability), Article VI (Notices and Demands), this Section 7.2, Article VIII (Confidentiality), Article X (Indemnification) and Article XI (Miscellaneous) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to in writing by both Parties.
ARTICLE VIII
CONFIDENTIALITY
8.1    Confidential Information. Each Party shall use at least the same standard of care in the protection of Confidential Information of the other Party as it uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information; provided that such Confidential Information shall be protected in at least a reasonable manner. For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to each Party, “Confidential Information” includes all confidential or proprietary information and documentation of the other Party, including the terms of this Agreement, and all of the other Party’s software, data, financial information, all reports, exhibits and other documentation prepared by any of the other Party’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in each case, to the extent provided or made available under, or in furtherance of, this Agreement. Each Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other Party only in connection with the purposes of this Agreement and shall make such Confidential Information available only to its employees, subcontractors, or agents having a “need to know” with respect to such purpose. Each Party shall advise its respective employees, subcontractors, and agents of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement. The obligations in this Section 8.1 will not restrict disclosure by a Party of Confidential Information of the other Party pursuant to applicable law, or by order or request of any court or government agency; provided that prior to such disclosure the Party making such disclosure shall (at the other Party’s sole cost and expense), if legally permitted and reasonably practicable, (a) promptly give notice to the other Party, (b) cooperate with the other Party with respect to taking steps to respond to or narrow the scope of such order or request and (c) only provide such information as is required by law, court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of proper jurisdiction. Confidential Information of a Party will not be afforded the protection of this Article VIII if such Confidential Information was (A) developed by the other Party independently as shown by its written business records regularly kept, (B) rightfully obtained by the other Party without restriction from a third party, (C) publicly available other than through the fault or negligence of the other Party or (D) released by the Party that owns or has the rights to the Confidential Information without restriction to anyone.
12


8.2    Work Product Privilege. RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY acknowledges that, in the course of providing Corporate Services or Transition Assistance pursuant to this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY may have access to (a) documents, data, databases or communications that are subject to attorney client privilege and/or (b) privileged work product prepared by or on behalf of the Affiliates of RECEIVING PARTY in anticipation of litigation with third parties (collectively, the “Privileged Work Product”) and RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY understands that all Privileged Work Product is protected from disclosure by Rule 26 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the equivalent rules and regulations under the law chosen to govern the construction of this Agreement. RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY understands the importance of maintaining the strict confidentiality of the Privileged Work Product to protect the attorney client privilege, work product doctrine and other privileges and rights associated with such Privileged Work Product pursuant to such Rule 26 and the equivalent rules and regulations under the law chosen to govern the construction of this Agreement. After PROVIDING PARTY is notified or otherwise becomes aware that documents, data, databases, or communications are Privileged Work Product, only PROVIDING PARTY personnel for whom such access is necessary for the purposes of providing Services to RECEIVING PARTY as provided in this Agreement shall have access to such Privileged Work Product. Should PROVIDING PARTY ever be notified of any judicial or other proceeding seeking to obtain access to Privileged Work Product, PROVIDING PARTY shall, if legally permitted and reasonably practicable, (A) promptly give notice to RECEIVING GROUP, (B) cooperate with RECEIVING PARTY in challenging the right to such access and (C) only provide such information as is required by a court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of proper jurisdiction. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred by PROVIDING PARTY in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. RECEIVING PARTY has the right and duty to represent PROVIDING PARTY in such challenge or to select and compensate counsel to so represent PROVIDING PARTY or to reimburse PROVIDING PARTY for reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred in challenging such access. If PROVIDING PARTY is ultimately required, pursuant to a court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction, to produce documents, disclose data, or otherwise act in contravention of the confidentiality obligations imposed in this Article VIII, or otherwise with respect to maintaining the confidentiality, proprietary nature, and secrecy of Privileged Work Product, PROVIDING PARTY is not liable for breach of such obligation to the extent such liability does not result from failure of PROVIDING PARTY to abide by the terms of this Article VIII. All Privileged Work Product is the property of RECEIVING GROUP and will be deemed Confidential Information, except as specifically authorized in this Agreement or as shall be required by law.
8.3    Unauthorized Acts. Each Party shall (a) notify the other Party promptly upon becoming aware of any unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge of the other Party’s Confidential Information by any Person, any attempt by any Person to gain possession of such Confidential Information without authorization or any attempt to use or acquire knowledge of any such Confidential Information without authorization (collectively, “Unauthorized Access”), (b) promptly furnish the other Party with reasonable detail of the Unauthorized Access and use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the other Party in investigating or preventing the
13


reoccurrence of any Unauthorized Access, (c) cooperate with the other Party in any litigation and investigation against third parties deemed necessary by such Party to protect its proprietary rights, and (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a reoccurrence of any such Unauthorized Access.
8.4    Publicity. Except as required by law or national stock exchange rule, neither Party shall issue any press release, distribute any advertising, or make any public announcement or disclosure (a) identifying the other Party by name, trademark or otherwise or (b) concerning this Agreement without the other Party’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in the event either Party is required to issue a press release relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, agency or self-regulatory agency, such Party shall, to the extent legally permissible and reasonably practicable, (A) give notice and a copy of the proposed press release to the other Party as far in advance as reasonably possible and (B) make any changes to such press release reasonably requested by the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, RECEIVING GROUP shall be permitted under this Agreement to communicate the existence of the business relationship contemplated by the terms of this Agreement internally within PROVIDING PARTY’s organization and orally and in writing communicate PROVIDING PARTY’s identity as a reference with potential and existing customers.
8.5    Data Privacy. (a) Where, in connection with this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY processes or stores information about a living individual that is held in automatically processable form (for example in a computerized database) or in a structured manual filing system (“Personal Data”), on behalf of RECEIVING GROUP or its clients, then PROVIDING PARTY shall implement appropriate measures to protect those personal data against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access and shall use such data solely for purposes of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement.
(b)    RECEIVING GROUP may, in connection with this Agreement, collect Personal Data in relation to PROVIDING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and other officers involved in providing Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder. Such Personal Data may be collected from PROVIDING PARTY, its employees, its directors, its officers, or from other (for example, published) sources; and some limited personal data may be collected indirectly at RECEIVING GROUP’s locations from monitoring devices or by other means (e.g., telephone logs, closed circuit TV and door entry systems). Nothing in this Section 8.5(b) obligates PROVIDING PARTY or PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors or officers to provide Personal Data requested by RECEIVING PARTY. RECEIVING GROUP may use and disclose any such data disclosed by PROVIDING PARTY solely for purposes connected with this Agreement and for the relevant purposes specified in the data privacy policy of RECEIVING GROUP or any Affiliate of RECEIVING GROUP (a copy of which is available on request). RECEIVING PARTY will maintain the same level of protection for Personal Data collected from PROVIDING PARTY (and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and officers, as appropriate) as RECEIVING PARTY maintains with its own Personal Data, and will implement appropriate administrative, physical and technical measures to protect the personal data collected from PROVIDING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and
14


other officers against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alternation, unauthorized disclosure or access.
ARTICLE IX
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, PROVIDING PARTY HAS NOT MADE AND DOES NOT HEREBY MAKE ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR COVENANTS, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THE RESULTS OBTAINED OF THE CONTINUING BUSINESS. ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY, COMMON LAW OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THE RESULTS OBTAINED OF THE CONTINUING BUSINESS ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY PROVIDING PARTY.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION
10.1    Indemnification.
(a)    Subject to Article IV, RECEIVING PARTY will indemnify, defend and hold harmless PROVIDING PARTY, each Subsidiary and Affiliate of PROVIDING PARTY, each of their respective past and present directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants and attorneys (“Representatives”), and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “PROVIDING PARTY Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Damages (as defined below) incurred or suffered by the PROVIDING PARTY Indemnified Parties arising or resulting from the provision of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder, which Damages shall be reduced to the extent of:
(i)    Damages caused or contributed to by PROVIDING PARTY’s improper use or disclosure of the RECEIVING GROUP’s customer information, negligence, willful misconduct or violation or law; or
(ii)    Damages caused or contributed to by a breach of this Agreement by PROVIDING PARTY.
Damages” means, subject to Article IV hereof, all losses, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, judgments, dues, penalties, assessments, fines (civil, criminal or administrative), costs, liens, forfeitures, settlements, fees or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, prosecuting or defending a claim or action).
15


(b)    Except as set forth in this Section 10.1(b), PROVIDING PARTY will have no liability to RECEIVING PARTY for or in connection with any of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance rendered hereunder or for any actions or omissions of PROVIDING PARTY in connection with the provision of any Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder. Subject to the provisions hereof and subject to Article IV, PROVIDING PARTY will indemnify, defend and hold harmless RECEIVING PARTY, each Subsidiary and Affiliate of RECEIVING PARTY, each of their respective past and present Representatives, and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “RECEIVING PARTY Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the RECEIVING PARTY Indemnified Parties arising or resulting from either of the following:
(i)    any claim that PROVIDING PARTY’s use of the software or other intellectual property used to provide the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, or any results and proceeds of such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any United States patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other intellectual property rights; provided, that such intellectual property indemnity shall not apply to the extent that any such claim arises out of any modification to such software or other intellectual property made by RECEIVING PARTY without PROVIDING PARTY’s authorization or participation, or
(ii)    PROVIDING PARTY’s (A) gross negligence, (B) willful misconduct, (C) improper use or disclosure of the RECEIVING GROUP’s customer information or (D) violations of law;
provided, that in each of the cases described in subclauses (i) through (ii) above, the amount of Damages incurred or sustained by RECEIVING PARTY shall be reduced to the extent such Damages shall have been caused or contributed to by any action or omission of RECEIVING PARTY in amounts equal to RECEIVING PARTY’s equitable share of such Damages determined in accordance with its relative culpability for such Damages or the relative fault of RECEIVING GROUP.
10.2    Indemnification Procedures.
(a)    Claim Notice. A Party that seeks indemnity under this Article X (an “Indemnified Party”) will give written notice (a “Claim Notice”) to the Party from whom indemnification is sought (an “Indemnifying Party”), whether the Damages sought arise from matters solely between the Parties or from Third Party Claims. The Claim Notice must contain a description and, if known, estimated amount (the “Claimed Amount”) of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party, (ii) a reasonable explanation of the basis for the Claim Notice to the extent of facts then known by the Indemnified Party, and (iii) a demand for payment of those Damages. No delay or deficiency on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability for Damages or obligations hereunder except to the extent of any Damages caused by or arising out of such failure.
16


(b)    Response to Notice of Claim. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party will deliver to the Indemnified Party a written response in which the Indemnifying Party will either: (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all of the Claimed Amount, in which case, the Indemnifying Party will pay the Claimed Amount in accordance with a payment and distribution method reasonably acceptable to the Parties; or (ii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all or any portion of the Claimed Amount, in which case, the Parties will resort to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 1.4.
(c)    Contested Claims. In the event that the Indemnifying Party disputes the Claimed Amount, as soon as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) days after the receipt of the written response referenced in Section 10.2(b)(ii) hereof, the Parties will begin the process to resolve the matter in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of Section 1.4 hereof. Upon ultimate resolution thereof, the Parties will take such actions as are reasonably necessary to comply with such agreement or instructions.
(d)    Third Party Claims.
(i)    In the event that the Indemnified Party receives notice or otherwise learns of the assertion by a Person who is not a Party hereto or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Party hereto of any claim or the commencement of any action (a “Third-Party Claim”) with respect to which the Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification under this Article X, the Indemnified Party will give written notification to the Indemnifying Party of the Third-Party Claim. Such notification will be given within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of such Third-Party Claim, will be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation submitted by such third party (to the extent then in the possession of the Indemnified Party) and will describe in reasonable detail (to the extent known by the Indemnified Party) the facts constituting the basis for such Third-Party Claim and the amount of the claimed Damages; provided, however, that no delay or deficiency on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability for Damages or obligation hereunder except to the extent of any Damages caused by or arising out of such failure. Within twenty (20) days after delivery of such notification, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party, assume control of the defense of such Third- Party Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. During any period in which the Indemnifying Party has not so assumed control of such defense, the Indemnified Party will control such defense.
(ii)    The Party not controlling such defense (the “Non-controlling Party”) may participate therein at its own expense.
(iii)    The Party controlling such defense (the “Controlling Party”) will keep the Non-controlling Party reasonably advised of the status of such Third- Party Claim and the defense thereof and will consider in good faith
17


recommendations made by the Non-controlling Party with respect thereto. The Non-controlling Party will furnish the Controlling Party with such Information as it may have with respect to such Third-Party Claim (including copies of any summons, complaint or other pleading which may have been served on such Party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or other document evidencing or asserting the same) and will otherwise cooperate with and assist the Controlling Party in the defense of such Third-Party Claim.
(iv)    The Indemnifying Party will not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that the consent of the Indemnified Party will not be required if (A) the Indemnifying Party agrees in writing to pay any amounts payable pursuant to such settlement or judgment, and (B) such settlement or judgment includes a full, complete and unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from further liability. The Indemnified Party will not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1    Relationship of the Parties. The Parties declare and agree that each Party is engaged in a business that is independent from that of the other Party and each Party shall perform its obligations as an independent contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that RECEIVING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY are not partners, and nothing contained herein is intended to create an agency relationship or a partnership or joint venture with respect to the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance. Neither Party is an agent of the other and neither Party has any authority to represent or bind the other Party as to any matters, except as authorized herein or in writing by such other Party from time to time.
11.2    Employees. (a) As between the Parties, PROVIDING PARTY shall be solely responsible for payment of compensation to its employees and for its Subsidiaries’ employees and for any injury to them in the course of their employment. PROVIDING PARTY shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax laws with respect to such Persons.
(b)    As between the Parties, RECEIVING PARTY shall be solely responsible for payment of compensation to its employees and for its Subsidiaries’ employees and for any injury to them in the course of their employment. RECEIVING PARTY shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax laws with respect to such Persons.
18


11.3    Assignment. Neither Party may assign, transfer or convey any right, obligation or duty, in whole or in part, or of any other interest under this Agreement relating to such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance without the prior written consent of the other Party, including any assignment, transfer or conveyance in connection with a sale of an asset to which one or more of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance relate. All obligations and duties of a Party under this Agreement shall be binding on all successors in interest and permitted assigns of such Party. Each Party may use its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or subcontractors to perform the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance; provided that such use shall not relieve such assigning Party of liability for its responsibilities and obligations hereunder.
11.4    Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, such unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such unenforceable provision or provisions had never been contained herein.
11.5    Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Parties and their Affiliates and not for any other Person. However, should any third party institute proceedings, this Agreement shall not provide any such Person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right.
11.6    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH STATE’S LAWS AND PRINCIPLES REGARDING THE CONFLICT OF LAWS. Subject to Section 1.4, if any Dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, except as expressly contemplated by another provision of this Agreement, the Parties irrevocably (a) consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of federal and state courts located in Jacksonville, Florida, (b) waive any objection to that choice of forum based on venue or to the effect that the forum is not convenient and (c) WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL OR ADJUDICATION BY JURY.
11.7    Executed in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same document.
11.8    Construction. The headings and numbering of articles, Sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be construed to define or limit any of the terms or affect the scope, meaning, or interpretation of this Agreement or the particular Article or Section to which they relate. This Agreement and the provisions contained herein shall not be construed or interpreted for or against any Party because that Party drafted or caused its legal representative to draft any of its provisions.
11.9    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all attachments, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals and undertakings, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
19


11.10    Amendments and Waivers.
(a)    The Parties may amend this Agreement only by a written agreement signed by each Party and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent to any default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Party against whom such waiver or consent is claimed. No course of dealing or failure of any Party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such term, right or condition. Waiver by either Party of any default by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.
11.11    Remedies Cumulative. Unless otherwise provided for under this Agreement, all rights of termination or cancellation, or other remedies set forth in this Agreement, are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of other remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled by law or equity in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other Party of any provision in this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided for under this Agreement, use of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any other remedy for the purpose of enforcing any provision of this Agreement.
11.12    Taxes. All charges and fees to be paid to PROVIDING PARTY under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes required by law to be collected from RECEIVING PARTY (including, without limitation, withholding, sales, use, excise, or services tax, which may be assessed on the provision of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance). In the event that a withholding, sales, use, excise, or services tax is assessed on the provision of any of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance under this Agreement, RECEIVING PARTY will pay directly, reimburse or indemnify PROVIDING PARTY for such tax, plus any applicable interest and penalties. The Parties will cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances, and shall provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out-of-state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either Party.
11.13    Changes in Law. PROVIDING PARTY’s obligations to provide Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder are to provide such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance in accordance with applicable laws as in effect on the date of this Agreement. Each Party reserves the right to take all actions in order to ensure that the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance are provided in accordance with any applicable laws.
11.14    Effectiveness. Notwithstanding the date hereof, this Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Time.
[signature page follows]
20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, acting through their authorized officers, have caused this Corporate Services Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
PROVIDING PARTY:
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
Name:Michael L. Gravelle
Title:
Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary
[Signature Page – Corporate Services Agreement]


RECEIVING PARTY:
F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
By:
Name:
[l]
Title:
[l]
[Signature Page – Corporate Services Agreement]
Exhibit 10.3
REVERSE CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.)
This Reverse Corporate Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [l], 2022, by and between F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company (“F&G” or “PROVIDING PARTY”) and Fidelity National Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“FNF” or “RECEIVING PARTY”). F&G and FNF shall be referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party.
WHEREAS, FNF and F&G have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Separation Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, FNF shall distribute certain of the FNF Owned F&G Shares (as defined therein) to the holders of FNF common stock;
WHEREAS, following the Effective Time (as defined in the Separation Agreement), FNF will no longer hold, directly or indirectly, the FNF Owned F&G Shares distributed to the holders of FNF Common Stock;
WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Parties wish to enter into this Agreement for the provision of certain corporate services by F&G and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to RECEIVING GROUP (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE SERVICES
1.1    Corporate Services. This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions for the provision by PROVIDING PARTY to RECEIVING GROUP (as defined below) of various corporate services and products, as more fully described below and in Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto (the Scheduled Services, the Omitted Services, the Resumed Services and Special Projects (each as defined below), collectively, the “Corporate Services”).
(a)    Scheduled Services. PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (each as defined below), and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP all services set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) (the “Scheduled Services”) on and after the Effective Time. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay fees to PROVIDING PARTY for providing the Scheduled Services or causing the Scheduled



Services to be provided to a member of RECEIVING GROUP as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) and in accordance with Section 3.1. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Subsidiary” of any Person means another Person, an amount of the voting securities, other voting rights or voting partnership interests of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of its board of directors or other governing body or, if there are no such voting interests, more than 50% of the equity interests of which is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person (provided that, for all purposes under this Agreement, when and with respect to the RECEIVING PARTY, “Subsidiary” shall not include F&G or any of its Subsidiaries); an “Affiliate” of any Person means another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person (provided that, for all purposes under this Agreement, when and with respect to the PROVIDING PARTY, “Affiliate” shall not include FNF or any of its Subsidiaries); a “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity; and “RECEIVING GROUP” means RECEIVING PARTY and its Subsidiaries (including any other Persons when they become Subsidiaries of RECEIVING PARTY), subject to the exception set forth in Section 2.1.
(b)    Omitted Services. PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP all services that PROVIDING PARTY was performing for the business on or before the Effective Time that pertain to and are a part of Scheduled Services under Section 1.1(a), which are not expressly included in the list of Scheduled Services in Schedule 1.1(a), but are required to conduct the business (the “Omitted Services”), unless RECEIVING PARTY consents in writing to the termination of such services. Such Omitted Services shall be added to Schedule 1.1(a) and thereby become Scheduled Services, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time by the Parties. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay to PROVIDING PARTY for providing the Omitted Services (or causing the Omitted Services to be provided) hereunder fees as set forth in Section 3.1; provided, that payment of such fees by RECEIVING PARTY for the Omitted Services provided hereunder shall be retroactive to the first day such services are provided, but in no event shall RECEIVING PARTY be required to pay for any Omitted Services provided hereunder by PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates prior to the Effective Time.
(c)    Resumed Services. At RECEIVING PARTY’s written request, PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide or cause to be provided to RECEIVING GROUP any Scheduled Service that has been terminated at RECEIVING PARTY’s request pursuant to Section 2.2(b) (the “Resumed Services”); provided, that PROVIDING PARTY shall have no obligation to provide a Resumed Service if providing such Resumed Service will have a material adverse impact on the other Corporate Services or the Transition Assistance (as defined below). Schedule 1.1(a) shall from time to time be amended to reflect the resumption of a Resumed Service and the Resumed Service shall be set forth thereon as a Scheduled Service.
2


(d)    Special Projects. At RECEIVING PARTY’s written request, PROVIDING PARTY, through its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and their respective employees, agents or contractors, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide additional corporate services that are not described in Schedule 1.1(a) and that are neither Omitted Services nor Resumed Services (“Special Projects”). RECEIVING PARTY shall submit a written request to PROVIDING PARTY specifying the nature of the Special Project and requesting an estimate of the costs applicable for such Special Project and the expected time frame for completion. PROVIDING PARTY shall respond promptly to such written request, but in no event later than twenty (20) days, with a written estimate of the cost of providing such Special Project and the expected time frame for completion (the “Cost Estimate”). If RECEIVING PARTY provides written approval of the Cost Estimate within ten (10) days after PROVIDING PARTY delivers the Cost Estimate, then within a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such written approval, PROVIDING PARTY shall begin providing the Special Project; provided, that PROVIDING PARTY shall have no obligation to provide a Special Project where, in its reasonable discretion and prior to providing the Cost Estimate, it has determined and notified RECEIVING PARTY in writing that (i) it would not be feasible to provide such Special Project, given reasonable priority to other demands on its resources and capacity both under this Agreement or otherwise or (ii) it lacks the experience or qualifications to provide such Special Project.
1.2    Provision of Corporate Services; Excused Performance.
All obligations of PROVIDING PARTY with respect to any one or more individual Corporate Services or Transition Assistance under this Agreement shall be excused to the extent and only for so long as a failure by PROVIDING PARTY with respect thereto is directly attributable to and caused specifically by a failure by RECEIVING GROUP to meet its obligations (including any performance) under that certain Corporate Services Agreement, by and between FNF and PROVIDING PARTY, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.
1.3    Third Party Vendors; Consents.
(a)    Third Party Consents. PROVIDING PARTY shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep and maintain in effect its relationships with its licensors, vendors and service providers that are integral to the provision of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance. PROVIDING PARTY shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure any waivers, permits, consents or sublicenses required by third party licensors, vendors or service providers under existing agreements with such third parties in order to provide any Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder (“Third Party Consents”). In the event that PROVIDING PARTY is unable to procure such Third Party Consents on commercially reasonable terms, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to promptly so notify RECEIVING PARTY, and to assist RECEIVING PARTY with the transition to another licensor, vendor or service provider. If, after the Effective Time, any one or more licensors, vendors or service providers (i) terminates its contractual relationship with PROVIDING PARTY or ceases to provide the products or services associated with the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance or (ii)
3


notifies PROVIDING PARTY of its desire or plan to terminate its contractual relationship with PROVIDING PARTY, then, in either case, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to so notify RECEIVING PARTY, and to assist RECEIVING PARTY with the transition to another licensor, vendor or service provider so that RECEIVING PARTY may continue to receive similar products and services.
(b)    No Transfer of Software. PROVIDING PARTY shall not be required to transfer or assign to RECEIVING PARTY any third party software licenses or any hardware owned by PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with the provision of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance or at the conclusion of the Term (as defined below).
1.4    Dispute Resolution.
(a)    Amicable Resolution. PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY mutually desire that friendly collaboration will continue between them. Accordingly, they will try to resolve in an amicable manner all disagreements and misunderstandings connected with their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendments hereto. In furtherance thereof, in the event of any dispute or disagreement (a “Dispute”) between PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the standards of performance, delay of performance or non-performance of obligations, or payment or non-payment of fees hereunder), then the Dispute, upon written request of either Party, will be referred for resolution to the president (or similar position) of the division implicated by the matter for each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY, which presidents will have fifteen (15) days to resolve such Dispute. If the presidents of the relevant divisions for each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY do not agree to a resolution of such Dispute within fifteen (15) days after the reference of the matter to them, such presidents of the relevant divisions will refer such matter to the president of each of PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY for final resolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.4, any amendment to the terms of this Agreement may only be effected in accordance with Section 11.10.
(b)    Arbitration. In the event that the Dispute is not resolved in a friendly manner as set forth in Section 1.4(a), either Party involved in the Dispute may submit the dispute to binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.4(b). All Disputes submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.4(b) shall be resolved in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless the Parties involved mutually agree to utilize an alternate set of rules, in which event all references herein to the American Arbitration Association shall be deemed modified accordingly. Expedited rules shall apply regardless of the amount at issue. Arbitration proceedings hereunder may be initiated by either Party making a written request to the American Arbitration Association, together with any appropriate filing fee, at the office of the American Arbitration Association in Orlando, Florida. All arbitration proceedings shall be held in the city of Jacksonville, Florida in a location to be specified by the arbitrators (or any place agreed to by the Parties and the arbitrators). The arbitration shall be by a single qualified arbitrator experienced in the matters at issue, such arbitrator to be mutually
4


agreed upon by PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY. If PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY fail to agree on an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after notice of commencement of arbitration, the American Arbitration Association shall, upon the request of either Party to the Dispute, appoint the arbitrator. Any order or determination of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Parties to the arbitration as to matters submitted and may be enforced by either Party to the Dispute in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter or over either Party. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such arbitration proceeding (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) shall be borne by the Party incurring such costs. The use of any alternative dispute resolution procedures hereunder will not be construed under the doctrines of laches, waiver or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of either Party.
(c)    Non-Exclusive Remedy. Nothing in this Section 1.4 will prevent either PROVIDING PARTY or RECEIVING PARTY from immediately seeking injunctive or interim relief in the event (i) of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Article VIII or (ii) that the Dispute relates to, or involves a claim of, actual or threatened infringement of intellectual property. All such actions for injunctive or interim relief shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 11.6. Such remedy shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedy for breach of this Agreement, and further remedies may be pursued in accordance with Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.4(b) above.
(d)    Commencement of Dispute Resolution Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY and RECEIVING PARTY, but none of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, are entitled to commence a dispute resolution procedure under this Agreement, whether pursuant to this Section 1.4 or otherwise, and each Party will cause its respective Affiliates not to commence any dispute resolution procedure other than through such Party as provided in this Section 1.4(d).
(e)    Compensation. RECEIVING PARTY shall continue to make all payments due and owing under Article III for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance not the subject of a Dispute and shall not off-set such fees by the amount of fees for Corporate Services or Transition Assistance that are the subject of the Dispute.
1.5    Standard of Services.
(a)    General Standard. PROVIDING PARTY shall perform the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance for RECEIVING GROUP in a professional, timely and competent manner, using standards of performance consistent with its performance of such services for itself during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Effective Time.
(b)    Disaster Recovery. During the Term, PROVIDING PARTY shall maintain a disaster recovery program for the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance substantially consistent with the disaster recovery program in place for such Corporate Services and Transition Assistance as of the Effective Time. For the avoidance of doubt, the disaster recovery program maintained by PROVIDING PARTY will not include a business continuity program.
5


(c)    Shortfall in Services. If RECEIVING PARTY provides PROVIDING PARTY with written notice (“Shortfall Notice”) setting forth in reasonable detail the occurrence of any Significant Service Shortfall (as defined below), as determined by RECEIVING PARTY in good faith, PROVIDING PARTY shall rectify such Significant Service Shortfall as soon as reasonably practicable. For purposes of this Section 1.5(c), a “Significant Service Shortfall” shall be deemed to have occurred if the timing or quality of performance of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance provided by PROVIDING PARTY hereunder falls below the standard required by Section 1.5(a) hereof; provided that PROVIDING PARTY’s obligations under this Agreement shall be relieved to the extent, and for the duration of, any force majeure event as set forth in Article V.
1.6    Response Time. PROVIDING PARTY shall respond to and resolve any problems in connection with the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance for RECEIVING GROUP within a commercially reasonable period of time, using response and proposed resolution times consistent with its response and resolution of such problems for itself.
1.7    Ownership of Materials; Results and Proceeds. All data and information submitted to PROVIDING PARTY by RECEIVING GROUP, in connection with the Corporate Services or the Transition Assistance (the “RECEIVING GROUP Data”), and all results and proceeds of the Corporate Services and the Transition Assistance with regard to the RECEIVING GROUP Data, is and will remain, as between the Parties, the property of RECEIVING GROUP and subject to the provisions of Article VIII.
ARTICLE II
TERM AND TRANSITION ASSISTANCE
2.1    Term. The term (the “Term”) of this Agreement shall commence as of the date hereof and shall continue until the earliest of:
(i)    the date on which the last of the Corporate Services under this Agreement is terminated,
(ii)    the date on which the last of the Transition Assistance under this Agreement is terminated, and
(iii)    the date on which this Agreement is terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties,
whichever is earlier (in any case, the “Termination Date”); provided, however, that, with respect to any Person that ceases to be a member of the RECEIVING GROUP prior to the Termination Date, subject to Section 7.2, the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Person shall terminate effective as of the date that such Person ceases to be a member of RECEIVING GROUP.
6


2.2    Termination.
(a)    Thirty (30) Day Extension. If (i) RECEIVING GROUP is not able to complete its transition of the Corporate Services or (ii) the Transition Assistance is not completed, in either case, by the Termination Date, then upon written notice provided to PROVIDING PARTY at least thirty (30) days prior to the Termination Date, RECEIVING PARTY shall have the right to request and cause PROVIDING PARTY to provide up to thirty (30) days of additional Corporate Services and/or Transition Assistance, as applicable, to RECEIVING GROUP; provided, that RECEIVING PARTY shall pay for all such additional Corporate Services and/or Transition Assistance, as applicable, in accordance with this Agreement.
(b)    Early Termination. If RECEIVING PARTY wishes to terminate a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or a portion thereof) on a date that is earlier than the Termination Date, RECEIVING PARTY shall provide written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to PROVIDING PARTY of a proposed termination date for such Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or portion thereof), at least ninety (90) days prior to such proposed termination date. Within ten (10) days of the date on which the Termination Notice was received, then, effective on the termination date proposed by RECEIVING PARTY in its Termination Notice, such Corporate Service or Transition Assistance (or portion thereof) shall be discontinued (thereafter, a “Discontinued Service”) and deemed deleted from the Scheduled Services to be provided hereunder and thereafter, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect with respect to the Discontinued Service (or portion thereof), except as to obligations accrued prior to the date of discontinuation of such Corporate Service (or portion thereof). Upon the occurrence of any Discontinued Service, the Parties shall promptly update Schedule 1.1(a) to reflect the discontinuation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at any time that employees of PROVIDING PARTY or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates are transferred to a department within RECEIVING GROUP or its Affiliates (an “Employee Shift”), a proportional portion of the relevant Corporate Service or Transition Assistance shall be deemed automatically terminated. If a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance, or portion thereof, is terminated as a result of an Employee Shift, then such termination shall take effect as of the date of the Employee Shift.
(c)    Termination of All Services. If all Corporate Services and Transition Services shall have been terminated under this Section 2.2 prior to the expiration of the Term, then either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the other Party, which termination shall be effective upon delivery as provided in Section 6.1.
2.3    Transition Assistance. In preparation for the discontinuation of any Corporate Service provided under this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY shall, consistent with its obligations to provide Corporate Services hereunder and with the cooperation and assistance of RECEIVING GROUP, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such knowledge transfer services and to take such steps as are reasonably required in order to facilitate a smooth and efficient transition and/or migration of records to RECEIVING PARTY or its Affiliates (or at RECEIVING PARTY’s direction, to a third party) and responsibilities so as to minimize any
7


disruption of services (“Transition Assistance”). RECEIVING GROUP shall cooperate with PROVIDING PARTY to allow PROVIDING PARTY to complete the Transition Assistance as early as is commercially reasonable to do so. Fees for any Transition Assistance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1.
2.4    Return of Materials. As a Corporate Service or Transition Assistance is terminated, each Party will return all materials and property owned by the other Party, including, without limitation, all RECEIVING GROUP Data, if any, and materials and property of a proprietary nature involving a Party or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates relevant to the provision or receipt of that Corporate Service or Transition Assistance and no longer needed regarding the performance of other Corporate Services or other Transition Assistance under this Agreement, and will do so (and will cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to do so) within thirty (30) days after the applicable termination. Upon the end of the Term, each Party will return all material and property of a proprietary nature involving the other Party or its Subsidiaries, in its possession or control (or the possession or control of an Affiliate as a result of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance provided hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term. In addition, upon RECEIVING PARTY’s request, PROVIDING PARTY agrees to provide to RECEIVING PARTY copies of RECEIVING GROUP’s Data, files and records on magnetic media, or such other media as the Parties shall agree upon, to the extent practicable. PROVIDING PARTY may retain archival copies of RECEIVING GROUP’s Data, files and records and all such Data, files and records so retained shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
COMPENSATION AND PAYMENTS
3.1    Compensation for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance.
(a)    In accordance with the payment terms described in Section 3.2 below, RECEIVING GROUP agrees to timely pay PROVIDING PARTY, as compensation for the Corporate Services and the Transition Assistance provided hereunder, fees in an amount equal to PROVIDING PARTY’s cost of such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, as the case may be, plus the cost of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance. In the case of employee costs, such fees shall include a ten percent (10%) markup in lieu of PROVIDING PARTY being reimbursed for employee expenses.
(b)    Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that RECEIVING PARTY is also obligated to pay, or reimburse PROVIDING PARTY for its payment of, all Out of Pocket Costs (as defined below); provided, however, that the incurrence of any liability by RECEIVING GROUP for any Out of Pocket Cost (as defined below) that requires the payment by RECEIVING GROUP of more than $10,000, on an annualized basis, shall require the subsequent approval of the chief financial officer of RECEIVING PARTY (or his/her designee) after his/her receipt of the Monthly Summary Statement (as defined in Section 3.2) provided to RECEIVING PARTY for the calendar month in which the Out of Pocket Cost was incurred or paid by PROVIDING PARTY on behalf of RECEIVING PARTY. PROVIDING PARTY shall
8


use commercially reasonable efforts to not incur Out of Pocket Costs that are inconsistent with the type of Out of Pocket Costs incurred under past practices with the applicable Scheduled Service. If (x) PROVIDING PARTY has not obtained the prior approval of the chief financial officer of RECEIVING GROUP before incurring or paying any Out of Pocket Cost that exceeds $10,000 on an annualized basis, and (y) after receiving and reviewing the applicable Monthly Summary Statement, the chief financial officer of RECEIVING PARTY (or his/her designee) has not expressly approved the Out of Pocket Cost in question, then RECEIVING PARTY shall be entitled to dispute the Out of Pocket Cost until the close of the next audit cycle, provided that if PROVIDING PARTY disagrees with RECEIVING PARTY's dispute of the Out of Pocket Cost, then PROVIDING PARTY shall be entitled to exercise its rights under the dispute resolution provisions set forth in Section 1.4. For purposes hereof, the term “Out of Pocket Costs” means all fees, costs or other expenses paid by PROVIDING PARTY to third parties that are not Affiliates of PROVIDING PARTY in connection with the Corporate Services provided hereunder; and the term “Out of Pocket Cost” means any Out of Pocket Cost incurred after the Effective Time that is not a continuation of services provided to RECEIVING GROUP in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and for which RECEIVING GROUP had paid or reimbursed a portion thereof prior to the Effective Time.
3.2    Payment Terms; Monthly Summary Statements. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, PROVIDING PARTY shall prepare and deliver to the chief financial officer (or his designee) of RECEIVING PARTY a monthly summary statement (each a “Monthly Summary Statement”) setting forth all of the costs owing by the RECEIVING PARTY to the PROVIDING PARTY, including all fees for Corporate Services and Transition Assistance, as calculated in accordance with Section 3.1, and such other information as RECEIVING PARTY may reasonably request. The specific form of the Monthly Summary Statement shall be as agreed to between the Parties from time to time, acting with commercial reasonableness.
3.3    Audit Rights. Upon reasonable advance notice from RECEIVING PARTY, PROVIDING PARTY shall permit RECEIVING PARTY to perform annual audits of PROVIDING PARTY’s records only with respect to fees invoiced and Out of Pocket Costs invoiced pursuant to this Article III. Such audits shall be conducted during PROVIDING PARTY’s regular office hours and without disruption to PROVIDING PARTY’s business operations and shall be performed at RECEIVING PARTY’s sole expense.
ARTICLE IV
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
4.1    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. THE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY FOR A CLAIM ASSERTED BY THE OTHER PARTY BASED ON BREACH OF ANY COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERTAKING REQUIRED BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED, IN THE AGGREGATE, THE FEES PAYABLE BY RECEIVING PARTY TO PROVIDING PARTY DURING THE TWO (2) YEAR PERIOD PRECEDING THE BREACH FOR THE PARTICULAR CORPORATE SERVICE OR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE AFFECTED BY SUCH BREACH UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED THAT SUCH
9


LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIMS BASED ON A PARTY’S (A) GROSS NEGLIGENCE, (B) WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, (C) IMPROPER USE OR DISCLOSURE OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION, (D) VIOLATIONS OF LAW, OR (E) INFRINGEMENT OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A PERSON WHO IS NOT A PARTY HERETO OR A SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE OF A PARTY HERETO.
4.2    DAMAGES. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT TO THE EXTENT AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY UNDER ARTICLE X IS REQUIRED TO PAY ANY SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, COLLATERAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR LOST PROFITS TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A PARTY OR A SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATE OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH A THIRD PARTY CLAIM, SUCH DAMAGES WILL CONSTITUTE DIRECT DAMAGES AND WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE IV.
ARTICLE V
FORCE MAJEURE
Neither Party shall be held liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, including, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, nuclear accidents, floods, strikes, terrorism and power blackouts. Promptly following the occurrence of a condition described in this Article, the Party whose performance is prevented shall give written notice to the other Party, and the Parties shall promptly confer, in good faith, to agree upon equitable, reasonable action to minimize the impact, on both Parties, of such conditions.
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES AND DEMANDS
6.1    Notices. Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement (including Schedule 1.1(a)), all notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by a nationally-recognized overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) or (iii) sent by electronic transmission (including email), provided that receipt of such electronic transmission is promptly
10


confirmed by telephone), in each case to the Parties at the following addresses or email (or as shall be specified by like notice):
If to PROVIDING PARTY, to:
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
801 Grand Ave. Suite 2600
Des Moines, IA 50309
Email: Jodi.Hyde@fglife.com
Attention: Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
If to RECEIVING PARTY, to:
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
1701 Village Center Circle
Las Vegas, Nevada 89134
Email: mgravelle@fnf.com
Attention: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
    Any notice, request, claim, demand or other communication given as provided above shall be deemed received by the receiving Party (i) upon actual receipt, if delivered personally; (ii) on the next Business Day after deposit with an overnight courier, if sent by a nationally-recognized overnight courier; or (iii) upon confirmation of successful transmission if sent by email (provided that if given by email, such notice, request, claim, demand or other communication shall be followed up within one Business Day by dispatch pursuant to one of the other methods described herein).
ARTICLE VII
REMEDIES
7.1    Remedies Upon Material Breach. In the event of material breach of any provision of this Agreement by a Party, the non-defaulting Party shall give the defaulting Party written notice thereof, and:
(a)    If such breach is for RECEIVING PARTY’s non-payment of an amount that is not in dispute, the defaulting Party shall cure the breach within thirty (30) calendar days of such notice and such amount not in dispute shall include an amount of interest equal to two and a half (2.5%) per annum above the “3-Month LIBOR Rate” as announced in the “Money Rates” section of the most recent edition of the Eastern Edition of The Wall Street Journal on the day prior to the notice of non-payment being sent, which interest rate shall change as and when the “3-Month LIBOR Rate” changes. If the defaulting Party does not cure such breach by such date, then the defaulting Party shall pay the non-defaulting Party the undisputed amount, any interest that has accrued hereunder through the expiration of the cure period plus an additional amount of
11


interest equal to four percent (4%) per annum above the “prime rate” as announced in the “Money Rates” section of the most recent edition of the Eastern Edition of The Wall Street Journal prior to the date of payment, which interest rate shall change as and when the “prime rate” changes. The Parties agree that this rate of interest constitutes reasonable liquidated damages and not an unenforceable penalty.
(b)    If such breach is for any other material failure to perform in accordance with this Agreement, the defaulting Party shall cure such breach within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of such notice. If the defaulting Party does not cure such breach within such period, then the defaulting Party shall pay the non-defaulting Party all of the non-defaulting Party’s actual damages, subject to Article IV above.
7.2    Survival Upon Expiration or Termination. The provisions of Section 1.4 (Dispute Resolution), Section 2.4 (Return of Materials), Article IV (Limitation of Liability), Article VI (Notices and Demands), this Section 7.2, Article VIII (Confidentiality), Article X (Indemnification) and Article XI (Miscellaneous) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to in writing by both Parties.
ARTICLE VIII
CONFIDENTIALITY
8.1    Confidential Information. Each Party shall use at least the same standard of care in the protection of Confidential Information of the other Party as it uses to protect its own confidential or proprietary information; provided that such Confidential Information shall be protected in at least a reasonable manner. For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to each Party, “Confidential Information” includes all confidential or proprietary information and documentation of the other Party, including the terms of this Agreement, and all of the other Party’s software, data, financial information all reports, exhibits and other documentation prepared by any of the other Party’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in each case, to the extent provided or made available under, or in furtherance of, this Agreement. Each Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other Party only in connection with the purposes of this Agreement and shall make such Confidential Information available only to its employees, subcontractors, or agents having a “need to know” with respect to such purpose. Each Party shall advise its respective employees, subcontractors, and agents of such Party’s obligations under this Agreement. The obligations in this Section 8.1 will not restrict disclosure by a Party of Confidential Information of the other Party pursuant to applicable law, or by order or request of any court or government agency; provided that prior to such disclosure the Party making such disclosure shall (at the other Party’s sole cost and expense), if legally permitted and reasonably practicable, (a) promptly give notice to the other Party, (b) cooperate with the other Party with respect to taking steps to respond to or narrow the scope of such order or request and (c) only provide such information as is required by law, court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of proper jurisdiction. Confidential Information of a Party will not be afforded the protection of this Article VIII if such Confidential Information was (A) developed by the other Party independently as shown by its written business records regularly kept, (B) rightfully obtained by the other Party without restriction from a third party, (C) publicly available other
12


than through the fault or negligence of the other Party or (D) released by the Party that owns or has the rights to the Confidential Information without restriction to anyone.
8.2    Work Product Privilege. RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY acknowledges that, in the course of providing Corporate Services or Transition Assistance pursuant to this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY may have access to (a) documents, data, databases or communications that are subject to attorney client privilege and/or (b) privileged work product prepared by or on behalf of the Affiliates of RECEIVING PARTY in anticipation of litigation with third parties (collectively, the “Privileged Work Product”) and RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY understands that all Privileged Work Product is protected from disclosure by Rule 26 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the equivalent rules and regulations under the law chosen to govern the construction of this Agreement. RECEIVING PARTY represents and PROVIDING PARTY understands the importance of maintaining the strict confidentiality of the Privileged Work Product to protect the attorney client privilege, work product doctrine and other privileges and rights associated with such Privileged Work Product pursuant to such Rule 26 and the equivalent rules and regulations under the law chosen to govern the construction of this Agreement. After PROVIDING PARTY is notified or otherwise becomes aware that documents, data, databases, or communications are Privileged Work Product, only PROVIDING PARTY personnel for whom such access is necessary for the purposes of providing Services to RECEIVING PARTY as provided in this Agreement shall have access to such Privileged Work Product. Should PROVIDING PARTY ever be notified of any judicial or other proceeding seeking to obtain access to Privileged Work Product, PROVIDING PARTY shall, if legally permitted and reasonably practicable, (A) promptly give notice to RECEIVING GROUP, (B) cooperate with RECEIVING PARTY in challenging the right to such access and (C) only provide such information as is required by a court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of proper jurisdiction. RECEIVING PARTY shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred by PROVIDING PARTY in complying with the immediately preceding sentence. RECEIVING PARTY has the right and duty to represent PROVIDING PARTY in such challenge or to select and compensate counsel to so represent PROVIDING PARTY or to reimburse PROVIDING PARTY for reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses as such fees and expenses are incurred in challenging such access. If PROVIDING PARTY is ultimately required, pursuant to a court order or a final, non-appealable ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction, to produce documents, disclose data, or otherwise act in contravention of the confidentiality obligations imposed in this Article VIII, or otherwise with respect to maintaining the confidentiality, proprietary nature, and secrecy of Privileged Work Product, PROVIDING PARTY is not liable for breach of such obligation to the extent such liability does not result from failure of PROVIDING PARTY to abide by the terms of this Article VIII. All Privileged Work Product is the property of RECEIVING GROUP and will be deemed Confidential Information, except as specifically authorized in this Agreement or as shall be required by law.
8.3    Unauthorized Acts. Each Party shall (a) notify the other Party promptly upon becoming aware of any unauthorized possession, use, or knowledge of the other Party’s Confidential Information by any Person, any attempt by any Person to gain possession of such Confidential Information without authorization or any attempt to use or acquire knowledge of
13


any such Confidential Information without authorization (collectively, “Unauthorized Access”), (b) promptly furnish the other Party with reasonable detail of the Unauthorized Access and use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the other Party in investigating or preventing the reoccurrence of any Unauthorized Access, (c) cooperate with the other Party in any litigation and investigation against third parties deemed necessary by such Party to protect its proprietary rights, and (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent a reoccurrence of any such Unauthorized Access.
8.4    Publicity. Except as required by law or national stock exchange rule, neither Party shall issue any press release, distribute any advertising, or make any public announcement or disclosure (a) identifying the other Party by name, trademark or otherwise or (b) concerning this Agreement without the other Party’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in the event either Party is required to issue a press release relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, agency or self-regulatory agency, such Party shall, to the extent legally permissible and reasonably practicable, (A) give notice and a copy of the proposed press release to the other Party as far in advance as reasonably possible and (B) make any changes to such press release reasonably requested by the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, RECEIVING GROUP shall be permitted under this Agreement to communicate the existence of the business relationship contemplated by the terms of this Agreement internally within PROVIDING PARTY’s organization and orally and in writing communicate PROVIDING PARTY’s identity as a reference with potential and existing customers.
8.5    Data Privacy. (a) Where, in connection with this Agreement, PROVIDING PARTY processes or stores information about a living individual that is held in automatically processable form (for example in a computerized database) or in a structured manual filing system (“Personal Data”), on behalf of RECEIVING GROUP or its clients, then PROVIDING PARTY shall implement appropriate measures to protect those personal data against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alteration, unauthorized disclosure or access and shall use such data solely for purposes of carrying out its obligations under this Agreement.
(b)    RECEIVING GROUP may, in connection with this Agreement, collect Personal Data in relation to PROVIDING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and other officers involved in providing Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder. Such Personal Data may be collected from PROVIDING PARTY, its employees, its directors, its officers, or from other (for example, published) sources; and some limited personal data may be collected indirectly at RECEIVING GROUP’s locations from monitoring devices or by other means (e.g., telephone logs, closed circuit TV and door entry systems). Nothing in this Section 8.5(b) obligates PROVIDING PARTY or PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors or officers to provide Personal Data requested by RECEIVING PARTY. RECEIVING GROUP may use and disclose any such data disclosed by PROVIDING PARTY solely for purposes connected with this Agreement and for the relevant purposes specified in the data privacy policy of RECEIVING GROUP or any Affiliate of RECEIVING GROUP (a copy of which is available on request). RECEIVING PARTY will maintain the same level of protection for Personal Data collected from PROVIDING PARTY (and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and
14


officers, as appropriate) as RECEIVING PARTY maintains with its own Personal Data, and will implement appropriate administrative, physical and technical measures to protect the personal data collected from PROVIDING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY’s employees, directors and other officers against accidental or unlawful destruction or accidental loss, alternation, unauthorized disclosure or access.
ARTICLE IX
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, PROVIDING PARTY HAS NOT MADE AND DOES NOT HEREBY MAKE ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR COVENANTS, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THE RESULTS OBTAINED OF THE CONTINUING BUSINESS. ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY, COMMON LAW OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THE RESULTS OBTAINED OF THE CONTINUING BUSINESS ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY PROVIDING PARTY.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION
10.1    Indemnification.
(a)    Subject to Article IV, RECEIVING PARTY will indemnify, defend and hold harmless PROVIDING PARTY, each Subsidiary and Affiliate of PROVIDING PARTY, each of their respective past and present directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants and attorneys (“Representatives”), and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “PROVIDING PARTY Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Damages (as defined below) incurred or suffered by the PROVIDING PARTY Indemnified Parties arising or resulting from the provision of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder, which Damages shall be reduced to the extent of:
(i)    Damages caused or contributed to by PROVIDING PARTY’s improper use or disclosure of the RECEIVING GROUP’s customer information, negligence, willful misconduct or violation or law; or
(ii)    Damages caused or contributed to by a breach of this Agreement by PROVIDING PARTY.
Damages” means, subject to Article IV hereof, all losses, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, judgments, dues, penalties, assessments, fines (civil, criminal or administrative), costs,
15


liens, forfeitures, settlements, fees or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, prosecuting or defending a claim or action).
(b)    Except as set forth in this Section 10.1(b), PROVIDING PARTY will have no liability to RECEIVING PARTY for or in connection with any of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance rendered hereunder or for any actions or omissions of PROVIDING PARTY in connection with the provision of any Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder. Subject to the provisions hereof and subject to Article IV, PROVIDING PARTY will indemnify, defend and hold harmless RECEIVING PARTY, each Subsidiary and Affiliate of RECEIVING PARTY, each of their respective past and present Representatives, and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “RECEIVING PARTY Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the RECEIVING PARTY Indemnified Parties arising or resulting from either of the following:
(i)    any claim that PROVIDING PARTY’s use of the software or other intellectual property used to provide the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, or any results and proceeds of such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance, infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any United States patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other intellectual property rights; provided, that such intellectual property indemnity shall not apply to the extent that any such claim arises out of any modification to such software or other intellectual property made by RECEIVING PARTY without PROVIDING PARTY’s authorization or participation, or
(ii)    PROVIDING PARTY’s (A) gross negligence, (B) willful misconduct, (C) improper use or disclosure of the RECEIVING GROUP’s customer information or (D) violations of law;
provided, that in each of the cases described in subclauses (i) through (ii) above, the amount of Damages incurred or sustained by RECEIVING PARTY shall be reduced to the extent such Damages shall have been caused or contributed to by any action or omission of RECEIVING PARTY in amounts equal to RECEIVING PARTY’s equitable share of such Damages determined in accordance with its relative culpability for such Damages or the relative fault of RECEIVING GROUP.
10.2    Indemnification Procedures.
(a)    Claim Notice. A Party that seeks indemnity under this Article X (an “Indemnified Party”) will give written notice (a “Claim Notice”) to the Party from whom indemnification is sought (an “Indemnifying Party”), whether the Damages sought arise from matters solely between the Parties or from Third Party Claims. The Claim Notice must contain a description and, if known, estimated amount (the “Claimed Amount”) of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party, (ii) a reasonable explanation of the basis for the Claim Notice to the extent of facts then known by the Indemnified Party, and (iii) a demand for payment of those Damages. No delay or deficiency on the part of the
16


Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability for Damages or obligations hereunder except to the extent of any Damages caused by or arising out of such failure.
(b)    Response to Notice of Claim. Within thirty (30) days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party will deliver to the Indemnified Party a written response in which the Indemnifying Party will either: (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all of the Claimed Amount, in which case, the Indemnifying Party will pay the Claimed Amount in accordance with a payment and distribution method reasonably acceptable to the Parties; or (ii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all or any portion of the Claimed Amount, in which case, the Parties will resort to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 1.4.
(c)    Contested Claims. In the event that the Indemnifying Party disputes the Claimed Amount, as soon as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) days after the receipt of the written response referenced in Section 10.2(b)(ii) hereof, the Parties will begin the process to resolve the matter in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of Section 1.4 hereof. Upon ultimate resolution thereof, the Parties will take such actions as are reasonably necessary to comply with such agreement or instructions.
(d)    Third Party Claims.
(i)    In the event that the Indemnified Party receives notice or otherwise learns of the assertion by a Person who is not a Party hereto or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Party hereto of any claim or the commencement of any action (a “Third-Party Claim”) with respect to which the Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification under this Article X, the Indemnified Party will give written notification to the Indemnifying Party of the Third-Party Claim. Such notification will be given within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of such Third-Party Claim, will be accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation submitted by such third party (to the extent then in the possession of the Indemnified Party) and will describe in reasonable detail (to the extent known by the Indemnified Party) the facts constituting the basis for such Third-Party Claim and the amount of the claimed Damages; provided, however, that no delay or deficiency on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability for Damages or obligation hereunder except to the extent of any Damages caused by or arising out of such failure. Within twenty (20) days after delivery of such notification, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party, assume control of the defense of such Third- Party Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. During any period in which the Indemnifying Party has not so assumed control of such defense, the Indemnified Party will control such defense.
(ii)    The Party not controlling such defense (the “Non-controlling Party”) may participate therein at its own expense.
17


(iii)    The Party controlling such defense (the “Controlling Party”) will keep the Non-controlling Party reasonably advised of the status of such Third- Party Claim and the defense thereof and will consider in good faith recommendations made by the Non-controlling Party with respect thereto. The Non-controlling Party will furnish the Controlling Party with such Information as it may have with respect to such Third-Party Claim (including copies of any summons, complaint or other pleading which may have been served on such Party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or other document evidencing or asserting the same) and will otherwise cooperate with and assist the Controlling Party in the defense of such Third-Party Claim.
(iv)    The Indemnifying Party will not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that the consent of the Indemnified Party will not be required if (A) the Indemnifying Party agrees in writing to pay any amounts payable pursuant to such settlement or judgment, and (B) such settlement or judgment includes a full, complete and unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from further liability. The Indemnified Party will not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.1    Relationship of the Parties. The Parties declare and agree that each Party is engaged in a business that is independent from that of the other Party and each Party shall perform its obligations as an independent contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that RECEIVING PARTY and PROVIDING PARTY are not partners, and nothing contained herein is intended to create an agency relationship or a partnership or joint venture with respect to the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance. Neither Party is an agent of the other and neither Party has any authority to represent or bind the other Party as to any matters, except as authorized herein or in writing by such other Party from time to time.
11.2    Employees. (a) As between the Parties, PROVIDING PARTY shall be solely responsible for payment of compensation to its employees and for its Subsidiaries’ employees and for any injury to them in the course of their employment. PROVIDING PARTY shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax laws with respect to such Persons.
(b)    As between the Parties, RECEIVING PARTY shall be solely responsible for payment of compensation to its employees and for its Subsidiaries’ employees and for any injury to them in the course of their employment. RECEIVING PARTY shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions imposed or
18


required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax laws with respect to such Persons.
11.3    Assignment. Neither Party may assign, transfer or convey any right, obligation or duty, in whole or in part, or of any other interest under this Agreement relating to such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance without the prior written consent of the other Party, including any assignment, transfer or conveyance in connection with a sale of an asset to which one or more of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance relate. All obligations and duties of a Party under this Agreement shall be binding on all successors in interest and permitted assigns of such Party. Each Party may use its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or subcontractors to perform the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance; provided that such use shall not relieve such assigning Party of liability for its responsibilities and obligations hereunder.
11.4    Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, such unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such unenforceable provision or provisions had never been contained herein.
11.5    Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Parties and their Affiliates and not for any other Person. However, should any third party institute proceedings, this Agreement shall not provide any such Person with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action, or other right.
11.6    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO SUCH STATE’S LAWS AND PRINCIPLES REGARDING THE CONFLICT OF LAWS. Subject to Section 1.4, if any Dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement, except as expressly contemplated by another provision of this Agreement, the Parties irrevocably (a) consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of federal and state courts located in Jacksonville, Florida, (b) waive any objection to that choice of forum based on venue or to the effect that the forum is not convenient and (c) WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL OR ADJUDICATION BY JURY.
11.7    Executed in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same document.
11.8    Construction. The headings and numbering of articles, Sections and paragraphs in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be construed to define or limit any of the terms or affect the scope, meaning, or interpretation of this Agreement or the particular Article or Section to which they relate. This Agreement and the provisions contained herein shall not be construed or interpreted for or against any Party because that Party drafted or caused its legal representative to draft any of its provisions.
19


11.9    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all attachments, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals and undertakings, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
11.10    Amendments and Waivers.
(a)    The Parties may amend this Agreement only by a written agreement signed by each Party and that identifies itself as an amendment to this Agreement. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement and no consent to any default under this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Party against whom such waiver or consent is claimed. No course of dealing or failure of any Party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of such term, right or condition. Waiver by either Party of any default by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.
11.11    Remedies Cumulative. Unless otherwise provided for under this Agreement, all rights of termination or cancellation, or other remedies set forth in this Agreement, are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of other remedies to which the injured Party may be entitled by law or equity in case of any breach or threatened breach by the other Party of any provision in this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided for under this Agreement, use of one or more remedies shall not bar use of any other remedy for the purpose of enforcing any provision of this Agreement.
11.12    Taxes. All charges and fees to be paid to PROVIDING PARTY under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable taxes required by law to be collected from RECEIVING PARTY (including, without limitation, withholding, sales, use, excise, or services tax, which may be assessed on the provision of Corporate Services or Transition Assistance). In the event that a withholding, sales, use, excise, or services tax is assessed on the provision of any of the Corporate Services or Transition Assistance under this Agreement, RECEIVING PARTY will pay directly, reimburse or indemnify PROVIDING PARTY for such tax, plus any applicable interest and penalties. The Parties will cooperate with each other in determining the extent to which any tax is due and owing under the circumstances, and shall provide and make available to each other any resale certificate, information regarding out-of-state use of materials, services or sale, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by either Party.
11.13    Changes in Law. PROVIDING PARTY’s obligations to provide Corporate Services or Transition Assistance hereunder are to provide such Corporate Services or Transition Assistance in accordance with applicable laws as in effect on the date of this Agreement. Each Party reserves the right to take all actions in order to ensure that the Corporate Services and Transition Assistance are provided in accordance with any applicable laws.
11.14    Effectiveness. Notwithstanding the date hereof, this Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Time.
[signature page follows]
20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, acting through their authorized officers, have caused this Reverse Corporate Services Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
PROVIDING PARTY:
F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
By:
Name:
[l]
Title:
[l]
[Signature Page - Reverse Corporate Services Agreement]


RECEIVING PARTY:
FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.
By:
Name:Michael L. Gravelle
Title:Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Corporate Secretary
[Signature Page - Reverse Corporate Services Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of February 6, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between FGL HOLDINGS (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) and CHRISTOPHER BLUNT (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are hereinafter also referred to individually as “Party” and together as “Parties.”
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement as to the terms of the Executive’s employment with the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
1.Term. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement commenced on January 2, 2019 and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 7 below. The period during which Executive is employed pursuant to this Agreement shall be referred to as the “Term”.
2.Title.
(a)Executive Position. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
(b)Board Position. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Executive has been elected to serve on the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). No additional compensation shall be provided with respect to such board service.
3.Reporting. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Board.
4.Duties.
(a)During the Term, the Executive shall have the duties and responsibilities customarily associated with the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer of a company the general size and nature as the Company and such other duties and responsibilities as are consistent with his positions that may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board. The Executive agrees to devote his full time, attention, skill, and energy to the duties set forth herein and to the business of the Company, and to use his reasonable best efforts to promote the success of the Company’s business. During the Term, at the request of the Board, the Executive may also serve as an officer or director of and shall perform certain services for subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, in each case without any additional compensation.
(b)During the Term, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time and attention and his best efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved by the Board; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Executive from (i) engaging in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities that do not impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or (ii) holding directorships in other companies after obtaining the prior written consent of the Board; provided further that none of the activities permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall not acquire or hold more than two (2) percent of any class of publicly-traded securities of any business, except that the Executive may have a passive investment in any such company to the extent that (i) the investment does not constitute more than two (2) percent of the ownership, and (ii) the Executive shall provide all required disclosure according to applicable Company policies including but not limited to the Company’s Personal Trading Policy and Conflicts of Interest Policy applicable to all employees.



5.Location. During the Term, the Executive shall be based in the Company’s offices in Des Moines, Iowa. However, the Executive acknowledges that in order to effectively perform his duties, he may be required to travel to such other places by such means and on such occasions as the Company may require.
6.Compensation and Benefits.
(a)Base Salary. Effective as of the Effective Date the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of US $800,000. The Executive’s base salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Such base salary shall be subject to periodic review, and may be increased at the sole discretion of the Board. The annual base salary payable to Executive under this Section 6, as the same may be increased from time to time, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Base Salary.”
(b)Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus in accordance with the terms of the Company’s annual bonus program, as such program may be amended, suspended or terminated from time to time, subject to and based on the attainment by Executive and/or the Company of applicable performance targets (which shall be reasonable) to be set by the Compensation Committee of the Board or by the Board (and any subcommittee that it may delegate to). The Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus opportunity that is expected to be equal to 200% of his Base Salary, and such annual bonus opportunity may increase as assets under management increase during the Term, as determined by the Board. Actual bonus payout may be more or less than target, based on Company and individual performance during the performance-measurement period. In order to receive any such bonus, the Executive must be actively employed by the Company on the date on which such bonus is scheduled to be paid to the Executive.
(c)Signing Bonus. The Executive shall receive a signing bonus equal to $2,250,000 (the “Signing Bonus”), payable within thirty (30) days following March 15, 2019, subject to the Executive’s continued employment through such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or resigns for Good Reason prior to March 15, 2019, the Signing Bonus will remain outstanding and payable in accordance with this Section 6(c).
(d)Vacation. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually, exclusive of United States legal holidays, during a calendar year and during each full year of employment, provided that the scheduling of the Executive’s vacation does not interfere with the Company’s normal business operations. Unused vacation days may not be carried over from one calendar year to the next, and shall be forfeited at the close of each calendar year in accordance with Company policy.
(e)Benefits. During the Term, and provided that the Executive satisfies, and continues to satisfy, any individual plan eligibility requirements, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, benefit programs maintained by the Company for its senior executives on terms and conditions set forth in such plans (as may be amended, modified or terminated). In addition, the Executive shall be eligible to receive relocation benefits pursuant to Company policy and private air travel for personal or family purposes with an annual value of no more than $350,000 per year with a program selected by the Company, each of which will be provided on a “tax grossed-up basis” to the extent the economic equivalent is taxable to the Executive.
(f)Reimbursement of Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and properly documented expenses incurred or paid by him in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder (including first-class air travel); provided that the Executive submits a request for such expense reimbursement together with such supporting documentation as the Company may require within thirty (30) days after such expenses are incurred and the Company shall reimburse all properly documented expenses no later than thirty (30) days after submission of such request for reimbursement and in any event no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which such expenses were incurred.
(g)Withholdings. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to any and all federal, state and local taxes and other withholdings to the extent required by applicable law. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or require the Executive to remit to the Company promptly upon notification of the amount due,



an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum amount of all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements with respect to any payment of cash, or issuance or delivery of any other property hereunder to the Executive or any third party.
7.Separation from Service.
(a)Due to Death. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall automatically terminate immediately upon his death.
(b)Due to Disability. If the Executive incurs a “Disability” (as defined below) during the Term, then the Board, in its sole discretion, shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment upon written notice to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means that the Executive, as a result of illness or incapacity, is unable to perform substantially his required duties for a period of four (4) consecutive months or for any aggregate period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period. A termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Disability shall be communicated to the Executive by written notice and shall be effective on the tenth (10th) business day after receipt of such notice by the Executive, unless the Executive returns to full-time performance of his duties before such tenth (10th) business day. Any termination pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be in accordance with applicable law.
(c)By the Company. During the Term, the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment with or without “Cause” by providing written notice to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed terminated for “Cause” if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment in writing after the Executive’s: (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company (other than as a result of the Executive’s death or disability); (ii) willful and repeated failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board which are consistent with his role as President and Chief Executive Officer; (iii) indictment for, conviction of, or pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime resulting in reputational or financial harm to the Company; (iv) performance of any act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, or unlawful misappropriation of Company property; (v) use of illegal drugs, or abuse of alcohol that materially impairs the Executive’s ability to perform the Executive’s duties to the Company; (vi) material breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company (including, without limitation, the duty of care and the duty of loyalty); (vii) material breach of the Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company; (viii) material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or other written policy; or (ix) prohibition from serving in the insurance industry or serving as an officer of the Company. Prior to the Company’s termination of the Agreement for Cause pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (v) through (viii), the Board will provide the Executive with written notice detailing the specific actions or inactions giving rise to Cause and a period of fifteen (15) days following the Executive’s receipt of such notice to cure such actions or inactions in all material respects; provided that the foregoing cure right will not apply if there are habitual actions or inactions giving rise to the Executive’s termination for Cause. For purposes of determining Cause, no act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done or omitted to be done by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the written advice of counsel for the Company, shall be presumed to be done by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Any voluntary termination by the Executive in anticipation of a termination for Cause under this Section 7(c) shall be deemed a termination for Cause.
(d)By the Executive.
(i)During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to terminate his employment with the Company with or without Good Reason by providing the Company with at least thirty (30) days of advance written notice of such decision. Upon the receipt of such written notice by the Company, the Company may accelerate the thirty (30) day notice period in order to make such termination effective prior to the expiration of the notice period. The Company shall only be required to compensate the Executive through the effective date of his separation from service, except as otherwise provided in Section 8. The Company reserves the right to withdraw any and all duties



and responsibilities from the Executive, and to exclude the Executive from the Company’s premises, during such thirty (30) day notice period, which shall not constitute “Good Reason” or otherwise violate this Agreement.
(ii)The Executive shall have “Good Reason” to terminate his employment with the Company upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events without the Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution of the Executive’s Base Salary or target bonus opportunity; (ii) a diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (iii) the relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that is not within commuting distance of the Des Moines, IA or the Baltimore, MD metropolitan areas; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of any written agreement between the Executive and the Company (including, but not limited to, the Agreement and the documentation related to the Company’s equity incentive plan). Prior to any termination for Good Reason, the Executive must provide written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days following the date of the first occurrence of an alleged Good Reason event, setting forth in reasonable detail the conduct alleged to be a basis for a termination for Good Reason. The Executive will not have the right to terminate his employment for Good Reason if, within the thirty (30) day period following delivery of the Executive’s written notice, the Company cures, in all material respects, the conduct alleged to be a basis for a termination for Good Reason. If the Company does not cure alleged conduct within the prescribed thirty (30) day period, the Executive must actually terminate his employment within thirty (30) day period immediately following the expiration of the Company’s cure period; otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as constituting “Good Reason” will be deemed irrevocably waived by the Executive.
8.Compensation Upon Separation from Service.
(a)By Reason of Death or Disability. If the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company by reason of his death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his estate, as appropriate) (i) his then current Base Salary through the termination date, (ii) employee benefits in accordance with terms of the applicable plan documents, and (iii) any earned and unpaid cash bonuses for any previously completed bonus years (clauses (i) through (iii) collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”), within thirty (30) days after the date of separation from service. In addition, if the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company by reason of his death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his estate, as appropriate) by the March 15 following the fiscal year in which such separation of service occurs an amount equal to a pro rata share of the Executive’s cash bonus for the fiscal year in which such separation from service occurs based on actual performance for such fiscal year (without regard to the requirement to be employed on the payment date) in an amount equal to the Executive’s bonus multiplied by the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company in such fiscal year divided by three hundred and sixty-five (365) (the “Pro Rata Bonus”). Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(b)By the Company for Cause. If the Executive incurs a separation from service as a result of termination of employment by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 7(c) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations within thirty (30) days after the date of the Executive’s separation from service due to Cause. Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(c)By the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. If the Executive incurs a separation from service as a result of termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not as a result of death or a Disability) pursuant to Section 7(c) above or by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) above, then the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive:
(i)the Accrued Obligations, within thirty (30) days after the date of such separation from service;



(ii)an amount equal to three (3) times the Executive’s Base Salary, payable in equal installments for twelve (12) months following such separation from service. All amounts owing under this clause (c)(ii) shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;
(iii)subject to Executive’s timely election to continue coverage for the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents, if any, under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall promptly reimburse the Executive on a monthly basis for the difference between the amount the Executive pays to effect and continue such coverage and the employee contributions that active employees of the Company pay (after Company subsidies) for the same or similar coverage under such group health plans over the period commencing on the date of the separation from service and ending eighteen (18) months thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the benefits cannot be provide without penalty, tax or other adverse impact on the Company, then the Company and the Executive shall negotiate in good faith to determine an alternative manner in which the Company may provide substantially equivalent benefits without such adverse impact;
(iv)with respect to that certain option award, dated as of December 21, 2018 by and between Executive and the Company for the award of 3,200,000 options (the “Initial Award”), (x) accelerated vesting of unvested Time-Based Options and Performance-Based Options (each as defined in the Initial Award) for the then-current Grant Year (as defined in the Initial Award) (with Performance-Based Options vesting based on actual performance for the then-current Grant Year) and (y) accelerated vesting of unvested Time-Based Options for the Grant Year that is immediately following the Grant Year in which the date of termination occurs; and
(v)with respect to that certain option award, dated as of December 21, 2018 by and between Executive and the Company for the award of 613,476 options (the “Stretch Award”), unvested Non-Qualified Stock Options (as defined in the Stretch Award) for the then-current Grant Year (as defined in the Stretch Award), based on actual performance for the then-current Grant Year.
(d)By the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason Following a Change in Control. If the Executive incurs a separation from service as a result of termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not as a result of death or a Disability) pursuant to Section 7(c) above or by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) above within the twelve (12) months immediately following a Change in Control (as defined in the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan), then the Executive’s unvested Time-Based Options under the Initial Award shall immediately accelerate and vest upon the date of such termination; provided, further, that “Good Reason” for purposes of this Section 8(d) shall also include Executive’s assignment of responsibilities such that Executive is the President and Chief Executive Officer of a division rather than of the Company.
(e)By the Executive without Good Reason. If the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company as a result of termination of employment by the Executive without Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations within thirty (30) days of his separation from service. Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(f)General Release and Other Requirements.
(i)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, as a condition to receiving any payments other than the Accrued Obligations that may be made pursuant to this Section 8, the Executive (or the executor or administrator of his estate in the event of Executive’s death) must execute and not revoke a general release agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A within sixty (60) days of the Executive’s separation from service with the Company and must comply with the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 8, except as otherwise required by Section 11(b) of this Agreement and subject to the Executive’s execution of the release agreement in accordance with this Section 8(f)(i), payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 8 (other than the Accrued Obligations) that would otherwise be



paid in the first thirty (30) days following the Executive’s separation from service shall be paid on the 61st day following such separation from service.
(ii)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, and regardless of whether the Executive continues as a consultant to the Company, unless otherwise requested by the Company in writing, the Executive shall automatically resign, as of the date of such termination of employment or such other date requested, from the Board and any committees thereof (and, if applicable, from the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of the Group and any affiliate of the Group) to the extent the Executive is then serving thereon. The form of such resignation shall be as set forth on Exhibit B, and the failure of the Executive to comply with this Section 8(f)(ii) (by not resigning from the Board and any and all committees as contemplated hereby), shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and may result in a termination for Cause (whether prospectively or retroactively) and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive or retain any severance or other payments under this Agreement (other than the Accrued Obligations).
(g)No Mitigation. The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate damages by seeking other employment and there shall be no offset against any amounts or entitlements due to him hereunder or otherwise on account of any remuneration or benefits provided by any subsequent employment he may obtain.
(h)Section 280G of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit the Executive would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this Section 8(h), be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” will be either (1) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in the Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment. If a reduction in the Payment is to be made, the reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Executive’s equity awards. If any portion of the Payments that would be reduced pursuant to the foregoing would not be so reduced if the stockholder approval requirements of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code are satisfied, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such portion of the Payments to be submitted for such approval prior to the event giving rise to such Payments.
9.Further Covenants.
(a)Definitions.
(i)“Client” or “Client List” means all Past, Present and Potential Clients as defined below.
(ii)“Confidential Information” means all secret, confidential or otherwise non-public information, knowledge or data relating to the Group, and their respective businesses or financial affairs, whether or not in writing, including but not limited to information related to: their suppliers and their businesses; prices charged to and terms of business with their customers; their marketing plans and sales forecasts; their financial information, results and forecasts; their proposals or plans for the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof; their proposals or plans for any expansion or reduction of activities; their employees, including the employees’ performance, compensation and benefits; their research activities, inventions, trade secrets, designs, formulas and product lines; any information provided to the Group in confidence by its affiliates, customers, suppliers or other parties; and other information concerning and related to Clients; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include information that is already lawfully available to the public.



(iii)“Group” means the Company and its affiliates.
(iv)“Past Client” means any person or entity who had been an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company.
(v)“Potential Client” means any person or entity to whom the Group has offered (by means of a personal meeting, telephone call, or a letter or written proposal specifically directed to the particular person or entity) within the one (1) year immediately preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment to serve as investment adviser or to provide or distribute insurance products but which is not at such time an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company; this definition includes persons or entities for which a plan exists to make such an offer, but excludes persons or entities solicited or to be solicited solely by form letters and blanket mailings.
(vi)“Present Client” means any person or entity who at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment is an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company.
(vii)“Primary Competitor” means each of Allianz SE, American Equity Investment Life Insurance Company, Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company, EquiTrust Life Insurance Co, Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, North American Company, Great American Insurance Group, Security Benefit Life Insurance Company, Annexus and C&O Insurance.
(b)All Business to Be the Property of the Group: Assignment of Intellectual Property.
(i)The Executive agrees that any and all presently existing investment advisory and insurance business of the Group and all business developed by the Executive or any other employee of the Group, including without limitation all investment advisory and insurance contracts, distribution agreements, fees, commissions, compensation records, performance records, Client Lists, agreements and any other incident of any business developed or sought by the Group or earned or carried on by the Executive during his employment with the Group, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Group for its sole use and (where applicable) shall be payable directly to the Group. The Executive grants to the Group the Executive’s entire right, title and interest throughout the world, if any, in and to all research, information. Client Lists, product lists, distributor lists, identities, investment profiles and particular needs and characteristics of Clients, performance records, and all other investment advisory, insurance, technical and research data made, conceived, developed and/or acquired by the Executive solely, jointly or in common with others during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Group, that relate to the Group’s business as it was or is now rendered or as it may, from time to time, hereafter be rendered or proposed to be rendered during the Term.
(ii)Any inventions and any copyrightable material developed by the Executive in the scope of his employment with the Group shall be promptly disclosed to the Group and will be “works for hire” owned by the Group, and the Executive will, at the Group’s expense, do whatever is necessary to transfer to the Group, and document its ownership of, any such property.
(c)Confidentiality.
(i)The Executive shall not, either during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Group or thereafter, use for the Executive’s own benefit or disclose to or use for the benefit of any person outside the Group, any information concerning Confidential Information, whether the Executive has such information in the Executive’s memory or embodied in writing or other tangible or electronic form. All Confidential Information, and all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and any other written material relating to the business of the Group, including information stored electronically, shall be the sole property of the Group. The



Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information has been and will be developed by the effort and expense of the Group; that such Confidential Information has economic value to the Group and would have significant economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Confidential Information is not available to the Group’s competitors; and that keeping the Confidential Information from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group. Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment in any manner or for any reason, the Executive shall promptly surrender to the Group or destroy all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and the Executive shall not thereafter retain or use any Confidential Information for any purpose.
(ii)18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that-(A) is made-(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.
(iii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede the Executive (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and the Executive shall not be not required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.
(d)Trade Secrets. The Executive acknowledges that while employed by the Group, the Executive will have contact with and become aware of the Group’s proprietary insurance product information, and proprietary business processes and strategy (the “Trade Secrets”). The Executive agrees that the Trade Secrets are a valuable asset of the Group. The Executive further agrees that the Trade Secrets have been and will be developed by the Group and would have significant economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Trade Secrets are not available to the Group’s competitors; that keeping the Trade Secrets confidential from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group; and that the Group takes reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of the Trade Secrets.
(e)Restrictive Covenants. The Executive agrees that the restriction contained in this Section 9(e) are necessary to protect the Company’s business and property in which the Company has made a considerable investment, and to prevent misuse of the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.
(i)During the Term and for fifteen (15) months following the date when the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company (“Termination Date”), irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit, or assist others in soliciting or attempting to solicit, any Client of the Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or insurance services, insurance products or insurance distribution services. During the Term and for fifteen (15) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit, or assist others in soliciting or attempting to solicit, any independent marketing organizations of the Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or insurance services or products or distribution services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9(e)(i) is not intended to interfere with Executive’s duties with a subsequent employer and shall not restrict Executive from providing investment advisory or insurance services, insurance products or insurance distribution services to Clients of the Group who are existing clients of a subsequent



employer or Clients of the Group who unilaterally initiate discussions with, and/or engage the services of, a subsequent employer; provided that to the extent Executive is engaged in conversations or business with Clients of the Group as permitted by the foregoing in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties with a subsequent employer, Executive shall not directly encourage such Client to decrease its business with the Group. For the avoidance of doubt, that merely representing Executive’s subsequent employer in a manner that indirectly causes a Client to decrease its business with the Group shall not be a violation of this Section 9(e)(i).
(ii)During the Term and for eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit, recruit, induce away, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or induce away, or hire any employee, director or officer of the Group with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive’s employment with the Company. For purposes of this Paragraph, “contact” means any personal interaction whatsoever between the individual and the Executive.
(iii)During the Term and for twenty-four (24) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Group, directly or indirectly carry on or participate in a Competing Business (as defined below) for or with a Primary Competitor, and during the term and for three (3) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Group, directly or indirectly carry on or participate in a Competing Business with any person, entity or otherwise that is not a Primary Competitor. A “Competing Business” shall mean a life insurance or annuity business, or a business in the life insurance or annuity industry, in the United States of America. The phrase “carry on or participate in a Competing Business” shall include engaging in any of the following activities, directly or indirectly: (A) Carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business as a principal, or on the Executive’s own account, or solely or jointly with others as a director, officer, agent, employee, consultant or partner, or stockholder, limited partner or other interest holder owning more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests or securities convertible into more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests in any entity that is carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business; (B) as agent or principal, carrying on or engaging in any activities or negotiations with respect to the acquisition or disposition of a Competing Business; (C) extending credit for the purpose of establishing or operating a Competing Business; (D) lending or allowing the Executive’s name or reputation to be used in a Competing Business; or (E) otherwise allowing the Executive’s skill, knowledge or experience to be used in a Competing Business.
(iv)The Executive and the Group agree that the period of time and the geographic area applicable to the covenants of Section 9(e) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests and goodwill of the Group in view of (A) the Executive’s senior executive position within the Company, (B) the geographic scope and nature of the business in which the Group is engaged, (C) the Executive’s knowledge of the Groups’ business, and (D) the Executive’s relationships with the Clients.
(f)The Executive shall comply with every applicable rule of law and the rules and regulations of regulatory authorities insofar as the same are applicable to his employment with the Group.
(g)The Executive shall not disparage, portray in a negative light or make any statement which would be harmful to, or lead to unfavorable publicity for, the Group, or any of their current or former directors, officers, employees or investors (in their capacity as investors), including, without limitation, in any and all interviews, oral statements, written materials, electronically displayed materials and materials or information displayed on internet or internet-related sites; provided, however, that this agreement does not apply to (i) the extent the Executive is making truthful statements when required by law or by order of a court or other legal body having jurisdiction or when responding to a written inquiry from any governmental or regulatory organization or (ii) private statements made by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment with the Company.
(h)The Company shall direct its senior officers and directors not to disparage, portray in a negative light or make any statement which would be harmful to or lead to unfavorable publicity for, Executive, including, without limitation, in any and all interviews, oral statements, written materials, electronically displayed materials



and materials or information displayed on internet or internet-related sites; provided, however, that this paragraph does not apply to (i) the extent the Company or any other person or entity listed in this paragraph is making truthful statements when required by law or by order of a court or other legal body having jurisdiction or when responding to a written inquiry from any governmental or regulatory organization or (ii) private statements made by a person in the course of employment with the Company.
(i)At no time after the Termination Date shall the Executive represent himself as being interested in or employed by or in any way connected with the Group, other than as a former employee of the Group.
(j)During the Term and thereafter, the Executive agrees to (i) provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to his appearance at interviews and depositions, in all legal matters, including but not limited to regulatory and litigation proceedings relating to his employment or area of responsibility at the Group, whether or not such matters have already been commenced and through the conclusion of such matters or proceedings, and (ii) to provide to the Group’s counsel all documents in the Executive’s possession or control relating to such regulatory or litigation matters. The Group will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel expenses in connection with such cooperation.
(k)The provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 9, shall continue to apply with full force and effect should the Executive transfer between or among the Group, wherever situated, or otherwise become employed by any other member of the Group, or be promoted or reassigned to any position.
(l)The Group shall have the right to communicate the Executive’s ongoing obligations under this Agreement to any entity or individual by whom the Executive becomes employed or with whom the Executive becomes otherwise engaged following termination of employment with the Group, and the Executive consents to the Group making that communication.
(m)To the extent any of the covenants of this Section 9 or any other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed illegal or unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction with respect to (i) geographic area, (ii) time period, (iii) any activity or capacity covered by such covenant or contractual provision, or (iv) any other term or provision of such covenant or contractual provision, the covenant or contractual provision shall be construed to the maximum breadth determined to be legal and enforceable and the illegality or unenforceability of any one covenant or contractual provision shall not affect the legality and enforceability of the other covenants or contractual provisions.
(n)The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedy at law for any breach of the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement would be inadequate and that for breach of such provisions the Company shall, in addition to such other remedies as may be available to it at law or in equity or as provided in this Agreement, be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief as well as to enforce its rights by an action for specific performance to the extent permitted by law. The Executive expressly consents to the granting of temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance for breach of this Agreement.
(o)The Executive acknowledges that his agreement to comply with these restrictions was an inducement for the Group to continue to employ the Executive and to enter into this Agreement with Executive.
10.Arbitration.
(a)Except as provided in Section 10(b), any dispute or controversy between the parties hereto, including without limitation, any and all matters relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the cessation thereof, and all matters arising under any federal, state or local statute, rule or regulation, or principle of contract law or common law, including but not limited to any and all medical leave statutes, wage-payment statutes, employment discrimination statutes and any other equivalent federal, state or local statute, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in the Greater Des Moines, Iowa metropolitan area pursuant to the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (or their equivalent), which arbitration shall be confidential, final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. Except



as provided in Section 10(c), the Company shall pay seventy-five percent (75%) of the fees and costs imposed by the arbitrator and the Executive shall pay twenty-five percent (25%) of such fees and costs, and each Party shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ fees. Each Party hereby agrees to and does take the following action:
(i)irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of state or federal courts in the State of Iowa for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding;
(ii)waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (A) the Party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (B) the Party’s property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, e.g. the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, (C) the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper, or (D) this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court;
(iii)waives, and agrees not to seek any review by a court in another jurisdiction that may be called upon to enforce the judgment of any of the above-referenced courts; and
(iv)consents to service of process by registered or certified United States mail, postage-prepaid, return receipt requested, or an equivalent governmental mail service, at the address set forth in Section 12.
(b)Each Party agrees that such Party’s submission to jurisdiction and consent to service of process by United States registered or certified mail, or an equivalent governmental mail service, is for the express benefit of the other Party. Final judgment against either Party in any action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
(c)Notwithstanding Section 10(a), if the legal action involves an alleged breach of an obligation under Section 9 of this Agreement (Further Covenants) by the Executive, which breach may give rise to immediate and irreparable harm, the Company may seek injunctive relief in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Iowa. (Such action for injunctive relief shall be resolved by a judge alone, and both Parties waive the right to a jury.)
(d)If either Party brings an arbitration proceeding under Section 10(a) resulting from an alleged breach of an obligation under Section 9 of this Agreement (Further Covenants) by the other Party, or files suit for injunctive relief to enforce its rights under Section 10(b), and prevails in its action, the prevailing Party shall also be entitled to recover from the other Party all reasonable expenses incurred by the prevailing party in preparing for and taking such action, including, but not limited to, investigative costs, arbitration or court costs (as the ease may be), and attorneys’ fees.
11.Section 409A.
(a)Section 409A. This Agreement shall be construed to be in compliance with or exempt from Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “separation from service” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A relating to “separation from service.” To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are taxable to the Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to the Executive shall be paid to the Executive as promptly as practicable, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that the Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that the Executive receives in any other taxable year.
(b)Six Month Wait. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if (i) the Executive is entitled to receive payments or benefits under this Agreement by reason of his separation from service other than as a result of his death, (ii) the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A)



of a company, the stock of which is publicly traded, for the period in which the payment or benefits would otherwise commence, and (iii) such payment or benefit would otherwise subject the Executive to any tax, interest or penalty imposed under Section 409A (or any regulation promulgated thereunder) if the payment or benefit would commence within six months of a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, then such payment or benefit required under this Agreement shall not commence until the day immediately following the six-month anniversary of the termination of the Executive’s employment. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under this Agreement are designated as separate payments.
12.Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified United States mail, as appropriate, postage-prepaid, return receipt requested, or an equivalent governmental mail service, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as the Parties may furnish in accordance with this Section 12:
If to the Company:
FGL Holdings
4th Floor
Boundary Hall, Cricket Square
Grand Cayman, KY 1-1102
Cayman Islands
Attn: General Counsel
If to the Executive:
to the address of the Executive’s primary residence (as reflected on the records of the Company)
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice pursuant to this Section 12 shall be effective on the date of delivery in person or by courier, or three (3) days after the date mailed.
13.Severability. In the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement, or the application of any such provisions to the Executive or the Company with respect to obligations hereunder, is held to be unlawful or unenforceable by any court or arbitrator, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be invalidated or impaired in any manner.
14.Waiver. No waiver by any party hereto of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.
15.Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any equity awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall be governed by the terms of those equity awards and severance, if any, payable to the Executive shall be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance under any other plan, policy or arrangement.
16.Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company (other than the Executive).
17.Successors and Assigns. Because the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are personal in nature, the Executive’s obligations may only be performed by the Executive and may not be assigned by him. This Agreement is binding upon the Executive’s successors, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal



representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, successors and assigns. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without prior written approval of the Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company (by whatever means).
18.Consultation with Counsel. The Executive acknowledges that he has had a full and complete opportunity to consult with counsel of his own choosing concerning the terms, enforceability and implications of this Agreement.
19.Attorneys’ Fees. Subject to appropriate documentation of fees and services, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred for the review and negotiation of this Agreement, up to a maximum amount of $10,000, but reduced to reflect any applicable tax withholdings required at law.
20.No Other Representations. The Executive acknowledges that the Company has made no representations or warranties to the Executive concerning the terms, enforceability or implications of this Agreement other than as reflected in this Agreement.
21.Headings. The titles and headings of sections and subsections contained in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
22.Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one agreement.
23.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Iowa, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
24.No Construction against Drafter. No provision of this Agreement or any related document will be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having or being deemed to have structured or drafted such provision.
25.Further Assurances. The Parties hereby agree, at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver all such other and additional instruments and documents and to do such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
26.Survival. The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, Sections 7 through 11) shall survive, and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the termination of this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder or any settlement of the financial rights and obligations arising from Executive’s employment hereunder, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
FGL HOLDINGS
By:
Name:
Title:
EXECUTIVE
/s/ CHRISTOPHER BLUNT
Christopher Blunt



EXHIBIT A
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, RELEASE, AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE
THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, RELEASE, AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between FGL Holdings, including all of its past and present parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities (collectively, the “Employer”), and Christopher Blunt (or if applicable, the administrator or personal representative of his estate) (the “Executive”).
WHEREAS, the Executive’s employment with the Employer in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, dated February 6, 2019, between Employer and Executive (the “Employment Agreement”) will terminate or has terminated, and Executive and Employer wish to resolve all outstanding matters pertaining to Executive’s employment and intend that this termination be accomplished in a positive spirit and in the interest of goodwill between them.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained herein, Executive and Employer agree as follows:
1.Conclusion of Executive’s Employment. Effective [insert date] (the “Separation Date”), Executive’s employment with Employer will end (or has ended) and, except for the obligations undertaken by Employer in this Agreement, Employer shall have no further obligations to Executive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, and regardless of whether Executive continues as a consultant to the Company, unless otherwise requested by the Company in writing, the Executive shall automatically resign, as of the date of such termination of employment or such other date requested, from the Board and any committees thereof (and, if applicable, from the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of the Group and any affiliate of the Group) to the extent Executive is then serving thereon. The form of such resignation shall be as set forth on Exhibit B and the Executive agrees to execute any documents reasonably required to effectuate the foregoing and failure to comply with this provision shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and may result in a termination for Cause (whether prospectively or retroactively) and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive or retain any severance or other payments under this Agreement or the Employment Agreement (other than the Accrued Obligations). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
2.Separation Benefits and IRC Section 409A Compliance.
a.In exchange for execution of this Agreement, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to the payments and benefits:
i.[Payments and benefits to be included.]
The parties intend that the payments and benefits to which Executive could become entitled in connection with a termination of employment shall comply with or meet an exemption from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In this regard, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all cash amounts that become payable under this Agreement shall be paid within the “short-term deferral” period described in Section 1.409A-l(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, shall qualify for the exception for “separation pay” set forth in Section 1.409A-l(b)(9) of the Treasury Regulations or another exception, or shall comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Payments subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code that are due upon termination of employment shall be made only upon “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, and shall be subject to the 6-month payment delay described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code if the Executive is a “specified employee” as described therein. In the event that it is determined that the terms of this Agreement do not comply with Section 409A of the Code, the parties will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement so that it complies (in a manner that preserves the economic value of the payments and benefits to which Executive may become entitled without material increased cost to the Company) so that payments are made within the time period and in a manner permitted by the



applicable Treasury Regulations. The Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of the Executive in connection with this Agreement (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of the Group or any of their affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.
3.Return of Property. Executive shall return all Employer property, including all computers, blackberries, other personal data devices, phones, credit cards, keys, and other property of the Employer that are in the Executive’s possession or control, to Employer on or before the Separation Date and hereby represents compliance with this Paragraph 3. Specifically, Executive covenants that, as of the Separation Date, Executive returned to Employer, in good order and condition, any and all books, records, lists, and other written, typed, printed, or electronically stored material (including, but not limited to, computer disks and customized computer programs), or any other information of any kind deemed by Employer to be confidential and/or proprietary, whether furnished by Employer, or prepared by Executive, that contains any information relating to the business of Employer, and Executive covenants that Executive has not and will not retain copies of those materials, nor will Executive retain electronically stored data containing such information.
4.General Release and Covenant Not To Sue. Executive hereby irrevocably discharges and releases Employer, its officers, directors, employees, agents, predecessors, successors and assigns, and all other persons, corporations, partnerships, affiliates, or other entities acting on its behalf (collectively, “Released Parties”), from any and all past, present, or future grievances, claims, demands, debts, defenses, actions, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, breach of contract, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, harassment, battery, or any other cause of action arising under common law, tort, or contract), covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, obligations, damages, or liabilities of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, including, but not limited to, any claim of employment discrimination arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”), 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981. 1985(3), and 1986, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act (“ADEA”), and/or any other federal or state statute or common law prohibiting employment discrimination that Executive now has, has had, or may have, whether the same be at law, in equity, or mixed, in any way arising from or relating to any act, omission, failure to act, occurrence, or transaction occurring before termination of employment, it being expressly understood by Executive that, by the execution of this Agreement, Executive has given Employer a general release of any and all such claims Executive may have against Employer. This is a general release. Executive expressly acknowledges that this general release includes, but is not limited to, any claims arising out of or related to Executive’s employment with the Company and Executive’s separation therefrom.
By signing this Agreement, Executive expressly acknowledges and represents that: (i) Executive suffered no injuries or occupational diseases arising out of or in connection with Executive’s employment with Employer; (ii) Executive received all wages to which Executive was entitled, including all commission payments; (iii) Executive received all leave to which Executive was entitled under the FMLA; and (iv) Executive is not aware of any facts or circumstances constituting a violation of the FMLA, the FLSA, or any applicable state wage payment act.
Executive expressly states, understands, intends, and agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, this Agreement forever precludes Executive from bringing, instituting, maintaining, further pursuing, or participating in any lawsuit against the Released Parties for any causes or claims released in this Paragraph 4, other than a lawsuit to challenge this Agreement’s compliance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (“OWBPA”). Executive represents and agrees that he has not, by himself or on his behalf, instituted, prosecuted, filed, or processed any litigation, claims or proceedings against the Released Parties, nor has he encouraged or assisted anyone to institute, prosecute, file, or process any litigation, claims or proceedings against the Released Parties. Nothing in this



Paragraph 4 shall release or impair (i) any claim or right that may arise after the date of this Agreement; (ii) any vested benefits under a 401(k) plan or any other benefit plan on or prior to the Separation Date; or (iii) any claim or right Executive may have pursuant to indemnification, advancement, defense, or reimbursement pursuant to any applicable D&O policies, any similar insurance policies, applicable law or otherwise; or (iv) any claim which by law cannot be waived. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit or restrict Executive’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment; provided that Executive hereby waives the right to recover any monetary damages or other relief against any Released Parties; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from receiving any monetary award to which Executive becomes entitled pursuant to Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
5.OWBPA. Pursuant to the OWBPA, Executive acknowledges and understands that:
a.Executive is waiving claims for age discrimination under the ADEA in exchange for the payment and benefits described above, to which Executive is not otherwise entitled;
b.Executive has been advised in writing to consult an attorney prior to signing this Agreement;
c.Executive has been given a period of [XX] days (from the date of notification) within which to review and consider this Agreement before signing it, although Executive need not wait for the [XX]-day period to expire before executing the Agreement. Absent such execution, this Agreement shall be deemed withdrawn and rendered null and void;
d.Executive may revoke this Agreement by providing written notice to the Employer within seven days following its execution, and that the Agreement shall not become effective and enforceable until such seven-day period has expired;
e.Executive has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of the Agreement, including the rights provided in this Paragraph, and Executive is knowingly and voluntarily agreeing to its terms by executing the Agreement; and
f.Any notice of revocation of this Agreement shall not be effective unless given in writing and received by the Employer within the seven-day revocation period via personal delivery or overnight mail addressed as follows:
FGL Holdings
4th Floor
Boundary Hall, Cricket Square
Grand Cayman, KY 1-1102
Cayman Islands
Attn: General Counsel
6.Conditions Precedent. The performance by Employer of the obligations imposed upon it by this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon Executive delivering a signed copy of this Agreement to Employer and not revoking it in accordance with Paragraph 5.
7.Discovery of New Facts. Executive acknowledges that Executive may, following the Separation Date, discover facts different from or in addition to what Executive now knows or believes to be true with respect to the matters released herein or set forth herein, and Executive agrees that the release contained herein shall be and will remain effective in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts. It is intended hereby that Executive fully and forever settles and releases all such matters and all claims relative thereto that now exist, may now exist, or heretofore have existed relating to Executive’s employment with Employer.



8.Adequate Investigation. Executive represents that Executive has made such investigation of the facts pertaining to this Agreement as Executive deems necessary, and in executing this Agreement, Executive assumes the risk of mistake with respect to such facts. This Agreement is intended to be final and binding upon Executive, regardless of any claims of mistake.
9.Protection of Business.
a.Covenants. The provisions of Section 9 (Further Covenants) of the Employment Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and shall continue to apply in accordance with their terms.
b.Remedies. Executive acknowledges that Employer will suffer irreparable injury should Executive breach any of the provisions incorporated by reference into this Paragraph 9. Employer shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief because of irreparable injury and damage caused by a breach of any provision incorporated by reference into this Paragraph 9. The existence of this right shall not preclude any other rights or remedies at law or in equity that Employer may have, including monetary relief. This right to injunctive relief shall include the right to both preliminary and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of Employer posting any bond. Executive waives the right to assert a breach of contract or other alleged wrong by Employer, other than an alleged breach by the Employer of its obligations under Section 8(a) (Death or Disability) or 8(c) (Involuntary Termination without Cause, or Termination with Good Reason).
10.Fully-Inclusive Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has not relied on any other oral or written representations of any kind made by any person in connection with Executive’s decision to sign the Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and Employer with regard to the matters set forth herein, and the Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements, contracts, understandings, discussions, or negotiations, whether oral or written, express or implied, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the provisions of the Employment Agreement which survive in accordance with its terms.
11.Binding Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon and for the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, wherever the context requires or admits.
12.No Transfer of Rights. Executive represents that Executive has not assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity whatsoever any of the claims, demands, or causes of action released in Paragraph 4. Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Employer against any claim, demand, debt, obligation, liability, cost, expense, right of action, or cause of action based on, arising out of, or connected with any such transfer or assignment, or purported transfer or assignment, including attorneys’ fees.
13.No Admission of Liability. This Agreement is not intended to be, nor will it be alleged to constitute, evidence or an admission by Employer of any liability, omission, or wrongdoing of any kind whatsoever, nor shall this Agreement be offered or received into evidence or otherwise filed or lodged in any proceeding against Employer, except as may be necessary to prove the terms of this Agreement or to enforce the same.
14.Severability and Reformation. If any provision or any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties hereto expressly agree and authorize the court to modify or sever such provision or portion thereof so as to render such provision valid and enforceable to the maximum extent lawfully permissible.
15.Miscellaneous. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matters hereof and may not be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated unless agreed to by both parties and only by an instrument in writing, signed by both parties. The use of any tense or conjugation includes all tenses and conjugations. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Iowa, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws.
16.Cooperation With Employer. Executive agrees that he will cooperate with Employer, its agents, and its attorneys with respect to any matters in which Executive was involved during Executive’s employment with



Employer or about which Executive has information, and will provide upon request from Employer all such information or information about any such matter.
17.Enforcement. The provisions set forth in Sections 9(m) and 10 of the Employment Agreement regarding injunctive relief and arbitration are hereby incorporated by reference and shall apply for purposes of this Agreement.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement with the intention of making this a document under seal.
THIS IS A KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL LEGAL CLAIMS THAT EXECUTIVE MAY POSSESS. EXECUTIVE IS INSTRUCTED TO READ THE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING.
/s/ CHRISTOPHER BLUNT
Christopher BluntDate
FGL HOLDINGS
By:
Date



EXHIBIT B
Resignation Letter
[insert date of termination]
The undersigned hereby irrevocably resigns from any and all positions he may hold as an officer, director or manager of FGL Holdings (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the “Company Group”), effective as of [insert date of termination]. Such resignation is irrevocable once executed and shall be effective without the need for acceptance or any further action by any member of the Company Group.
Christopher Blunt

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of November 11, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between FGL HOLDINGS (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) and John Fleurant (the “Executive”). The Company and the Executive are hereinafter also referred to individually as “Party” and together as “Parties.”
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to enter into this Agreement as to the terms of the Executive’s employment with the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:
1.Term. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement commenced on November 11, 2019 and shall continue until terminated pursuant to Section 7 below. The period during which Executive is employed pursuant to this Agreement shall be referred to as the “Term”.
2.Title. During the Term, the Executive shall serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
3.Reporting. During the Term, the Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO) of the Company.
4.Duties.
(a)During the Term, the Executive shall have the duties and responsibilities customarily associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer of a company the general size and nature as the Company, and such other duties and responsibilities as are consistent with his positions that may be assigned to him from time to time by the CEO and the Board of Directors of FGL Holdings (the “Board”). The Executive agrees to devote his full time, attention, skill, and energy to the duties set forth herein and to the business of the Company, and to use his reasonable best efforts to promote the success of the Company’s business. During the Term, at the request of the Board, the Executive may also serve as an officer or director of and shall perform certain services for subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, in each case without any additional compensation.
(b)During the Term, the Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time and attention and his best efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business activity, except as may be approved by the CEO or the Board; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Executive from (i) engaging in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities that do not impair the Executive’s ability to fulfill the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or (ii) holding directorships in other companies after obtaining the prior written consent of the CEO or the Board; provided further that none of the activities permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement. The Executive shall not acquire or hold more than two (2) percent of any class of publicly-traded securities of any business, except that the Executive may have a passive investment in any such company to the extent that (i) the investment does not constitute more than two (2) percent of the ownership, and (ii) the Executive shall provide all required disclosure according to applicable Company policies including but not limited to the Company’s Personal Trading Policy and Conflicts of Interest Policy applicable to all employees.



5.Location. During the Term, the Executive shall be based in the Company’s offices in Des Moines, Iowa. However, the Executive acknowledges that in order to effectively perform his duties, he may be required to travel to such other places by such means and on such occasions as the Company may require.
6.Compensation and Benefits.
(a)Base Salary. Effective as of the Effective Date the Executive shall receive an annual base salary of US $500,000. The Executive’s base salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. Such base salary shall be subject to periodic review, and may be increased at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board or by the Board. The annual base salary payable to Executive under this Section 6, as the same may be increased from time to time, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Base Salary.”
(b)Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus in accordance with the terms of the Company’s annual bonus program, as such program may be amended, suspended or terminated from time to time, subject to and based on the attainment by Executive and/or the Company of applicable performance targets to be set by the Compensation Committee of the Board or by the Board (and any subcommittee that it may delegate to). The Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus opportunity that is expected to be equal to 100% of his Base Salary. Actual bonus payout may be more or less than target, based on Company and individual performance during the performance-measurement period. In order to receive any such bonus, the Executive must be actively employed by the Company on the date on which such bonus is scheduled to be paid to the Executive.
(c)Vacation. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days of paid vacation annually, exclusive of United States legal holidays, during a calendar year (prorated for a partial year of employment during a calendar year), provided that the scheduling of the Executive’s vacation does not interfere with the Company’s normal business operations. Up to five (5) unused vacation days may be carried over from one calendar year to the next.
(d)Benefits. During the Term, and provided that the Executive satisfies, and continues to satisfy, any individual plan eligibility requirements, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in, and receive benefits under, benefit programs maintained by the Company for its senior executives on terms and conditions set forth in such plans (as may be amended, modified or terminated). In addition, the Executive shall be eligible to receive relocation benefits pursuant to Company policy.
(e)Reimbursement of Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and properly documented expenses incurred or paid by him in connection with the performance of his duties hereunder; provided that the Executive submits a request for such expense reimbursement together with such supporting documentation as the Company may require within thirty (30) days after such expenses are incurred and the Company shall reimburse all properly documented expenses no later than thirty (30) days after submission of such request for reimbursement and in any event no later than March 15th of the calendar year following the year in which such expenses were incurred.
(f)Withholdings. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to any and all federal, state and local taxes and other withholdings to the extent required by applicable law. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or require the Executive to remit to the Company promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum amount of all federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements with respect to any payment of cash, or issuance or delivery of any other property hereunder to the Executive or any third party.
7.Separation from Service.
(a)Due to Death. The Executive’s employment with the Company shall automatically terminate immediately upon his death.
(b)Due to Disability. If the Executive incurs a “Disability” (as defined below) during the Term, then the Board, in its sole discretion, shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment upon written notice



to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means that the Executive, as a result of illness or incapacity, is unable to perform substantially his required duties for a period of four (4) consecutive months or for any aggregate period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period. A termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company for Disability shall be communicated to the Executive by written notice and shall be effective on the tenth (10th) business day after receipt of such notice by the Executive, unless the Executive returns to full-time performance of his duties before such tenth (10th) business day. Any termination pursuant to this Section 7(b) shall be in accordance with applicable law.
(c)By the Company. During the Term, the Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment with or without “Cause” by providing written notice to the Executive. If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause, the Company shall provide the written notice at least three months in advance of the effective date of employment termination, or alternatively, shall increase the period for which Base Salary will be continued as severance described in Section 8(c)(ii) by the period for which advance notice of employment termination falls short of three months. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed terminated for “Cause” if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment in writing after the Executive’s: (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company (other than as a result of the Executive’s death or disability); (ii) willful and repeated failure to follow the lawful directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer which are consistent with his role as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; (iii) indictment for, conviction of, or pleading of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime resulting in reputational or financial harm to the Company; (iv) performance of any act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, or unlawful misappropriation of Company property; (v) use of illegal drugs, or abuse of alcohol that materially impairs the Executive’s ability to perform the Executive’s duties to the Company; (vi) material breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company (including, without limitation, the duty of care and the duty of loyalty); (vii) material breach of the Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company; (viii) material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or other written policy; or (ix) prohibition from serving in the insurance industry or serving as an officer of the Company. Prior to the Company’s termination of the Agreement for Cause pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (v), or (vii), the Board will provide the Executive with written notice detailing the specific actions or inactions giving rise to Cause and a period of fifteen (15) days following the Executive’s receipt of such notice to cure such actions or inactions in all material respects; provided that the foregoing cure right will not apply if there are habitual actions or inactions giving rise to the Executive’s termination for Cause. For purposes of determining Cause, no act or failure to act by the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done or omitted to be done by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the written advice of counsel for the Company, shall be presumed to be done by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. Any voluntary termination by the Executive in anticipation of a termination for Cause under this Section 7(c) shall be deemed a termination for Cause.
(d)By the Executive.
(i)During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to terminate his employment with the Company with or without Good Reason by providing the Company with at least three (3) months of advance written notice of such decision. Upon the receipt of such written notice by the Company, the Company may accelerate the three (3) month notice period in order to make such termination effective prior to the expiration of the notice period. The Company shall only be required to compensate the Executive through the effective date of his separation from service, except as otherwise provided in Section 8. The Company reserves the right to withdraw any and all duties and responsibilities from the Executive, and to exclude the Executive from the Company’s premises, during such three (3) month notice period, which shall not constitute “Good Reason” or otherwise violate this Agreement.
(ii)The Executive shall have “Good Reason” to terminate his employment with the Company upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events without the Executive’s written consent: (i) a material diminution of the Executive’s Base Salary or target bonus opportunity; (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities) as Chief Financial Officer of the Company; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of any written agreement between the Executive and the



Company (including, but not limited to, the agreement and the documentation related to the Company’s equity incentive plan). Prior to any termination for Good Reason, the Executive must provide written notice to the Company within sixty (60) days following the date of the first occurrence of an alleged Good Reason event, setting forth in reasonable detail the conduct alleged to be a basis for a termination for Good Reason. The Executive will not have the right to terminate his employment for Good Reason if, within the thirty (30) day period following delivery of the Executive’s written notice, the Company cures, in all material respects, the conduct alleged to be a basis for a termination for Good Reason. If the Company does not cure alleged conduct within the prescribed thirty (30) day period, the Executive must actually terminate his employment within thirty (30) day period immediately following the expiration of the Company’s cure period; otherwise, any claim of such circumstances as constituting “Good Reason” will be deemed irrevocably waived by the Executive.
8.Compensation Upon Separation from Service.
(a)By Reason of Death or Disability. If the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company by reason of his death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his estate, as appropriate) (i) his then current Base Salary through the termination date, (ii) employee benefits in accordance with terms of the applicable plan documents, and (iii) any earned and unpaid cash bonuses for any previously completed bonus years (clauses (i) through (iii) collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”), within thirty (30) days after the date of separation from service. In addition, if the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company by reason of his death or Disability pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his estate, as appropriate) within 2-1/2 months following the fiscal year in which such separation of service occurs an amount equal to a pro rata share of the Executive’s cash bonus for the fiscal year in which such separation from service occurs based on actual performance for such fiscal year (without regard to the requirement to be employed on the payment date) in an amount equal to the Executive’s bonus multiplied by the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company in such fiscal year divided by three hundred and sixty-five (365) (the “Pro Rata Bonus”). Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(b)By the Company for Cause. If the Executive incurs a separation from service as a result of termination of employment by the Company for Cause pursuant to Section 7(c) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations within thirty (30) days after the date of the Executive’s separation from service due to Cause. Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(c)By the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason. If the Executive incurs a separation from service as a result of termination of employment by the Company without Cause (and not as a result of death or a Disability) pursuant to Section 7(c) above or by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) above, then the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive:
(i)the Accrued Obligations, within thirty (30) days after the date of such separation from service;
(ii)an amount equal to six months of the Executive’s Base Salary, payable in equal installments for six (6) months following such separation from service. All amounts owing under this clause (c)(ii) shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices;
(iii)an amount equal to a pro-rata portion of the Executive’s annual bonus (pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof) for the calendar year in which the Executive’s termination occurs, based on actual performance, payable at the same time that annual bonuses are paid to Senior Executives of the Company; and
(iv)subject to Executive’s timely election to continue coverage for the Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents, if any, under the Company’s group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall promptly pay the premiums to effect and continue such coverage commencing on the date of the separation from service and ending six (6) months thereafter, after which time the Executive may continue COBRA (to the extent provided by applicable law) at the Executive’s own expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the benefits cannot be provided without penalty, tax or



other adverse impact on the Company, then the Company and the Executive shall negotiate in good faith to determine an alternative manner in which the Company may provide substantially equivalent benefits without such adverse impact.
(d)By the Executive without Good Reason. If the Executive incurs a separation from service with the Company as a result of termination of employment by the Executive without Good Reason pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) above, then the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations within thirty (30) days of his separation from service. Thereafter, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive.
(e)General Release and Other Requirements.
(i)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, as a condition to receiving any payments other than the Accrued Obligations that may be made pursuant to this Section 8, the Executive (or the executor or administrator of his estate in the event of Executive’s death) must execute and not revoke a general release agreement substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A within sixty (60) days of the Executive’s separation from service with the Company and must comply with the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 8, except as otherwise required by Section 11(b) of this Agreement and subject to the Executive’s execution of the release agreement in accordance with this Section 8(e)(i), payment of any amounts pursuant to this Section 8 (other than the Accrued Obligations) that would otherwise be paid in the first sixty (60) days following the Executive’s separation from service shall be paid on the 61st day following such separation from service.
(ii)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, and regardless of whether the Executive continues as a consultant to the Company, unless otherwise requested by the Company in writing, the Executive shall automatically resign, as of the date of such termination of employment or such other date requested, from the Board and any committees thereof (and, if applicable, from the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of the Group and any affiliate of the Group) to the extent the Executive is then serving thereon. The form of such resignation shall be as set forth on Exhibit B, and the failure of the Executive to comply with this Section 8(e)(ii) (by not resigning from the Board and any and all committees as contemplated hereby), shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and may result in a termination for Cause (whether prospectively or retroactively) and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive or retain any severance or other payments under this Agreement (other than the Accrued Obligations).
(f)No Mitigation. The Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate damages by seeking other employment and there shall be no offset against any amounts or entitlements due to him hereunder or otherwise on account of any remuneration or benefits provided by any subsequent employment he may obtain.
(g)Section 280G of the Code. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or benefit the Executive would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (a) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this Section 8(g), be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment will be equal to the Reduced Amount (as defined below). The “Reduced Amount” will be either (1) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the entire Payment, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes), results in the Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment. If a reduction in the Payment is to be made, the reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; and (2) reduction of other benefits paid to the Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Executive’s equity awards. If any portion of the Payments that would be reduced pursuant to the foregoing would not be so reduced if the stockholder approval requirements of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code are satisfied, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such portion of the Payments to be submitted for such approval prior to the event giving rise to such Payments.



9.Further Covenants.
(a)Definitions.
(i)“Client” or “Client List” means all Past, Present and Potential Clients as defined below.
(ii)“Confidential Information” means all secret, confidential or otherwise non-public information, knowledge or data relating to the Group, and their respective businesses or financial affairs, whether or not in writing, including but not limited to information related to: their suppliers and their businesses; prices charged to and terms of business with their customers; their marketing plans and sales forecasts; their financial information, results and forecasts; their proposals or plans for the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof; their proposals or plans for any expansion or reduction of activities; their employees, including the employees’ performance, compensation and benefits; their research activities, inventions, trade secrets, designs, formulas and product lines; any information provided to the Group in confidence by its affiliates, customers, suppliers or other parties; and other information concerning and related to Clients; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include information that is already lawfully available to the public.
(iii)“Group” means the Company and its affiliates.
(iv)“Past Client” means any person or entity who had been an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company.
(v)“Potential Client” means any person or entity to whom the Group has offered (by means of a personal meeting, telephone call, or a letter or written proposal specifically directed to the particular person or entity) within the one (1) year immediately preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment to serve as investment adviser or to provide or distribute insurance products but which is not at such time an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company; this definition includes persons or entities for which a plan exists to make such an offer, but excludes persons or entities solicited or to be solicited solely by form letters and blanket mailings.
(vi)“Present Client” means any person or entity who at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment is an investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which the Executive dealt while at the Company or which became known to the Executive during the course of his employment at the Company.
(vii)“Primary Competitor” means each of Allianz SE, American Equity Investment Life Insurance Company, Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company, EquiTrust Life Insurance Co, Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, North American Company, Great American Insurance Group, Security Benefit Life Insurance Company, Annexus and C&O Insurance.
(b)All Business to Be the Property of the Group: Assignment of Intellectual Property.
(i)The Executive agrees that any and all presently existing investment advisory and insurance business of the Group and all business developed by the Executive or any other employee of the Group, including without limitation all investment advisory and insurance contracts, distribution agreements, fees, commissions, compensation records, performance records, Client Lists, agreements and any other incident of any business developed or sought by the Group or earned or carried on by the Executive during his employment with the Group, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Group for its sole use and (where applicable) shall be payable directly to the Group. The Executive grants to the Group the Executive’s entire right, title and interest throughout the world, if any, in and to all research, information. Client Lists, product lists, distributor lists, identities, investment profiles and particular needs and characteristics of Clients, performance records, and all other investment advisory, insurance, technical and research data made, conceived, developed and/or acquired by the Executive solely, jointly



or in common with others during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Group, that relate to the Group’s business as it was or is now rendered or as it may, from time to time, hereafter be rendered or proposed to be rendered during the Term.
(ii)Any inventions and any copyrightable material developed by the Executive in the scope of his employment with the Group shall be promptly disclosed to the Group and will be “works for hire” owned by the Group, and the Executive will, at the Group’s expense, do whatever is necessary to transfer to the Group, and document its ownership of, any such property.
(c)Confidentiality
(i)The Executive shall not, either during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Group or thereafter, use for the Executive’s own benefit or disclose to or use for the benefit of any person outside the Group, any information concerning Confidential Information, whether the Executive has such information in the Executive’s memory or embodied in writing or other tangible or electronic form. All Confidential Information, and all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and any other written material relating to the business of the Group, including information stored electronically, shall be the sole property of the Group. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information has been and will be developed by the effort and expense of the Group; that such Confidential Information has economic value to the Group and would have significant economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Confidential Information is not available to the Group’s competitors; and that keeping the Confidential Information from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group. Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment in any manner or for any reason, the Executive shall promptly surrender to the Group or destroy all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and the Executive shall not thereafter retain or use any Confidential Information for any purpose.
(ii)18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) provides: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that-(A) is made-(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.” Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.
(iii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede the Executive (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. The Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and the Executive shall not be not required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.
(d)Trade Secrets. The Executive acknowledges that while employed by the Group, the Executive will have contact with and become aware of the Group’s proprietary insurance product information, and proprietary business processes and strategy (the “Trade Secrets”). The Executive agrees that the Trade Secrets are a valuable asset of the Group. The Executive further agrees that the Trade Secrets have been and will be developed by the Group and would have significant economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Trade Secrets are not available to the Group’s competitors; that keeping the Trade Secrets confidential from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group; and that the Group takes reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of the Trade Secrets.



(e)Restrictive Covenants. The Executive agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 9(e) are necessary to protect the Company’s business and property in which the Company has made a considerable investment, and to prevent misuse of the Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.
(i)During the Term and for twelve (12) months following the date when the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company (“Termination Date”), irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit, or assist others in soliciting or attempting to solicit, any Client of the Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or insurance services, insurance products or insurance distribution services. During the Term and for twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit, or assist others in soliciting or attempting to solicit, any independent marketing organizations of the Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or insurance services or products or distribution services.
(ii)During the Term and for twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit, recruit, induce away, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or induce away, or hire any employee, director or officer of the Group with whom the Executive had contact during the Executive’s employment with the Company. For purposes of this Paragraph, “contact” means any personal interaction whatsoever between the individual and the Executive.
(iii)During the Term and for twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Group, directly or indirectly carry on or participate in a Competing Business (as defined below) for or with a Primary Competitor, and during the term and for three (3) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Group, directly or indirectly carry on or participate in a Competing Business with any person, entity or otherwise that is not a Primary Competitor. A “Competing Business” shall mean a life insurance or annuity business, or a business in the life insurance or annuity industry, in the United States of America. The phrase “carry on or participate in a Competing Business” shall include engaging in any of the following activities, directly or indirectly: (A) Carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business as a principal, or on the Executive’s own account, or solely or jointly with others as a director, officer, agent, employee, consultant or partner, or stockholder, limited partner or other interest holder owning more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests or securities convertible into more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests in any entity that is carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business; (B) as agent or principal, carrying on or engaging in any activities or negotiations with respect to the acquisition or disposition of a Competing Business; (C) extending credit for the purpose of establishing or operating a Competing Business; (D) lending or allowing the Executive’s name or reputation to be used in a Competing Business; or (E) otherwise allowing the Executive’s skill, knowledge or experience to be used in a Competing Business.
(iv)The Executive and the Group agree that the period of time and the geographic area applicable to the covenants of Section 9(e) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests and goodwill of the Group in view of (A) the Executive’s senior executive position within the Company, (B) the geographic scope and nature of the business in which the Group is engaged, (C) the Executive’s knowledge of the Groups’ business, and (D) the Executive’s relationships with the Clients.
(a)The Executive shall comply with every applicable rule of law and the rules and regulations of regulatory authorities insofar as the same are applicable to his employment with the Group.
(f)The Executive shall not disparage, portray in a negative light or make any statement which would be harmful to, or lead to unfavorable publicity for, the Group, or any of their current or former directors, officers, employees or investors (in their capacity as investors), including, without limitation, in any and all interviews, oral statements, written materials, electronically displayed materials and materials or information displayed on internet or internet-related sites; provided, however, that this agreement does not apply to (i) the extent the Executive is making truthful statements when required by law or by order of a court or other legal body having jurisdiction or when responding to a written inquiry from any governmental or regulatory organization or (ii) private statements made by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment with the Company.



(g)The Company shall direct its senior officers and directors not to disparage, portray in a negative light or make any statement which would be harmful to or lead to unfavorable publicity for, Executive, including, without limitation, in any and all interviews, oral statements, written materials, electronically displayed materials and materials or information displayed on internet or internet-related sites; provided, however, that this paragraph does not apply to (i) the extent the Company or any other person or entity listed in this paragraph is making truthful statements when required by law or by order of a court or other legal body having jurisdiction or when responding to a written inquiry from any governmental or regulatory organization or (ii) private statements made by a person in the course of employment with the Company.
(i)At no time after the Termination Date shall the Executive represent himself as being interested in or employed by or in any way connected with the Group, other than as a former employee of the Group.
(j) During the Term and thereafter, the Executive agrees to (i) provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to his appearance at interviews and depositions, in all legal matters, including but not limited to regulatory and litigation proceedings relating to his employment or area of responsibility at the Group, whether or not such matters have already been commenced and through the conclusion of such matters or proceedings, and (ii) to provide to the Group’s counsel all documents in the Executive’s possession or control relating to such regulatory or litigation matters. The Group will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel expenses in connection with such cooperation.
(h)The provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 9, shall continue to apply with full force and effect should the Executive transfer between or among the Group, wherever situated, or otherwise become employed by any other member of the Group, or be promoted or reassigned to any position.
(i)The Group shall have the right to communicate the Executive’s ongoing obligations under this Agreement to any entity or individual by whom the Executive becomes employed or with whom the Executive becomes otherwise engaged following termination of employment with the Group, and the Executive consents to the Group making that communication.
(j)To the extent any of the covenants of this Section 9 or any other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed illegal or unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction with respect to (i) geographic area, (ii) time period, (iii) any activity or capacity covered by such covenant or contractual provision, or (iv) any other term or provision of such covenant or contractual provision, the covenant or contractual provision shall be construed to the maximum breadth determined to be legal and enforceable and the illegality or unenforceability of any one covenant or contractual provision shall not affect the legality and enforceability of the other covenants or contractual provisions.
(k)The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedy at law for any breach of the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement would be inadequate and that for breach of such provisions the Company shall, in addition to such other remedies as may be available to it at law or in equity or as provided in this Agreement, be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief as well as to enforce its rights by an action for specific performance to the extent permitted by law. The Executive expressly consents to the granting of temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance for breach of this Agreement.
(l)The Executive acknowledges that his agreement to comply with these restrictions was an inducement for the Group to continue to employ the Executive and to enter into this Agreement with Executive.
10.Arbitration.
(a)Except as provided in Section 10(b), any dispute or controversy between the parties hereto, including without limitation, any and all matters relating to this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the cessation thereof, and all matters arising under any federal, state or local statute, rule or regulation, or principle of contract law or common law, including but not limited to any and all medical leave statutes, wage-payment statutes, employment discrimination statutes and any other equivalent federal, state or local statute, shall be



settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in the Greater Des Moines, Iowa metropolitan area pursuant to the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (or their equivalent), which arbitration shall be confidential, final and binding to the fullest extent permitted by law. Except as provided in Section 10(c), the Company shall pay seventy-five percent (75%) of the fees and costs imposed by the arbitrator and the Executive shall pay twenty-five percent (25%) of such fees and costs, and each Party shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ fees. Each Party hereby agrees to and does take the following action:
(i)irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of state or federal courts in the State of Iowa for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding;
(ii)waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (A) the Party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, (B) the Party’s property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, e.g. the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, (C) the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper, or (D) this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court;
(iii)waives, and agrees not to seek any review by a court in another jurisdiction that may be called upon to enforce the judgment of any of the above-referenced courts; and
(iv)consents to service of process by registered or certified United States mail, postage-prepaid, return receipt requested, or an equivalent governmental mail service, at the address set forth in Section 12.
(b) Each Party agrees that such Party’s submission to jurisdiction and consent to service of process by United States registered or certified mail, or an equivalent governmental mail service, is for the express benefit of the other Party. Final judgment against either Party in any action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.
(c) Notwithstanding Section 10(a), if the legal action involves an alleged breach of an obligation under Section 9 of this Agreement (Further Covenants) by the Executive, which breach may give rise to immediate and irreparable harm, the Company may seek injunctive relief in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Iowa. (Such action for injunctive relief shall be resolved by a judge alone, and both Parties waive the right to a jury.)
(d) If either Party brings an arbitration proceeding under Section 10(a) resulting from an alleged breach of an obligation under Section 9 of this Agreement (Further Covenants) by the other Party, or files suit for injunctive relief to enforce its rights under Section 10(c), and prevails in its action, the prevailing Party shall also be entitled to recover from the other Party all reasonable expenses incurred by the prevailing party in preparing for and taking such action, including, but not limited to, investigative costs, arbitration or court costs (as the ease may be), and attorneys’ fees.
11.Section 409A.
(a)Section 409A. This Agreement shall be construed to be in compliance with or exempt from Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “separation from service” has the meaning set forth in Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, with respect to payments of any amounts that are considered to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, references to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A relating to “separation from service.” To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are taxable to the Executive, any such reimbursement payment due to the Executive shall be paid to the Executive as promptly as practicable, and in all events on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the related expense was incurred. The reimbursements pursuant to this Agreement are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and the amount of such benefits and reimbursements that the Executive receives in one taxable year shall not affect the amount of such benefits or reimbursements that the Executive receives in any other taxable year.



(b)Six Month Wait. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, if (i) the Executive is entitled to receive payments or benefits under this Agreement by reason of his separation from service other than as a result of his death, (ii) the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) of a company, the stock of which is publicly traded, for the period in which the payment or benefits would otherwise commence, and (iii) such payment or benefit would otherwise subject the Executive to any tax, interest or penalty imposed under Section 409A (or any regulation promulgated thereunder) if the payment or benefit would commence within six months of a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, then such payment or benefit required under this Agreement shall not commence until the day immediately following the six-month anniversary of the termination of the Executive’s employment. For purposes of Section 409A, each of the payments that may be made under this Agreement are designated as separate payments.
12.Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or by registered or certified United States mail, as appropriate, postage-prepaid, return receipt requested, or an equivalent governmental mail service, to the following addresses, or such other addresses as the Parties may furnish in accordance with this Section 12:
If to the Company:
FGL Holdings
4th Floor
Boundary Hall, Cricket Square
Grand Cayman, KY 1-1102
Cayman Islands
Attn: General Counsel
If to the Executive:
to the address of the Executive’s primary residence (as reflected on the records of the Company)
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice pursuant to this Section 12 shall be effective on the date of delivery in person or by courier, or three (3) days after the date mailed.
13.Severability. In the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement, or the application of any such provisions to the Executive or the Company with respect to obligations hereunder, is held to be unlawful or unenforceable by any court or arbitrator, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be invalidated or impaired in any manner.
14.Waiver. No waiver by any party hereto of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.
15.Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any equity awards granted to the Executive by the Company shall be governed by the terms of those equity awards and severance, if any, payable to the Executive shall be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance under any other plan, policy or arrangement.
16.Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by an agreement in writing signed by the Executive and an authorized representative of the Company (other than the Executive).




17.Successors and Assigns. Because the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are personal in nature, the Executive’s obligations may only be performed by the Executive and may not be assigned by him. This Agreement is binding upon the Executive’s successors, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, successors and assigns. The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without prior written approval of the Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company (by whatever means).
18.Consultation with Counsel. The Executive acknowledges that he has had a full and complete opportunity to consult with counsel of his own choosing concerning the terms, enforceability and implications of this Agreement.
19.Attorneys’ Fees. Subject to appropriate documentation of fees and services, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred for the review and negotiation of this Agreement, up to a maximum amount of $10,000, but reduced to reflect any applicable tax withholdings required at law.
20.No Other Representations. The Executive acknowledges that the Company has made no representations or warranties to the Executive concerning the terms, enforceability or implications of this Agreement other than as reflected in this Agreement.
21.Headings. The titles and headings of sections and subsections contained in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
22.Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one agreement.
23.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Iowa, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
24.No Construction against Drafter. No provision of this Agreement or any related document will be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having or being deemed to have structured or drafted such provision.
25.Further Assurances. The Parties hereby agree, at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver all such other and additional instruments and documents and to do such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
26.Survival. The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, Sections 7 through 11) shall survive, and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the termination of this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder or any settlement of the financial rights and obligations arising from Executive’s employment hereunder, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions.



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
FGL HOLDINGS
By:
Name:
Title:
EXECUTIVE
John Fleurant



EXHIBIT A
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, RELEASE, AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE
THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT, RELEASE, AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between FGL Holdings, including all of its past and present parents, subsidiaries, affiliates and related entities (collectively, the “Employer”), and John Fleurant (or if applicable, the administrator or personal representative of his estate) (the “Executive”).
WHEREAS, the Executive’s employment with the Employer in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, dated [November X, 2019, between Employer and Executive (the “Employment Agreement”) will terminate or has terminated, and Executive and Employer wish to resolve all outstanding matters pertaining to Executive’s employment and intend that this termination be accomplished in a positive spirit and in the interest of goodwill between them.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained herein, Executive and Employer agree as follows:
1. Conclusion of Executive’s Employment. Effective [insert date] (the “Separation Date”), Executive’s employment with Employer will end (or has ended) and, except for the obligations undertaken by Employer in this Agreement, Employer shall have no further obligations to Executive. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, and regardless of whether Executive continues as a consultant to the Company, unless otherwise requested by the Company in writing, the Executive shall automatically resign, as of the date of such termination of employment or such other date requested, from the Board and any committees thereof (and, if applicable, from the board of directors (and any committees thereof) of the Group and any affiliate of the Group) to the extent Executive is then serving thereon. The form of such resignation shall be as set forth on Exhibit B and the Executive agrees to execute any documents reasonably required to effectuate the foregoing and failure to comply with this provision shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and may result in a termination for Cause (whether prospectively or retroactively) and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive or retain any severance or other payments under this Agreement or the Employment Agreement (other than the Accrued Obligations). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement.
2. Separation Benefits and IRC Section 409A Compliance.
(a)In exchange for execution of this Agreement, Executive (or his estate) shall be entitled to the payments and benefits:
(i)[Payments and benefits to be included.]
The parties intend that the payments and benefits to which Executive could become entitled in connection with a termination of employment shall comply with or meet an exemption from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In this regard, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all cash amounts that become payable under this Agreement shall be paid within the “short-term deferral” period described in Section 1.409A-l(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, shall qualify for the exception for “separation pay” set forth in Section 1.409A-l(b)(9) of the Treasury Regulations or another exception, or shall comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Payments subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code that are due upon termination of employment shall be made only upon “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, and shall be subject to the 6-month payment delay described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code if the Executive is a “specified employee” as described therein. In the event that it is determined that the terms of this Agreement do not comply with Section 409A of the Code, the parties will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement so that it complies (in a manner that preserves the economic value of the payments and benefits to which Executive may become entitled without material increased cost to the Company) so that payments are made within the time period and in a manner permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations. The Executive shall be solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or for the account of the Executive in connection with this Agreement



(including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any of the Group or any of their affiliates shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold the Executive (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties.
3. Return of Property. Executive shall return all Employer property, including all computers, blackberries, other personal data devices, phones, credit cards, keys, and other property of the Employer that are in the Executive’s possession or control, to Employer on or before the Separation Date and hereby represents compliance with this Paragraph 3. Specifically, Executive covenants that, as of the Separation Date, Executive returned to Employer, in good order and condition, any and all books, records, lists, and other written, typed, printed, or electronically stored material (including, but not limited to, computer disks and customized computer programs), or any other information of any kind deemed by Employer to be confidential and/or proprietary, whether furnished by Employer, or prepared by Executive, that contains any information relating to the business of Employer, and Executive covenants that Executive has not and will not retain copies of those materials, nor will Executive retain electronically stored data containing such information.
4. General Release and Covenant Not To Sue. Executive hereby irrevocably discharges and releases Employer, its officers, directors, employees, agents, predecessors, successors and assigns, and all other persons, corporations, partnerships, affiliates, or other entities acting on its behalf (collectively, “Released Parties”), from any and all past, present, or future grievances, claims, demands, debts, defenses, actions, or causes of action (including, but not limited to, breach of contract, defamation, intentional infliction of emotional distress, harassment, battery, or any other cause of action arising under common law, tort, or contract), covenants, contracts, agreements, promises, obligations, damages, or liabilities of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, including, but not limited to, any claim of employment discrimination arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (“FMLA”), 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981. 1985(3), and 1986, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act (“ADEA”), and/or any other federal or state statute or common law prohibiting employment discrimination that Executive now has, has had, or may have, whether the same be at law, in equity, or mixed, in any way arising from or relating to any act, omission, failure to act, occurrence, or transaction occurring before termination of employment, it being expressly understood by Executive that, by the execution of this Agreement, Executive has given Employer a general release of any and all such claims Executive may have against Employer. This is a general release. Executive expressly acknowledges that this general release includes, but is not limited to, any claims arising out of or related to Executive’s employment with the Company and Executive’s separation therefrom.
By signing this Agreement, Executive expressly acknowledges and represents that: (i) Executive suffered no injuries or occupational diseases arising out of or in connection with Executive’s employment with Employer; (ii) Executive received all wages to which Executive was entitled, including all commission payments; (iii) Executive received all leave to which Executive was entitled under the FMLA; and (iv) Executive is not aware of any facts or circumstances constituting a violation of the FMLA, the FLSA, or any applicable state wage payment act.
Executive expressly states, understands, intends, and agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, this Agreement forever precludes Executive from bringing, instituting, maintaining, further pursuing, or participating in any lawsuit against the Released Parties for any causes or claims released in this Paragraph 4, other than a lawsuit to challenge this Agreement’s compliance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (“OWBPA”). Executive represents and agrees that he has not, by himself or on his behalf, instituted, prosecuted, filed, or processed any litigation, claims or proceedings against the Released Parties, nor has he encouraged or assisted anyone to institute, prosecute, file, or process any litigation, claims or proceedings against the Released Parties. Nothing in this Paragraph 4 shall release or impair (i) any claim or right that may arise after the date of this Agreement; (ii) any vested benefits under a 401(k) plan or any other benefit plan on or prior to the Separation Date; or (iii) any claim or right Executive may have pursuant to indemnification, advancement, defense, or reimbursement pursuant to any applicable D&O policies, any similar insurance policies, applicable law or otherwise; or (iv) any claim which by law cannot be waived. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit or restrict Executive’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment;



provided that Executive hereby waives the right to recover any monetary damages or other relief against any Released Parties; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from receiving any monetary award to which Executive becomes entitled pursuant to Section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
5. OWBPA. Pursuant to the OWBPA, Executive acknowledges and understands that:
(a) Executive is waiving claims for age discrimination under the ADEA in exchange for the payment and benefits described above, to which Executive is not otherwise entitled;
(b)Executive has been advised in writing to consult an attorney prior to signing this Agreement;
(c)Executive has been given a period of [XX] days (from the date of notification) within which to review and consider this Agreement before signing it, although Executive need not wait for the [XX]-day period to expire before executing the Agreement. Absent such execution, this Agreement shall be deemed withdrawn and rendered null and void;
(d)Executive may revoke this Agreement by providing written notice to the Employer within seven days following its execution, and that the Agreement shall not become effective and enforceable until such seven-day period has expired;
(e)Executive has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of the Agreement, including the rights provided in this Paragraph, and Executive is knowingly and voluntarily agreeing to its terms by executing the Agreement; and
(f)Any notice of revocation of this Agreement shall not be effective unless given in writing and received by the Employer within the seven-day revocation period via personal delivery or overnight mail addressed as follows:
FGL Holdings
4th Floor
Boundary Hall, Cricket Square
Grand Cayman, KY 1-1102
Cayman Islands
Attn: General Counsel
6. Conditions Precedent. The performance by Employer of the obligations imposed upon it by this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon Executive delivering a signed copy of this Agreement to Employer and not revoking it in accordance with Paragraph 5.
7. Discovery of New Facts. Executive acknowledges that Executive may, following the Separation Date, discover facts different from or in addition to what Executive now knows or believes to be true with respect to the matters released herein or set forth herein, and Executive agrees that the release contained herein shall be and will remain effective in all respects notwithstanding such different or additional facts. It is intended hereby that Executive fully and forever settles and releases all such matters and all claims relative thereto that now exist, may now exist, or heretofore have existed relating to Executive’s employment with Employer.
8. Adequate Investigation. Executive represents that Executive has made such investigation of the facts pertaining to this Agreement as Executive deems necessary, and in executing this Agreement, Executive assumes the risk of mistake with respect to such facts. This Agreement is intended to be final and binding upon Executive, regardless of any claims of mistake.



9. Protection of Business.
(a) Covenants. The provisions of Section 9 (Further Covenants) of the Employment Agreement are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and shall continue to apply in accordance with their terms.
(b) Remedies. Executive acknowledges that Employer will suffer irreparable injury should Executive breach any of the provisions incorporated by reference into this Paragraph 9. Employer shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief because of irreparable injury and damage caused by a breach of any provision incorporated by reference into this Paragraph 9. The existence of this right shall not preclude any other rights or remedies at law or in equity that Employer may have, including monetary relief. This right to injunctive relief shall include the right to both preliminary and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of Employer posting any bond. Executive waives the right to assert a breach of contract or other alleged wrong by Employer, other than an alleged breach by the Employer of its obligations under Section 8(a) (Death or Disability) or 8(c) (Involuntary Termination without Cause, or Termination with Good Reason).
10. Fully-Inclusive Agreement. Executive represents that Executive has not relied on any other oral or written representations of any kind made by any person in connection with Executive’s decision to sign the Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Executive and Employer with regard to the matters set forth herein, and the Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements, contracts, understandings, discussions, or negotiations, whether oral or written, express or implied, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the provisions of the Employment Agreement which survive in accordance with its terms.
11. Binding Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon and for the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, wherever the context requires or admits.
12. No Transfer of Rights. Executive represents that Executive has not assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity whatsoever any of the claims, demands, or causes of action released in Paragraph 4. Executive agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Employer against any claim, demand, debt, obligation, liability, cost, expense, right of action, or cause of action based on, arising out of, or connected with any such transfer or assignment, or purported transfer or assignment, including attorneys’ fees.
13. No Admission of Liability. This Agreement is not intended to be, nor will it be alleged to constitute, evidence or an admission by Employer of any liability, omission, or wrongdoing of any kind whatsoever, nor shall this Agreement be offered or received into evidence or otherwise filed or lodged in any proceeding against Employer, except as may be necessary to prove the terms of this Agreement or to enforce the same.
14. Severability and Reformation. If any provision or any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties hereto expressly agree and authorize the court to modify or sever such provision or portion thereof so as to render such provision valid and enforceable to the maximum extent lawfully permissible.
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matters hereof and may not be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated unless agreed to by both parties and only by an instrument in writing, signed by both parties. The use of any tense or conjugation includes all tenses and conjugations. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Iowa, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws.
16. Cooperation With Employer. Executive agrees that he will cooperate with Employer, its agents, and its attorneys with respect to any matters in which Executive was involved during Executive’s employment with Employer or about which Executive has information, and will provide upon request from Employer all such information or information about any such matter.



17. Enforcement. The provisions set forth in Sections 9(m) and 10 of the Employment Agreement regarding injunctive relief and arbitration are hereby incorporated by reference and shall apply for purposes of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement with the intention of making this a document under seal.
THIS IS A KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL LEGAL CLAIMS THAT EXECUTIVE MAY POSSESS. EXECUTIVE IS INSTRUCTED TO READ THE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING.
John FleurantDate
FGL HOLDINGS
By:
Date



EXHIBIT B
Resignation Letter
[insert date of termination]
The undersigned hereby irrevocably resigns from any and all positions he may hold as an officer, director or manager of FGL Holdings (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates, the “Company Group”), effective as of [insert date of termination]. Such resignation is irrevocable once executed and shall be effective without the need for acceptance or any further action by any member of the Company Group.
John Fleurant

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation with an address at 1001 Fleet Street, Baltimore, Maryland (“F&G”), and Wendy J.B. Young, an individual with a residence at 3300 Grayling Drive, Mt. Airy, MD 21771 (“Executive”), as of November 14, 2013.
WHEREAS, the parties wish to continue their employment relationship and to enter into an employment agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of F&G’s continued employment of Executive, and the mutual obligations and rights set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1.DEFINITIONS
(a)    Client” or “Client List” means all Past, Present and Potential Clients as defined below;
“Company” means F&G and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, its direct parent and its direct parent’s direct and indirect subsidiaries;
“Compensation” means Executive’s salary and any bonus that may be awarded in the Company’s sole discretion;
“Compensation Year” means a calendar year in which Executive earns compensation;
“Confidential Information” means all secret, confidential or otherwise non-public information, knowledge or data relating to the Group, and their respective businesses or financial affairs, whether or not in writing, including but not limited to information related to: their suppliers and their businesses; prices charged to and terms of business with their customers; their marketing plans and sales forecasts; their financial information, results and forecasts; their proposals or plans for the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof; their proposals or plans for any expansion or reduction of activities; their employees, including the employees’ performance, compensation and benefits; their research activities, inventions, trade secrets, designs, formulas and product lines; any information provided to the Group in confidence by its affiliates, customers, suppliers or other parties; and the identity and other information concerning and related to Clients;
“Disability” means Executive’s inability to perform his/her duties on a full-time basis for 180 days during any 12-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness, even with reasonable accommodations;
“Employment Period” means the period of time when Executive is employed by the Company, including any Notice Period set forth in Section 5.2(A) below;
“Group” means the Company and the Group Companies, collectively and singularly;
“Group Company” means any company that is an indirect parent or holding company (up to and including the ultimate parent or holding company) of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of any such indirect parent or holding company other than the Company;
“Notice Period” means the period set forth in Section 5.2(A) ending three (3) months from the date of written notice to terminate Executive’s employment;
“Past Client” means any person or entity who had been an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group;
“Potential Client” means any person or entity to whom the Company has offered (by means of a personal meeting, telephone call, or a letter or written proposal specifically directed to the particular person or entity) to serve as investment adviser or to provide or distribute insurance products but which is not at such time an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group or any person or entity for which a plan exists to make such an offer; persons or entities solicited or to be solicited solely by non-personalized form letters and blanket mailings are excluded from this definition;



“Present Client” means any person or entity who is an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group.
“Termination Date” means the date when Executive ceases to be an employee of the Group;
(b)    References to Sections are, unless otherwise stated, to Sections of this Agreement; and
(c)    Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
2.EMPLOYMENT
2.1 Executive’s employment with the Company is “at will,” meaning that Executive may resign at any time for any reason and the Company may discharge Executive at any time for any reason, subject only to any obligation to provide notice as set forth in Section 5.2(A) below. Therefore, beyond any obligation to give notice as set forth in Section 5.2(A) below, nothing in this Agreement obligates Executive to remain in the Company’s employ for any period of time, and the Company has no obligation to employ Executive for any definite or indefinite period of time.
2.2 Executive represents that the performance of this Agreement and his/her duties as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach (i) any pre-existing agreement to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of any previous employer or any other party, (ii) any pre-existing agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by Executive prior to his/her employment with the Company, or (iii) any other terms or obligations to which he/she is bound.
3.SCOPE OF EMPLOYMENT
3.1 Executive will faithfully, diligently and efficiently perform such duties on behalf of the Company as the Company may assign to him/her. Executive agrees to abide by the rules, regulations, instructions, personnel practices and policies of the Company, including any changes which may be adopted from time to time. Executive’s actions shall at all times be consistent with, and pursued solely to further, the interests of the Company. Under no circumstances will Executive take any action contrary to the best interests of the Company at any time during the Employment Period.
3.2 Executive shall devote his/her full time and attention to the affairs of the Company and shall not undertake any outside employment, with or without compensation, without written permission of the President or CEO of F&G specifying the outside activity in which Executive may engage.
3.3 Executive shall not have an ownership interest in any company that is a competitor of the Group, except that Executive may have a passive investment in any such company to the extent that (1) the investment does not constitute more than 1% of the competitor’s ownership, and (2) the investment is an immaterial percentage of Executive’s net worth.
4.COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
4.1 Compensation: Executive’s Compensation will be determined in the Company’s sole discretion.
4.2 Benefits: Executive shall be eligible to receive the various benefits offered by the Company to its executive employees as may be determined from time to time by the Company. These benefits may be modified or eliminated from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company. Where a particular benefit is subject to a formal plan (for example, medical insurance), eligibility to participate in and receive the particular benefit shall be governed solely by the applicable plan document.
4.3 Expenses: Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of pocket expenses incurred for the Group’s business (including travel and entertainment) in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company.
5.TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
5.1 Termination For Cause: The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause immediately upon written notice. Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with this Section 5.1, all Compensation and benefits will cease and Executive shall not be entitled to receive any other Compensation,
2


payments or benefits, except (a) earned wages or accrued vacation time that remains due and payable, and (b) benefits to the extent that Executive is entitled to accrued benefits under the express terms of any plan governing such benefits and to the extent that such benefits cannot be cancelled under either the terms of the relevant plan documents or applicable law. Executive will have the right to elect to continue his/her health and dental insurance after the Termination Date to the extent permitted by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”). Such coverage shall be at Executive’s expense and is not the responsibility of the Company.
“Cause” means the Company’s determination, in its sole discretion, that: (i) Executive has breached Executive’s obligations under this Agreement; (ii) Executive has failed to perform duties assigned to Executive in a manner satisfactory to the Company, subject to the obligation of the Company to provide Executive with prior notice providing reasonable detail of the bases for the unsatisfactory performance and an opportunity to correct the performance deficiencies; (iii) Executive has engaged in acts of dishonesty or moral turpitude, or any unlawful conduct; or (iv) Executive has engaged in conduct that is likely to affect adversely the business and/or the reputation of the Company.
5.2 Termination For Reasons Other Than Cause:
(A) Termination With Notice Period: Either party may terminate Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death by giving the other party three (3) months’ notice in writing; terminations for Cause are governed by Section 5.1 above, for Disability by Section 5.2(C) below and death by Section 5.2(D) below.
(i) By The Company:
(a) Continuation of Compensation and Benefits: In the event that the Company provides notice to Executive under this Section 5.2(A), then for the duration of the Notice Period Executive shall continue to receive the base salary that he/she received immediately prior to the notice of termination and shall continue to be eligible to receive all benefits to which he/she is entitled as an employee of the Company. Executive shall not be entitled to any bonus (either in full or pro rata) otherwise payable after the date on which notice is given, nor except as provided below shall Executive receive any Compensation or be eligible for any benefits after the Termination Date, including but not limited to salary and medical, dental, life and disability benefits. Executive will have the right to elect to continue his/her health and dental insurance after the Termination Date to the extent permitted by COBRA. Except as provided below, any COBRA coverage will be at Executive’s own expense and is not the responsibility of the Company.
(b) Severance: Provided Executive signs and delivers, and does not revoke, a general release in a form acceptable to the Company in its sole discretion, (x) Executive shall be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to two (2) weeks of base salary for every full year that Executive was employed by the Group, subject to a minimum payment of thirty-nine (39) weeks base salary and a maximum payment of fifty-two (52) weeks base salary, and (y) if Executive properly elects COBRA coverage, the Company will make payments to the insurance provider(s) equal to the amount due for Executive’s COBRA coverage payments for a period of time equal to the number of weeks of Executive’s severance payments or until Executive is eligible to receive health benefits under another medical plan, whichever is sooner (by way of example only, if Executive is entitled to a severance payment equal to thirty weeks’ base salary because he/she has been employed by the Company for fifteen (15) years, the Company will make monthly payments to the COBRA insurance provider for the first thirty weeks of COBRA coverage, assuming Executive has executed and not revoked the release and has not otherwise become eligible to receive benefits under another medical plan). Executive agrees to give the Company notice immediately if he/she becomes eligible to receive benefits under another medical plan. The release agreement shall be provided to the Executive during the first month of the Notice Period. The severance payment based on tenure with the Company shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days following the expiration of the Notice Period, provided that Executive has executed the release agreement, returned it to the Company, and allowed the revocation period therefor to expire, by the end of the Notice Period. The release agreement will provide, among other things, for the general release of any and all claims that Executive may have against the Group and its officers, directors, employees and agents, whether known or unknown, and whether at common law or arising under any statute, including but not limited to statutes relating to discrimination and whistleblowing, and also will require Executive to keep the terms of the release confidential, subject to appropriate carve outs as required by law. Executive shall not be entitled to any other payment of any kind, except (a) as expressly provided in this Agreement, (b) earned wages or accrued vacation time that remains
3


due and payable, and (c) benefits to the extent that Executive is entitled to accrued benefits under the express terms of any plan governing such benefits and to the extent that such benefits cannot be cancelled under either the terms of the relevant plan documents or applicable law.
(ii) By Executive: In the event that Executive provides notice to the Company under Section 5.2(A), Executive shall not be entitled to any bonus (either in full or pro rata) otherwise payable after the date on which notice is given or any other compensation, payment or benefits of any kind, except (a) for the duration of the Notice Period, Executive shall continue to receive the base salary that he/she received immediately prior to the notice of termination and shall continue to be eligible to receive all benefits to which he/she is entitled as an employee of the Company, (b) earned wages or accrued vacation time that remain due and payable after the Termination Date, and (c) benefits payable after the Termination Date to the extent that Executive is entitled to accrued benefits under the express terms of any plan governing such benefits and to the extent that such benefits cannot be cancelled under either the terms of the relevant plan documents or applicable law. Executive will have the right to elect to continue his/her health and dental insurance after the Termination Date to the extent permitted by COBRA. Such coverage shall be at Executive’s expense and is not the responsibility of the Company.
(B) Conduct During the Notice Period: During the Notice Period, Executive remains employed by the Company and shall not commence employment with any other employer, and is subject to all of the obligations, rules, policies and practices of the Company, including the obligation to act solely in the best interest of the Company. During the Notice Period, Executive shall perform such duties and tasks as the Company may assign to Executive, provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to have Executive stay away from the Company’s premises and not contact any Group employee or Client.
(C) Disability: The Company may terminate Executive’s employment on written notice to Executive that the Company has determined that a Disability of Executive has occurred. Should the Company terminate this Agreement by reason of Executive’s Disability, all Compensation and benefits will cease effective on the Termination Date, and Executive shall have no right to any further payments or benefits except (a) to the extent that Executive is entitled to wages, accrued but unused vacation time or accrued benefits under the express terms of any plan governing such benefits, and (b) a pro rata bonus for the period when Executive was performing his/her regular duties on a full-time basis to the extent such bonus would have otherwise been payable in the absence of such disability.
(D) Death: Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death. All Compensation and benefits will cease effective on the date of Executive’s death, except that Executive’s estate shall be eligible to receive Executive’s bonus, to the extent such bonus would have otherwise been payable, for the period up through Executive’s death; in the event Executive’s death is prior to the end of a Compensation Year, the bonus shall be prorated based upon the number of days Executive worked during the Compensation Year.
(E) Equity Compensation: Any unvested award granted under any Company equity compensation plan will be handled in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and grant agreement.
(F) IRC Section 409A Compliance: The parties intend that the payments and benefits to which Executive could become entitled in connection with a termination of employment shall comply with or meet an exemption from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In this regard, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all cash amounts that become payable
under this Agreement shall be paid no later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such amounts are earned or become payable, shall qualify for the exception for “separation pay” set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) of the Treasury Regulations, or shall comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Payments subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code that are due upon termination of employment shall be made only upon “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, and shall be subject to the 6-month payment delay described in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code if the Executive is a “specified employee” as described therein. In the event that it is determined that the terms of this Agreement do not comply with Section 409A of the Code, the parties will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement so that it complies (in a manner that preserves the economic value of the payments and benefits to which Executive may become entitled) so that payments are made within the time period and in a manner permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations.
4


5.3 Upon termination (or suspension) of Executive’s employment, regardless of the reason, Executive shall deliver to the Company all books, documents and materials described in Section 6 below, and all computers, blackberries, other personal data devices, phones, credit cards, keys and other property of the Group that are in Executive’s possession or control.
5.4 Termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason shall constitute Executive’s resignation as an officer, director, trustee and/or any and all other positions held by him with any subsidiary or any pooled investment vehicle organized or advised by the Group, effective automatically. Executive shall execute any and all documents and take any and all action reasonably requested by the Group to acknowledge and effect such resignations.
6.FURTHER COVENANT
6.1 All Business to Be the Property of the Group; Assignment of Intellectual Property.
(A) Executive agrees that any and all presently existing investment advisory and insurance business of the Group and all business developed by Executive or any other employee of the Group, including without limitation all investment advisory and insurance contracts, distribution agreements, fees, commissions, compensation records, performance records, Client Lists, agreements and any other incident of any business developed or sought by the Group or earned or carried on by Executive during his/her employment with the Group, are and shall be the exclusive property of the Group for its sole use and (where applicable) shall be payable directly to the Group. Executive grants to the Group Executive’s entire right, title and interest throughout the world, if any, in and to all research, information, Client Lists, product lists, distributor lists, identities, investment profiles and particular needs and characteristics of Clients, performance records, and all other investment advisory, insurance, technical and research data made, conceived, developed and/or acquired by Executive solely, jointly or in common with others during the period of Executive’s employment by the Group, that relate to the Group’s business as it was or is now rendered or as it may, from time to time, hereafter be rendered or proposed to be rendered during the Employment Period.
(B) Any inventions and any copyrightable material developed by Executive in the scope of his/her employment with the Group shall be promptly disclosed to the Group and will be “works for hire” owned by the Group. Executive will, at the Group’s expense, do whatever is necessary to transfer to the Group, and document its ownership of, any such property.
6.2 Confidentiality. Executive shall not, either during the period of Executive’s employment with the Group or thereafter, use for Executive’s own benefit or disclose to or use for the benefit of any person outside the Group, any information not already lawfully available to the public concerning Confidential Information, whether Executive has such information in Executive’s memory or embodied in writing or other tangible or electronic form. All Confidential Information, and all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and any other written material relating to the business of the Group, including information stored electronically, shall be the sole property of the Group. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Confidential Information has been and will be developed by the effort and expense of the Group; that such Confidential Information has economic value to the Group and would have significant economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Confidential Information is not available to the Group’s competitors; and that keeping the Confidential Information from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment in any manner or for any reason, Executive shall promptly surrender to the Group all originals and copies of any Confidential Information, and Executive shall not thereafter retain or use any Confidential Information for any purpose.
6.3 Client Information. Executive acknowledges that while employed by the Group, Executive will have contact with and become aware of the Group’s Clients and distributors and the representatives of those Clients and distributors, names and addresses, specific client and distributor needs and requirements, and leads and references to Potential Clients (together with the Client List, collectively, the “Client Information”). Executive agrees that the Client Information constitutes a trade secret and otherwise is a valuable asset of the Group. Executive further agrees that the Client Information has been and will be developed by the Group and would have significant
5


economic value to the Group’s competitors if divulged; that the Client Information is not available to the Group’s competitors; that keeping the Client Information confidential from the Group’s competitors has economic value to the Group; and that the Group takes reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of the Client Information.
6.4 Restrictive Covenants.
(A) For eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date, irrespective of the reason for the termination, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit, or assist others in soliciting or attempting to solicit, any Client of the Group for the purpose of providing investment advisory or insurance services or products or distribution services. Executive agrees that the restriction contained in this Section is necessary to protect the Group’s business and property in which the Group has made a considerable investment, and to prevent misuse of the Confidential and Client Information. For purposes of this Section 6.4(A), “Client” means:
“Past Client” means any person or entity who had been an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment with the Group and with which Executive dealt while at the Group or which became known to Executive during the course of his/her employment at the Company.
“Potential Client” means any person or entity to whom the Group has offered (by means of a personal meeting, telephone call, or a letter or written proposal specifically directed to the particular person or entity) within the one (1) year immediately preceding the termination of Executive’s employment to serve as investment adviser or to provide or distribute insurance products but which is not at such time an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which Executive dealt while at the Group or which became known to Executive during the course of his/her employment at the Group; this definition includes persons or entities for which a plan exists to make such an offer, but excludes persons or entities solicited or to be solicited solely by non-personalized form letters and blanket mailings.
“Present Client” means any person or entity who at the time of Executive’s termination of employment is an advisee, investment advisory or insurance customer, distributor or client of the Group and with which Executive dealt while at the Group or which became known to Executive during the course of his/her employment at the Group.
(B) For eighteen (18) months following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Group, irrespective of the reason for the termination, Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit, recruit, induce away, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or induce away, or hire any employee, director, officer or agent, contractor or consultant of the Group with whom Executive had contact during Executive’s employment with the Group. For purposes of this paragraph, “contact” means any personal interaction whatsoever between the individual and Executive.
(C) For six (6) months following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Group, irrespective of the reason for the termination, the Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Group, directly or indirectly carry on or participate in a Competing Business (as defined below). A “Competing Business” shall mean a life insurance or annuity business, or a business in the life insurance or annuity industry, in the United States of America. The phrase “carry on or participate in a Competing Business” shall include engaging in any of the following activities, directly or indirectly: (i) Carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business as a principal, or on the Executive’s own account, or solely or jointly with others as a director, officer, agent, employee, consultant or partner, or stockholder, limited partner or other interest holder owning more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests or securities convertible into more than five (5) percent of the stock or equity interests in any entity that is carrying on or engaging in a Competing Business; (ii) as agent or principal, carrying on or engaging in any activities or negotiations with respect to the acquisition or disposition of a Competing Business; (iii) extending credit for the purpose of establishing or operating a Competing Business; (iv) lending or allowing the Executive’s name or reputation to be used in a Competing Business; (v) otherwise allowing the Executive’s skill, knowledge or experience to be used in a Competing Business.
(D) Executive and the Group agree that the period of time and the geographic area applicable to the covenants of Section 6.4 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests and goodwill of the Group in view of (1) Executive’s senior executive position within the Group, (2) the geographic scope and nature of the
6


business in which the Group is engaged, (3) Executive’s knowledge of the Group’s business and (4) Executive’s relationships with the Clients.
6.5 Executive shall comply with (a) every applicable rule of law and (b) the rules and regulations of regulatory authorities insofar as the same are applicable to his/her employment with the Group.
6.6 Executive shall not disparage, portray in a negative light or make any statement which would be harmful to, or lead to unfavorable publicity for, the Group, or any of their current or former directors, officers or employees, including, without limitation, in any and all interviews, oral statements, written materials, electronically displayed materials and materials or information displayed on internet or internet-related sites; provided, however, that this Agreement does not apply to the extent Executive is making truthful statements when required by law or by order of a court or other legal body having jurisdiction or when responding to an inquiry from any governmental or regulatory organization.
6.7 At no time after the Termination Date shall Executive represent him/herself as being interested in or employed by or in any way connected with the Group, other than as a former employee of the Group. After the Termination Date, Executive shall not in the course of carrying on any trade or business claim, represent or otherwise indicate any present association with the Group or for the purpose of carrying on or obtaining or retaining any business or customers claim, represent or otherwise indicate any past association with the Group.
6.8 Executive agrees to (i) provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to his/her appearance at interviews and depositions, in all legal matters, including but not limited to regulatory and litigation proceedings relating to his/her employment or area of responsibility at the Group, whether or not such matters have already been commenced and through the conclusion of such matters or proceedings, and (ii) to provide to the Group’s counsel all documents in Executive’s possession or control relating to such regulatory or litigation matters. F&G will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel expenses in connection with such cooperation.
6.9 The provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 6, shall continue to apply with full force and effect should Executive transfer between or among the Group, wherever situated, or otherwise become employed by any other member of the Group, or be promoted or reassigned to any position. In the event that Executive becomes employed by a member of the Group other than the Company, this Agreement shall be read to substitute the other company’s name wherever the Company is referenced and the Company’s rights under this Agreement shall be assigned to Executive’s new employer and Executive consents to such assignment.
6.10 The Group shall have the right to communicate Executive’s ongoing obligations under this Agreement to any entity or individual by whom Executive becomes employed or with whom Executive becomes otherwise engaged following termination of employment with the Group, and Executive consents to the Group making that communication.
6.11 To the extent any of the covenants of this Section 6 or any other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed illegal or unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction with respect to (i) geographic area, (ii) time period, (iii) any activity or capacity covered by such covenant or contractual provision, or (iv) any other term or provision of such covenant or contractual provision, the covenant or contractual provision shall be construed to the maximum breadth determined to be legal and enforceable and the illegality or unenforceability of any one covenant or contractual provision shall not affect the legality and enforceability of the other covenants or contractual provisions.
6.12 Executive acknowledges that his/her agreement to comply with these restrictions was an inducement for the Group to continue to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement with Executive.
7.GENERAL
7.1 This Agreement and any disputes relating to the parties’ relationship or the termination of that relationship, whether arising in law or equity and whether based on contract, tort or statutory rights, shall be deemed to have been made in the state of Maryland and shall take effect as an instrument under seal, and the validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal law of the state
7


of Maryland, without giving effect to conflict-of-law principles. Both parties agree that any action, demand, claim or counterclaim (collectively, any “Legal Action”) relating to this Agreement or any other disputes relating to the parties’ relationship or the termination of that relationship, whether arising in law or equity and whether based on contract, tort or statutory rights, shall be commenced exclusively in Maryland in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction. Both parties acknowledge material witnesses and documents would be located in Maryland, and neither party shall assert that Maryland is an inconvenient or otherwise inappropriate venue for the resolution of any dispute. Both parties further agree that any disputes relating to this Agreement or any other disputes relating to the parties’ relationship or the termination of that relationship, whether based on contract, tort or statutory rights, shall be resolved by a judge alone, and both parties waive and forever renounce the right to a trial before a civil jury.
7.2 This agreement may be executed in counterparts.
7.3 This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all oral or written employment, consulting or similar agreements, understandings or arrangements between Executive, on the one hand, and the Group, on the other hand, relating to Executive’s employment or the termination of his/her employment. In entering into this Agreement, neither party is relying on any oral or written representation, promise, agreement or understanding that is not set forth in this Agreement, and both parties expressly disclaim any reliance on any oral or written representation, promise, agreement or understanding not set forth in this Agreement.
7.4 This Agreement may not be amended or modified other than by a written agreement executed by both parties. The writing executed by the Company must be by the CEO of F&G. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or into which the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business, although the obligations of Executive are personal, are not assignable, and may be performed only by him/her.
7.5 All notices and other communications required under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party, by overnight delivery service, signature required, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to Executive:Wendy Young
3300 Grayling Drive
Mt. Airy, MD 21771
If to the Company:Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
Attn: Rose Boehm
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this provision. Notices and communications shall be effective when delivered to the addressee or, if addressee refuses delivery, on the date delivery was first attempted.
7.6 Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right under this Agreement.
7.7 All provisions in this Agreement that relate to compensation or benefits (including but not limited to salary, bonuses and employee benefits) are operative only to the extent that Executive continues to be employed by the Company as of the time that the payment or award of any of the above would be due except as otherwise provided for in Section 5 or under the express terms of any benefit plans. If Executive is no longer employed as of that time, none of the Compensation or benefits otherwise due shall be payable to Executive except (a) as expressly provided in Section 5 of this Agreement, (b) for earned but unpaid wages or accrued but not used vacation or (c) under the
8


express terms of any benefit plans to the extent that such benefits cannot be cancelled under either the terms of the relevant plan documents or applicable law.
7.8 Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedy at law for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be inadequate and that for breach of such provisions the Company shall, in addition to such other remedies as may be available to it at law or in equity or as provided in this Agreement, be entitled to temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief as well as to enforce its rights by an action for specific performance to the extent permitted by law. Executive expressly consents to the granting of temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance for breach of this Agreement.
7.9 The Company shall have the right to set off any damages incurred by the Group against any amounts due to Executive by the Group, except for Executive’s salary and other sums that are non-forfeitable wages under the law or otherwise protected from offset or seizure by law. In addition to, and without limiting in any way, the Company’s rights and remedies as set forth in this Agreement or in law or equity, Executive agrees that if Executive engages in any activities prohibited by this Agreement, Executive will pay over to the Company all compensation or revenue received in connection with such activities.
7.10 All compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement shall be subject to withholding by the Company of all applicable taxes. The parties further understand and agree that should any relevant law (including without limitation any regulatory interpretations thereof) change between the time of execution of this Agreement and the payment of the various payments to Executive called for by the Agreement, the parties will revise the Agreement accordingly in a good-faith attempt to ensure ongoing compliance with such law upon mutual agreement of the parties, staying as consistent as possible with the financial and other business terms of this Agreement, but in any case Executive hereby agrees that all personal income taxes on his/her compensation and benefits under this Agreement and all penalties and interest with respect to such personal income taxes, including but not limited to under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, if any, are his own responsibility.
7.11 Executive and the Company represent and acknowledge that the consideration that each has received under this Agreement is sufficient and adequate for the obligations that each has agreed to undertake, and expressly waives any right to assert that they have not received adequate consideration for agreeing to the obligations undertaken in this Agreement.
7.12 Executive acknowledges and represents that he/she understands his/her obligations and rights under this Agreement, has had adequate time to consider it, and has had adequate time and opportunity to ask any questions and obtain any advice he/she felt
necessary or appropriate. No one has placed any pressure on Executive to execute this Agreement prior to the expiration of a reasonable time for him/her to read it, ask any questions and obtain any advice he/she felt necessary or appropriate. Executive enters into this Agreement freely and voluntarily.
7.13 The officer executing this Agreement on behalf of F&G has the authority to enter into this Agreement, and Executive is relying on his/her authority to do so.
9


IN WITNESS whereof this Agreement has been executed the day and year first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Wendy J.B. Young
By:Wendy J.B. Young
FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.
/s/ Rose Boehm
By:Rose Boehm
Its:SVP Human Resources
10
Exhibit 10.7
ASSIGNMENT OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
This Assignment of Employment Agreements (this “Assignment”) is entered into as of February 7, 2020, by and between FGL HOLDINGS, a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Assignor”), and F II Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Assignee”), and is acknowledged and agreed to by Christopher Blunt, Jonathan Bayer and John Fleurant.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, in connection with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of February 7, 2020, by and among FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), F I Corp., a Cayman Islands exempted company and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, Assignee and Assignor, the Second Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement) will result in a potential deemed transfer of assets and assignment of contracts from Assignor to Assignee;
WHEREAS, (i) Assignor and Christopher Blunt are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2019 (the “Blunt Employment Agreement”), (ii) Assignor and Jonathan Bayer are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2019 (the “Bayer Employment Agreement”) and (iii) Assignor and John Fleurant are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2019 (the “Fleurant Employment Agreement”, together with the Blunt Employment Agreement and the Bayer Employment Agreement, the “Employment Agreements”); and
WHEREAS, in connection with the Second Merger, the parties hereto desire to assign the Employment Agreements from Assignor to Assignee.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1.Status of Employment Agreements.  The Employment Agreements remain in full force and effect, and shall not be deemed waived, modified, superseded or otherwise affected in any respect.
2.Assignment of Employment Agreements.  Assignor hereby assigns the Employment Agreements to Assignee, concurrently with, and effective as of, the Effective Time of the Second Merger, and Assignee hereby accepts and assumes all of Assignor’s obligations, rights and interests under the Employment Agreements and agrees to be bound by all the terms of the Employment Agreements applicable to Assignee as though it were an original party to each Employment Agreement. Each of Christopher Blunt, Jonathan Bayer and John Fleurant hereby consents to and acknowledges the assignment of each of their respective Employment Agreements to Assignee as contemplated by this Section 2.



3.Counterparts.  This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
4.Further Assurances.  Each of the parties hereto shall (i) execute and deliver, at the reasonable request of the other party hereto, such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and (ii) take such further actions, at the reasonable request of the other party hereto, to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Assignment.
5.Termination.  In the event the Merger Agreement is terminated prior to the consummation of the Second Merger, this Assignment shall automatically be null and void ab initio and will have no further force or effect.
6.Governing Law.   This Assignment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Iowa, without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
[Signature Pages Follow]
2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment as of the date first above written.
ASSIGNOR:
FGL HOLDINGS
By:/s/ Eric L. Marhoun
Name:Eric L. Marhoun
Title:Executive Vice President & General Counsel
ASSIGNEE:
F II CORP.
By:/s/ Michael L. Gravelle
Name:Michael L. Gravelle
Title:Director
[Signature Page to Assignment of Employment Agreements]


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
/s/ Christopher Blunt
Christopher Blunt
/s/ Jonathan Bayer
Jonathan Bayer
/s/ John Fleurant
John Fleurant
[Signature Page to Assignment of Employment Agreements]
Exhibit 10.8

F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
2022 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1. Establishment, Objectives, and Duration
1
1.1.    Establishment of the Plan..
1
1.2.    Objectives of the Plan.
1
1.3.    Duration of the Plan..
1
Article 2. Definitions
1
Article 3. Administration
6
3.1.    The Committee..
6
3.2.    Authority of the Committee.
6
3.3.    Decisions Binding..
6
Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan; ISO Limit; and Anti-Dilution Adjustments
6
4.1.    Number of Shares Available for Grants.
6
4.2.    Adjustments in Authorized Shares and Awards.
7
Article 5. Eligibility and Participation
8
5.1.    Eligibility.
8
5.2.    Actual Participation
8
Article 6. Options
8
6.1.    Grant of Options
8
6.2.    Award Agreement.
8
6.3.    Exercise Price.
8
6.4.    Duration of Options.
8
6.5.    Exercise of Options.
8
6.6.    Payment.
9
6.7.    Restrictions on Share Transferability.
9
6.8.    Dividend Equivalents..
9
6.9.    Termination of Employment or Service.
9
6.10.    Nontransferability of Options.
9
Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights
10
7.1.    Grant of SARs.
10
7.2.    Exercise of Tandem SARs.
10
7.3.    Exercise of Freestanding SARs.
10
7.4.    Award Agreement..
10
7.5.    Term of SARs.
10
7.6.    Payment of SAR Amount.
11
7.7.    Dividend Equivalents..
11
7.8.    Termination of Employment or Service..
11
7.9.    Nontransferability of SARs..
11
-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


Page
Article 8. Restricted Stock
11
8.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock.
11
8.2.    Award Agreement..
11
8.3.    Other Restrictions..
11
8.4.    Removal of Restrictions..
12
8.5.    Voting Rights.
12
8.6.    Dividends and Other Distributions..
12
8.7.    Termination of Employment or Service.
12
8.8.    Nontransferability of Restricted Stock
12
Article 9. Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares
12
9.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock Units/Performance Shares..
12
9.2.    Award Agreement..
13
9.3.    Form and Timing of Payment.
13
9.4.    Voting Rights..
13
9.5.    Dividend Equivalents.
13
9.6.    Termination of Employment or Service..
13
9.7.    Nontransferability..
14
Article 10. Performance Units
14
10.1.    Grant of Performance Units..
14
10.2.    Award Agreement..
14
10.3.    Value of Performance Units..
14
10.4.    Form and Timing of Payment.
14
10.5.    Dividend Equivalents.
14
10.6.    Termination of Employment or Service..
14
10.7.    Nontransferability.
15
Article 11. Other Awards
15
11.1.    Grant of Other Awards..
15
11.2.    Payment of Other Awards
15
11.3.    Termination of Employment or Service..
15
11.4.    Nontransferability.
15
Article 12. Replacement Awards
15
Article 13. Performance Measures
16
Article 14. Beneficiary Designation
16
Article 15. Deferrals
17
Article 16. Rights of Participants
17
16.1.    Continued Service
17
16.2.    Participation..
17
-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)


Page
Article 17. Change in Control
17
Article 18. Additional Forfeiture Provisions
18
Article 19. Amendment, Modification, Termination, and Shareholder Approval
18
19.1.    Amendment, Modification, and Termination..
18
19.2.    Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events..
18
19.3.    Awards Previously Granted..
19
19.4.    No Repricings.
19
Article 20. Withholding
19
20.1.    Tax Withholding.
19
20.2.    Use of Shares to Satisfy Withholding Obligation
19
Article 21. Indemnification
19
Article 22. Successors
20
Article 23. Limitation on Dividends and Dividend Equivalents
20
Article 24. Minimum Vesting Period
20
Article 25. Clawback of Benefits
20
Article 26. Legal Construction
21
26.1.    Gender, Number and References..
21
26.2.    Severability.
21
26.3.    Requirements of Law.
21
26.4.    Governing Law..
21
26.5.    Non-Exclusive Plan.
21
26.6.    Code Section 409A Compliance..
21
-iii-


F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Article 1. Establishment, Objectives, and Duration
1.1.    Establishment of the Plan. F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the “F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), effective as of __________ __, 2022 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan permits the granting of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units and Other Awards.
1.2.    Objectives of the Plan. The objectives of the Plan are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through incentives that are consistent with the Company’s goals and that link the personal interests of Participants to those of the Company’s shareholders.
The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make or are expected to make significant contributions to the Company’s success and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Company.
1.3.    Duration of the Plan. No Award may be granted under the Plan after the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, or such earlier date as the Board shall determine. The Plan will remain in effect with respect to outstanding Awards until no Awards remain outstanding.
Article 2. Definitions
The following terms, when capitalized, shall have the meanings set forth below:
2.1.    “Award” means, individually or collectively, Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Awards granted under the Plan.
2.2.    “Award Agreement” means an agreement entered into by the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award.
2.3.    “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.
2.4.    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.




2.5.    “Change in Control” means that the conditions set forth in any one of the following subsections shall have been satisfied:
(a)    an acquisition immediately after which any Person possesses direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership of 35% or more of either the then outstanding Shares (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, that the following acquisitions shall be excluded: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.5; provided, further, that a Change in Control under this clause (a) shall not be deemed to occur if Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and its Affiliates collectively directly or indirectly are the largest shareholder (or other holder of equity) of the Company; or
(b)    during any period of two consecutive years, the individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that for purposes of this Section 2.5, any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the beginning of such period and whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(c)    consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (“Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which:
(i)    all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who have Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, the Company or a
2


corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “Resulting Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be;
(ii)    no Person (other than (1) the Company, (2) an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or Resulting Corporation, or (3) any entity controlled by the Company or Resulting Corporation) will have Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Resulting Corporation or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Resulting Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction and except to the extent that Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and its Affiliates collectively directly or indirectly are the largest shareholder (or other holder of equity) of the Company; and
(iii)    individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will continue to constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Resulting Corporation; or
For the avoidance of doubt, a Corporate Transaction shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this clause (c) as a result of a transaction pursuant to which Beneficial Ownership of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting Securities is transferred to the stockholders of Fidelity National, Inc. on a pro-rata basis in a stock dividend, spinoff, splitoff, merger or similar transaction.
(d)    the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code.
2.6.    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
2.7.    “Committee” means the entity, as specified in Section 3.1, authorized to administer the Plan.
3


2.8.    “Company” means F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
2.9.    “Consultant” means any consultant or advisor to the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.10.    “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.11.    “Dividend Equivalent” means, with respect to Shares subject to an Award, a right to be paid an amount equal to the dividends declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding Shares of the same class.
2.12.    “Employee” means any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.
2.13.    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
2.14.    “Exercise Price” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.
2.15.    “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a Share as determined in good faith by the Committee or pursuant to a procedure specified in good faith by the Committee; provided, however, that if the Committee has not specified otherwise, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price of a Share as reported in a consolidated transaction reporting system on the date of valuation, or, if there was no such sale on the relevant date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.
2.16.    “Freestanding SAR” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article 7 herein.
2.17.    “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.
2.18.    “Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO” means an Option that is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.
2.19.    “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted under the Plan, as described in Article 6 herein.
2.20.    “Other Award” means a cash, Share-based or Share-related Award (other than an Award described in Article 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 of the Plan) that is granted pursuant to Article 11 herein.
2.21.    “Participant” means a current or former Employee, Director or Consultant who has rights relating to an outstanding Award.
4


2.22.    “Performance Period” means the period during which a performance measure must be met.
2.23.    “Performance Share” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.
2.24.    “Performance Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 10 herein.
2.25.    “Period of Restriction” means the period Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are not transferable, as provided in Articles 8 and 9 herein.
2.26.    “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof.
2.27.    “Replacement Awards” means Awards issued in assumption of or substitution for awards granted under equity-based incentive plans sponsored or maintained by an entity with which the Company engages in a merger, acquisition or other business transaction, pursuant to which awards relating to interests in such entity (or a related entity) are outstanding immediately prior to such merger, acquisition or other business transaction. Except as provided in Section 4.1, for all purposes hereunder, Replacement Awards shall be deemed Awards.
2.28.    “Restricted Stock” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 8 herein.
2.29.    “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.
2.30.    “Share” means, as applicable with respect to an Award, a share of common stock of the Company, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.
2.31.    “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted to a Participant, either alone or in connection with a related Option, as described in Article 7 herein.
2.32.    “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined equity thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether any individual may be a Participant for purposes of any grant of Incentive Stock Options, “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Code Section 424(f).
5


2.33.    “Tandem SAR” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, as described in Article 7 herein.
Article 3. Administration
3.1.    The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as the Board shall select (the “Committee”). The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board.
3.2.    Authority of the Committee. Except as limited by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants who shall participate in the Plan; determine the sizes and types of Awards; determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any Award Agreement or other agreement or instrument entered into in connection with the Plan; establish, amend, or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and, subject to the provisions of Section 19.3 herein, amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award and Award Agreement. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall have the right, from time to time, to delegate in writing to one or more officers of the Company the authority of the Committee to grant and determine the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan, subject to applicable law or such other limitations as the Committee shall determine.
3.3.    Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, its shareholders, Directors, Employees, Consultants and their estates and beneficiaries and any transferee of an Award.
Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan; ISO Limit; and Anti-Dilution Adjustments
4.1.    Number of Shares Available for Grants.
(a)    Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2 herein, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 6,000,000, provided that:
(i)    Shares that are potentially deliverable under an Award that is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, expires or is otherwise terminated without delivery of such Shares shall not be counted as having been delivered under the Plan;
6


(ii)    Shares that are held back, tendered or returned to cover the Exercise Price or tax withholding obligations with respect to an Award shall not be counted as having been delivered under the Plan; and
(iii)    Shares that have been issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Stock that is canceled or forfeited prior to vesting or settled in cash, causing the Shares to be returned to the Company, shall not be counted as having been delivered under the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Shares are returned to the Company in satisfaction of taxes relating to Restricted Stock, in connection with a cash out of Restricted Stock (but excluding upon forfeiture of Restricted Stock) or in connection with the tendering of Shares by a Participant in satisfaction of the Exercise Price or taxes relating to an Award, such issued Shares shall not become available again under the Plan if (x) the transaction resulting in the return of Shares occurs more than ten years after the date the Plan is approved by shareholders in a manner that constitutes shareholder approval for purposes of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards or (y) such event would constitute a “material revision” of the Plan subject to shareholder approval under then applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Shares delivered or deliverable pursuant to Replacement Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares available for delivery pursuant to Awards under the Plan.
Shares delivered pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.
(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Shares available for grant as Incentive Stock Options shall be the number or Shares set forth in Section 4.1(a), and only Shares that are subject to an Award that expires or is cancelled, forfeited or settled in cash shall be treated as not having been issued for purposes of such limit.
4.2.    Adjustments in Authorized Shares and Awards. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, share exchange, extraordinary dividend, or any change in the corporate structure affecting the Shares, such adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1(a) and (b), and, with respect to outstanding Awards, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Exercise Price, grant price or other price of shares subject to outstanding Awards, any performance conditions relating to shares, the market price of shares, or per-share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number.
7


Article 5. Eligibility and Participation
5.1.    Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in the Plan include all Employees, Directors and Consultants.
5.2.    Actual Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Employees, Directors and Consultants, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.
Article 6. Options
6.1.    Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
6.2.    Award Agreement. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Exercise Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO. Options that are intended to be ISOs shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Code Section 422.
6.3.    Exercise Price. The Exercise Price for each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the Option) on the date the Option is granted; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 herein. No ISO granted to a Participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary shall have an Exercise Price that is less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the ISO) on the date the ISO is granted.
6.4.    Duration of Options. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10th) anniversary date of its grant. No ISO granted to a Participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of its grant.
6.5.    Exercise of Options. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement and as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.
8


6.6.    Payment. Options granted under this Article 6 shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and specifying the method of payment of the Exercise Price.
The Exercise Price of an Option shall be payable to the Company in full: (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering Shares (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the Option) or directing the Company to withhold Shares from the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the Exercise Price, (c) by broker-assisted cashless exercise, (d) in any other manner then permitted by the Committee, or (e) by a combination of any of the permitted methods of payment. The Committee may limit any method of payment, other than that specified under (a), for administrative convenience, to comply with applicable law, or for any other reason.
6.7.    Restrictions on Share Transferability. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article 6 as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.
6.8.    Dividend Equivalents. An Award of Options may not provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents.
6.9.    Termination of Employment or Service. Each Participant’s Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
6.10.    Nontransferability of Options.
(a)    Incentive Stock Options. ISOs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.
(b)    Nonqualified Stock Options. NQSOs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.
9


Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights
7.1.    Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine. The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination of these forms of SAR.
The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.
The grant price of a Freestanding SAR shall at least equal the Fair Market Value of a Share (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the SAR) on the date of grant of the SAR, and the grant price of a Tandem SAR shall equal the Exercise Price of the related Option; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 herein.
7.2.    Exercise of Tandem SARs. A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. To the extent exercisable, Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option. The exercise of all or part of a Tandem SAR shall result in the forfeiture of the right to purchase a number of Shares under the related Option equal to the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Conversely, upon exercise of all or part of an Option with respect to which a Tandem SAR has been granted, an equivalent portion of the Tandem SAR shall similarly be forfeited.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (i) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (ii) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Exercise Price of the underlying ISO and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (iii) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Exercise Price of the ISO.
7.3.    Exercise of Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them and sets forth in the Award Agreement.
7.4.    Award Agreement. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the grant price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
7.5.    Term of SARs. The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such term shall not exceed ten (10) years.
10


7.6.    Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(a)    the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the SAR) on the date of exercise over the grant price; by
(b)    the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
7.7.    Dividend Equivalents. An Award of SARs may not provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents.
7.8.    Termination of Employment or Service. Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all SARs, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
7.9.    Nontransferability of SARs. SARs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant.
Article 8. Restricted Stock
8.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
8.2.    Award Agreement. Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction and, if applicable, Performance Period(s), the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
8.3.    Other Restrictions. The Committee shall impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock, a requirement that the issuance of Shares of Restricted Stock be delayed, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals, time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals, time-based restrictions, and/or restrictions under applicable laws or under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which
11


such Shares are listed or traded, or holding requirements or sale restrictions placed on the Shares by the Company upon vesting of such Restricted Stock. The Company may retain in its custody any certificate evidencing the Shares of Restricted Stock and place thereon a legend and institute stop-transfer orders on such Shares, and the Participant shall be obligated to sign any stock power requested by the Company relating to the Shares to give effect to the forfeiture provisions of the Restricted Stock.
8.4.    Removal of Restrictions. Subject to applicable laws, Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto. Once Restricted Stock is released from the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a certificate evidencing the Shares.
8.5.    Voting Rights. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement, to the extent permitted or required by law, as determined by the Committee, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.
8.6.    Dividends and Other Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, during the Period of Restriction, all distributions, including regular cash dividends, paid with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock shall be credited to Participants. With respect to Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, such amounts shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and paid at such time following full vesting as are paid the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which such distributions were made.
8.7.    Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to retain unvested Restricted Stock following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Awards of Restricted Stock, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
8.8.    Nontransferability of Restricted Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, during the applicable Period of Restriction, a Participant’s Restricted Stock and rights relating thereto shall be available during the Participant’s lifetime only to such Participant, and such Restricted Stock and related rights may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Article 9. Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares
9.1.    Grant of Restricted Stock Units/Performance Shares. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares may be
12


granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
9.2.    Award Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the applicable Period(s) of Restriction and/or Performance Period(s) (as the case may be), the number of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares granted, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The initial value of a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Shares shall be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the Award) on the date of grant; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to Replacement Awards or Awards that are adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 herein.
9.3.    Form and Timing of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Article 17 herein or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be made at a specified settlement date that shall not be earlier than the last day of the Period of Restriction or Performance Period, as the case may be. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares by delivery of Shares (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares) or by payment in cash of an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares (or a combination thereof). The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant.
9.4.    Voting Rights. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares granted hereunder; provided, however, that the Committee may deposit Shares potentially deliverable in connection with Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares in a rabbi trust, in which case the Committee may provide for pass through voting rights with respect to such deposited Shares.
9.5.    Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. With respect to Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, the Dividend Equivalents will be credited to an account for the Participant and subject to the restrictions and vesting conditions applicable to such Award, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares (of the same class as the Shares that are subject to the Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares), as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Dividend Equivalents be currently payable with respect to unearned Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions.
9.6.    Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a payout with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares following
13


termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
9.7.    Nontransferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Article 10. Performance Units
10.1.    Grant of Performance Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine.
10.2.    Award Agreement. Each grant of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Performance Units granted, the Performance Period(s), the performance goals and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.
10.3.    Value of Performance Units. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion that, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units that will be paid out to the Participants.
10.4.    Form and Timing of Payment. Except as otherwise provided in Article 17 herein or a Participant’s Award Agreement, payment of earned Performance Units shall be made following the close of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units in cash or in Shares that have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units (or a combination thereof). The Committee may provide that settlement of Performance Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant.
10.5.    Dividend Equivalents. At the discretion of the Committee, an Award of Performance Units may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, which will be credited to an account for the Participant and subject to the restrictions and vesting conditions applicable to such Award, and may be settled in cash and/or Shares, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject in each case to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Dividend Equivalents be currently payable with respect to unearned Performance Unit Awards.
10.6.    Termination of Employment or Service. Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a payout with respect to an Award of Performance Units following termination of the Participant’s
14


employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Performance Units and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of employment or service.
10.7.    Nontransferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Performance Units and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Article 11. Other Awards
11.1.    Grant of Other Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Other Awards may be granted to Participants in such amounts, upon such terms, and at such times as the Committee shall determine. Types of Other Awards that may be granted pursuant to this Article 11 include, without limitation, the payment of cash or Shares based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee, the payment of Shares as a bonus or in lieu of cash based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee, and the payment of Shares in lieu of cash under other Company incentive or bonus programs.
11.2.    Payment of Other Awards. Payment under or settlement of any such Awards shall be made in such manner and at such times as the Committee may determine.
11.3.    Termination of Employment or Service. The Committee shall determine the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Other Awards following termination of the Participant’s employment or, if the Participant is a Director or Consultant, service with the Company and/or a Subsidiary, as the case may be. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, may be included in an agreement entered into with each Participant, but need not be uniform among all Other Awards, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment or service.
11.4.    Nontransferability. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, Other Awards and rights relating thereto may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Article 12. Replacement Awards
Each Replacement Award shall have substantially the same terms and conditions (as determined by the Committee) as the award it replaces; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to Replacement Awards, the Exercise Price, grant price or other price of Shares subject to Replacement Awards, any performance conditions relating to Shares underlying Replacement Awards, or the market price of Shares underlying
15


Replacement Awards or per-Share results may differ from the awards they replace to the extent such differences are determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
Article 13. Performance Measures
The Committee may specify that the attainment of one or more of the performance measures set forth in this Article 13 shall determine the degree of granting, vesting and/or payout with respect to Awards (including any related dividends or Dividend Equivalents). The performance goals to be used for such Awards may be chosen from among the following performance measure(s): earnings per share, economic value created, market share (actual or targeted growth), net income (before or after taxes), operating income (before or after taxes), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and restructuring costs (EBITDAR), adjusted net income after capital charge, return on assets (actual or targeted growth), return on capital (actual or targeted growth), return on equity (actual or targeted growth), return on investment (actual or targeted growth), revenue (actual or targeted growth), cash flow, operating margin (before or after taxes) (including pre-tax title margin), profit measures (e.g., gross profit, net profit, operating profit, investment profit and/or underwriting profit), investment income generated by underwriting or other operations or on the float from such operations, equity, or revenue, working capital targets or improvements, share price, share price growth, total shareholder return, book value growth and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration goals, productivity measures, geographic business expansion goals, capital expenditures, cost targets, customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of Subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such performance measures may be established at such levels and on such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including performance of the Company, a Subsidiary and/or any individual business units or divisions of the Company or a Subsidiary, and they may be established in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies. Awards (including any related dividends or Dividend Equivalents) may be based on these or such other performance measures as the Committee may determine.
Article 14. Beneficiary Designation
Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only
16


when filed by the Participant in writing during the Participant’s lifetime with the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
Article 15. Deferrals
If permitted by the Committee, a Participant may defer receipt of amounts that would otherwise be provided to such Participant with respect to an Award, including Shares deliverable upon exercise of an Option or SAR or upon payout of any other Award. If permitted, such deferral (and the required deferral election) shall be made in accordance with, and shall be subject to, the terms and conditions of the applicable nonqualified deferred compensation plan and Section 409A of the Code, agreement or arrangement under which such deferral is made and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.
Article 16. Rights of Participants
16.1.    Continued Service. Nothing in the Plan shall:
(a)    interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time,
(b)    confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary, nor
(c)    confer on any Director any right to continue to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
16.2.    Participation. No Employee, Director or Consultant shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive future Awards.
Article 17. Change in Control
Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws, or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges:
(a)    any and all outstanding Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable; provided, however, that the Committee may instead provide that such Awards shall be automatically cashed out upon a Change in Control;
(b)    any Period of Restriction or other restriction imposed on Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Awards shall lapse; and
17


(c)    any and all Performance Shares, Performance Units and other Awards (if performance-based) shall be deemed earned at the target level (or if no target level is specified, the maximum level) with respect to all open Performance Periods.
Article 18. Additional Forfeiture Provisions
The Committee may condition a Participant’s right to receive a grant of an Award, to vest in the Award, to exercise the Award, to retain cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property acquired in connection with the Award, or to retain the profit or gain realized by the Participant in connection with the Award, including cash or other proceeds received upon sale of Shares acquired in connection with an Award, upon compliance by the Participant with specified conditions relating to non-competition, confidentiality of information relating to or possessed by the Company, non-solicitation of customers, suppliers, and employees of the Company, cooperation in litigation, non-disparagement of the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates, and other restrictions upon or covenants of the Participant, including during specified periods following termination of employment with or service for the Company and/or a Subsidiary.
Article 19. Amendment, Modification, and Termination
19.1.    Amendment, Modification, and Termination. The Board may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the New York Stock Exchange listing standards or any rule promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed shall be effective unless such amendment shall be approved by the requisite vote of shareholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon within the time period required under such applicable listing standard or rule. Except as provided in Section 4.2 hereof, the Board does not have the power to amend the terms of previously granted options to reduce the exercise price per share subject to such options, or to cancel such options and grant substitute options with a lower exercise price per share than the cancelled options. The Company is not permitted to purchase for cash previously granted options with an exercise price that is greater than the Company’s trading price on the proposed date of purchase.
19.2.    Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4.2 hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.
18


19.3.    Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan or of any Award shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided herein.
19.4.    No Repricings. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Section 4.2 hereof, without first obtaining shareholder approval, (i) the exercise price of outstanding Options and grant price of outstanding SARs may not be reduced, (ii) Options and SARs may not be cancelled and replaced with Options or SARs with a lower exercise price or grant price, (iii) Options and SARs with an exercise or grant price that is equal to or in excess of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Share may not be purchased from Participants for cash or other securities, and (iv) outstanding Options or SARs may not otherwise be amended or modified in a manner that would be treated as a “repricing” under the then applicable rules, regulations or listing requirements adopted by the New York Stock Exchange.
Article 20. Withholding
20.1.    Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan.
20.2.    Use of Shares to Satisfy Withholding Obligation. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the vesting or settlement of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units, or upon any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, the Committee may require or may permit Participants to elect that the withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold, or by tendering to the Company, Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the applicable statutory withholding (based on statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes) that could be imposed on the transaction and, in any case in which it would not result in additional accounting expense to the Company. Any such elections by a Participant shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant.
Article 21. Indemnification
Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with
19


the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification is subject to the person having been successful in the legal proceedings or having acted in good faith and what is reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in the Company’s best interests. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
Article 22. Successors
All obligations of the Company under the Plan and with respect to Awards shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or other event, or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
Article 23. Limitation on Dividends and Dividend Equivalents
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if dividends or Dividend Equivalents are granted with respect to any Awards that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, the dividends or Dividend Equivalents shall be accumulated or reinvested and paid only after such performance-based vesting conditions are met as set forth by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement.
Article 24. Minimum Vesting Period
Awards under the Plan generally will not contain vesting schedules that provide for vesting to occur more quickly than ratably over two years; provided, however, that this minimum vesting requirement may be waived in extraordinary circumstances, shall not apply to Awards granted to non-employee Directors, and shall not prevent Awards from vesting upon death or disability, termination of service as an Employee, Director or Consultant, or a Change in Control.
Article 25. Clawback of Benefits
The Company may (a) cause the cancellation of any Award, (b) require reimbursement of any Award by a Participant or beneficiary, and (c) effect any other right of recoupment of equity or other compensation provided under this Plan or otherwise in accordance with any Company policies that currently exist or that may from time to time be adopted or modified in the future by the Company and/or applicable law (each, a “Clawback Policy”). In addition, a Participant may be required to repay to the Company certain previously paid compensation, whether provided under this Plan or an Award Agreement or otherwise, in accordance with any Clawback Policy. By accepting an Award, a Participant is also agreeing to be bound by any existing or future Clawback
20


Policy adopted by the Company, or any amendments that may from time to time be made to the Clawback Policy in the future by the Company in its discretion (including without limitation any Clawback Policy adopted or amended to comply with applicable laws or stock exchange requirements) and is further agreeing that all of the Participant’s Award Agreements may be unilaterally amended by the Company, without the Participant’s consent, to the extent that the Company in its discretion determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with any Clawback Policy.
Article 26. Legal Construction
26.1.    Gender, Number and References. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural. Any reference in the Plan to an act or code or to any section thereof or rule or regulation thereunder shall be deemed to refer to such act, code, section, rule or regulation, as may be amended from time to time, or to any successor act, code, section, rule or regulation.
26.2.    Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.
26.3.    Requirements of Law. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.
26.4.    Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to conflicts or choice of law principles.
26.5.    Non-Exclusive Plan. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable.
26.6.    Code Section 409A Compliance.
(a)    To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any Awards granted under the Plan comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any related regulations or other guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively “Section 409A”). All Award Agreements shall be interpreted and applied by the Committee in a manner consistent with this intent in order to avoid the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A. Any (i) provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement, (ii) Award, payment, transaction or (iii) other action or arrangement contemplated by the provisions
21


of the Plan that would cause the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Section 409A, which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A.
(b)    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death (or such other period as required to comply with Section 409A). Following any applicable six-month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A that is also a business day. For purposes of Section 409A, a Participant’s right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this Plan or any Award granted hereunder shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. For the avoidance of doubt, each applicable tranche of shares of Common Stock subject to vesting under any Award shall be considered a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant by Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.
22
Exhibit 10.9
F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), hereby adopts, amends and restates the F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), effective as of [_____________], 2022. The Plan shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, until all of the shares of Company Stock authorized under the Plan have been purchased according to the Plan’s provisions.
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
1.1    PURPOSE. The Company has determined that it is in its best interests to provide an incentive to attract and retain Employees and to increase Employee morale by providing a program through which Employees may acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of shares of Company Stock. The Plan shall permit Employees to purchase shares of Company Stock through payroll deductions and through a Company matching program. Participation in the Plan is entirely voluntary and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries makes any recommendations to their Employees as to whether they should participate in the Plan. The Plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, nor qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
2.1    ACCOUNT. “Account” means the bookkeeping entry maintained by the Company on behalf of each Participant for the purpose of accounting for all Participant Contributions credited to the Participant pursuant to the Plan.
2.2    BASE EARNINGS. “Base Earnings” means the amount of a Participant’s regular salary before deductions required by law and deductions authorized by the Participant, including any elective deferrals with respect to a plan of an Employer qualified under Sections 125 or 401(a) of the Code and any amounts deferred by the Participant to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by an Employer. In the case of Participants primarily compensated on a commission basis, “Base Earnings” may include commission earnings not to exceed $10,000 per month. “Base Earnings” shall not include: wages paid for overtime, extended workweek schedules or any other form of extra compensation, payments made by an Employer based upon salary for Social Security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, disability payments or any other payment mandated by state or federal statute, or salary-related contributions made by an Employer for insurance, annuity or any other employee benefit plan.



2.3    BOARD. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.4    BROKER. “Broker” means the financial institution designated by the Company to act as Broker for the Plan.
2.5    CODE. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
2.6    COMMITTEE. “Committee” means the Committee described in Article 8.
2.7    COMPANY. “Company” means F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
2.8    COMPANY STOCK. “Company Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.
2.9    EMPLOYEE. “Employee” means each person currently employed by an Employer (a) any portion of whose income is subject to withholding of income tax or for whom Social Security retirement contributions are made by an Employer, or (b) who qualifies as a common-law employee of an Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, persons determined by the Committee not to be Employees and persons on a leave of absence shall not be treated as “Employees” for purposes of this Plan.
2.10    EMPLOYER. “Employer” means the Company and any Subsidiary designated by the Committee.
2.11    MATCHING DATE. “Matching Date” means the date during the calendar month following the annual anniversary of the applicable Quarter End on which an Employer credits Match Shares to a Participant’s Share Account.
2.12    MATCH PRICE. “Match Price” means the closing price of a share of Company Stock on the Wednesday preceding the Matching Date (or on such other date during the week that includes the Matching Date, as determined by the Company).
2.13    MATCH SHARES. “Match Shares” means shares of Company Stock credited to Participants’ Share Accounts pursuant to Article 5 and Sections 6.1 and 6.2(a).
2.14    PARTICIPANT. “Participant” means an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 and has become a participant in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.2.
2.15    PAYROLL PERIOD. “Payroll Period” means the pay periods coinciding with an Employer’s payroll practices, as revised from time to time.
2.16    PLAN YEAR. “Plan Year” means the twelve consecutive month period ending each December 31.
2


2.17    QUALIFYING EMPLOYMENT. “Qualifying Employment” means employment with any Employer (including both current employment and, with respect to employees who were reinstated or rehired by an Employer within one (1) year after the cessation of employment with an Employer, employment with the Employer prior to the cessation of employment).
2.18    QUARTER. “Quarter” means, with respect to each Plan Year, the following four calendar quarters: January 1 through March 31, April 1 through June 30, July 1 through September 30 and October 1 through December 31.
2.19    QUARTER END. “Quarter End” means the last day of each Quarter (i.e., March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31).
2.20    SHARE ACCOUNT. “Share Account” means the account maintained by the Broker on behalf of each Participant for the purpose of accounting for Match Shares and Company Stock purchased by the Participant pursuant to the Plan.
2.21    SUBSIDIARY. “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or any other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined equity thereof.
ARTICLE 3
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1    ELIGIBILITY.
(a)    Each Employee of an Employer who was a Participant in the Plan as of the Effective Date shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan.
(b)    Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, each Employee who was employed by an organization, which was part of a corporate transaction with the Company immediately prior to commencing employment with an Employer, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon commencing employment with an Employer if (1) such corporate transaction documents provided for such immediate eligibility or (2) the Committee so decides.
(c)    All other Employees of an Employer shall be eligible to become Participants in the Plan following the later of:
(i)    attaining the age of eighteen (18), and
(ii)    the completion of ninety (90) days of Qualifying Employment.
The Committee may, in its discretion, waive any of the foregoing eligibility requirements on an individual or group basis.
3


3.2    PARTICIPATION. An Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1 may become a Participant in the Plan upon his or her completion of such enrollment procedures as the Company may prescribe, which procedures may include responding to enrollment procedures set forth via an Internet website or a voice response system authorizing payroll deductions. Payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence as soon as administratively practicable following the completion of the enrollment procedures established by the Company and shall remain in effect until changed by the Participant in accordance with Section 4.2 below. Employees who become eligible to participate in the Plan due, in whole or in part, to Qualifying Employment attributable to prior employment with an Employer will commence participation on the first day of the month following the later of (a) commencement of employment with an Employer (if the employee has (90) days of Qualifying Employment on the employment commencement date) and (b) completion of ninety (90) days of Qualifying Employment.
3.3    SPECIAL RULES. In the event that a person is excluded from participation in the Plan under Section 2.9 above and a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the person is eligible to participate in the Plan, the person shall be treated as an Employee only from the date of the court’s determination and shall not be entitled to retroactive participation in the Plan.
ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
4.1    PARTICIPANT ELECTION. Pursuant to the enrollment procedures established by the Company in Section 3.2, each Participant shall designate the amount of payroll deductions (“Participant Contributions”) to be made from his or her paycheck to purchase Company Stock under the Plan. The amount of Participant Contributions shall be designated in whole percentages of Base Earnings, of at least 3% and not to exceed 15% of Base Earnings for any Plan Year. The amount so designated by the Participant shall be effective as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the enrollment procedures and shall continue until terminated or altered in accordance with Section 4.2 below.
4.2    CHANGES IN ELECTION. In accordance with procedures established by the Company, a Participant may decrease or increase the rate of his or her Participant Contributions or elect to discontinue his or her Participant Contributions, in either case as soon as administratively practicable. No such election may be made retroactive, and any new election shall remain in effect until subsequently modified by the Participant pursuant to this Section 4.2.
4.3    PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS. The Company shall establish and maintain a separate Account for each Participant. The amount of each Participant’s Participant Contribution shall be credited to his or her Account. No interest shall accrue at any time for any amount credited to an Account of a Participant.
4


ARTICLE 5
COMPANY MATCH
5.1    ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE MATCH SHARES; MATCH FORMULA. Each Employee who is a Participant in the Plan and remains an Employee on each day from a Quarter End until the Matching Date for such Quarter End shall be eligible to receive Match Shares. The number of Match Shares credited to a Participant’s Share Account pursuant to Article 6 shall be determined by dividing the Participant’s “Matching Credit” (determined pursuant to this Article 5) by the applicable Match Price.
5.2    OFFICERS. For each Officer who is a Participant in the Plan and remains an Employee on each day from a Quarter End until the Matching Date for such Quarter End, the Matching Credit shall be an amount equal to one-half of the amount of the Participant Contributions credited to the Participant’s Account for the Quarter ending on the applicable Quarter End. For purposes of the Plan and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, “Officer” means chief executive officer, president, executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, or assistant vice president.
5.3    OTHER PARTICIPANTS. For each Participant who is not an Officer under Section 5.2 above and who remains an Employee on each day from a Quarter End until the Matching Date for such Quarter End, the Matching Credit shall be an amount equal to one-third of the amount of Participant Contributions credited to the Participant’s Account for the Quarter ending on the applicable Quarter End.
5.4    TEN-YEAR EMPLOYEES. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.3 to the contrary, with respect to each Participant who has completed at least ten years of Qualifying Employment as of a Matching Date (“Ten-Year Employee”), the Matching Credit for such Participant under Section 5.3 above with respect to any Participant Contributions made on or after the date the Participant becomes a Ten-Year Employee shall be one-half of the amount of the Participant’s Participant Contributions instead of one-third. For purposes of this Section 5.4, unless determined otherwise by the Committee, a Participant’s years of employment shall include such Participant’s years of employment with Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”) immediately prior to commencing employment with the Company, including all direct and indirect subsidiaries of FNF, or such Participant’s years of employment with an organization that was part of a corporate transaction with the Company immediately prior to commencing employment with an Employer if (1) such corporate transaction documents provided for such credit or (2) if the Committee so decides. Likewise, for purposes of this Section 5.4, a Participant’s years of employment with FGL Holdings immediately prior to the merger of FGL Holdings with FNF, including all direct and indirect subsidiaries of FGL Holdings, shall be included in determining whether the Participant is a Ten-Year Employee.
5.5    CHANGES IN STATUS. In the event that a Participant becomes an Officer of an Employer, as described in Section 5.2 herein, or a Ten-Year Employee, as described in Section 5.4 herein, during a Quarter, for purposes of determining such Participant’s Matching Credit, all Participant Contributions made during the Quarter in which the change in status occurred shall be considered to have been made as an Officer or Ten-Year Employee for that Quarter.
5


ARTICLE 6
PURCHASE OF STOCK AND ALLOCATION OF MATCH SHARES
6.1    PURCHASE OF COMPANY STOCK. As soon as practicable following the close of each Payroll Period, the amount credited to a Participant’s Account shall be transferred by the Company or an Employer to the Broker, and the Company shall cause the Broker to use such amount to purchase shares of Company Stock on the open market on the Participant’s behalf (each such case, a “Purchase Date”). Any balance remaining after the purchase shall be credited to the Participant’s Share Account and shall be used to purchase additional shares of Company Stock as of the next Purchase Date.
6.2    MATCHING ALLOCATIONS. As soon as practicable following each Quarter End, the Company shall cause to be allocated to the Share Account of each Participant who is eligible to receive Match Shares that number of Match Shares determined pursuant to Article 5. Match Shares shall be posted to the Participant’s Share Account as soon as practicable after, and credited to such Share Account as of, each Matching Date.
6.3    FEES AND COMMISSIONS. The Company shall pay the Broker’s administrative charges for opening the Share Accounts for the Participants and the brokerage commissions on purchases made that are attributable to Match Shares and the purchase of Company Stock with Participant Contributions. Participants shall pay all other expenses of their Share Account, including but not limited to the Broker’s fees attributable to the issuance of certificates for any and all shares of Company Stock held in a Participant’s Share Account. Participants shall also pay the brokerage commissions and any charges associated with the sale of Company Stock held in the Participant’s Share Account.
ARTICLE 7
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
7.1    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event that a Participant’s employment with an Employer terminates for any reason, the Participant will cease to be a Participant in the Plan as of the date of termination. All cash in the Participant’s Account will be transferred to the Participant’s Share Account. The Broker may continue to maintain the Participant’s Share Account on behalf of the Participant; however, the Participant’s Share Account will cease to be administered under or have any other affiliation with the Plan. As of the date of termination of employment, the Participant shall pay for any and all expenses and costs related to his or her Share Account, including but not limited to the brokerage commissions on purchases of shares of Company stock made on or after the date of termination and any other fees, commissions, or charges for which the Participant would otherwise have been responsible for if he or she had continued to be a Participant in the Plan.
6


ARTICLE 8
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
8.1    PLAN ADMINISTRATION.
(a)    Authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board, or a committee (“Committee”) appointed by the Board. Until such time as the Board appoints a Committee to administer the Plan, the Board shall serve as the Committee for purposes of the Plan. The Board or Committee shall have all powers necessary to supervise the administration of the Plan and control its operations.
(b)    In addition to any powers and authority conferred on the Board or Committee elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Board or Committee shall have the following powers and authority:
(i)    To designate agents to carry out responsibilities relating to the Plan;
(ii)    To administer, interpret, construe and apply this Plan and to answer all questions that may arise or that may be raised under this Plan by a Participant, his or her beneficiary or any other person whatsoever;
(iii)    To establish rules and procedures from time to time for the conduct of its business and for the administration and effectuation of its responsibilities under the Plan; and
(iv)    To perform or cause to be performed such further acts as it may deem to be necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the operation of the Plan.
(c)    Any action taken in good faith by the Board or Committee or their designated agents in the exercise of authority conferred upon it by this Plan shall be conclusive and binding upon a Participant and his or her beneficiaries. All discretionary powers conferred upon the Board and Committee shall be absolute.
8.2    LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. No Employee, officer, member of the Board or Committee, or designated agent of the Board or Committee shall be subject to any liability with respect to his or her duties under the Plan unless the person acts fraudulently or in bad faith. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board or Committee and any of their designated agents, and any other Employee or officer of an Employer with duties under the Plan who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the person’s conduct in the performance of his or her duties under the Plan.
7


ARTICLE 9
COMPANY STOCK
9.1    MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES. Subject to Section 9.3 below, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock which may be allocated as Match Shares and purchased under the Plan pursuant to Participant Contributions is 2,000,000 shares. All shares of Company Stock purchased pursuant to the terms of this Plan shall be purchased on the open market.
9.2    VOTING COMPANY STOCK. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares of Company Stock to be purchased under Article 6 of the Plan until such shares have been posted to the Participant’s Share Account.
9.3    ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, share exchange, extraordinary dividend, or any change in the corporate structure affecting the shares of Company Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares of Company Stock that may be purchased under the Plan as set forth in Section 9.1, as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The decision by the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS
10.1    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. Since future conditions affecting the Company cannot be anticipated or foreseen, the Board reserves the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the New York Stock Exchange listing standards or any rule promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any securities exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed shall be effective unless such amendment shall be approved by the requisite vote of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon within the time period required under such applicable listing standard or rule. Upon termination of the Plan, all cash in an Employee’s Account will be transferred to the Employee’s Share Account. The Broker may continue to maintain the Employee’s Share Account on behalf of the Employee; however, the Participant’s Share Account will cease to be administered under or have any other affiliation with the Plan, and the Employee shall thereafter be responsible for any and all expenses and costs related to his or her Share Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment or termination shall affect rights previously granted, nor may an amendment make any change in any right previously granted which adversely affects the rights of any Participant without the consent of such Participant.
10.2    TAX WITHOLDING. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts payable or provided to a Participant (whether under this Plan or otherwise) any taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of amounts payable or provided under this Plan. Withholding with respect to Match Shares may be satisfied, at the Company’s option, by
8


withholding from a Participant’s other wages, by reducing the number of Match Shares credited to a Participant’s Share Account by that number of shares of Company Stock having a fair market value equal to all or part of the withholding obligation, by requiring the Participant to remit the withholding amount to the Company or the Participant’s Employer, and/or by such other means as the Company or the Participant’s Employer may determine.
10.3    BENEFITS NOT ALIENABLE. Benefits under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, except as expressly permitted in this Plan. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect.
10.4    NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. This Plan is strictly a voluntary undertaking on the part of an Employer and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between an Employer and any Employee or to be consideration for, or an inducement to, or a condition of, the employment of any Employee. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give the right to any Employee to be retained in the employ of an Employer or to interfere with the right of an Employer to discharge any Employee at any time.
10.5    GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.
10.6    NON-BUSINESS DAYS. When any act under the Plan is required to be performed on a day that falls on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, that act shall be performed on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.
10.7    COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall administer the Plan in such a way to insure that the Plan at all times complies with any applicable requirements of Federal securities laws.
9
Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of F&G Annuities and Life, Inc.
Entity
Jurisdiction
CF Bermuda Holdings Limited
Bermuda
F&G Cayman Re Ltd.
Cayman
FGL US Holdings Inc.
Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.
Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company
Iowa
Freedom Equity Group, L.L.C.
Delaware
Origin8cares Holding Company, Inc.
Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Assignment, LLC
Maryland
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Agency, Inc.
Maryland
F&G Life Re Ltd
Bermuda
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York
New York
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Mortgage Trust 2018-1
Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Brokerage, Inc.
Maryland
Fidelity & Guaranty Securities, LLC
Delaware
Specialty Lending Company LLC
Delaware
Raven Reinsurance Company
Vermont

Exhibit 99.1
[l], 2022
Dear FNF Shareholder:
On March 16, 2022, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”) announced its intention to separate F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“F&G”) from FNF. The separation will be effected through a dividend of approximately 15% of the common stock of F&G to FNF shareholders on a pro rata basis. The separation and distribution will result in FNF and F&G operating as two publicly traded companies, with F&G operating FNF’s pre-separation annuities and life insurance segment and FNF continuing to own and operate its remaining businesses, including its title insurance business segment. Following the separation and distribution, FNF will retain control of F&G through an approximate 85% equity ownership stake.
The separation will create two public companies that we believe will have distinct strengths and will be well-positioned for continued market leadership and growth. Each public company will offer investors a distinct and compelling investment opportunity based on different operating and financial models, end-market business cycles and strategic growth opportunities. By retaining ownership of approximately 85% of F&G, we intend to continue to benefit from its growth while also highlighting the substantial equity value that has been and is expected to continue to be created by F&G.
The separation will provide current FNF shareholders with equity ownership in both FNF and F&G. The separation will be effected by means of a pro rata distribution of approximately 15% of the outstanding shares of F&G common stock to holders of FNF common stock. Each FNF shareholder will receive [l] shares of F&G common stock for every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock held as of [5:00 p.m.], Eastern Daylight Time (“EDT”) on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution. F&G expects the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed to you at 12:01 a.m., EDT, on [l], 2022. No vote of FNF shareholders is required for the separation or the distribution. You do not need to take any action to receive shares of F&G common stock to which you are entitled as an FNF shareholder, and you do not need to pay any consideration, or surrender or exchange your FNF common stock.
The distribution of F&G common stock and cash received in lieu of fractional shares will be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
I encourage you to read the attached Information Statement, which is being provided to all FNF shareholders who held common stock on the record date for the distribution. The Information Statement describes the separation in detail and contains important business and financial information about F&G.
We believe the time is right for this separation as these two businesses are well-positioned to deliver value as public companies. We appreciate your continued support of FNF, and look forward to your future support of both companies.
Sincerely,
Michael J. Nolan
Chief Executive Officer
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.



[l], 2022
Dear Future F&G Shareholder:
I am pleased to welcome you as a future shareholder of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“F&G”), the common stock of which we expect will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “FG.” We are a leading provider of insurance solutions serving retail annuity and life customers and institutional clients. In fiscal year 2021, we generated approximately $[4.0] billion of revenue as part of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”).
As explained in the attached Information Statement, we believe that F&G, as a standalone publicly traded company, will be a strong organization that is a leader in its industry. We see our partial spin-off from FNF as a vote of confidence from FNF for our business with the added benefit of maintaining our partnership with FNF through its majority ownership. We anticipate that the transition back to being a stand-alone public company will help to reinforce the value of F&G. Investors will have the opportunity to invest directly in F&G, giving them closer exposure to the earnings and cash flow potential of our inforce book, as well as the upside potential from our new business platforms. We plan to create long-term shareholder value by continuing to improve our industry-leading position and maximizing our strategic growth opportunities.
We invite you to learn more about F&G and our strategic initiatives by reading the attached information statement. We thank you in advance for your support as a future shareholder of F&G.
Sincerely,
Chris Blunt
President and Chief Executive Officer
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.



Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 31, 2022
INFORMATION STATEMENT
prospectuscover1a.jpg
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
This Information Statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution by Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”) to its shareholders of approximately 15% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“F&G”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF, that holds and operates the annuities and life insurance related businesses of FNF. To implement the distribution, FNF will distribute approximately 15% of the shares of F&G common stock on a pro rata basis to FNF shareholders.
For every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock you hold of record as of [5:00 p.m.], Eastern Daylight Time (“EDT”) on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution, you will receive [l] shares of F&G common stock. F&G expects the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed to you at 12:01 a.m., EDT, on [l], 2022. F&G refers to the date of the distribution of the F&G common stock as the “distribution date.”
The distribution will be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including any cash received in lieu of fractional shares.
No vote of FNF shareholders is required for the separation or the distribution. Therefore, you are not being asked for a proxy, and you are requested not to send FNF a proxy, in connection with the separation or the distribution. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing FNF common stock, or take any other action to receive your shares of F&G common stock.
There is no current trading market for F&G common stock, although F&G expects that a limited market, commonly known as a “when-issued” trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution, and F&G expects “regular-way” trading of F&G common stock to begin on the first trading day following the completion of the distribution. F&G’s common stock has been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “FG,” subject to its being in compliance with all applicable listing standards on the date it begins trading on the NYSE. F&G intends to satisfy all the requirements for that listing. Following the separation and distribution, FNF will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “FNF.”
In reviewing this Information Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This Information Statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.
The date of this Information Statement is [l], 2022.
A Notice of Internet Availability with instructions for how to access this Information Statement was first mailed to FNF shareholders on or about [l], 2022.



TABLE OF CONTENTS



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
What is F&G and why is FNF separating F&G’s business and distributing F&G stock?
F&G, a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF, was incorporated by FNF for the purpose of holding the businesses of FGL Holdings. FGL Holdings was a publicly traded provider of annuity and life insurance products that was acquired by FNF in 2020. This annuity and life insurance business has seen significant expansion under FNF’s ownership. The separation of F&G from FNF and the distribution of F&G common stock are intended to provide you with equity ownership in two publicly traded companies. FNF and F&G expect that the separation will result in enhanced long-term performance of each business for the reasons discussed in the section titled “The Separation and Distribution—Rationale for the Separation and Distribution.”
Why am I receiving this document?
FNF is delivering this document to you because you are a holder of FNF common stock. If you are a holder of FNF common stock as of [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022, the record date of the distribution, you will be entitled to receive [l] shares of F&G common stock for every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock that you held at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on such date. This document will help you understand how the separation and distribution will affect your post-separation ownership in FNF and F&G, respectively.
How will the separation of F&G from FNF work?
F&G is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF. F&G’s businesses have been operated separately within FNF since the June 1, 2020 acquisition. The separation will be effected through a dividend of approximately 15% of the common stock of F&G to the FNF shareholders on a pro rata basis. For additional information on the separation, see “The Separation and Distribution.”
Why is the separation of F&G structured as a distribution?
FNF believes that the separation and distribution is an efficient way to separate its annuities and life insurance related businesses from its title insurance and other businesses in a manner that will achieve the corporate business purposes as set forth herein in the section titled “The Separation and Distribution—Rationale for the Separation and Distribution.”
What is the record date for the distribution?
The record date for the distribution will be [l], 2022.
When will the distribution occur?
It is expected that all of the shares of F&G common stock included in the distribution will be distributed by FNF at [5:00 p.m.], EDT, on [l], 2022 to holders of record of FNF common stock at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022 the record date for the distribution.
What do FNF shareholders need to do to participate in the distribution?
Shareholders of FNF as of the record date for the distribution will not be required to take any action to receive F&G common stock in the distribution. However, we urge you to read this entire Information Statement carefully. No shareholder approval of the separation and distribution is required. You are not being asked for a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing FNF common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of F&G common stock. Please do not send in your FNF stock certificates. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of FNF common stock or any rights of FNF shareholders, although it may affect the market value of each outstanding share of FNF common stock.
How will shares of F&G common stock be issued?
You will receive shares of F&G common stock through the same channels that you currently use to hold or trade FNF common stock, whether through a brokerage account or other channel. Receipt of shares of F&G
i


common stock will be documented for you in the same manner that you typically receive shareholder updates, such as monthly broker statements.
If you own FNF common stock as of [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date for the distribution, including shares owned in certificated form, FNF, with the assistance of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“CST”), the distribution agent, will electronically distribute shares of F&G common stock to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf in book-entry form. CST will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of F&G common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the common stock.
How many shares of F&G common stock will I receive in the distribution?
FNF will distribute to you [l] shares of F&G common stock for every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock you held as of [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date for the distribution. Based on approximately [l] shares of FNF common stock outstanding as of [l], 2022, a total of approximately [l] shares of F&G common stock will be distributed. For additional information on the distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution.”
Will F&G issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution?
No. F&G will not issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution. Fractional shares that FNF shareholders would otherwise have been entitled to receive will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales will be distributed pro rata (based on the fractional shares such holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive) to those shareholders who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payments made in lieu of fractional shares. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the recipient FNF shareholders. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders” for further information.
What are the conditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement?
The transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
each of FNF and F&G shall have performed in all material respects its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be performed at or prior to the closing;
there being no law, injunction, judgment or ruling enacted, promulgated, issued, entered, amended or enforced by any governmental authority in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or making the consummation of any such transactions illegal;
the SEC shall have declared effective the registration statement of which this Information Statement forms a part and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC;
the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
each of FNF and F&G shall have delivered certain deliverables as contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the ancillary agreements relating to the separation and distribution; and
no other events or developments shall exist or shall have occurred that, in the judgment of the board of directors of FNF, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution or the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement.
FNF and F&G cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met and may also waive any of the conditions to the separation and distribution. In addition, FNF can choose at any time prior to distribution not to go
ii


forward with the separation and distribution for any reason or no reason. For a complete discussion of all of the conditions to the distribution, see “The Separation and DistributionConditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement.”
What is the expected date of completion of the separation and distribution?
As described above, the completion and timing of the separation and distribution depend on a number of conditions. It is expected that the shares of F&G common stock will be distributed by FNF at [5:00 p.m.], EDT, on [l], 2022 to the holders of record of FNF common stock at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the separation or that all conditions to the distribution will be met.
Can FNF decide to cancel the distribution of F&G common stock even if all the conditions have been met?
Yes. Until the distribution has occurred, FNF has the right to terminate the distribution, even if all of the conditions are satisfied. See “The Separation and DistributionConditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement.
What if I want to sell my FNF common stock or my F&G common stock?
You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stockbroker, bank or tax advisor.
What is “regular-way” and “ex-distribution” trading of FNF common stock?
Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and through the distribution date, it is expected that there will be two markets in FNF common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. FNF common stock that trades in the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to shares of F&G common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Shares that trade in the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed in the distribution. If you decide to sell any FNF common stock before the distribution date, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your FNF common stock with or without your entitlement to F&G common stock to be issued in the distribution.
Where will I be able to trade shares of F&G common stock?
F&G intends to apply to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “FG.” F&G anticipates that trading in shares of its common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and will continue up to and through the distribution date and that “regular-way” trading in F&G common stock will begin on the first trading day following the completion of the separation. If trading begins on a “when-issued” basis, you may purchase or sell F&G common stock up to and through the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. F&G cannot predict the trading prices for its common stock before, on or after the distribution date.
What will happen to the listing of FNF common stock?
FNF common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE after the distribution under the symbol “FNF.”
Will the number of FNF common stock that I own change as a result of the distribution?
No. The number of FNF common stock that you own will not change as a result of the distribution.
Will the distribution affect the market price of my FNF common stock?
As a result of the distribution, FNF expects the trading price of FNF common stock immediately following the distribution to be lower than the “regular-way” trading price of such common stock immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect FNF’s 100% ownership of F&G. There can be no assurance that the market value of the FNF common stock following the separation will be higher or lower than the market value of FNF common stock before the separation. This means, for example, that the combined trading
iii


prices of one FNF common share and one share of F&G common stock after the distribution may be equal to, greater than or less than the trading price of one FNF common share before the distribution.
What will be my tax basis in the F&G common stock received in the distribution and my tax basis in my shares of FNF common stock following the distribution?
Following the distribution, you will have an initial tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the shares of F&G common stock received by you in the distribution equal to the fair market value of those shares on the distribution date. Your tax basis in your FNF common stock will be reduced, but not below zero, only to the extent that the fair market value of F&G common stock received by you on the distribution date (plus any cash received in lieu of fractional shares) exceeds your allocable portion of FNF’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. You should consult your tax advisor about the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the application of federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders” for further information.
What will F&G’s relationship be with FNF following the separation?
Upon completion of the separation and distribution, FNF will own approximately 85% of F&G outstanding common stock. F&G will enter into aSeparation and Distribution Agreement with FNF to effect the separation and provide a framework for F&G’s relationship with FNF after the separation and will enter into certain ancillary agreements, such as a Corporate Services Agreement, a reverse Corporate Services Agreement and a Tax Sharing Agreement (referred to herein as the “ancillary agreements”). These agreements will govern the relationship between F&G and FNF subsequent to the completion of the separation and distribution. In certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from other shareholders of F&G. For additional information regarding the Separation and Distribution Agreement and other ancillary agreements, see the “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution,” “The Separation and Distribution” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” sections of this Information Statement.
Who will manage F&G after the separation?
F&G will benefit from a management team with an extensive background in operating annuities and life insurance related businesses. Led by Chris Blunt, who will be F&G’s President and Chief Executive Officer after the separation, F&G’s management team will possess a diverse set of relevant skills as well as experience in its industry. For more information regarding F&G’s management, see “Management.”
Are there risks associated with owning F&G common stock?
Yes. Ownership of F&G common stock is subject to both general and specific risks relating to F&G’s business, the management of F&G’s investment assets, the industry in which F&G operates (including economic conditions and market conditions), legal, regulatory and tax risks, F&G’s indebtedness and financing, the separation and distribution, F&G’s status as a publicly traded company, and F&G’s ongoing contractual relationships with FNF. Ownership of F&G common stock is also subject to risks relating to the separation and distribution. These risks are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Information Statement beginning on page [l]. You are encouraged to read that section carefully.
Does F&G plan to pay dividends?
We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial aggregate amount of approximately $[l] per year, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of F&G’s board of directors and will depends on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that the F&G board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”
iv


Will F&G incur any indebtedness prior to or at the time of the distribution?
Yes. F&G intends to commence an offering, subject to market conditions, of two tranches of senior notes with varying maturities (the “Senior Notes”) in a private placement transaction (the “Senior Notes Offering”). Each series of notes will be unsecured obligations of the Company. The Senior Notes will be offered in the United States to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. F&G anticipates using the net proceeds of the Senior Notes Offering for general corporate purposes, including to support the growth of AUM and for future liquidity requirements of F&G.
F&G has also established a $5.0 billion Global Debt Issuance program. F&G Global Funding is a statutory trust formed solely for the purpose of issuing medium-term notes to institutional investors. The proceeds of note issuances are used by the issuer to acquire funding agreements from Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”), a subsidiary of F&G. The notes are secured by these funding agreements, which have matching interest payment and maturity terms. The notes may be denominated in U.S. dollar or foreign currencies and may have fixed or floating interest rates. As of June 30, 2022, F&G had funding agreements issued in connection with its funding agreement-backed medium-term note program with an account value of $[l].
Who will be the distribution agent, transfer agent, registrar and information agent for the F&G common stock?
The distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for the F&G common stock will be CST. For questions relating to the mechanics of the distribution or matters relating to the subsequent transfer of F&G common stock, you should contact: [l]. If your shares are held by a bank, broker or other nominee, you may call [l] at [l].
Where can I find more information about FNF and F&G?
Before the distribution, if you have any questions relating to FNF’s business performance, you should contact:
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
601 Riverside Ave.
Jacksonville, FL 32204
Email: Investors@fnf.com
Attn: Lisa Foxworthy-Parker, SVP of Investor & External Relations
After the distribution, F&G shareholders who have any questions relating to F&G’s business performance should contact F&G at:
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
801 Grand Ave, Suite 2600
Des Moines, Iowa 50309
Email: [Investors@fglife.com]
Attn: Lisa Foxworthy-Parker, SVP of Investor & External Relations
v


INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information from this Information Statement relating to our company. For a more complete understanding of our business, the separation and the distribution, you should carefully read this entire Information Statement, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated historical financial statements and notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.
Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this Information Statement assumes the completion of the separation of F&G from FNF (the “separation”) and the distribution of F&G’s common stock to FNF’s shareholders (the “distribution”). References in this Information Statement to “ F&G,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “ the company” refer to F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. References in this Information Statement to “FNF” refer to Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. References to F&G’s historical business and operations refer to the business and operations of FNF’s F&G business segment that will be operated by F&G in connection with the separation and distribution.
Following the completion of the separation and the distribution, we will be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards, and as a result, will rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors.”
Overview
We are a leading provider of insurance solutions serving retail annuity and life customers and institutional clients. Through our insurance subsidiaries, including FGL Insurance and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (“FGL NY Insurance”), we market a broad portfolio of deferred annuities (fixed indexed annuities (“FIAs”) and multi-year guarantee annuities (“MYGAs”) or other fixed rate annuities), immediate annuities, indexed universal life (“IUL”) insurance, funding agreements (through funding agreement backed notes (“FABN”) issuances and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”)) and pension risk transfer (“PRT”) solutions.
We were acquired by FNF on June 1, 2020 (the “FNF Acquisition”). We benefited from immediate financial strength ratings upgrades and affirmations following the FNF Acquisition; S&P and Fitch upgraded us to A-, A.M. Best affirmed at A-, and Moody’s upgraded us to Baa1. These upgrades and affirmations, which we believe were valued by our distribution partners, positioned us to quickly expand our business in our existing channels and gain access to new markets. In the first full year of ownership by FNF, we more than doubled sales from $4.5 billion in 2020 to $9.6 billion in 2021 and did so profitably. With our success in expanding distribution under FNF’s ownership, we have grown assets under management (“AUM”) from $26.5 billion at the time of acquisition to $40.3 billion as of June 30, 2022. We now operate in and source significant premiums from five distinct channels, versus a single channel prior to the FNF Acquisition. For discussion of the five distinct channels, see Business – We Play in Large and Growing Markets” and Business – Our Retail Distribution Channels” in this Information Statement.
We believe the strength of our balance sheet provides confidence to our policyholders and business partners and positions us for continued growth. Our invested assets comprise what we believe to be a highly rated and well diversified portfolio. As of June 30, 2022, 92% of our fixed maturity securities were rated NAIC 1 or NAIC 2, the two highest credit rating designations under criteria of the National Association of Insurance Commissioner (the “NAIC”). These assets are managed against what we believe to be prudently underwritten liabilities. We have in-force liabilities of $38.7 billion at June 30, 2022, with a liability duration of 6 years, well matched to our assets. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, net earnings attributable to common shareholders was $466 million, our in-force liabilities generated net investment spread of 270 basis points, we produced adjusted net earnings (“ANE”) of $210 million, and an adjusted return on assets (“ROA”) of 110 basis points. We are focused on growing our in-force liabilities and AUM, driven by sales of attractively priced liabilities, including FIAs, MYGAs or other fixed rate annuities, IUL, funding agreements, and PRT solutions.
As of June 30, 2022, we had $2.5 billion of total equity and $4.6 billion of total equity excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). FGL Insurance expects to maintain its U.S. risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratio
1


at or above our target of 400%. Going forward, we intend to fund our continued growth through statutory earnings, reinsurance programs, and unused debt capacity.
Rationale for the Separation and Distribution
FNF and the FNF board of directors believes that separation of the annuities and life insurance related businesses from the remainder of FNF is in both companies’ best interest for a number of reasons, including the following:
Unlock the Value of Two Industry Leading Businesses
FNF believes that the separation will result in the creation of shareholder value because, among other things, the trading value of FNF’s and F&G’s common stock in the aggregate would exceed the trading value of the existing FNF common stock, although there can be no assurance that this will occur. The separation is expected to provide greater transparency for investors, resulting in more focus and attention by the investment community on the F&G business.
Distinct Investment Identities
The separation is intended to create two distinct and compelling investment opportunities for investors based on individually unique operating models and associated track records of successful performance. It also provides investors with enhanced insight into each company’s distinct value drivers and simplified financial reporting to more accurately assess and value performance of each individual business.
Strategy and Competitive Strengths
FNF and F&G believe that F&G’s strategy and competitive strengths position F&G well for growth. Through a diversification growth strategy, F&G has demonstrated profitable, compound annual growth rates (“CAGRs”) in sales of 56%, AUM of 18%, and ANE of 17%, for the two-year period ended December 31, 2021 and, more recently, annual increases in sales of 31%, AUM of 27%, and ANE of 24%, for the six month period ended June 30, 2022, as compared to the prior year.
We have expanded our business in our traditional channels, and entered new markets. With this strategy, we believe that we will continue to deliver stable ROA driven by asset growth and increasing margins from scale as well as expansion into higher-margin, less capital-intensive products. We are positioned to accomplish our goals through the following areas of strategic focus:
Targeting large and growing markets. The opportunity for our core annuity products remains significant, as policyholders seek to add safety and certainty to their retirement plans. Our investments in life insurance products allows us to penetrate the underserved middle market, which addresses the needs of many of our cultural communities. And as corporations continue to de-risk their pension funds, our buyout solutions can guarantee pension-holders the lifetime benefits they need and want. Finally, we continue to attract strong institutional annuity buyers with funding agreements. F&G is a national leader in the markets we play in, and demographic trends provide tailwinds and significant room to continue growing.
Superior ecosystem. Our business model gives us a sustainable competitive advantage. We have strong and long-standing relationships with a diverse network of distributors, a durable investment edge through our Blackstone, Inc. (“Blackstone”) partnership, a scalable administrative platform, and a track record of attracting and retaining top talent.
Consistent track record of success. F&G’s deep and experienced management team has successfully diversified products and channels in recent years and demonstrated our ability to deliver consistent top line growth, increase AUM and generate steady spreads and ROA across varying market cycles.
The separation and distribution will unlock value. Investors will be able to invest directly in F&G to capitalize on the earnings and cash flow potential of its in-force book, as well as the upside potential of its new business platforms. F&G will continue to reap the benefits that come from its majority ownership by
2


FNF. We view the separation and distribution as a vote of confidence for our business, and anticipate that the transition to being a public company will help to reinforce the value of F&G.
The Separation
On March 14, 2022, FNF’s Board of Directors approved a dividend to their shareholders, on a pro rata basis, of 15% of the common stock of F&G (the “F&G Distribution”). FNF intends to retain control of F&G through their approximate 85% ownership stake. The proposed F&G Distribution is intended to be structured as a taxable dividend to FNF shareholders and is subject to various conditions including the final approval of FNF’s Board of Directors, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the SEC, and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by FNF’s Board of Directors prior to the distribution. Upon completion of the F&G Distribution, FNF’s shareholders as of the record date are expected to own stock in both publicly traded companies. The proposed F&G Distribution is targeted to be completed early in the fourth quarter of 2022. However, there can be no assurance regarding the timeframe for completing the F&G Distribution or that the conditions of the F&G Distribution will be met.
Conditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement
The transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
each of FNF and F&G shall have performed in all material respects its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be performed at or prior to the closing of the separation and distribution (the “separation and distribution closing”);
there being no law, injunction, judgment or ruling enacted, promulgated, issued, entered, amended or enforced by any governmental authority in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or making the consummation of any such transactions illegal;
the SEC shall have declared effective the registration statement of which this Information Statement forms a part and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC;
the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
each of FNF and F&G shall have delivered certain deliverables as contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the ancillary agreements relating to the separation and distribution; and
no other events or developments shall exist or shall have occurred that, in the judgment of the board of directors of FNF, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution or the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement.
FNF will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the separation and distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution, the distribution date and the distribution ratio. FNF will also have sole discretion to amend or terminate the distribution at any time. FNF does not intend to notify its shareholders of any modifications to the terms of the separation that, in the judgment of its board of directors, are not material. For example, FNF’s board of directors might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio or the allocation of the assets and liabilities of FNF in the separation. To the extent that FNF’s board of directors determines that any modifications by FNF materially change the material terms of the distribution, FNF will notify FNF’s shareholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by, for example, publishing a press release, filing a current report on Form 8-K or circulating a supplement to this Information Statement.
3


Agreements with FNF
Following the separation and distribution, F&G and FNF will each operate separately, as publicly traded companies. In addition to FNF’s retained ownership of F&G, F&G will enter into the Separation and Distribution Agreement with FNF. In connection with the separation, F&G also intends to enter into various ancillary agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for its relationship with FNF after the separation and distribution, such as a Corporate Services Agreement (the “Corporate Services Agreement”), a reverse Corporate Services Agreement (the “reverse Corporate Services Agreement”), a Tax Sharing Agreement (the “Tax Sharing Agreement”) and other agreements entered into in connection therewith (collectively with the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”). These agreements will provide for the allocation between F&G and FNF of FNF’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after F&G’s separation from FNF and will govern certain relationships between F&G and FNF after the separation. Forms of the agreements listed above are filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement forms a part.
Formation of F&G
F&G was incorporated in Delaware on August 7, 2020 for the purpose of holding the businesses of FGL Holdings, which was acquired by FNF on June 1, 2020. FGL Holdings was a publicly traded provider of annuity and life insurance products.
Relationship With FNF Following the Separation and Distribution
Upon completion of the separation and distribution, FNF will own approximately 85% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, FNF will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. FNF will also have sufficient voting power to approve amendments to our organizational documents.
Accordingly, upon completion of the separation and distribution, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards. We intend to avail ourselves of some or all “controlled company” exemptions to these certain NYSE corporate governance standards. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. For additional information regarding the exemptions on which we intend to rely, see “Management–Status as a Controlled Company” and “Risk Factors–Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution–We will be a ‘controlled company’ within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
The interests of FNF may not coincide with our interests or the interests of the other holders of our common stock. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise between FNF, as our controlling stockholder, and us. For example, FNF may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, and FNF may either directly, or through affiliates, also maintain business relationships with companies that may directly compete with us. In general, FNF or its affiliates could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have relationships. Also, upon completion of the separation and distribution, F&G’s charter will provide that, subject to any written agreement to the contrary, FNF will not have a duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business that F&G engages in, and, except as set forth in F&G’s charter, none of FNF and FNF’s officers and directors will be liable to F&G or its shareholders for any breach of any fiduciary duty due to any such activities of FNF. For additional information regarding FNF’s ability to control the outcome of matters put to a stockholder vote and potential conflicts of interest, see “Risk Factors–Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution–FNF will be our principal shareholder following the completion of the separation and distribution and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions. In certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from other stockholders of F&G.” and “Risk Factors–Risks
4


Related to the Separation and Distribution–After the separation and distribution, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their FNF equity ownership or their current or former FNF positions.” and “Description of Capital Stock–Corporate Opportunities.
Investment Management Relationship with Blackstone
FGL Insurance and certain other subsidiaries of F&G (other than FGL NY Insurance) are party to investment management agreements (“IMAs”) with Blackstone ISG-I Advisors LLC (“BISGA”) pursuant to which BISGA is appointed as investment manager of substantially all assets in the general and separate accounts of those entities (the “F&G Accounts”). MVB Management, LLC, an entity that is 50% owned by affiliates of William Foley, the Chairman of FNF and a proposed director of F&G (“MVB Management”), receives a participation fee from BISGA in connection with assets of F&G and its subsidiaries that are managed by BISGA. BISGA also receives services from MVB Management. BISGA pays MVB Management a fee of approximately 15% of certain fees paid to BISGA and its affiliates pursuant to the investment management agreements with BISGA. See also “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Other Relationships” in this Information Statement.
F&G is not a party to the agreements between BISGA and MVB Management and does not pay, and is not responsible for, any fees paid to MVB Management. Our agreements with BISGA provide that, in the event BISGA and MVB Management amend their participation fee agreement in the future to reduce the fee (based on a decreasing sliding scale of aggregate assets managed by BISGA) payable for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion by 50%, BISGA’s per annum management fee for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion will also be reduced. See also “Business—Our Investment Management Governance and Approach” in this Information Statement.
Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement
This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide information to shareholders of FNF who will receive shares of F&G common stock in the distribution. It is not and is not to be construed as an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of F&G’s securities. The information contained in this Information Statement is believed by F&G to be accurate as of the date set forth on its cover. Changes may occur after that date and neither F&G nor FNF will update the information except in the normal course of their respective disclosure obligations and practices.
5


Summary Risk Factors
There are risks associated with our business, economic and market conditions, regulatory and tax, indebtedness and financing, the separation of F&G from FNF and an investment in our common stock, including:
Risks Related to Our Business
A financial strength ratings downgrade, potential downgrade, or any other negative action by a rating agency could increase our cost of capital, making it challenging to grow our business, and could hinder our ability to participate in certain market segments, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and our financial condition.
We may face losses if our actual experience differs significantly from our reserving assumptions.
Our valuation of investments and the determinations of the amounts of allowances and impairments taken on our investments may include methodologies, estimates and assumptions which are subject to differing interpretations and, if changed, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
The pattern of amortizing our value of business acquired (“VOBA”), deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) and deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) balances relies on assumptions and estimates made by management. Changes in these assumptions and estimates could impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Change in our evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to the credit risk of our counterparties, including companies with whom we have reinsurance agreements or from whom we have purchased options.
Interruption or other operational failures in telecommunication, information technology and other operational systems, or a failure to maintain the security, integrity, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data residing on such systems, including as a result of human error, could result in a loss or disclosure of confidential information, damage to our reputation, monetary losses, additional costs and impairment of our ability to conduct business effectively.
We have a long-term contractual relationship with BISGA that limits our ability to terminate this relationship or retain another investment manager without BISGA’s consent.
Increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers, arrangements with such investment advisers and investment activities may affect BISGA’s or, if engaged, any other asset manager’s ability to manage our investment portfolio or impact the reputation of our business.
Risks Related to Economic Conditions and Market Conditions
Conditions in the economy generally could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our investments are subject to credit risks of the underlying issuer, borrower, or physical collateral which can change over time with the credit cycle.
Interest rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the occurrence of a catastrophe, including natural or man-made disasters.
Legal, Regulatory and Tax Risks
Our business is subject to government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business and regulators have broad administrative and discretionary authority over our business and business practices.
Current and emerging developments relating to market conduct standards for the financial services industry emerging from the U. S. Department of Labor’s (“DOL”) implementation of the “fiduciary rule” may over time materially affect our business.
The SECURE Act of 2019 may impact our business and the markets in which we compete.
6


Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation and distribution, and the separation and distribution may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
The combined post-separation value of our common stock and FNF common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of FNF common stock.
Although we have past history of operating as a public company, our historical financial information and summary historical financial information are not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
Until the separation and distribution occurs, FNF has sole discretion to change the terms of the separation and distribution in ways that may be unfavorable to us.
FNF will be our principal shareholder following the completion of the separation and distribution and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions. In certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from our other stockholders.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, which is presumed to exist if a person owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company's domiciliary state insurance regulator. Persons considering an investment in our common stock should take into consideration their ownership of FNF voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such laws in light of their particular circumstances.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain exclusive forum provisions that could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose a judicial forum that they find favorable for certain disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents, and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims.
We and certain of our subsidiaries will continue to file consolidated federal income tax returns with FNF after the separation and distribution.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation and distribution, and following the separation and distribution, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
Substantial sales of our common stock may occur in connection with or following the distribution, which could cause our stock price to be volatile and to decline.
We cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on our common stock in the future.
7


RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this Information Statement in evaluating F&G and our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows. In such case, the trading price of F&G’s common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The risk factors generally have been separated into the following 6 groups: risks related to our business; risks related to economic and market conditions; risks related to legal, regulatory and tax; risks relating to our indebtedness and financing; risks related to the separation and distribution; and risks related to stock. However, these risks are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our ability to grow depends in large part upon the continued availability of capital.
Our long-term strategic capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our accumulated statutory earnings and the relationship between our statutory capital and surplus and various elements of required capital. To support long-term capital requirements, we may need to increase or maintain statutory capital and surplus of our insurance subsidiaries through financings, which could include debt, equity, financing arrangements or other surplus relief transactions. On June 24,2022, FNF capitalized $400 million of intercompany indebtedness into common stock of F&G. FNF is not obligated to, may choose not to, or may not be able to provide financing or make capital contributions to us now or in the future. Consequently, financings, if available at all, may be available only on terms that are not favorable to us. Adverse market conditions have affected and continue to affect the availability and cost of capital from external sources. If we cannot maintain adequate capital for our insurance subsidiaries, we may be required to limit growth in sales of new policies, and such action could materially adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.
A financial strength ratings downgrade, potential downgrade, or any other negative action by a rating agency could increase our cost of capital, making it challenging to grow our business, and could hinder our ability to participate in certain market segments, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and our financial condition.
Various nationally recognized rating agencies review the financial performance and condition of insurers, including our insurance subsidiaries, and publish their financial strength ratings as indicators of an insurer’s ability to meet policyholder and contract holder obligations. These ratings are important to maintaining public confidence in our products, our ability to market our products and our competitive position. Downgrades, unfavorable changes in rating methodology or other negative action by a rating agency could have a material adverse effect on us in many ways, including the following:
adversely affecting relationships with distributors, independent marketing organizations (“IMOs”) and sales agents, which could result in reduction of sales;
increasing the number or amount of policy lapses or surrenders and withdrawals of funds;
requiring a reduction in prices for our subsidiaries’ insurance products and services in order to remain competitive;
excluding us from participating in the PRT business or FABN issuances;
adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at a reasonable price, on reasonable terms or at all;
requiring us to collateralize reserves, balances or obligations under certain reinsurance agreements. In the event of a withdrawal of or downgrade of “FGAL’s” S&P issuer credit rating to BB or lower, we are
8


required to fund a note issued by a reinsurance counterparty up to $300 million. As of December 31, 2021, the amount funded under the note agreement was insignificant; and
requiring us to collateralize balances or obligations under derivatives agreements. As of December 31, 2021, we had no derivatives contracts that require us to post collateral.
We may face losses if our actual experience differs significantly from our reserving assumptions.
Our profitability depends significantly upon the extent to which our actual experience is consistent with the assumptions used in setting rates for our products and establishing liabilities for future life insurance, annuity and PRT policy benefits and claims. However, due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of the liabilities for unpaid policy benefits and claims, we cannot precisely determine the amounts we will ultimately pay to settle these liabilities. As a result, we may experience volatility in our reserves and therefore our profitability from period to period. To the extent that actual experience is less favorable than our underlying assumptions, we could be required to increase our reserves which may reduce our profitability and impact our financial strength.
We have been issuing guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) products since 2008. In our reserve calculations, we makes assumptions for policyholder behavior as it relates to GMWB utilization. If emerging experience deviates from our assumptions on GMWB utilization, it could have a significant effect on our reserve levels and related results of operations. Based on experience of GMWB utilization, which continues to emerge, we updated our GMWB utilization assumption during 2019, with a favorable impact on reserves. We will continue to monitor the GMWB utilization assumption and update our best estimate as applicable.
Our valuation of investments and the determinations of the amounts of allowances and impairments taken on our investments may include methodologies, estimates and assumptions which are subject to differing interpretations and, if changed, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Fixed maturities, equity securities and derivatives represent the majority of total cash and invested assets reported at fair value on our balance sheet. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). Fair value estimates are made based on available market information and judgments about the financial instrument at a specific point in time. Expectations that our investments will continue to perform in accordance with their contractual terms are based on evidence gathered through our normal credit surveillance process and on assumptions a market participant would use in determining the current fair value.
The determination of current expected credit loss varies by investment type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Our management considers a wide range of factors about the instrument issuer (e.g., operations of the issuer and future earnings potential) and uses their best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the instrument and in assessing the prospects for recovery. In addition, we conduct various quantitative credit screens on the investment portfolio to create a credit watchlist. The credit watchlist investments are then further analyzed by our portfolio manager for likelihood of loss of contractual principal and interest. Our portfolio managers also maintain a credit spotlight for investments that do not meet the quantitative screens. These investments have been identified as requiring a higher level of review and monitoring due to idiosyncratic risk. Such evaluations and assessments require significant judgment and are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. Additional impairments may need to be taken in the future, and the ultimate loss may exceed management’s current estimate of impairment amounts.
The value and performance of certain of our assets are dependent upon the performance of collateral underlying these investments. It is possible the collateral will not meet performance expectations leading to adverse changes in the cash flows on our holdings of these types of securities.
See Note E — Investments to the historical audited consolidated financial statements including the notes thereto, (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”) and Note C — Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated
9


Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement for additional information about our investment portfolio.
The pattern of amortizing our VOBA, DAC and DSI balances relies on assumptions and estimates made by management. Changes in these assumptions and estimates could impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Amortization of our VOBA, DAC and DSI balances depends on the actual and expected profits generated by the respective lines of business that incurred the expenses. Expected profits are dependent on assumptions regarding a number of factors including investment returns, benefit payments, expenses, mortality, and policy lapse. Due to the uncertainty associated with establishing these assumptions, we cannot, with precision, determine the exact pattern of profit emergence. As a result, amortization of these balances will vary from period to period. Any difference in actual experience versus expected results could require us to, among other things, accelerate the amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI which would reduce profitability for such lines of business in the current period.
Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” for additional details on the amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI balances.
Change in our evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the basis differences reverse. Deferred tax assets in essence represent future savings of taxes that would otherwise be paid in cash. We are required to evaluate the recoverability of our deferred tax assets each quarter and establish a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce our deferred tax assets to an amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realizable. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, we consider many factors, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in prior carryback years and implementation of any feasible and prudent tax planning strategies management would employ to realize the tax benefit.
Based on our current assessment of future taxable income, including available tax planning opportunities, we anticipate it is more-likely-than-not that we will generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of our deferred tax assets as to which we do not have a valuation allowance. If future events differ from our current assumptions, the valuation allowance may need to be increased, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We have recorded goodwill as a result of past acquisitions, and adverse events affecting the value of our reporting unit could cause the balance to become impaired, requiring write-downs that would reduce our operating income.
Current accounting rules require that goodwill be assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if changes in events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of our reporting unit may be less than its carrying value. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstance indicating the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, divestitures, and negative industry or economic trends. Evaluating this asset’s recoverability requires us to make estimates and assumptions to estimate the fair value of our reporting unit. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, no goodwill impairment charge was recorded. However, if there is an adverse event affecting the value of our reporting unit in the future, the carrying amount of our goodwill may no longer be recoverable, and we may be required to record an impairment charge, which would have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We will continue to monitor our operating results and the impact of the economy to determine if there is an impairment of goodwill in future periods.
10


If we are unable to attract and retain national marketing organizations and independent agents, sales of our products may be reduced.
We must attract and retain our network of IMOs and independent agents to sell our products. Insurance companies compete vigorously for productive agents. We compete with other life insurance companies for marketers and agents primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services, compensation and product features. Such marketers and agents may promote products offered by other life insurance companies that offer a larger variety of products than we do. If we are unable to attract and retain a sufficient number of marketers and agents to sell our products, our ability to compete and our revenues would suffer.
We operate in a highly competitive industry, which could limit our ability to gain or maintain our position in the industry and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive industry. We encounter significant competition in all of our product lines from other insurance companies, many of which have greater financial resources and higher financial strength ratings than us and which may have a greater market share, offer a broader range of products, services or features, assume a greater level of risk, have lower operating or financing costs, or have different profitability expectations than us. Competition could result in, among other things, lower sales or higher lapses of existing products.
Our annuity products compete with FIAs, fixed rate annuities and variable annuities sold by other insurance companies and also with mutual fund products, traditional bank investments and other retirement funding alternatives offered by asset managers, banks and broker-dealers. The ability of banks and broker dealers to increase their securities-related business or to affiliate with insurance companies may materially and adversely affect sales of all of our products by substantially increasing the number and financial strength of potential competitors. Our insurance products compete with those of other insurance companies, financial intermediaries and other institutions based on a number of factors, including premium rates, policy terms and conditions, service provided to distribution channels and policyholders, ratings by rating agencies, reputation and commission structures.
Our ability to compete is dependent upon, among other things, our ability to develop competitive and profitable products, our ability to maintain low unit costs, our maintenance of adequate financial strength ratings from rating agencies and our ability to attract and retain distribution channels to market our products, the competition for which is vigorous.
Concentration in certain states for the distribution of our products may subject us to losses attributable to economic downturns or catastrophes in those states.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, our top five states for the distribution of its products were California, Florida, Texas, New Jersey, and Ohio, which together accounted for 38% of F&G’s premiums. Any adverse economic developments or catastrophes in these states could have an adverse impact on F&G’s business.
Concentration in one or more of our products (for example, FIAs) may subject us to greater volatility of sales if such products experienced a significant decrease in sales.
We may experience greater volatility in our sales performance from period to period to the extent we have a high concentration of sales in one or more of our products and those products suffer a material decline (for whatever reason) in a particular period. For example, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, FIAs generated approximately 45% and 77% of our total sales respectively. We may not be able to increase the sales of other products at the same pace, or at all, to the extent there is a decrease in sales of our products that made up the majority of our sales in historical periods. As a result, decreased sales in high concentration products could adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are subject to the credit risk of our counterparties, including companies with whom we have reinsurance agreements or from whom we have purchased options.
We cede material amounts of insurance and transfers related assets and certain liabilities to other insurance companies through reinsurance. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. The failure,
11


insolvency, inability or unwillingness of any reinsurer to pay under the terms of reinsurance agreements with us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. We regularly monitor the credit rating and performance of our reinsurance parties. Wilton Reassurance Company (“Wilton Re”), ASPIDA Life Re Ltd. (“Aspida Re”), and Somerset Reinsurance Ltd. (“Somerset”) represent our largest reinsurance counterparty exposure. As of December 31, 2021, the net amount recoverable from Wilton Re, Aspida Re, and Somerset were $1,269 million, $873 million and $780 million, respectively. We also face funds withheld reinsurance counterparty risk. Under funds withheld reinsurance arrangements, we retain possession and legal title to assets backing the ceded liabilities.
We are also exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by our counterparties on options. We seek to reduce the risk associated with such agreements by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions, and by holding collateral. There can be no assurance we will not suffer losses in the event of counterparty non-performance. Several of our derivative counterparty International Swap and Derivative Association (“ISDA”) agreements contain additional termination event triggers based on a downgrade of FGL Insurance. These triggers would give these counterparties the option to terminate our options, which could lead to losses if occurring at an inopportune time.
Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional details on credit risk and counterparty risk.
Our business could be interrupted or compromised if we experience difficulties arising from outsourcing relationships.
If we do not maintain an effective outsourcing strategy or third-party providers do not perform as contracted, we may experience operational difficulties, increased costs and a loss of business that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If there is a delay in our third-party providers’ introduction of our new products or if our third-party providers are unable to service our customers appropriately, we may experience a loss of business that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, our reliance on third-party service providers that we do not control does not relieve us of our responsibilities and contractual, legal and other requirements. Any failure or negligence by such third-party service providers in carrying out their contractual duties may result in us becoming subjected to liability to parties who are harmed and ensuing litigation. Any litigation relating to such matters could be costly, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome of any such litigation may be uncertain. Moreover, any adverse publicity arising from such litigation, even if the litigation is not successful, could adversely affect our reputation and sales of our products.
The loss of key personnel could negatively affect our financial results and impair our ability to implement our business strategy.
Our success depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability, and we may be unable to hire or retain such employees. Our key employees include senior management, sales and distribution professionals, actuarial and finance professionals and information technology professionals. We do not believe the departure of any particular individual would cause a material adverse effect on our operations; however, the unexpected loss of several key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations due to the loss of their skills, knowledge of its business, and their years of industry experience as well as the potential difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement employees.
Our risk management policies and procedures may not capture unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect our business or result in losses.
We believe we have developed risk management policies and procedures designed to manage material risks within established risk appetites and risk tolerances. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not effectively mitigate the internal and external risks identified or predict future exposures, which could be different or significantly greater than expected and which could result in unexpected monetary losses or cause damage to our reputation or additional costs, or which could impair our ability to conduct business effectively. Many of our methods of managing risk and exposures are based upon observed historical data, current market behavior, and
12


certain assumptions made by management. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date, or properly evaluated. As a result, additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Interruption or other operational failures in telecommunication, information technology and other operational systems, or a failure to maintain the security, integrity, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data residing on such systems, including as a result of human error, could result in a loss or disclosure of confidential information, damage to our reputation, monetary losses, additional costs and impairment of our ability to conduct business effectively.
We are highly dependent on automated and information technology systems to record and process our internal transactions and transactions involving our customers, as well as to calculate reserves, value invested assets and complete certain other components of our statutory financial statements. The integrity of our computer systems and the protection of the information, including policy holder information, that resides on such systems are important to our successful operation. If we fail to maintain an adequate security infrastructure, adapt to emerging security threats or follow our internal business processes with respect to security, the information or assets we hold could be compromised. Further, even if we, or third parties to which we outsource certain information technology services, maintain a reasonable, industry-standard information security infrastructure to mitigate these risks, the inherent risk that unauthorized access to information or assets remains. This risk is increased by transmittal of information over the internet and the increased threat and sophistication of cyber criminals. While, to date, we believe that we have not experienced a material breach of our computer systems, the occurrence or scope of such events is not always apparent.
In addition, some laws and certain of our contracts require notification of various parties, including regulators, consumers or customers, in the event that confidential or personal information has or may have been taken or accessed by unauthorized parties. Such notifications can potentially result in, among other things, adverse publicity, diversion of management and other resources, the attention of regulatory authorities, the imposition of fines, and disruptions in business operations, the effects of which may be material. Any inability to prevent security or privacy breaches, or the perception that such breaches may occur, could inhibit our ability to retain or attract new clients and/or result in financial losses, litigation, increased costs, negative publicity, or other adverse consequences to our business.
Further, our financial institution clients have obligations to safeguard their information technology systems and the confidentiality of customer information. In certain of our businesses, we are bound contractually and/or by regulation to comply with the same requirements. If we fail to comply with these regulations and requirements, we could be exposed to suits for breach of contract, governmental proceedings or the imposition of fines. In addition, future adoption of more restrictive privacy laws, rules or industry security requirements by federal or state regulatory bodies or by a specific industry in which we do business could have an adverse impact on us through increased costs or restrictions on business processes.
We rely on our investment management or advisory agreements with BISGA and other investment managers and sub-managers for the management of portions of certain of our life insurance companies’ investment portfolios.
Our insurance company subsidiaries are parties to investment management agreements with BISGA and other investment managers and sub-managers. These entities depend in large part on their ability to attract and retain key people, including senior executives, finance professionals and information technology professionals. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability, and our investment managers may be unable to hire or retain such employees. The unexpected loss by any of our investment managers, including BISGA, of key employees could have a material adverse effect on their ability to manage our investment portfolio and have an adverse impact on our investment portfolio and results of operations.
We have a long-term contractual relationship with BISGA that limits our ability to terminate this relationship or retain another investment manager without BISGA’s consent.
Under an omnibus termination side letter among us, FNF and BISGA, we have agreed with BISGA not to allow other investment managers to be appointed or retained to provide investment management or advisory services to
13


our annuity and life insurance subsidiaries without BISGA’s consent. Although BISGA has consented to the engagement of other investment managers in the past, BISGA has no obligation to do so in the future.
Each of our subsidiaries that is party to an investment management agreement with BISGA may terminate such agreement upon 30 days’ notice. BISGA may also terminate any investment management agreement upon 30 days’ notice. However, we and FNF have agreed in the omnibus termination side letter to cause our insurance company subsidiaries to engage BISGA as an investment manager. The initial term of this side letter expires on June 1, 2027 and contains an automatic renewal provision which provides for successive one year terms thereafter. Prior to June 1, 2027, we and FNF may only terminate the side letter for cause. Cause is generally limited to circumstances where BISGA is legally unable to manage our assets, if BISGA fails to offer us “most favored nations” rights with respect to certain products it may issue to third parties, or where BISGA has acted with gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of its obligations. In addition, at the expiration of the initial term of the side letter in 2027, or at the end of any renewal term, we may with prior notice terminate the side letter for (i) unsatisfactory long term performance by BISGA that is materially detrimental to one of our subsidiaries or (ii) unfair and excessive fees charged by BISGA compared to those that would be charged by a comparable asset manager (taking into account the experience, education and qualification of BISGA’s personnel, the scale and scope of the services being provided by BISGA, and the composition of the managed investment portfolio and comparable investment guidelines). If we provide any such notice, the termination would not become effective for two years, during which time BISGA may seek to cure the events giving arise to our termination right. If one of our subsidiaries were to terminate an investment management agreement or take other actions that we have agreed will not be taken under the omnibus termination side letter, we and FNF may be in breach of our respective obligations to BISGA under such side letter.
The historical performance of BISGA, or any other asset manager we engage, should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our investment portfolio, our future results or any returns expected on our common stock.
Our investment portfolio’s returns have benefited historically from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not continue or currently exist, or may not be repeated, and there can be no assurance that BISGA will be able to avail itself of profitable investment opportunities in the future. In addition, because BISGA is compensated based solely on our assets which it manages, rather than by investment return targets, BISGA is not directly incentivized to maximize investment return targets. Accordingly, there can be no guarantee that BISGA will be able to achieve, or seek to achieve, any particular returns for our investment portfolio in the future.
Increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers, arrangements with such investment advisers and investment activities may affect BISGA’s or, if engaged, any other asset manager’s ability to manage our investment portfolio or impact the reputation of our business.
The regulatory environment for investment managers is evolving, and changes in the regulation of investment managers may adversely affect the ability of BISGA to effect transactions that utilize leverage or pursue their strategies in managing our investment portfolio. In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The SEC, other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. Due to our reliance on these relationships in particular to manage a significant portion of our investment portfolio, any regulatory action or enforcement against BISGA could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
In addition, the NAIC continues to consider the nature of the relationships between insurance companies and their investment advisors and investment managers, and more broadly the impact of private equity within the insurance industry. We are continuing to monitor the development of any proposals that could have a material impact on the contractual relationships between us and BISGA.
14


Risks Related to Economic Conditions and Market Conditions
Conditions in the economy generally could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the U.S. economy. Adverse economic conditions may result in a decline in revenues and/or erosion of our profit margins. In addition, in the event of extreme prolonged market events and economic downturns we could incur significant losses. Even in the absence of a market downturn we are exposed to substantial risk of loss due to market volatility.
Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, investor and consumer confidence, foreign currency exchange rates and inflation levels all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. In an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, negative investor sentiment and lower consumer spending, the demand for our insurance products could be adversely affected. Under such conditions, we may also experience an elevated incidence of policy lapses, policy loans, withdrawals and surrenders. In addition, our investments could be adversely affected as a result of deteriorating financial and business conditions affecting the issuers of the securities in our investment portfolio.
As of June 30, 2022, current economic conditions, including high inflation rates, have not adversely affected our business, results of operations and financial condition. See also “Risks Relating to Economic Conditions and Market Conditions — Interest rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.” in this Information Statement.
Please refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Business Trends and Conditions” for additional details on risk factors relating to economic conditions and market conditions. See also “—The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
Our investments are subject to geopolitical risk. The on-going conflict in Russia and Ukraine could heighten and expand to peripheral countries in the region.
We have no exposure to investments in Russia or Ukraine but we do have relatively small investments in the neighboring countries of Finland, Kazakhstan and Sweden, all non-NATO countries. If the conflict were to expand into neighboring countries or lead to a wider recession in Europe, our investments in those countries could suffer losses, which could have a negative impact on our financial results.
Our investments are subject to market risks that could be heightened during periods of extreme volatility or disruption in financial and credit markets.
Our invested assets and derivative financial instruments are subject to risks of credit defaults and changes in market values. Periods of extreme volatility or disruption in the financial and credit markets could increase these risks. Changes in interest rates and credit spreads could cause market price and cash flow variability in the fixed income instruments in our investment portfolio. Significant volatility and lack of liquidity in the credit markets could cause the market value of the fixed-income securities we own to decline. Further, if our investment manager, BISGA, fails to react appropriately to difficult market or economic conditions, our investment portfolio could incur material losses.
Our investments are subject to credit risks of the underlying issuer, borrower, or physical collateral which can change over time with the credit cycle.
A worsening business climate, recession, or changing trends could cause issuers of the fixed-income securities that we own to default on either principal or interest payments. Additionally, market price valuations may not accurately reflect the underlying expected cash flows of securities within our investment portfolio.
The value of our mortgage-backed securities and our commercial and residential mortgage loan investments depends in part on the financial condition of the borrowers and tenants for the properties underlying those
15


investments, as well as general and specific economic trends affecting the overall default rate. We are also subject to the risk that cash flows resulting from the payments on pools of mortgages that serve as collateral underlying the mortgage-backed securities we own may differ from our expectations in timing or size. Any event reducing the estimated fair value of these securities, other than on a temporary basis, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
We also maintain holdings in floating rate, and less rate-sensitive investments, including senior tranches of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and directly originated senior secured loans. If realized collateral loss and recoveries differ materially from our assumptions, returns on these assets could be lower than our expectation.
We invest in asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (traditional and specialty finance) and asset-backed and consumer whole loans. Consumer balance sheets are healthy and underwriting standards have become more conservative following the Global Funding Crisis. However, high inflation rates are a headwind for consumers and efforts by the Federal Reserve to stem inflation could induce a recession which would have an adverse impact on consumers and potentially increase delinquencies to a higher level than what is assumed in our underwriting.
In addition, the upcoming discontinuation of London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) could adversely affect the value of our investment portfolio, derivatives transactions and issued funding agreements bearing interest at LIBOR. There can be no assurance that the alternative rates and fallbacks utilized by the various markets will be effective at preventing or mitigating disruption as a result of the discontinuation of LIBOR. Should such disruption occur, it may adversely affect, among other things, the trading market for LIBOR-based securities, including those held in our investment portfolio, the market for derivative instruments, including those that we use to achieve our hedging objectives, and our ability to issue funding agreements bearing a floating rate of interest.
Interest rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Interest rate risk is a significant market risk for us, as our business involves issuing interest rate sensitive obligations backed primarily by investments in fixed income assets.
For the past several years interest rates have remained at or near historically low levels. The prolonged period of low rates exposes us to the risk of not achieving returns sufficient to meet our earnings targets and/or our contractual obligations. Furthermore, low or declining interest rates may reduce the rate of policyholder surrenders and withdrawals on our life insurance and annuity products, thus increasing the duration of the liabilities, creating asset and liability duration mismatches and increasing the risk of having to reinvest assets at yields below the amounts required to support our obligations. Lower interest rates may also result in decreased sales of certain insurance products, negatively impacting our profitability from new business.
During periods of increasing interest rates, we may offer higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as universal life insurance and fixed annuities, and we may increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these products competitive. We may be required to accept lower spread income (the difference between the returns we earn on our investments and the amounts we credit to contract holders), thus reducing our profitability, as returns on our portfolio of invested assets may not increase as quickly as current interest rates. Rapidly rising interest rates may also expose us to the risk of financial disintermediation, which is an increase in policy surrenders, withdrawals and requests for policy loans as customers seek to achieve higher returns elsewhere, requiring us to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. If we experience unexpected withdrawal activity, we could exhaust our liquid assets and be forced to liquidate other less liquid assets such as limited partnership investments. We may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner and/or be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. We have developed and maintain asset liability management (“ALM”) programs and procedures that are, we believe, designed to mitigate interest rate risk by matching asset cash flows to expected liability cash flows. In addition, we assess surrender charges on withdrawals in excess of allowable penalty-free amounts that occur during the surrender charge period. There can be no assurance that actual withdrawals, contract benefits, and maturities will match our estimates. Despite our efforts to reduce the impact of rising interest rates, we may be required to sell
16


assets to raise the cash necessary to respond to an increase in surrenders, withdrawals and loans, thereby realizing capital losses on the assets sold.
We may experience spread income compression, and a loss of anticipated earnings, if credited interest rates are increased on renewing contracts in an effort to decrease or manage withdrawal activity. Our expectation for future spread income is an important component in amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI under U.S. GAAP. Significant reductions in spread income may cause us to accelerate VOBA, DAC and DSI amortization. In addition, certain statutory capital and reserve requirements are based on formulas or models that consider interest rates and a prolonged period of low interest rates may increase the statutory capital we are required to hold as well as the amount of assets we must maintain to support statutory reserves.
As of June 30, 2022, current economic conditions, including higher interest rates, have not adversely affected our business, results of operations and financial condition. Higher interest rates have decreased the fair value of our investment security portfolio as of June 30, 2022, primarily our fixed maturity securities, resulting in our AOCI being a loss of $2.1 billion compared to income of $0.7 billion as of December 31, 2021. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” in this Information Statement for a more detailed discussion of interest rate risk.
Equity market volatility could negatively impact our business.
The estimated cost of providing GMWB riders associated with our annuity products incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets or increased equity volatility could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction in F&G’s revenues and net income.
We are exposed to liquidity risk as a result of our other risks.
We are exposed to liquidity risk, which is the risk that we are unable to meet near-term obligations as they come due.
Liquidity risk is a manifestation of events that are driven by other risk types, including market, insurance, investment or operational risks. A liquidity shortfall may arise in the event of insufficient funding sources or an immediate and significant need for cash or collateral. In addition, it is possible that expected liquidity sources, such as our minimum cash buffers, funding agreements through the FHLB or other credit facilities, may be unavailable or inadequate to satisfy the liquidity demands described below.
We have the following sources of liquidity exposure and associated drivers that trigger material liquidity demand. Those sources are:
Derivative collateral market exposure: abrupt changes to interest rate, equity, and/or currency markets may increase collateral requirements to counterparties and create liquidity risk for us.
Asset liability mismatch: there are liquidity risks associated with liabilities coming due prior to the matching asset cash flows.
Insurance cash flows: we face potential liquidity risks from unexpected cash demands due to severe mortality calamity, customer withdrawals, policy loans or lapse events. If such events were to occur, we may face unexpectedly high levels of claim payments to policyholders.
FHLB collateral: we issue funding agreements to the FHLB for which eligible securities collateral is posted. If the value of the eligible securities declines significantly, and there is no available eligible security collateral in the portfolio, we may need to supplement the collateral account with cash.
17


Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the occurrence of a catastrophe, including natural or man-made disasters.
Any catastrophic event, such as pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods, severe storms or hurricanes or computer cyber-terrorism, could have a material and adverse effect on our business in several respects:
any such event could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and the operating results of our insurance business due to its impact on the economy and financial markets;
our workforce being unable to be physically located at one of our facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our ability to perform or deliver our services;
we could experience long-term interruptions in the services provided by our significant vendors due to the effects of catastrophic events, including but not limited to government mandates to self-quarantine, work remotely and prolonged travel restrictions;
some of our operational systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery and business continuity planning cannot account for all eventualities. Additionally, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery systems could further impede our ability to conduct business, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data;
how we manage our financial exposure for losses with third-party reinsurance and catastrophic events could adversely affect the cost and availability of that reinsurance; and
the value of our investment portfolio may decrease if the securities in which we invest are negatively impacted by climate change (both transition risk and physical risk), pandemic diseases, severe weather conditions and other catastrophic events.
Natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics (including COVID-19) and malicious and terrorist acts present risks that could materially adversely affect our results of operations or the mortality or morbidity experience of our business. Claims arising from such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition, either directly or as a result of their effect on our reinsurers or other counterparties. Such events could also have an adverse effect on the rate and amount of lapses and surrenders of existing policies, as well as sales of new policies.
While we believe we have taken steps to identify and mitigate these types of risks, such risks cannot be reliably predicted, nor fully protected against even if anticipated. In addition, such events could result in overall macroeconomic volatility or specifically a decrease or halt in economic activity in large geographic areas, adversely affecting the marketing or administration of our business within such geographic areas or the general economic climate, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The possible macroeconomic effects of such events could also adversely affect our asset portfolio.
The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.
The health, economic and business conditions precipitated by the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic that emerged in 2020 had an adverse effect on our operating results in 2020 as the market value volatility impacted our total adjusted capital (“TAC”). In 2021 and 2020, we saw an increase in our mortality experience in both our single premium immediate annuity (“SPIA”) and IUL business which largely offset each other. In addition, savings and investment behavior of our policyholders may have been changed as a result of financial stress due to the pandemic.
A significant number of our employees continue to work from home and we believe this will continue into 2022 and future years. The remote work environment puts greater demands on our technological systems, puts us at greater risk of cybersecurity incidents and adds complexity to our programs that are designed to protect private data.
In addition, the changing nature of the work environment post-COVID with more remote employment opportunities has reduced the friction in changing jobs which has increased the mobility of our workforce and
18


provided more opportunities for our employees to transition into jobs at other companies. The so-called “Great Resignation,” instigated by COVID-related changes to how employees work, has introduced increased risk to our ability to retain key personnel.
The severe restriction in economic activity caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and initial increased level of unemployment in the United States have contributed to increased volatility and uncertainty regarding expectations for the economy and markets going forward. Although states have eased restrictions and the capital and labor markets have generally recovered, we are now experiencing a period of higher than normal inflation. It is unclear when the economy will return to operating under normal or near-normal conditions. For example, in response to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve cut interest rates to near zero in March 2020. The Federal Reserve has increased interest rates in 2022 and signaled that interest rates will increase over the remainder of 2022 and potentially in 2023.
See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” in this Information Statement for a more detailed discussion of interest rate risk. See also “— Interest rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Legal, Regulatory and Tax Risks
Our business is highly regulated and subject to numerous legal restrictions and regulations.
Our insurance businesses are subject to extensive regulation by state insurance authorities in each state in which they operate. Most states also regulate insurance holding companies like us with respect to acquisitions, changes of control and the terms of transactions with our affiliates. In addition, we may incur significant costs in the course of complying with regulatory requirements.
State insurance regulators, the NAIC and federal regulators continually reexamine existing laws and regulations and may impose changes in the future. New interpretations of existing laws and the passage of new legislation may harm our ability to sell new policies, increase our claim exposure on policies we issued previously and adversely affect our profitability and financial strength. We are also subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result in, among other things, suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
We cannot predict what form any future changes in these or other areas of regulation affecting the insurance industry might take or what effect, if any, such proposals might have on us if enacted into law. In addition, because our activities are relatively concentrated in a small number of lines of business, any change in law or regulation affecting one of those lines of business could have a disproportionate impact on us as compared to other more diversified insurance companies.
Please refer to the section titled “Regulation of F&G” included in this Information Statement for additional details on the impact of regulations on our business.
Our business is subject to government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business and regulators have broad administrative and discretionary authority over our business and business practices.
Our business is subject to government regulation in each of the states in which we conduct business, along with the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and is concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders and other customers. Such regulation is vested in state agencies having broad administrative and discretionary authority, which may include, among other things, premium rates and increases thereto, underwriting practices, reserve requirements, marketing practices, advertising, privacy, policy forms, reinsurance reserve requirements, acquisitions, mergers and capital adequacy. At any given time, we and our insurance subsidiaries may be the subject of a number of ongoing financial or market conduct, audits or inquiries. From time to time, regulators raise issues during such examinations or audits that could have a material impact on our business.
19


Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. We cannot predict the amount or timing of any such future assessments and therefore the liability we have established for these potential assessments may not be adequate. In addition, regulators may change their interpretation or application of existing laws and regulations, including, for example, broadening the scope of carriers that must contribute towards long term care insolvencies.
Our regulation in the United States is influenced by the NAIC, which continues to consider reforms including relating to cybersecurity regulations, best interest standards, RBC and life insurance reserves.
Although our business is subject to regulation in each state in which we conduct business, along with the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, in many instances the state regulatory models emanate from the NAIC. Some of the NAIC pronouncements, particularly as they affect accounting issues, take effect automatically in the various states without affirmative action by the states. Statutes, regulations and interpretations may be applied with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting and reserve requirements. The NAIC continues to work to reform state regulation in various areas, including comprehensive reforms relating to cybersecurity regulations, best interest standards, RBC and life insurance reserves.
We and our insurance subsidiaries are subject to minimum capitalization requirements based on RBC formulas for life insurance companies that establish capital requirements relating to insurance, business, asset, interest rate and certain other risks. Changes to statutory reserve or RBC requirements may increase the amount of reserves or capital we and our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold and may impact our ability to pay dividends. In addition, changes in statutory reserve or RBC requirements may adversely impact our financial strength ratings. Changes currently under consideration include adding an operational risk component, factors for asset credit risk, and group wide capital calculations. See Risk FactorsRisk Factors Related to our BusinessA financial strength ratings downgrade, potential downgrade, or any other negative action by a rating agency could increase our cost of capital, making it challenging to grow the business, and could hinder our ability to participate in certain market segments, thereby adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations” for a discussion of risks relating to our financial strength ratings.
Current and emerging developments relating to market conduct standards for the financial industry emerging from the DOL’s implementation of the “fiduciary rule” may over time materially affect our business.
In December 2020, the DOL issued its final version of an investment advice rule replacing the previous “Fiduciary Rule” that had been challenged by industry participants and vacated in March 2018 by the United States Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals. The new investment advice rule reinstates the five-part test for determining whether a person is considered a fiduciary for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and sets forth a new exemption, referred to as prohibited transaction class exemption (“PTE”) 2020-02. The rule’s preamble also contains the DOL’s reinterpretation of elements of the five-part test that appears to encompass more insurance agents selling IRA products and withdraws the DOL’s longstanding position that rollover recommendations out of employer plans are not subject to ERISA. The new rule took effect on February 16, 2021. The DOL left in place PTE 84-24, which is a longstanding class exemption providing prohibited transaction relief for insurance agents selling annuity products, provided that certain disclosures are made to the plan fiduciary, which is the policyholder in the case of an individual retirement account (“IRA”), and certain other conditions are met. Among other things, these disclosures include the agent’s relationship to the insurer and commissions received in connection with the annuity sale. We, along with FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, designed and launched a compliance program in January 2022 requiring all agents selling IRA products to submit an acknowledgment with each IRA application indicating the agent has satisfied PTE 84-24 requirements on a precautionary basis in case the agent acted or is found to have acted as a fiduciary. Meanwhile, the DOL has publicly announced its intention to consider future rulemaking that may revoke or modify PTE 84-24.
Management believes these current and emerging developments relating to market conduct standards for the financial services industry may, over time, materially affect the way in which our agents do business, the role of IMOs, sale of IRA products including IRA-to-IRA and employer plan rollovers, how we supervise our distribution
20


force, compensation practices and liability exposure and costs. In addition to implementing the compliance procedures described above, management is monitoring further developments closely and will be working with IMOs and distributors to adapt to these evolving regulatory requirements and risks.
Please refer to “Regulation” for additional details on the DOL’s “Fiduciary Rule.”
Our Regulation in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands may limit or curtail our activities, and changes to existing regulations may affect our ability to continue to offer our existing products and services, or new products and services.
Our business is subject to regulation in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, including the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”) and the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”). These regulations may limit or curtail our activities, including activities that might be profitable, and changes to existing regulations may affect our ability to continue to offer our existing products and services, or new products and services we may wish to offer in the future.
Our reinsurance subsidiary, F&G Life Re Ltd. (“F&G Life Re”), is registered in Bermuda under the Bermuda Insurance Act of 1978, (the “Insurance Act”) and is subject to the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The BMA has sought regulatory equivalency, which enables Bermuda’s commercial insurers to transact business with the European Union (“EU”) on a “level playing field.” In connection with its initial efforts to achieve equivalency under the EU’s Directive (2009/138/EC) (“Solvency II”), the BMA implemented and imposed additional requirements on the companies it regulates. The European Commission in 2016 granted Bermuda’s commercial insurers full equivalency in all areas of Solvency II for an indefinite period of time.
Our reinsurance subsidiary, F&G Cayman Re Ltd. (“F&G Cayman Re”), is a licensed Class D insurer in the Cayman Islands and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of ours, is licensed by the CIMA and is subject to supervision by CIMA, CIMA may at any time direct F&G Cayman Re, in relation to a policy, a line of business or the entire business, to cease or refrain from committing an act or pursing a course of conduct and to perform such acts as in the opinion of CIMA are necessary to remedy or ameliorate the situation.
Please refer to the section titled “Regulation of F&G” for additional details on the regulations in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands.
The SECURE Act of 2019 may impact our business and the markets in which we compete.
The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement Act of 2019, Pub.L. 116-94 (the “SECURE Act”), was signed into law by Congress on December 20, 2019, as part of the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act. The SECURE Act contains provisions that may impact our insurance subsidiaries, including elimination of the “stretch IRA” (with the effect that funds from inherited IRAs must now be fully withdrawn by beneficiaries within 10 years of the account owner’s death and, as a result, IRAs may be less desirable to our customers, and our administrative system for handling distributions from IRAs invested in our annuity products may need to be updated to reflect the shortened distribution period for IRA beneficiaries); elimination of age limit for making traditional IRA contributions; raising of the age for required minimum distributions from IRAs from 70½ to 72 (which particularly impacts our administrative system for handling distributions from IRAs that are invested in our annuity products); expansion of 401K plan eligibility for part-time workers; creation of new employer protections for offering annuities, including a fiduciary safe harbor for employer retirement plan sponsors that wish to add in-plan annuity products (which particularly impacts how we and our competitors may now sell annuity products to employers or provide certifications necessary to meet the SECURE Act fiduciary safe harbor requirements); and lowering of barriers for offering multiple employer plans. The SECURE Act changes may also affect, to some extent, the length of time that IRA assets remain in our annuity products. While we cannot predict whether, or to what extent, the SECURE Act will ultimately impact us, the SECURE Act may have implications for our business operations and the markets in which we compete.
21


The amount of statutory capital that our insurance subsidiaries have and the amount of statutory capital that they must hold to maintain our financial strength ratings and meet other requirements can vary significantly from time to time due to a number of factors outside of our control.
The financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries are significantly influenced by its statutory surplus amounts and capital adequacy ratios. In any particular year, statutory surplus amounts and U.S. RBC ratios may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors, most of which are outside of the control of each of our insurance subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the following:
the amount of statutory income or losses generated by such insurance subsidiary (which itself is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions);
the amount of additional capital such insurance subsidiary must hold to support business growth and changes to the RBC calculation methodologies;
changes in statutory accounting or reserve requirements applicable to such insurance subsidiary;
such insurance subsidiary’s ability to access capital markets to provide reserve relief;
changes in equity market levels, interest rates, and market volatility;
the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in such insurance subsidiary’s investment portfolio;
changes in the credit ratings of investments held in such insurance subsidiary’s portfolio; and
the value of certain derivative instruments.
Rating agencies may also implement changes to their internal models, which differ from the RBC capital model and could result in such insurance subsidiary increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital it must hold in order to maintain its current financial strength ratings. In addition, rating agencies may downgrade the investments held in such insurance subsidiary’s portfolio, which could result in a reduction of its capital and surplus and its RBC ratio. To the extent that such insurance subsidiary’s U.S. RBC ratios are deemed to be insufficient, such insurance subsidiary may take actions either to increase our capitalization or to reduce the capitalization requirements. If such insurance subsidiary is unable to take such actions, the rating agencies may view this as a reason for a ratings downgrade.
The failure of any of our insurance subsidiaries to meet their applicable RBC requirements or minimum capital and surplus requirements could subject them to further examination or corrective action imposed by insurance regulators, including limitations on their ability to write additional business, supervision by regulators or seizure or liquidation. Any corrective action imposed could have a material adverse effect on such insurance subsidiary’s business, results of operations and financial condition. A decline in U.S. RBC ratios could be a factor in causing rating agencies to downgrade such insurance subsidiary’s financial strength ratings, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in federal or state tax laws may affect sales of our products and profitability.
The annuity and life insurance products that we market generally provide the policyholder with certain federal income or state tax advantages. For example, federal income taxation on any increases in non-qualified annuity contract values (i.e., the “inside build-up”) is deferred until it is received by the policyholder. Non-qualified annuities are annuities that are not sold to a qualified retirement plan or are in the form of a qualified contract such as an IRA. With other savings investments, such as certificates of deposit and taxable bonds, the increase in value is generally taxed each year as it is realized. Additionally, life insurance death benefits and the inside build-up under life insurance contracts are generally exempt from income tax or are tax deferred.
From time to time, various tax law changes have been proposed that could have an adverse effect on our business, including the elimination of all or a portion of the income tax advantages described above for annuities and life insurance policies. For example, changes in tax law could reduce or eliminate the tax-deferred accumulation of
22


earnings on the deposits paid by the holders of annuities and life insurance products, which could make such products less attractive to potential purchasers. Additionally, insurance products, including the tax favorable features of these products, generally must be approved by the insurance regulators in each state in which they are sold. This review could delay the introduction of new products or impact the features that provide for tax advantages and make such products less attractive to potential purchasers. A shift away from life insurance and annuity products could reduce FGL Insurance’s and FGL NY Insurance’s income from the sale of such products, as well as the assets upon which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance earn investment income. If legislation were enacted to eliminate the tax deferral for annuities or life insurance policies, such a change would have a material adverse effect on our ability to sell non-qualified annuities or life insurance policies.
Changes in tax law may increase our future tax liabilities and related compliance costs.
From time to time, the United States, as well as foreign, state and local governments, consider changes to their tax laws that may affect our future results of operations and financial condition. Also, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. Changes to tax laws could increase their complexity and the burden and costs of compliance. Additionally, such changes could also result in significant modifications to the existing transfer pricing rules and could potentially have an impact on our taxable profits as such legislation is adopted by participating countries.
We and our subsidiaries and affiliates are subject to reviews and audits by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other taxing authorities from time to time, and the IRS or other taxing authority may challenge tax positions taken by us and our subsidiaries and affiliates. Responding to or defending against challenges from taxing authorities could be expensive and time consuming, and could divert management’s time and focus away from operating our business. We cannot predict whether and when taxing authorities will conduct an audit, challenge our tax positions or the cost involved in responding to any such audit or challenge. If our subsidiaries and affiliates are unsuccessful in defending against such challenges, they may be required to pay taxes for prior periods, interest, fines or penalties, and may be obligated to pay increased taxes in the future, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects.
We may be the target of future litigation, law enforcement investigations or increased scrutiny which may negatively affect our operations or financial strength or reduce profitability.
We, like other financial services companies, are involved in litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business. For further discussion on litigation and regulatory investigation risk, see Note H Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note F — Commitments and Contingencies to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
From time to time we receive inquiries and requests for information from state insurance departments, attorneys general and other regulatory agencies about various matters relating to our business. Sometimes these take the form of civil investigative demands or subpoenas. We cooperate with all such inquiries and we have responded to or are currently responding to inquiries from multiple governmental agencies. Also, regulators and courts have been dealing with issues arising from foreclosures and related processes and documentation. Various governmental entities are studying the insurance product, market, pricing, and business practices, and potential regulatory and legislative changes, which may materially affect our business and operations. From time to time, we are assessed fines for violations of regulations or other matters or enter into settlements with such authorities, which may require us to pay fines or claims or take other actions.
More generally, we operate in an industry in which various practices are subject to scrutiny and potential litigation, including class actions. In addition, we sell our products through IMOs, whose activities may be difficult to monitor. Civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers and other financial services companies involving sales, underwriting practices, product design, product disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits, charging excessive or impermissible fees, recommending unsuitable products to customers, breaching fiduciary or other duties to customers, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise
23


representatives, relationships with agents or other persons with whom the insurer does business, payment of sales or other contingent commissions and other matters. Such lawsuits can result in substantial judgments and damage to our reputation that is disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, financial services companies have made material settlement payments.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.
We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability, which represents a diversion of resources that may be significant in amount and may not prove successful. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could adversely impact our business and our ability to compete effectively.
We may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges our operations or activities infringe upon that party’s intellectual property rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents or other protections that could be infringed by our products, methods, processes or services or could otherwise limit our ability to offer certain product features. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, trade secret or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages or we could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Financing
We are a holding company and depend on distributions from our subsidiaries for cash.
We are a holding company whose operating subsidiaries write insurance products that generate a net spread between their assets and liabilities (net of operating costs). Our ability to pay interest on our outstanding debt and our other obligations and to pay dividends is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions or payments to us. If our operating subsidiaries are not able to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to meet our obligations or pay dividends on our common stock.
Our insurance subsidiaries are also subject to state laws with respect to the payment of dividends. The Iowa insurance law and the New York insurance law regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively. Compliance with these state regulations will limit the amounts that FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance may dividend to us. Any dividends in excess of a threshold amount are subject to advance state notice or approval.
The maximum dividend permitted by law is not necessarily indicative of an insurer’s actual ability to pay dividends, which may be constrained by business and regulatory considerations, such as the impact of dividends on surplus, which could affect an insurer’s ratings or competitive position, the amount of premiums that can be written and the ability to pay future dividends. Further, depending on business and regulatory conditions, we may in the future need to retain cash in our subsidiaries or even contribute cash to one or more of them in order to maintain their ratings or their statutory capital position. Such a requirement could be the result of investment losses, reserve charges, adverse operating conditions in the current economic environment or changes in interpretation of statutory accounting requirements by regulators.
24


Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation and distribution, and the separation and distribution may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
Following the separation and distribution, we and FNF will be two separately governed companies. We may not be able to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve as a separate company from FNF in the time we expect, if at all. For instance, we may not be able to achieve our expectations for growth or to raise the necessary equity or debt capital to finance such growth. We may not achieve the expected benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others that: (a) the separation and distribution will require a significant amount of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our business; (b) following the separation and distribution, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if we were still a part of FNF; (c) following the separation and distribution, our business will be less diversified than FNF’s business prior to the separation and distribution; and (d) the other actions required to separate FNF’s and our respective businesses could disrupt our operations. If we fail to achieve some or all of the benefits expected to result from the separation and distribution, or if such benefits are delayed or are not realized at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
The combined post-separation value of our common stock and FNF common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of FNF common stock.
Following the distribution, there can be no assurance that the aggregate market value of the FNF common stock and our common stock following the separation and distribution will be higher or lower than the market value of FNF common stock if the separation and distribution had not occurred.
Although we have past history of operating as a public company, our historical financial information and summary historical financial information are not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
The historical information about us in this Information Statement refers to our business, which we have operated as a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF since the FNF Acquisition. Our historical financial information and summary historical financial information included in this Information Statement is derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accounting records of us and FNF. Accordingly, the historical financial information included in this Information Statement does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented, or those that we will achieve in the future, including:
After the completion of the separation and distribution, the cost of capital for our business may be higher than FNF’s cost of capital prior to the separation and distribution.
Our historical financial information does not reflect the debt or the associated interest expense that we expect to incur as part of the separation and distribution.
Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as a company separate from FNF. For additional information about the past financial performance of our business and the basis of presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements and summary historical financial information of our business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
The distribution of our common stock will be treated as a distribution that is generally taxable as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
The distribution of our common stock will be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An amount equal to the fair market value of our common stock received by you on the distribution date (plus any cash received in lieu of fractional shares) will generally be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of
25


your allocable portion of FNF’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The fair market value of our common stock reported by FNF to you on IRS Form 1099-DIV may differ from the trading price of our common stock on the distribution date. In addition, FNF or other applicable withholding agents may be required or permitted to withhold at the applicable rate on all or a portion of the distribution payable to non-U.S. stockholders, and any such withholding would be satisfied by FNF or such agent withholding and selling a portion of the our common stock otherwise distributable to non-U.S. stockholders or by withholding from other property held in the non-U.S. stockholder’s account with the withholding agent.
Taxing authorities could ascribe a higher valuation to our shares on the distribution date than the value ascribed by FNF, particularly if our stock trades at prices significantly above the value ascribed to our shares by FNF in the period following the distribution. Such a higher valuation may cause you to recognize additional dividend or capital gain income and may cause a larger reduction in the tax basis of your FNF shares.
You should read the discussion titled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders” for more information and consult your own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to you of the separation and distribution.
Until the separation and distribution occurs, FNF has sole discretion to change the terms of the separation and distribution in ways that may be unfavorable to us.
Until the separation and distribution occurs, we will be a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF. Accordingly, FNF will effectively have the sole and absolute discretion to determine and change the terms of the separation and distribution, including the date of the separation and distribution. These changes could be unfavorable to us.
In addition, FNF may decide at any time not to proceed with the separation and distribution if at any time the board of directors of FNF determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the distribution of our common stock or the terms thereof are not in the best interests of FNF and its stockholders or that legal, market or regulatory conditions or other circumstances are such that the separation and distribution are no longer advisable at that time. If FNF’s board of directors determines to cancel the separation and distribution, stockholders of FNF will not receive any distribution of our common stock and FNF will be under no obligation whatsoever to its shareholders to distribute such shares.
FNF will be our principal shareholder following the completion of the separation and distribution and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions. In certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from our other stockholders.
Upon completion of the separation and distribution, FNF will own approximately 85% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, FNF will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. FNF will also have sufficient voting power to approve amendments to our organizational documents.
FNF is under no obligation to sell its remaining interest in us and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock.
FNF may decide at any time not to proceed with the separation and distribution.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control. These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow FNF to delay or prevent a corporate transaction of which the public stockholders approve.
In addition, conflicts of interest may arise between FNF, as our controlling stockholder, and us. Affiliates of FNF engage in transactions with us. Further, FNF may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, and FNF may either directly, or through affiliates, also maintain business
26


relationships with companies that may directly compete with us. In general, FNF or its affiliates could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have relationships. Conflicts of interest could also arise with respect to business opportunities that could be advantageous to FNF, and they may pursue acquisition opportunities in the future that may be complementary to our business. As a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
As a result of these relationships, the interests of FNF may not coincide with our interests or the interests of the other holders of our common stock. So long as FNF continues to control a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, FNF will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including with respect to potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.
After the separation and distribution, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their FNF equity ownership or their current or former FNF positions.
A number of persons who currently are, or who we expect to become, our directors have been, and will continue to be, officers, directors or employees of FNF (or officers, directors or employees of affiliates of FNF) and, thus, have professional relationships with FNF’s officers, directors or employees. In addition, certain of our directors and executive officers own FNF common stock or other equity compensation awards. These relationships may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for FNF and us. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between FNF and us regarding the terms of the agreements governing our relationship with FNF.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that may be considered to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or other corporate transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those transactions that might result in payment of a premium over the market price for our stock.
These provisions include:
rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings;
permitting our Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;
granting to the Board, and not the stockholders, the sole power to set the number of directors;
the initial division of our Board into three classes of directors, with each class serving a staggered term;
a provision that directors serving on a classified Board may be removed by stockholders only for cause;
authorizing vacancies on our Board to be filled only by a vote of the majority of the directors then in office and specifically denying our stockholders the right to fill vacancies in the Board; and
limiting stockholder action by written consent.
These provisions apply even if an offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders.
Certain other provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may be considered to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or other corporate transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those transactions that might result in payment of a premium over the market price for our shares. We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics. These provisions are not intended to make us immune from takeovers.
27


However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and the provisions could delay or prevent an acquisition that our Board determines is not in the best interests of us and our stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.
We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
After the completion of the separation and distribution, FNF will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:
the requirement that a majority of the board consist of independent directors;
the requirement to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
the requirement to have a nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; and
the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees.
Following the separation and distribution, we intend to avail ourselves of some or all of these exemptions. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price. When we cease to qualify as a “controlled company” we will be subject to certain phase-in rules to come into compliance with applicable listing standards.
FNF or F&G may fail to perform under various transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the separation and distribution, or we may fail to have necessary systems and services in place when certain of the transaction agreements expire.
In connection with the separation and distribution, we and FNF will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements will determine the allocation of assets, rights and liabilities between the companies following the separation and distribution and will include indemnifications related to liabilities and obligations. The Corporate Services Agreement will provide for the performance of certain services by FNF for the benefit of us for a limited period of time after the separation and distribution. The reverse services agreement will provide for the performance of certain services by F&G for the benefit of FNF for a limited period of time after the separation and distribution. We will rely on FNF to satisfy its obligations under the Transaction Agreements. If FNF is unable to satisfy its obligations under the Transaction Agreements, including its indemnification obligations, we could incur operational difficulties or losses. Upon expiration of the Corporate Services Agreement, the services that are covered thereunder will have to be provided internally or by third parties. If we do not have agreements with other providers for these services once certain Transaction Agreements expire or terminate, we may not be able to operate our business effectively, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
28


In connection with the separation and distribution, FNF will indemnify us for certain liabilities and we will indemnify FNF for certain liabilities. If we are required to pay under these indemnities to FNF, our financial results could be negatively impacted. FNF’s indemnification of us may not be sufficient to hold us harmless from the full amount of all liabilities that will be allocated to us, and FNF may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.
Pursuant to the Transaction Agreements, FNF will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we will agree to indemnify FNF for certain liabilities, in certain cases for uncapped amounts, as discussed further in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” Indemnities that we may be required to provide FNF may not be subject to any cap, may be significant and could negatively impact our business, particularly with respect to indemnities provided in the Tax Sharing Agreement. Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that FNF has agreed to retain under the Transaction Agreements. Any amounts that we are required to pay pursuant to these indemnification obligations and other liabilities could require us to divert cash that would otherwise have been used operating our business. Further, the indemnities from FNF may not be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, and FNF may not be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from FNF any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
We may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we receive in our agreements with FNF.
The agreements we will enter into with FNF in connection with the separation and distribution, including the Transaction Agreements, were prepared in the context of our separation from FNF while we were still a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were prepared, we did not have an independent board of directors or a management team that was independent of FNF. As a result, the terms of those agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties. We may have received better terms from third parties because, among other things, third parties may have competed with each other to win our business. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, which is presumed to exist if a person owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Persons considering an investment in our common stock should take into consideration their ownership of FNF voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such laws in light of their particular circumstances.
We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. See “Regulation of F&G.” Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any direct or indirect parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, Iowa and New York, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company, which may consider voting securities held at both the parent company and subsidiary collectively for these purposes. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. State insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of the voting securities. We are and will remain following the separation and distribution a subsidiary of FNF, the common stock (its voting securities) of which trades on the NYSE. Consequently, persons considering an investment in our common stock (our voting securities) should also take into consideration their ownership of FNF voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such insurance holding company laws relating to the purchase and ownership of our common stock in light of their particular circumstances.
29


Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain exclusive forum provisions that could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose a judicial forum that they find favorable for certain disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents, and may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless the Board otherwise determines, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of ours to either of us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of ours arising out of or relating to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of ours governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases subject to the court having subject matter jurisdiction and personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant. The exclusive forum provision does not apply to any actions arising under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These exclusive forum provisions may limit our stockholders’ ability, or make it more costly, to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for such disputes and may discourage these types of lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find the exclusive forum provisions inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions.
We and certain of our subsidiaries will continue to file consolidated federal income tax returns with FNF after the separation and distribution.
Following the separation and distribution, we and our eligible subsidiaries will continue to be “affiliated” with FNF for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will join in filing with FNF a consolidated federal income tax return. Pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement, we will periodically be obligated to make payments to FNF equal to the tax obligations of us and our subsidiaries for federal income taxes and certain state and local income taxes that are computed on a combined, consolidated or unitary method. In addition, we will be obligated to make payments to FNF for the use of certain tax attributes of FNF and its subsidiaries that are used to offset taxes by us and our subsidiaries. Certain tax attributes of us and our subsidiaries will also be available for use by FNF, for which FNF will generally be obligated to make payments to us in compensation. To the extent such tax attributes are used by FNF and its subsidiaries, they will not be available to offset taxes of us and our subsidiaries.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation and distribution, and following the separation and distribution, our stock price may fluctuate significantly.
A public market for our common stock does not currently exist. We anticipate that on or prior to the record date for the distribution, trading of shares of our common stock will begin on a “when-issued” basis and will continue through the distribution date. However, we cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for our common stock after the separation and distribution. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which shares of our common stock may trade after the separation and distribution.
Similarly, we cannot predict the effect of the separation and distribution on the trading price of our common stock. After the distribution, FNF’s common stock will continue to be listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “FNF.” Subject to the consummation of the separation and distribution, we expect our common stock to be listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “FG.” The combined trading prices of the shares of our common stock and FNF common stock after the separation and distribution, as adjusted for any changes in the combined capitalization of these companies, may not equal or exceed the trading prices of FNF’s common stock prior to the separation and distribution.
30


Many factors could cause the market price of our common stock to rise and fall, including the following:
our business profile and market capitalization may not fit the investment objectives of FNF’s current stockholders, causing a shift in our investor base, and our common stock may not be included in some indices in which FNF’s common stock is included, causing certain holders to sell their common stock;
our announcements or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products or services, significant contracts, acquisitions or strategic investments;
fluctuations in our quarterly or annual financial results or the quarterly or annual financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after the separation and distribution;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
investors’ general perception of us and our industry;
changes to the regulatory and legal environment under which we operate;
changes in general economic and market conditions;
changes in industry conditions;
changes in regulatory and other dynamics; and
the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Information Statement.
In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if successfully defended, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management.
If we are unable to implement and maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, our investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could adversely affect our stock price.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, starting with the second annual report that we file with the SEC after the consummation of the separation and distribution, our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to our internal control over financial reporting to conclude such controls are effective. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investor confidence and our stock price could decline.
Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of NYSE rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under our financing arrangements. There also could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we were to report a material
31


weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect the price of our common stock.
Substantial sales of our common stock may occur in connection with or following the distribution, which could cause our stock price to be volatile and to decline.
Any sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, in connection with the distribution or otherwise, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Upon completion of the distribution, we expect that we will have an aggregate of approximately 125 million shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on [l], 2022. These shares will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), unless the shares are owned by one of our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. We cannot predict the size of future sales of shares of our common stock in the open market following the distribution or the effect, if any, that such future sales, or the perception that such sales may occur, would have on the market price of our common stock. We are also unable to predict whether a sufficient number of buyers would be in the market at that time.
We cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on our common stock in the future.
We expect to pay regular quarterly dividends in the future. However, there can be no assurance we will be able to pay such dividends. The payment and amount of any future dividend will be subject to the sole discretion of our post-distribution board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition and prospects, our capital requirements and access to capital markets, covenants associated with certain of our debt obligations, legal requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant, and there can be no assurance that we will continue to pay a dividend in the future. See “Dividend Policy.
Your percentage of ownership in F&G may be diluted in the future.
In the future, your percentage ownership in us may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we may be granting to our directors, officers and employees. Such awards may have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. From time to time, we will issue additional options or other stock-based awards to our employees under our employee benefits plans.
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, we could grant the holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
No vote of the FNF shareholders is required in connection with the separation and distribution. As a result, if you do not want to receive our common stock in the distribution, your sole recourse will be to divest yourself of your FNF common stock prior to or on the distribution date.
No vote of FNF shareholders is required or being sought in connection with the distribution. Accordingly, if you do not want to receive our common stock in the distribution, your only recourse will be to divest yourself of your FNF common stock prior to or on the distribution date. You may also choose to divest shares of our common stock you receive in the distribution following the distribution.
32


NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This information statement and other materials that F&G has filed or will file with the SEC contains information that includes or is based upon forward-looking statements that are intended to enhance the reader’s ability to assess our future financial and business performance.
Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of terms such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “seeks”, “intends”, “plans”, “estimates”, “anticipates” or other comparable terms. However, not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not related to present facts or current conditions or that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects and growth strategies and the industries in which we operate and including, without limitation, statements relating to our future performance.
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and industry development may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and industry development are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements, including the risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors”. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements relating to our operations and business include:
general economic conditions and other factors, including prevailing interest and unemployment rate levels and stock and credit market performance;
natural disasters, public health crises, international tensions and conflicts, geopolitical events, terrorist acts, labor strikes, political crises, accidents and other events;
concentration in certain states for distribution of our products;
the impact of interest rate fluctuations;
equity market volatility;
credit market volatility or disruption;
the impact of credit risk of our counterparties;
volatility or decline in the market price of our common stock could impair our ability to raise necessary capital;
changes in our assumptions and estimates regarding the amortization of our deferred acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements and value of business acquired balances;
changes in our methodologies, estimates and assumptions regarding our valuation of investments and the determinations of the amounts of allowances and impairments;
changes in our valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, and restrictions on our ability to fully utilize such assets;
the accuracy of management’s reserving assumptions;
regulatory changes or actions, including those relating to regulation of financial services affecting (among other things) underwriting of insurance products and regulation of the sale, underwriting and pricing of
33


products, and minimum capitalization and statutory reserve requirements for insurance companies, or the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to make cash distributions to us (including dividends or payments on surplus notes those insurance subsidiaries issue to us);
the ability to maintain or obtain approval of the Iowa Insurance Division (“IID”), New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYDFS”) and other regulatory authorities as required for our operations and those of our insurance subsidiaries;
the impact of fiduciary standards on us and on our products, distribution and business model;
changes in the federal income tax laws and regulations which may affect the relative income tax advantages of our products;
changes in tax laws which affect us and/or our shareholders;
the impact on our business of new accounting rules or changes to existing accounting rules;
our potential need and our insurance subsidiaries’ potential need for additional capital to maintain our and their financial strength and credit ratings and meet other requirements and obligations;
our ability to successfully acquire new companies or businesses and integrate such acquisitions into our existing framework;
the impact of potential litigation, including class action litigation;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
our ability to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting;
the impact of restrictions in our debt instruments on its ability to operate its business, finance its capital needs or pursue or expand its business strategies;
our ability and our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to maintain or improve financial strength ratings;
the performance of third parties including third-party administrators, investment managers, independent distributors, underwriters, actuarial consultants and other outsourcing relationships;
the loss of key personnel;
interruption or other operational failures in telecommunication, information technology and other operational systems, or a failure to maintain the security, integrity, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data residing on such systems;
our exposure to unidentified or unanticipated risk not adequately addressed by our risk management policies and procedures;
the impact on our business of natural and man-made catastrophes, pandemics, and malicious and terrorist acts;
our ability to compete in a highly competitive industry;
our ability to attract and retain national marketing organizations and independent agents;
our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us; and
the other factors discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page [l] of this Information Statement.
Consequently, any forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as F&G’s current plans, estimates and beliefs and are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions about the businesses in which F&G competes,
34


global and domestic economic conditions and other factors. F&G does not intend, and will not undertake any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances or changed assumptions after the date of such statements.
You should review carefully the section captioned “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements.
35


THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION
Overview
On March 14, 2022, FNF’s Board of Directors approved the F&G Distribution. FNF intends to retain control of F&G through their approximate 85% ownership stake. The proposed F&G Distribution is intended to be structured as a taxable dividend to FNF shareholders and is subject to various conditions including the final approval of FNF’s Board of Directors, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the SEC, and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by FNF’s Board of Directors prior to the distribution. Upon completion of the F&G Distribution, FNF’s shareholders as of the record date are expected to own stock in both publicly traded companies. The proposed F&G Distribution is targeted to be completed early in the fourth quarter of 2022. However, there can be no assurance regarding the timeframe for completing the F&G Distribution or that the conditions of the F&G Distribution will be met.
At 12:01 a.m., EDT, on [l], 2022, the distribution date, each FNF shareholder will receive [l] shares of F&G common stock for every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock held at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date for the distribution, as described below. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your FNF common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of F&G’s common stock in the distribution. The distribution of F&G’s common stock as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see “Conditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement.”
Rationale for the Separation and Distribution
The FNF board of directors believes that separation of the annuities and life insurance related businesses from the remainder of FNF is in both companies’ best interest for a number of reasons, including the following:
Unlock the Value of Two Industry Leading Businesses
FNF believes that the separation will result in the creation of shareholder value because, among other things, the trading value of FNF’s and F&G’s common stock in the aggregate would exceed the trading value of the existing FNF common stock, although there can be no assurance that this will occur. The separation is expected to provide greater transparency for investors, resulting in more focus and attention by the investment community on the F&G business.
Distinct Investment Identities
The separation is intended to create two distinct and compelling investment opportunities for investors based on individually unique operating models and associated track records of successful performance. It also provides investors with enhanced insight into each company’s distinct value drivers and simplified financial reporting to more accurately assess and value performance of each individual business.
Formation of F&G
F&G was incorporated in Delaware on August 7, 2020, for the purpose of holding the businesses of FGL Holdings. FGL Holdings was a publicly traded provider of annuity and life insurance products.
When and How You Will Receive the Distribution
With the assistance of CST, FNF expects to distribute F&G common stock at 12:01 a.m., EDT, on [l], 2022, the distribution date, to all holders of outstanding FNF common stock as of [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution. CST will serve as the distribution agent in connection with the distribution, and the transfer agent and registrar for F&G common stock.
If you own FNF common stock as of [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date for the distribution, the shares of F&G common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf. If you are a registered
36


holder, CST will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your shares of F&G common stock. If you hold your shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. Direct registration form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to shareholders, as is the case in this distribution. If you sell FNF common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of F&G common stock in the distribution.
Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold physical share certificates that represent your FNF common stock and you are the registered holder of the shares represented by those certificates, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of F&G’s common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name.
Most FNF shareholders hold their common stock through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm would be said to hold the shares in “street name,” and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm’s books. If you hold your FNF common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the F&G common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in “street name,” please contact your bank or brokerage firm.
Transferability of Shares You Receive
Shares of F&G common stock distributed to holders in connection with the distribution will be transferable without registration under the Securities Act, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be F&G affiliates. Persons who may be deemed to be F&G affiliates after the distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with F&G, which may include certain F&G executive officers, directors or principal shareholders, including FNF. Securities held by F&G affiliates will be subject to resale restrictions under the Securities Act. F&G affiliates will be permitted to sell shares of F&G common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Number of Shares of F&G Common Stock You Will Receive
For every [l] share[s] of FNF common stock that you own at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution, you will receive [l] share[s] of F&G common stock on the distribution date. F&G will not issue fractional shares of its common stock in the distribution. Fractional shares that you and other FNF shareholders would otherwise have been entitled to receive will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent. The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales will be distributed pro rata (based on the fractional shares such holder would otherwise have been entitled to receive) to those shareholders who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payments made in lieu of fractional shares. The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares generally will be taxable, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to the recipient FNF shareholders.
Treatment of Equity-Based Compensation
Outstanding FNF equity awards held by F&G employees will remain outstanding following the effective time of the separation and will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied immediately prior to the separation. Each outstanding FNF restricted share and restricted share unit as of the record date of the distribution will be adjusted in a manner intended to preserve the value of the original FNF equity award as measured immediately before and immediately after the separation. Such adjusted FNF equity awards will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions that applied to the original FNF equity awards immediately prior to the separation. F&G expects that certain F&G employees will be eligible to receive grants of equity awards based on shares of F&G common stock following the separation and distribution and in the ordinary course of business in connection with future compensation cycles.
37


Results of the Distribution
After its separation from FNF, F&G will be a publicly traded company listed on the NYSE. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on [l], 2022, the record date for the distribution, and will reflect any exercise of FNF options between the date FNF’s board of directors declares the distribution and the record date for the distribution. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of FNF common stock or any rights of FNF shareholders.
F&G will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and other related agreements with FNF before the distribution to effect the separation and provide a framework for F&G’s relationship with FNF after the separation. These agreements will govern the relationship between FNF and F&G after the separation, including with respect to certain services provided by FNF and F&G, respectively. For a more detailed description of these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
Market for F&G’s Common Stock
There is currently no public trading market for F&G’s common stock. F&G is seeking to list its common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “FG,” subject to its being in compliance with all applicable listing standards on the date it begins trading on the NYSE. F&G intends to satisfy all the requirements for that listing. F&G has not and will not set the initial price of its common stock. The initial price will be established by the public markets.
F&G cannot predict the price at which its common stock will trade after the distribution. In fact, the combined trading prices, after the separation, of the shares of F&G common stock that each FNF shareholder will receive in the distribution and the FNF common stock held at the record date for the distribution may not equal the “regular-way” trading price of an FNF share immediately prior to the separation. The price at which F&G common stock trades may fluctuate significantly, particularly until an orderly public market develops. Trading prices for F&G common stock will be determined in the public markets and may be influenced by many factors. Many factors could cause the market price of our common stock to rise and fall, including the following:
we may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation and distribution, and the separation and distribution may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results;
the combined post-separation value of F&G and FNF common stock may not equal or exceed the pre-separation value of FNF common stock;
although we have past history of operating as a public company, and our historical financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results;
FNF will be our principal shareholder following the completion of the separation and distribution and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions and in certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from other shareholders of F&G;
after the separation and distribution, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their FNF equity ownership or their current or former FNF positions;
provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock;
we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements and you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements;
if we are unable to implement and maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, our investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could adversely affect our stock price;
38


we cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation and distribution, and following the separation and distribution, our stock price may fluctuate significantly;
substantial sales of our common stock may occur in connection with the distribution or thereafter, which could cause our stock price to be volatile and to decline;
we cannot guarantee the timing, amount or payment of dividends on our common stock in the future;
your percentage of ownership in F&G may be diluted in the future; and
the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this information statement. In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. If any of the foregoing occurs, it could cause our stock price to fall and may expose us to lawsuits that, even if successfully defended, could be costly to defend and a distraction to management. See “Risk Factors Risks Related to F&G’s Common Stock.
Incurrence of Debt
F&G [anticipates] having approximately $[l] of indebtedness upon completion of the separation, including $[l] million of its [l]% senior notes due [l]. F&G anticipates contributing the proceeds of the Senior Notes Offering to F&G’s operating subsidiaries in order to increase statutory capital and support the growth of AUM. On June 24, 2022, FNF exchanged F&G’s existing $400 million intercompany note for F&G common stock. For more information on F&G’s debt financing, see “Description of Other Indebtedness.
Trading Between the Record Date and Distribution Date
Beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and including through the distribution date, FNF expects that there will be two markets in FNF common stock: a “regular-way” market and an “ex-distribution” market. FNF common stock that trades on the “regular-way” market will trade with an entitlement to F&G common stock distributed pursuant to the separation. FNF common stock that trades on the “ex-distribution” market will trade without an entitlement to F&G common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. Therefore, if you sell FNF common stock in the “regular-way” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive F&G common stock in the distribution. If you own FNF common stock at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date and sell those shares on the “ex-distribution” market up to and including through the distribution date, you will receive the shares of F&G common stock that you are entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership as of the record date of the FNF common stock.
Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date for the distribution and continuing up to and including the distribution date, F&G expects that there will be a “when-issued” market in its common stock. “When-issued” trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The “when-issued” trading market will be a market for F&G common stock that will be distributed to holders of FNF common stock on the distribution date. If you owned FNF common stock at [5:00 p.m.] EDT on the record date for the distribution, you would be entitled to F&G common stock distributed pursuant to the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to shares of F&G common stock, without the FNF common stock you own, on the “when-issued” market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, “when-issued” trading with respect to F&G common stock will end, and “regular-way” trading will begin.
Conditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement
The transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
each of FNF and F&G shall have performed in all material respects its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreementto be performed at or prior to the separation and distribution closing;
39


there being no law, injunction, judgment or ruling enacted, promulgated, issued, entered, amended or enforced by any governmental authority in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or making the consummation of any such transactions illegal;
the SEC shall have declared effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC;
the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
each of FNF and F&G shall have delivered certain deliverables as contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the other Transaction Agreements; and
no other events or developments shall exist or shall have occurred that, in the judgment of the board of directors of FNF, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution or the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any other Transaction Agreements.
FNF will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the separation and distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date for the distribution, the distribution date and the distribution ratio. FNF will also have sole discretion to amend or terminate the distribution at any time. FNF does not intend to notify its shareholders of any modifications to the terms of the separation that, in the judgment of its board of directors, are not material. For example, FNF’s board of directors might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio or the allocation of the assets and liabilities of FNF in the separation. To the extent that FNF’s board of directors determines that any modifications by FNF materially change the material terms of the distribution, FNF will notify FNF’s shareholders in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by, for example, publishing a press release, filing a current report on Form 8-K or circulating a supplement to this Information Statement.
40


CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. HOLDERS
The following discussion is a summary of the anticipated material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution of F&G common stock to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of FNF shares that hold those FNF shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment purposes). This discussion is based on the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder, judicial and administrative interpretations and court decisions as in effect as of the date of this Information Statement, all of which may change, possibly with retroactive effect, or be subject to differing interpretations, and any such change or differing interpretation could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth in this discussion.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of FNF shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual that is either a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity that is treated as a corporation) that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if the trust validly elects to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
This discussion does not apply to holders subject to special rules, including persons who are not U.S. Holders, as well as brokers, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, banks, thrifts and other financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons that own or have owned, directly, indirectly or constructively at least 10% of the shares of FNF common stock by vote or value, persons that hold an interest in an entity that holds FNF shares or will hold F&G common stock, persons that hold FNF shares or will hold F&G common stock as part of a hedging, integration, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle or other integrated transaction, persons that acquired their shares of FNF common stock through the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, U.S. expatriates or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.
This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances. Furthermore, it does not address any aspect of non-U.S., state, local or estate or gift taxation or the 3.8% Medicare tax imposed on certain net investment income. Each holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and any other tax consequences of the distribution.
If a partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement holds shares of FNF common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner, beneficiary or other stakeholder in such partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement will generally depend on the status of that person and activities of that person and the partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement. A partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement holding shares of FNF common stock, and a partner, beneficiary or other stakeholder in such partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement should consult its own tax advisor with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the distribution.
We strongly urge each FNF shareholder to consult its own tax advisor to determine the shareholder’s particular U.S. federal, state or local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences to it of the distribution.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to FNF
The distribution of F&G common stock will be treated as a taxable disposition by FNF for U.S. federal income tax purposes. FNF will generally recognize gain, but not loss, for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the excess of the fair market value of the distributed F&G common stock on the distribution date over FNF’s adjusted tax basis in the distributed F&G common stock. Gain recognized by FNF will generally increase FNF’s current earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which, as discussed below, will be relevant to the treatment of the distribution to holders of shares of FNF common stock.
41


U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
The distribution of F&G common stock will be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An amount equal to the fair market value on the distribution date of F&G common stock received by a U.S. Holder (plus any cash received in lieu of fractional shares) will generally be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of such U.S. Holder’s allocable portion of FNF’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent that the amount of a distribution received by the U.S. Holder exceeds the U.S. Holder’s allocable portion of FNF’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of FNF common stock, and thereafter as capital gain, which will be long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its shares of FNF common stock exceeds one year at the time of the distribution. Dividend income realized by individuals and certain other non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be subject to taxation at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided applicable holding period requirements are met and certain other conditions are satisfied. Dividend income realized by U.S. Holders that are U.S. corporations will generally qualify for the dividends received deduction, provided that applicable holding period requirements are met and certain other conditions are satisfied.
Dividends that exceed certain thresholds in relation to a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in shares of FNF common stock could be characterized as “extraordinary dividends” under the Code. Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders who receive an extraordinary dividend will generally be required to treat any losses on the sale of shares of FNF common stock as long-term capital losses to the extent any such extraordinary dividends received by them with respect to their shares qualify for the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains. If a corporate U.S. Holder that has held shares of FNF common stock for two years or less before the dividend announcement date receives an extraordinary dividend, such holder will generally be required to reduce its tax basis in its shares of FNF common stock with respect to which such dividend was made by the non-taxed portion of such dividend (generally, an amount equal to the dividends received deduction). If the amount of the reduction exceeds the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares of FNF common stock, the excess is treated as taxable gain.
In general, gain or loss will be recognized upon a sale or other disposition of shares of F&G common stock. The amount of such gain or loss will be the difference between the amount received in exchange for the shares of F&G common stock and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in such shares. Following the distribution, a U.S. Holder will have an initial tax basis in the shares of F&G common stock equal to the fair market value on the distribution date of such shares and a new holding period that begins on the day of the distribution. Such gain or loss will generally be treated as capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held such shares as capital assets and will generally be long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for its F&G common stock exceeds one year at the time of the sale.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to the shareholder, the shareholder’s name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to the shareholder. Payments of dividends on shares of FNF common stock (including cash received in lieu of fractional shares) may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 24% unless the shareholder: provides their correct taxpayer identification number (employer identification number or Social Security number) to the distribution agent or establishes an exemption from backup withholding and complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
42


DIVIDEND POLICY
We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial aggregate amount of $[l] million per year, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of F&G’s board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that F&G’s board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.
Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital, or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings. F&G is a holding company and has no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Any dividends we pay will depend upon the funds legally available for distribution, including dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries to us. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent companies. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus, as well as earned surplus. Such restrictions, or any future restrictions adopted by the states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable by our subsidiaries without affirmative approval of state regulatory authorities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness and Financing—We are a holding company and depend on distributions from our subsidiaries for cash.”
43


CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our actual capitalization as of June 30, 2022.
This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information” as well as our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
June 30, 2022
Actual
(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents$992 
Indebtedness:
Notes payable (aggregate principal amount)
$550 
Equity:
F&G common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 500,000,000 shares; outstanding of 125,000,000; issued of 125,000,000— 
Additional paid-in-capital3,157 
Retained earnings1,467 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,130)
Total equity2,494 
Total capitalization (1)
$3,044 
_______________
(1) Total capitalization is defined as Total equity plus Notes payable
44


BUSINESS
Introductory Note
The following describes the business of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Except where otherwise noted, all references to “we”, “us”, “our”, the “Company” or “F&G” are to F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken together.
Overview
Founded in 1959, F&G is a leading provider of insurance solutions serving retail annuity and life customers as well as institutional clients. Our mission is to help people turn their aspirations into reality and, as of June 30, 2022, F&G has approximately 594,000 policyholders who count on the safety and protection our fixed annuity and life insurance products provide.
Through our insurance subsidiaries, including FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, we market a broad portfolio of annuities, including FIAs and MYGAs and PRT solutions, as well as IUL insurance and institutional funding agreements.
We were acquired on June 1, 2020, by FNF. We benefited from immediate financial strength ratings upgrades following the acquisition; S&P and Fitch upgraded us to A-, A.M. Best affirmed at A-, and Moody’s upgraded to Baa1. These upgrades, valued by our distribution partners, positioned us to quickly expand our business in our existing channels and gain access to new markets. In the first full year of ownership, we more than doubled sales from $4.5 billion in 2020 to $9.6 billion in 2021 and did so profitably. With our success in expanding distribution under FNF’s ownership, we have grown ending assets under management from $26.5 billion at the time of acquisition to $40.3 billion as of June 30, 2022. We now operate in and source significant premiums from five distinct channels, versus a single channel prior to the acquisition by FNF in June of 2020. For discussion of the five distinct channels, see We Play in Large and Growing Markets” and Our Retail Distribution Channels” within this section of the Information Statement.
We believe the strength of our balance sheet provides confidence to our policyholders and business partners and positions us for continued growth. Our invested assets comprise what we believe to be a highly rated and well diversified portfolio. As of June 30, 2022, 92% of our fixed maturity securities were rated NAIC 1 or NAIC 2, the two highest credit rating designations under the NAIC’s criteria. These assets are managed against what we believe to be prudently underwritten liabilities. We have in-force liabilities of $38.7 billion at June 30, 2022, with a liability duration of 6 years, well matched to our assets. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, Net earnings attributable to common shareholders was $466 million, our in-force liabilities generated Net Investment Spread of 270 basis points, we produced ANE of $210 million, and an adjusted ROA of 110 basis points. We are focused on growing our in-force liabilities and AUM, driven by sales of attractively priced liabilities, including fixed indexed annuities, fixed rate annuities, indexed universal life, funding agreements, and pension risk transfer.
As of June 30, 2022, we had $2.5 billion of total F&G equity and $4.6 billion of total F&G shareholders’ equity excluding AOCI. FGL Insurance expects to maintain its U.S. RBC ratio at or above our target of 400%. Going forward, we intend to fund our continued growth through strong and growing statutory earnings, reinsurance programs, and unused debt capacity.
The transaction F&G Dividend Distribution (the “distribution” or “Partial Spin-off”)
On March 16, 2022, FNF announced its intention to partially spin off F&G through a dividend to FNF shareholders. FNF has publicly stated that it intends to maintain majority ownership and continue to benefit from F&G’s consistent earnings and growth prospects, and has articulated its belief the market has not fully realized the value of F&G as a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF due to the diverging natures of the title and life insurance businesses. FNF and F&G believe that the spin-off creates an opportunity to realize shareholder value for both FNF’s and F&G’s businesses.
45


FNF will distribute, on a pro rata basis, approximately 15% of the common stock of its wholly owned subsidiary, F&G. The purpose of the distribution is to enhance and more fully recognize the overall market value of each company. F&G intends to have F&G common stock publicly listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “FG”. FNF will continue to trade under the ticker symbol “FNF” on the New York Stock Exchange following the Partial Spin-off.
FNF’s board of directors approved the distribution on March 14, 2022. The Partial Spin-off is structured as a taxable dividend to FNF shareholders and is targeted to be completed in the early fourth quarter of 2022. Upon completion of the Distribution, FNF shareholders as of the record date of the distribution will own stock in both publicly traded companies; in addition to their FNF common stock, FNF shareholders as of the record date of the distribution will receive a taxable dividend of approximately 15% of F&G common stock in the aggregate. FNF will retain control of F&G through ownership of approximately 85% of F&G common stock and continue to benefit from F&G’s growth.
The transaction is subject to various conditions including the final approval by the FNF board of directors, filing and effectiveness of a Form 10 registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by FNF’s board of directors prior to the distribution.
Please see Risk Factors Risks Related to the Separation and Distribution. FNF will be F&G’s principal shareholder following the completion of the separation and distribution and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions. Following the separation and distribution, we will continue to receive services from FNF through a Corporate Services Agreement and will continue to provide services to FNF through a reverse Corporate Services Agreement. In certain cases, FNF may have interests which differ from other stockholders of F&G.
Our Strategy
Through a diversification growth strategy, F&G has demonstrated profitable, CAGRs in sales of 56%, AUM of 18%, and ANE of 17%, for the two-year period 2019 to 2021 and, more recently, annual increases in sales of 31%, AUM of 27%, and ANE of 24%, for the six month period ended June 30,2022, as compared to the prior year. We have expanded our business in our traditional channels, and entered new markets. With this strategy, we will continue to deliver stable ROA driven by asset growth and increasing margins from scale as well as expansion into higher-margin, less capital-intensive products. We are positioned to accomplish our goals through the following areas of strategic focus:
Targeting large and growing markets. The opportunity for our core annuity products remains significant, as policyholders seek to add safety and certainty to their retirement plans. Our investments in life insurance products allows us to penetrate the underserved middle market, which addresses the needs of many of our cultural communities. And as corporations continue to de-risk their pension funds, our buyout solutions can guarantee pension-holders the lifetime benefits they need and want. Finally, we continue to attract strong institutional annuity buyers with funding agreements. F&G is a national leader in the markets we play in, and demographic trends provide tailwinds and significant room to continue growing.
Superior ecosystem. Our business model gives us a sustainable competitive advantage. We have strong and long-standing relationships with a diverse network of distributors, a durable investment edge through our Blackstone partnership, a scalable administrative platform, and a track record of attracting and retaining top talent.
Consistent track record of success. F&G’s deep and experienced management team has successfully diversified products and channels in recent years and demonstrated our ability to deliver consistent top line growth, increase assets under management and generate steady spreads and ROA across varying market cycles.
F&G dividend distribution will unlock value. Investors will be able to invest directly in F&G to capitalize on the earnings and cash flow potential of our in-force book, as well as the upside potential of our new
46


business platforms. F&G will continue to reap the benefits that come from our majority ownership by FNF. We view the Partial Spin-off as a vote of confidence for our business, and anticipate that the transition to being a public company will help to reinforce the value of F&G.
Our Sources of Competitive Advantages
Our business model is strong and positions us to capitalize on the growth prospects in our addressable markets.
Trusted by distributors. We have long-standing relationships with a broad range of distributors representing more than 72,000 independent agents and financial advisors, and built on our reputation for transparency and a consistently competitive product portfolio. We offer fixed annuities and life insurance products through a network of 17 leading banks and broker dealers and approximately 270 Independent Marketing Organizations (“IMOs”) that provide back-office support for thousands of independent insurance agents.
Winning in high-growth markets. The U.S. retirement and middle markets are growing, and we are both well-established and well-positioned for continued growth. Our strategic alignment with our distribution partners allows us to reach a diverse, growing and underserved middle market demographic in both our retail and institutional channels.
Durable investment management edge. Our strategic partnership with Blackstone provides a sustained competitive advantage for our business. Blackstone and its affiliate BISGA partners with our strategic investment office to deeply understand our liability profile when making asset allocation decisions and then originates unique investment opportunities not traditionally available to insurers. These investments allow us to enter higher-margin lines and create the potential to disintermediate investment banks in credit origination.
Clean and profitable in-force book. As a life insurer, we generate spread earnings based on our assets under management and over the lifetime of the liabilities in place. Our disciplined new business underwriting process provides us with stable liabilities, primarily in products that reset annually, which has allowed us to achieve consistently attractive lifetime returns. Approximately 90% of our $28.5 billion fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities account value are surrender-charge protected and our asset and liability cash flows are well matched.
Track record of attracting top talent. F&G’s management team and nearly 750 employees have a record of long-term success and have delivered impressive results in the last few years. Our commitment to our cultural values is the cornerstone of our success, whereby F&G is a company of individuals who believe in the power of partnerships, encourage innovation and creativity, and are transparent about decisions while delivering on their commitments. This is borne out by consistently being recognized as an employer of choice as well as an involuntary turnover rate that is well below that of other financial services companies. We believe our flexible, employee-centric return to work approach will continue to position us as an employer of choice.
Clear governance structure. We have a disciplined approach for considering new lines of business to enter, the appropriate product/channel mix for achieving our targeted new business profitability, and the management of our capital and in-force liabilities. Further, we target and pursue opportunities that leverage our strengths.
We Play in Large and Growing Markets
We are in the midst of an age wave, with 10,000 Baby Boomers retiring each day through 2029. Today’s retirees face unique challenges: guaranteed income traditionally provided by pensions is going away, requiring retirees to rely solely on their personal assets; for many, Social Security income is not enough and the value of Certificates of Deposit (“CDs”), once a reliable source of income, has eroded; finally, today’s retirees must plan for a retirement that could last 30 or 40 years, weathering the ups and downs of the markets along the way. Insurance
47


solutions can simplify retirement planning through features that generate more accumulation than traditional fixed income vehicles and generate more (and guaranteed) retirement income than traditional strategies.
The U.S. retirement market opportunity is vast and comprised of the $2.3 trillion U.S. consumer savings market, the $600 billion CD market and the $354 billion retail life and annuities market. While insured products are designed to effectively serve the needs of retirees, annuities and life insurance solutions continue to be underutilized. We believe middle market consumers, in particular, lack the guidance they need and want and can benefit greatly from insurance solutions.
Until recently, F&G distributed our flagship annuity and life insurance products solely through our longstanding IMO relationships. In mid-2020, we expanded into the bank and broker dealer channels to broaden our reach and capture share of the personal savings and CDs markets. Our entry into these channels was successful, resulting in $1 billion in new business within the first ten months. Annuity sales through the bank and broker dealer channels were $1.7 billion for the full year ended December 31, 2021 and $1.5 billion for the six months ended June 30,2022. The 17 banks and broker dealers we work with account for 41% of all annuity sales. F&G ranks 7th and 3rd in multi-year guaranteed annuity and 9th and 14th in FIA in the bank and broker dealer channels, respectively, for the first quarter of 2022.
We successfully expanded into new retail channels and diversified our annuity distribution, yet not at the expense of our traditional IMO channel. Over the same period, we grew our IMO channel sales by 16% in the full year 2021, above and beyond the industry’s 14%, and by 2% for the six months ended June 30, 2022, as compared to the prior year.
We have doubled down on our life insurance lines, focusing our approach on meeting the needs of the underserved middle market which we reach largely through Network Marketing Groups (“NMGs”). The Middle Market segment is the largest in 2019, at 37% of households. NMGs are unique and growing, recruiting members of diverse communities for careers in insurance and powerfully penetrating cultural segments. NMGs have proven to be one of our most cost-efficient distribution channels, in large part because they tend to work with a smaller number of strategic product providers. For F&G, this has allowed us to build deep and lasting relationships with both the NMG and the agent. Since 2018 and largely due to our NMG strategy, F&G’s IUL sales growth has far outpaced the industry, with a three-year combined annual growth rate of 46% vs. the industry’s 3.4%. This makes F&G the fastest growing IUL company of any of the top 20 IUL sellers in the market. Untapped opportunities remain in this channel, particularly among younger and more diverse demographics. The life insurance protection gap has widened to a relatively large amount, $23.4 trillion, which is equivalent to over 60% of the current in force individual life insurance. Hispanics, the second largest ethnic group behind Caucasians, have the largest uninsured population among adults at 40%, representing significant opportunity for F&G to serve this market. We purchased a minority ownership stake in a nearly 4,000 agent strong NMG that focuses on cultural markets. We will look to additional opportunities of ownership in cultural markets which will allow us to potentially own more components of the value chain and drive future success of the business.
In 2021, F&G entered two institutional business lines to further diversify our sources of revenue. Our competitive asset management advantage through Blackstone allows us to have very competitive offerings in our spread lending products as well as in the PRT market, while still meeting our internal pricing targets.
We now offer the proven ability to originate FABN, a $140 billion market. Our FABN Program (the “FABN Program”) offers funding agreements to institutional clients by means of capital markets transactions through investment banks. This business line has generated $1.9 billion in sales for F&G in 2021, its year of inception, and $0.7 billion in sales for the six month period ended June 30, 2022.
We also offer PRT solutions to a $40 billion (of $2 trillion total defined benefit plan assets) market. We launched our PRT business by building an experienced team with access to brokers and institutional consultants for distribution. We expect our opportunity to continue to grow as employers shift away from traditional defined benefit pension plans and seek to de-risk frozen pension plans. This line of business generated $1.1 billion in sales for F&G in 2021, its year of inception, and $0.5 billion in sales for the six month period ended June 30,2022.
48


We have meaningfully diversified our business
With the addition of the retail bank and broker dealer channels and our success in entering the PRT and funding agreement institutional markets, F&G has diversified our product and distribution capabilities from one primary channel to now five, and from one primary product to now five. We completed this expansion over a two-year period and, combined with organic growth in our core IMO channel, increased total sales by 146%, from $3.9 billion in 2019 to $9.6 billion in 2021.
We have reinforced our earnings engine in addition to driving top-line growth. We have acquired and retained customers through the COVID years, growing AUM from $26.5 billion at the time of FNF’s acquisition to $40.3 billion as of June 30, 2022. Profitable growth in AUM is the most important driver of F&G’s earnings and our ability to return capital to shareholders.
An Inflection Point: Numerous opportunities to create value for our stockholders
Through a diversified growth strategy, F&G seeks to deliver shareholder value by increasing ANE driven by asset growth. The successful execution of this strategy has provided a clear line of sight to both AUM and ANE growth. We are able to flex products and channels for sales growth based on market and competitive conditions, as well as capital usage such as moving to higher margin or less capital-intensive products, particularly cultural market life. This leads to increasing margins and higher returns on capital. In addition, as we scale, we expect our expense ratios to decline due to significant investments in technology and other operating platforms in the last three years. Finally, we have reached an inflection point where we expect an increasing percentage of our ANE to be distributable to stockholders over time.
Our Financial Goals
Our competitive advantages – product and channel diversification, as well as our strategic partnership with Blackstone – enable us to address a greater share of the markets in which we play. We are targeting double digit annual sales growth and, over time, will strategically use reinsurance to further diversify our sources of earnings into less capital-intensive adjacent products and services.
The Products We Offer
F&G’s expertise in annuities, life insurance, pension risk transfer solutions and funding agreements will allow us to continue to introduce innovative products and solutions designed to meet customers’ changing needs. We work hand-in-hand with our distributors and institutional advisors to devise the most suitable solutions for the ever-changing market. Our retail annuities serve as a retirement and savings tool on which our customers rely for principal protection and predictable income streams. In addition, our life insurance products provide our customers with a complementary product that allows them to build on their savings and provide a payment to their designated beneficiaries upon the policyholder’s death. Our most popular products are FIAs that tie contractual returns to specific market indices, such as the S&P 500 Index. Our customers value our FIAs, which provide a portion of the gains of an underlying market index, while also providing principal protection. We believe this principal protection fills the need for middle-income Americans who must save for retirement but who want to limit the risk of decline in their savings.
For the six months ended June 30, 2022, FIAs generated approximately 37% of our total gross sales. The remaining 63% of sales were primarily generated from fixed rate annuities (28%), funding agreements (25%), PRT sales (9%) and IUL (1%) during the year. We invest the proceeds primarily in fixed income securities, options and futures that hedge the index credit of our FIA and IUL liabilities by replicating the market index returns to our policyholders. We invest predominantly in options on the S&P 500 Index. The majority of our products allow for active management to achieve targeted lifetime returns. In addition, our annuity contracts generally either cannot be surrendered or include surrender charges that discourage early redemptions.
Annuities. Through F&G’s insurance subsidiaries, we issue a broad portfolio of deferred annuities (FIA and fixed rate annuities), immediate annuities, and PRT solutions. A deferred annuity is a type of contract that accumulates value on a tax deferred basis and typically begins making specified periodic or lump sum payments a
49


certain number of years after the contract has been issued. An immediate annuity is a type of contract that begins making specified payments within one annuity period (e.g., one month or one year) and typically pays principal and earnings in equal payments over some period of time.
Deferred Annuities – FIAs. Our FIAs allow contract owners the possibility of earning returns linked to the performance of a specified market index, predominantly the S&P 500 Index, while providing principal protection. The contract owners typically make a single deposit into our deferred annuities. The contracts include a provision for a minimum guaranteed surrender value calculated in accordance with applicable law. A market index tracks the performance of a specific group of stocks representing a particular segment of the market, or in some cases an entire market. For example, the S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index is an index of 500 stocks intended to be representative of a broad segment of the market. All FIA products allow policyholders to allocate funds once a year among several different crediting strategies, including one or more index-based strategies and a traditional fixed rate strategy. High surrender charges apply for early withdrawal, typically for seven to fourteen years after purchase.
We purchase derivatives consisting predominantly of over-the-counter options and, to a lesser degree, futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy such as the S&P 500. These derivatives are used to fund the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA and IUL contracts based upon policyholders’ contract elections. The down side risk to F&G is limited to the cost of the options because if the value of the options decreases there is no index credit. The cost of the hedge is included in the pricing of the product and can be reset on an annual basis for each policy based on market conditions. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA/IUL contracts. On the anniversary dates of the FIA/IUL contracts, the market index used to compute the annual index credit under the contracts is reset. At such time, we purchase new call options to fund the next index credit. We manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of our FIA/IUL contracts, which permit us to change caps or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums on each contract’s anniversary date. The change in the fair value of the options and futures contracts is generally designed to offset the equity market related change in the fair value of the FIA/IUL contract’s related reserve liability. The options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of “Net investment gains (losses)”. The change in fair value of the options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instrument’s term or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions. GAAP accounting of the reserve liability for products with embedded derivatives such as FIA creates additional volatility beyond the accounting for the options and the futures. Non-GAAP measures are created to remove the volatility to provide the underlying profitability of the product.
The contract holder account value of a FIA contract is equal to the sum of deposits paid, premium bonuses, if any, (described below), and index credits based on the change in the relevant market index (subject to a cap, spread and/or a participation rate) less any fees for riders and any withdrawals taken to-date. Caps (a maximum rate that may be credited) generally range from 1% to 5% when measured annually and 1% to 3% when measured monthly, spreads (a credited rate determined by deducting a specific rate from the index return) generally range from 0% to 3% when measured annually, and participation rates (a credited rate equal to a percentage of index return) generally range from 100% to 140% of the performance of the applicable market index. The cap, spread and participation rate can typically be reset annually and in some instances every two to five years. Certain riders provide a variety of benefits, such as the ability to increase their cap, lifetime income or additional liquidity for a set fee. As this fee is fixed, the contract holder may lose principal if the index credits received do not exceed the amount of such fee.
Approximately 32% of the FIA sales for the six months ended June 30, 2022, involved “premium bonuses” or vesting bonuses. Premium bonuses increase the initial annuity deposit by a specified rate of 2% to 3%. The vesting bonuses, which range from 1% to 12%, increase the initial annuity deposit liability but are subject to adjustment for unvested amounts in the event of surrender by the policyholder prior to the end of the vesting period. We made compensating adjustments in the commission paid to the agent or the surrender charges on the policy to offset the premium bonus.
Approximately 33% of our FIA contracts were issued with a GMWB rider for the six months ended June 30, 2022. With this rider, a contract owner can elect to receive guaranteed payments for life from the FIA contract without requiring the owner to annuitize the FIA contract value. The amount of the income benefit available is
50


determined by the growth in the policy’s benefit base value as defined in the FIA contract rider. Typically, this accumulates for 10 years based on a guaranteed rate of 3% to 8%. Guaranteed withdrawal payments may be stopped and restarted at the election of the contract owner. Some of the FIA contract riders that we offer include an additional death benefit or an increase in benefit amounts under chronic health conditions. Rider fees range from 0% to 1%. Unlike a variable annuity, policyholder values do not decline with market movements.
Deferred AnnuitiesFixed Rate Annuities. Fixed rate annuities are typically single deposit contracts and include annual reset and multi-year rate guaranteed policies. Fixed rate annual reset annuities issued by us have an annual interest rate (the “crediting rate”) that is guaranteed for the first policy year. After the first policy year, we have the discretionary ability to change the crediting rate once annually to any rate at or above a guaranteed minimum rate. MYGAs are similar to fixed rate annual reset annuities except that the initial crediting rate is guaranteed for a specified number of years before it may be changed at our discretion. As of June 30, 2022, crediting rates on outstanding (i) single-year guaranteed annuities generally ranged from 2% to 6% and (ii) MYGA ranged from 1% to 6%. The average crediting rate on all outstanding fixed rate annuities at June 30, 2022, was 3%.
Withdrawal Options for Deferred Annuities. After the first year following the issuance of a deferred annuity policy, holders of deferred annuities are typically permitted penalty-free withdrawals up to a contractually specified amount. The penalty-free withdrawal amount is typically 10% of the prior year account value for FIAs, and is typically up to accumulated interest for fixed rate annuities, subject to certain restrictions. Withdrawals in excess of allowable penalty-free amounts are assessed a surrender charge if such withdrawals are made during the penalty period of the deferred annuity policy. The penalty period typically ranges from seven to fourteen years for FIAs and three to ten years for fixed rate annuities. This surrender charge initially ranges from 8% to 15% of the contract value for FIAs and is 9% of the contract value for fixed rate annuities and generally decreases by approximately one to two percentage points per year during the penalty period. The average surrender charge was 7% for our FIAs and 7% for our fixed rate annuities as of June 30, 2022. A market value adjustment (“MVA”) will also apply in most states to any withdrawal that incurs a surrender charge, subject to certain exceptions. The MVA is based on a formula that takes into account changes in interest rates since contract issuance. Generally, if interest rates have risen, the MVA will decrease surrender value, whereas if rates have fallen, it will increase surrender value. At June 30, 2022, approximately 70% of our business included an MVA feature.
The following table summarizes our deferred annuity account values and surrender charge protection as of June 30, 2022 (dollars in millions):
SURRENDER CHARGE EXPIRATION BY YEARFixed Rate and Fixed Indexed Annuities Account ValuePercent of TotalWeighted Average Surrender Charge
Out of surrender charge$2,702 10 %— %
2022683 %%
2023-20255,457 19 %%
2026-20274,791 17 %%
2028-20295,060 18 %%
Thereafter9,784 34 %10 %
Total$28,477 100 %%
Subsequent to the penalty period, the policyholder may elect to take the proceeds of the surrender either in a single payment or in a series of payments over the life of the policyholder or for a fixed number of years (or a combination of these payment options). In addition to the foregoing withdrawal rights, policyholders may also elect to have additional withdrawal benefits by purchasing a GMWB.
Single Premium Immediate Annuities. We have previously sold single premium immediate annuities (or “SPIAs”), which provide a series of periodic payments for a fixed period of time or for the life of the policyholder, according to the policyholder’s choice at the time of issue. The amounts, frequency and length of time of the payments are fixed at the outset of the annuity contract. SPIAs are often purchased by persons at or near retirement
51


age who desire a steady stream of payments over a future period of years. Existing policyholders may elect to surrender their contract and use the proceeds to purchase a supplementary contract which functions as a SPIA.
Pension Risk Transfer. In July 2021, we entered the pension risk transfer market. A pension risk transfer occurs when a defined-benefit pension provider seeks to remove some or all of its obligation to pay guaranteed retirement income or post-retirement benefits to plan participants. There are four major types of PRT strategies: longevity reinsurance, buy-in, buy-out, and paying in lump sums. We are currently active in plan buy-outs, where we have a direct, irrevocable commitment to each covered participant to make the specified annuity payments based upon the terms of the pension plan. PRT transactions fully and permanently transfer all investment, mortality, and administrative risk, associated with covered benefits, from the pension plan sponsor to the insurance provider.
Our PRT products are comparable to income annuities, as we generally receive a single, upfront premium in exchange for paying a guaranteed stream of future income payments which are fixed in nature, but vary in duration based on participant mortality experience. These products primarily create earnings through spread income. In each transaction FGL Insurance and/or FGL NY Insurance issues a group annuity contract to discharge pension plan liabilities from a pension plan sponsor, either through a separate account or through a general account guarantee. Annuitants covered under a group annuity contract have a direct right to enforce their guaranteed benefit against the insurance company.
We entered the PRT solutions business by building an experienced team and then working with brokers and institutional consultants for distribution. As of June 30, 2022, we had completed PRT transactions that represented pension obligations of $1.7 billion.
Life Insurance. We currently offer IUL insurance policies and have previously sold universal life, term and whole life insurance products. Holders of universal life insurance policies may make periodic payments over the life of the contract and earn returns on their policies, which are credited to the policyholder’s cash value account. The insurer periodically deducts its expenses and the cost of life insurance protection from the cash value account. The balance of the cash value account is credited interest at a fixed rate or returns based on the performance of a market index, or both, at the option of the policyholder, using a method similar to that described above for FIAs.
Almost all of the life insurance policies in force, except for the return of premium benefits on term life insurance products and universal life contracts issued after March 1, 2010, are subject to a reinsurance arrangement with Wilton Re. See the section titled “Wilton RE Transaction” in this Section of this Information Statement.
Funding Agreements. As defined by the Iowa Insurance Department, a funding agreement is an agreement for an insurer to accept and accumulate funds and to make one or more payments at future dates in amounts that are not based on mortality or morbidity contingencies of the person to whom the funding agreement is issued. In essence, funding agreement providers are agreeing to a defined stream of future payments in exchange for a single upfront premium. This type of business is sometimes referred to as spread lending, as funding agreement providers invest upfront premiums with the intent to earn an investment spread on the funds prior to making agreed upon maturity and interest payments. The structure of the payments can take several forms, but are commonly a fixed or variable interest payment with a single maturity principal re-payment.
F&G currently utilizes two forms of funding agreement offerings. The first is through the issuance of collateralized funding agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. This capability generates spread-based income without significant longevity or mortality exposure, which enables us to optimize our asset portfolio and improve our returns given the certainty in liability profile. Funding agreements through the FHLB are flexible in their format and the ability to issue during broad windows, as long as sufficient eligible collateral has been deposited with the bank.
In June 2021, we established a FABN Program, which is a medium term note program under which funding agreements are issued to a special-purpose trust that issues marketable notes. The notes are underwritten and marketed by major investment banks’ broker-dealer operations and are sold to institutional investors. FABN offerings are more limited regarding timing of issuance, but do not require collateralization as with the FHLB. The maximum aggregate principal amount permitted to be outstanding at any one time under the FABN Program is
52


currently $5.0 billion. As of June 30, 2022, we had approximately $2.6 billion outstanding under the FABN Program.
Reinsurance philosophy/arrangements. Our insurance subsidiaries cede insurance to other insurance companies. We use reinsurance to diversify risks and earnings, to manage loss exposures, to enhance our capital position, and to manage new business volume. The effects of certain reinsurance agreements are not accounted for as reinsurance as they do not reinsure insurance contracts or they do not transfer the risks of the reinsured policies.
In instances where we are the ceding company, we pay a premium to a reinsurer in exchange for the reinsurer assuming a portion of our liabilities under the policies we issued and collect expense allowances in return for our administration of the ceded policies. Use of reinsurance does not discharge our liability as the ceding company because we remain directly liable to our policyholders and are required to pay the full amount of our policy obligations in the event that our reinsurers fail to satisfy their obligations. We collect reimbursement from our reinsurers when we pay claims on policies that are reinsured.
We monitor the credit risk related to the ability of our reinsurers to honor their obligations under various agreements. To minimize the risk of credit loss on such contracts, we generally diversify our exposures among many reinsurers and limit the amount of exposure to each based on financial strength ratings, which are reviewed annually. We are able to further manage risk via funds withheld arrangements.
Please refer to the section titled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in this Information Statement for further discussion on credit risk and counterparty risk.
Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section included in this Information Statement for additional details regarding credit risk related to reinsurance agreements. A description of significant ceded reinsurance transactions appears below.
Wilton RE Transaction. Pursuant to the agreed upon terms, Wilton Re purchased through a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement certain FGL Insurance life insurance policies that are subject to redundant reserves, reported on a statutory basis, under Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX, as well as another block of FGL Insurance’s in-force traditional, universal life and IUL insurance policies. The effects of this agreement are accounted for as reinsurance as the ceded policies qualify as insurance products and because the agreement satisfies the risk transfer requirements for GAAP.
Hannover Reinsurance Transaction. FGL Insurance has a reinsurance agreement with Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America (Bermuda) Ltd. (“Hannover Re”), an unaffiliated reinsurer, to reinsure an in-force block of FGL Insurance’s FIA and fixed deferred annuity contracts with GMWB and Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (“GMDB”) guarantees. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, we cede 70% net retention of secondary guarantee payments in excess of account value for GMWB and GMDB guarantees. The effects of this agreement are not accounted for as reinsurance as it does not satisfy the risk transfer requirements for GAAP; therefore, deposit accounting is applied.
Canada Life Transaction. Effective May 1, 2020, FGL Insurance entered into an indemnity reinsurance agreement with Canada Life Assurance Company United States Branch, a third-party reinsurer, to reinsure FIA policies with GMWB. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, FGL Insurance cedes a quota share percentage of the net retention of guarantee payments in excess of account value for GMWB. The effects of this agreement are not accounted for as reinsurance as it does not satisfy the risk transfer requirements for GAAP; therefore, deposit accounting is applied.
Kubera Reinsurance Transactions. FGL Insurance entered into a reinsurance agreement with Kubera Insurance (SAC) Ltd. (“Kubera”), an unaffiliated reinsurer, effective December 31, 2018, to cede certain MYGA and deferred annuity reserves on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset, a certified third-party reinsurer. As the policies ceded to Somerset are investment contracts, there is no significant insurance risk present and therefore the reinsurance agreement is accounted for as a separate investment contract. The presentation of this agreement is similar to other
53


reinsurance agreements that apply reinsurance accounting as discussed in further detail within Note L – Reinsurance to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
Aspida Re Transaction. FGL Insurance has a reinsurance agreement with Aspida Re, an unaffiliated reinsurer, to cede certain MYGA business, on a funds withheld coinsurance basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. As the policies ceded to Aspida Re are investment contracts, there is no significant insurance risk present and therefore the reinsurance agreement is accounted for as a separate investment contract. The presentation of this agreement is similar to other reinsurance agreements that apply reinsurance accounting as discussed in further detail within Note L – Reinsurance to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
The CARVM Facility. Life insurance companies operating in the United States must calculate required reserves for life and annuity policies based on statutory principles. The insurance divisions have adopted the methodology contained in the NAIC Valuation Manual (“VM”) as the prescribed methodology for the insurance industry. The industry has reduced or eliminated redundancies thereby increasing capital using a variety of techniques including reserve facilities.
FGL Insurance has a reinsurance treaty with Raven Reinsurance Company (“Raven Re”), its wholly owned captive reinsurance company, to cede the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method (“CARVM”) liability for annuity benefits where surrender charges are waived. In connection with the CARVM reinsurance agreement (the “CARVM Treaty”), FGL Insurance and Raven Re entered into an agreement with Nomura Bank International plc (“NBI”) to establish a reserve financing facility in the form of a letter of credit issued by NBI. The financing facility has $50 million available to draw on as of June 30, 2022. The facility may terminate earlier than the current termination date of October 1, 2022, in accordance with the terms of the reimbursement agreement. Under the terms of the reimbursement agreement, in the event the letter of credit is drawn upon, Raven Re is required to repay the amounts utilized, and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGLH”) is obligated to repay the amounts utilized if Raven Re fails to make the required reimbursement. FGLH also is required to make capital contributions to Raven Re in the event that Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus falls below certain defined levels. As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus was $26 million, $62 million and $29 million, respectively, in excess of the minimum level required under the reimbursement agreement. As this letter of credit is provided by an unaffiliated financial institution, Raven Re is permitted to carry the letter of credit as an admitted asset on the Raven Re statutory balance sheet.
Our Retail Distribution Channels
We distribute our annuity and life insurance products through three main retail channels of distribution: independent agents, banks, and broker dealers.
In our independent agent channel, the sale of our products typically occurs as part of a four party, three stage sales process between FGL Insurance, an IMO, the agent and the customer. FGL Insurance designs, manufactures, issues, and services the product. The IMOs will typically sign contracts with multiple insurance carriers to provide their agents with a broad and competitive product portfolio. The IMO provides training and discusses product options with agents in preparation for meetings with clients. The IMO staff also provide assistance to the agent during the selling and application process. The agent may get customer leads from the IMOs. The agent conducts a fact finding and presents suitable product choices to the customers. We monitor the business issued by each distribution partner for pricing metrics, mortality, persistency, as well as market conduct and suitability.
We offer our products through a network of approximately 270 IMOs, representing approximately 64,000 agents. We believe that our relationships with these IMOs are strong. The average tenure of the Power Partners is approximately 18 years.
We took a similar approach in launching products as a new entrant into the bank and broker dealer channels by partnering with one of the largest broker dealers in the industry. In 2020, F&G launched a set of fixed rate annuity and FIA products to banks and broker dealers, and gained selling agreements with some of the largest banks and broker dealers in the United States. We offer our products through a network of approximately 17 banks and broker dealers, representing approximately 8,000 financial advisers. The financial advisers at our bank and broker dealer partners are able to offer their clients guaranteed rates of return, protected growth, and income for life through our
54


Secure series of annuity products. We employ a hybrid distribution model in this channel, whereby some financial institutions partner directly with F&G and our sales team, and others work with an intermediary. As such, we partner with a select number of financial institution intermediaries who have expertise in the channel and maintain the appropriate field wholesaling forces to be successful in this channel. In 2021, the top 5 firms represented 98% of channel sales. The first full year of sales in banks and broker dealers represented almost 29% of annuity sales in a year that marked record sales for F&G. Bank and broker dealers represent 41% of annuity sales for the six month period ended June 30, 2022.
The top five states for the distribution of F&G’s retail products in the six months ended June 30, 2022 were Florida, California, Texas, New Jersey and Pennsylvania, which together accounted for 38% of F&G’s retail sales.
Our Investment Management Governance and Approach
We embrace a long-term conservative investment philosophy, investing nearly all the insurance premiums we receive in a wide range of high-quality debt securities. Our investment strategy is designed to (i) preserve capital, (ii) provide consistent yield and investment income, and (iii) achieve strong absolute returns. We base all of our decisions on fundamental, bottom-up research, coupled with a top-down view that respects the cyclicality of certain asset classes. The types of assets in which we may invest are influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified investment assets applicable to insurance companies.
FGL Insurance and certain other subsidiaries of F&G (other than FGL NY Insurance) are party to IMAs with BISGA pursuant to which BISGA is appointed as investment manager of the F&G Accounts. There are no specified minimum amounts of assets that we have agreed that BISGA will manage; however, BISGA has the right to manage (and receive fees based on) all assets in the F&G Accounts with limited exceptions. For certain asset classes, we continue to utilize specialized third-party investment managers. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 93% of our $37 billion investment portfolio was managed by BISGA, with 6% managed by other third parties, and the remaining 1% internally managed. BISGA has delegated certain investment services to its affiliates, Blackstone Real Estate Special Situations Advisors L.L.C. and GSO Capital Advisors II LLC, pursuant to separate sub-management agreements executed between BISGA and each affiliate.
The management fees payable to BISGA under the IMAs are calculated based on the aggregate assets under management in the F&G Accounts, such that that BISGA’s per annum management fee is based upon:
for aggregate assets under management in the F&G Accounts up to $25 billion, 0.26% of such aggregate assets under management;
for aggregate assets under management in the F&G Accounts above $25 billion and up to $34 billion, a rate equal to (x) the sum of $25 billion multiplied by 0.26% and the excess over $25 billion multiplied by 0.24% divided by (y) total aggregate assets under management; and
for aggregate assets under management in the F&G Accounts above $34 billion, a rate equal to (x) the sum of $25 billion multiplied by 0.26%, $9 billion multiplied by 0.24%, 80% of the aggregate assets under management above $34 billion multiplied by 0.12% and 20% of the aggregate assets under management above $34 billion multiplied by 0.24% divided by (y) total aggregate assets under management; provided, that in the event BISGA and MVB Management amend their participation fee agreement in the future to reduce the fee payable for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion by 50%, BISGA’s per annum management fee for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion will be reduced such that all aggregate assets under management above $34 billion will be multiplied by 0.12%.
Aggregate fees paid to BISGA were $132 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $62 million for the seven month period between June 1, 2020 and ended December 31, 2020, $39 million for the five months ended May 31, 2020 (or $101 million for the year ended December 31, 2020), and $86 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. In the third quarter of 2021, we negotiated a reduction in the fee rates charged by BISGA for AUM in the F&G Accounts in excess of $34 billion (which prior to such amendment would have been charged on the basis of a fee rate of 0.22% or 0.20%).
55


F&G has a robust governance process and framework to manage the investment portfolio. While BISGA is primarily responsible for security selection, F&G makes all investment strategy decisions and sets risk parameters. All major decisions need to be reviewed and approved by the F&G Investment Committee, and new investment asset classes go through an internal risk assessment process ‘RAP’ at F&G to ensure the investments are suitable for an insurance company balance sheet. We define risk tolerance across a wide range of factors, including credit risk, liquidity risk, concentration (issuer and sector) risk, and caps on specific asset classes, which in turn establish conservative risk thresholds.
F&G and BISGA undertook a substantial investment portfolio reposition to improve the credit quality and asset-liability duration match of the portfolio, as well as to add diversification, by reducing exposure to BBB rated corporates and adding higher quality structured credit, specialty finance assets, commercial & residential mortgage loans, and alternative investments. This was completed in 2018, and the result was a meaningful yield pick-up along with improved credit quality which was accomplished by taking advantage of illiquidity and structural complexity premiums, and not by increasing credit risk in the portfolio. Since then several de-risking programs have been undertaken to take advantage of the extended credit cycle and favorable market conditions or to undertake prudent risk management in anticipation of an unfavorable economic environment. We have also added several new asset classes to the investment portfolio to further enhance diversification.
Each of our subsidiaries that is party to an investment management agreement with BISGA may terminate such agreement upon 30 days’ notice. BISGA may also terminate any investment management agreement upon 30 days’ notice. However, F&G and FNF are party to an omnibus termination side letter under which they are required to cause our insurance subsidiaries to engage BISGA as an investment manager and to not engage any other person as an investment manager. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We rely on our investment management or advisory agreements with BISGA and other investment managers and sub-managers for the management of portions of certain of our life insurance companies’ investment portfolios”.
The initial term of the side letter expires in 2027 and will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless F&G terminates the side letter. Prior to June 1, 2027, we and FNF may only terminate the side letter for cause. Cause is generally limited to circumstances where BISGA is legally unable to manage our assets, if BISGA fails to offer us “most favored nations” rights with respect to certain products it may issue to third parties, or where BISGA has acted with gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreements. In addition, at the expiration of the initial term of the side letter in 2027, or at the end of any renewal term, we may with prior notice terminate the side letter for (i) unsatisfactory long term performance by BISGA that is materially detrimental to one of our subsidiaries or (ii) unfair and excessive fees charge by BISGA compared to those that would be charged by a comparable asset manager (taking into account the experience, education and qualification of BISGA’s personnel, the scale and scope of the services being provided by BISGA, and the composition of the managed investment portfolio and comparable investment guidelines). If we provide any such notice, the termination would not become effective for two years from the date of termination given in the notice, during which time BISGA may seek to cure the events giving arise to the termination notice.
Because our subsidiaries can terminate an investment management agreement at any time upon 30 days' notice, it is possible that such a termination by one of our subsidiaries could cause us to be in breach of our obligations under the side letter. BISGA’s contractual remedies under the side letter include specific performance and the right to seek damages including, in the event of a non-permitted termination of an investment management agreement by one of our subsidiaries, as compensation for the costs incurred in performing services under, and the failure to receive the benefits reasonably anticipated by, an IMA, the full amount of damages available at law in the same manner and to the same extent as if such IMA had been terminated by us our at our direction in violation of the terms of the side letter.
Our investment portfolio consists of high-quality fixed maturities, including publicly issued and privately issued corporate bonds, municipal and other government bonds, ABS, residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”), residential mortgage loans (“RMLs”), limited partnership investments, and other investments. We also maintain holdings in floating rate, and less rate-sensitive investments, including senior tranches of CLOs, non-agency RMBS, and various types of ABS. It is our expectation that our investment portfolio will broaden in scope and diversity to include other asset
56


classes held by life and annuity insurance writers. We also have a small amount of equity holdings required as part of our funding arrangements with the FHLB.
The portfolio also has exposure to U.S. dollar denominated emerging market bonds, highly rated preferred stocks and hybrids, and structured securities including ABS. We currently maintain:
a well-matched asset/liability profile (asset duration, including cash and cash equivalents, of 5.4 years vs. liability duration of 5.7 years); and
an exposure to less rate-sensitive assets of 29% of invested assets as of June 30, 2022.
Please refer to Note E — Investments in the Consolidated Financial Statements, Note C — Investments in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Adjusted Net Earnings (See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section)” section in this Information Statement for additional information about our investment portfolio.
Mature Risk Management Framework and Governance
Risk management is a critical part of our business to manage our financial strength and meet or exceed regulatory requirements. We seek to assess risk to our business through a comprehensive, formal process involving:
a.identifying short-term and long-term strategic and operational objectives;
b.development of risk appetite statements that establish what the company is willing to accept in terms of risks to achieving its goals and objectives;
c.identifying the levers that control the risk appetite of the company;
d.establishing the overall limits of risk acceptable for a given risk driver;
e.establishing operational risk limits that are aligned with the tolerances;
f.assigning risk limit quantification and mitigation responsibilities to individual team members within functional groups;
g.analyzing the potential qualitative and quantitative impact of individual risks, including but not limited to stress and scenario testing covering over eight economic and insurance related risks;
h.mitigating risks by appropriate actions; and
i.identifying, documenting and communicating key business risks in a timely fashion.
Our most significant risks are governed through holding company governance committees and overall by the enterprise risk management committee. Our most significant risks such as credit risk, liquidity risk, and policyholder behavior associated with interest rate risk have established risk limits associated with our risk appetite statements. These include investment limits by asset class, ratings and issuer. Liquidity risk is managed through frequent forecasting of sources and uses of cash and managed to our Liquidity Policy. Asset liability management procedures and limits protect the company, within limits, against significant changes in interest rates. In addition, the risks are stressed as part of our scenario testing process to identify areas requiring mitigation plans based on the macroeconomic environment. Risk limits, risk appetite and scenario testing results of the stresses are discussed with stakeholders such as the F&G ERM Committee, the Board of Directors of F&G, regulators and rating agencies.
The responsibility for monitoring, evaluating and responding to risk embedded across the organization: first assigned to our management and employees, second to those occupying specialist functions, such as legal compliance and risk teams, and third to those occupying supervisory functions, such as internal audit and the board of directors.
57


Operations/Outsourcing
We believe we have designed an efficient corporate platform which enables us to be highly scalable with volume over time, and allows us to onboard incremental business with low incremental fixed operating cost. As a result, we believe we should be able to convert a significant portion of incremental net investment income from additional invested assets and liabilities into operating income.
We outsource the following functions to third-party service providers:
new business administration (data entry and policy issue only);
service of existing policies;
underwriting administration of life insurance applications;
life reinsurance administration;
call centers;
information technology development and maintenance;
investment accounting and custody; and
co-located data centers and hosting of financial systems.
We closely manage our outsourcing partners and integrate their services into our operations. We believe that outsourcing such functions allows us to focus capital and our employees on our core business operations and perform differentiating functions, such as finance, actuarial, product development and risk management functions. In addition, we believe an outsourcing model provides predictable pricing, service levels and volume capabilities and allows us to benefit from technological developments that enhance our customer self-service and sales processes. We believe that we have a good relationship with our principal outsource service providers.
Our Financial Strength/Ratings
Our access to funding and our related cost of borrowing, the attractiveness of certain of our products to customers and requirements for derivatives collateral posting are affected by our credit ratings and insurance financial strength ratings, which are periodically reviewed by the rating agencies. Financial strength ratings and credit ratings are important factors affecting public confidence in an insurer and its competitive position in marketing products.
As of the date of this Information Statement, A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”), Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), Moody’s, and S&P had issued credit ratings, financial strength ratings and/or outlook statements regarding us, as listed below. Credit ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding an entity’s ability to repay its indebtedness. Financial strength ratings represent the opinions of rating agencies regarding the ability of an insurance company to meet its financial obligations under an insurance policy and generally involve quantitative and qualitative evaluations by rating agencies of a company’s financial condition and operating performance. Generally, rating agencies base their financial strength ratings upon information furnished to them by the insurer and upon their own investigations, studies and assumptions. Financial strength ratings are based upon factors of concern to policyholders, agents and intermediaries and are not directed toward the protection of investors. Credit and financial strength ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold securities and they may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the rating organization.
In addition to the financial strength ratings, rating agencies use an “outlook statement” to indicate a medium- or long-term trend that, if continued, may lead to a rating change. A positive outlook indicates a rating may be raised and a negative outlook indicates a rating may be lowered. A stable outlook is assigned when ratings are not likely to be changed. A developing outlook is assigned when a rating may be raised, lowered, or affirmed. Outlooks should not be confused with expected stability of the issuer’s financial or economic performance. A rating may have a
58


“stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change, but a “stable” outlook does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time without notice.
The rating organizations may take various actions, positive or negative. Such actions are beyond our control and we cannot predict what these actions may be and the timing thereof.
A.M. BestS&PFitchMoody’s
Holding Company Ratings
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
Issuer Credit / Default RatingNot RatedBBB-BBBBa2
OutlookStableStablePositive
CF Bermuda Holdings Limited
Issuer Credit / Default RatingNot RatedBBB-BBBBa1
OutlookStableStablePositive
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
Issuer Credit / Default Ratingbbb-BBB-BBBNot Rated
OutlookStableStableStable
Senior Unsecured Notesbbb-BBBBBBBaa2
OutlookStableStable
Operating Subsidiary Ratings
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company
Financial Strength RatingA-A-A-Baa1
OutlookStableStableStablePositive
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York
Financial Strength RatingA-A-A-Not Rated
OutlookStableStableStable
F&G Life Re Ltd
Financial Strength RatingNot RatedA-A-Baa1
OutlookStableStablePositive
F&G Cayman Re Ltd
Financial Strength RatingNot RatedNot RatedA-Not Rated
OutlookStable
A.M. Best, S&P, Fitch and Moody’s review their ratings of insurance companies from time to time. There can be no assurance that any particular rating will continue for any given period of time or that it will not be changed or withdrawn entirely if, in their judgment, circumstances so warrant. While the degree to which ratings adjustments will affect sales and persistency is unknown, we believe if our ratings were to be negatively adjusted for any reason, we could experience a material decline in the sales of our products and the persistency of our existing business. See “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement.
Potential Impact of a Ratings Downgrade. We are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice as part of our over-the-counter derivatives agreements on ISDA forms. Under some ISDA agreements, we have agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. Please refer to Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note D — Derivative Financial Instruments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for disclosure around our requirement to maintain minimum ratings.
If the insurance subsidiaries held net short positions against a counterparty, and the subsidiaries’ financial strength ratings were below the levels required in the ISDA agreement with the counterparty, the counterparty would
59


demand immediate further collateralization, which could negatively impact overall liquidity. Based on the fair value of our derivatives as of June 30, 2022, we hold no net short positions against a counterparty; therefore, there is currently no potential exposure for us to post collateral.
A downgrade of the financial strength rating of one of our principal insurance subsidiaries could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry and make it more difficult for us to market our products, as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings. A downgrade of the financial strength rating could also impact our borrowing costs.
Our Approach to Environmental, Social, and Governance
F&G’s solutions inherently provide a social good, and that sentiment of service also provides the foundation for F&G’s culture and guides business operations as well as interactions within our communities.
Being Environmentally Conscious: F&G aims to reduce the company’s environmental footprint through a variety of sustainable and environmentally sound programs throughout its new headquarters building in Des Moines, Iowa. This includes:
Sensors on restroom equipment to limit excess water flow
Recycling bins at each workspace
Installation of motion sensors to reduce electricity use
Flexible work from home arrangements which reduce commute time and paper usage
Being the Best Place to Work: F&G is committed to providing employees with the opportunities and flexibility they need to succeed, as well as ensuring a culture of belonging and inclusion by:
Providing competitive benefits offerings to meet diverse employee needs including more flexible PTO and a wellness reimbursement
Supporting employee growth through learning programs, tuition reimbursement, and manager and leadership training
Increasing the percentage of women and people of color in leadership roles; F&G’s executive team is now comprised of 40% female leadership
Driving diversity and inclusion in the workplace and beyond through partnerships including:
The International Association of Black Actuaries and The Organization of Latino Actuaries where F&G employees are members and serve as a network for potential new hires
Women Lead Change, an organization dedicated to the development, advancement and promotion of women, their organizations, and impact to the economy and future workforce
Capitol City Pride, brings together members of Iowa’s LGBTQ+ community, allies and businesses and honored F&G as the 2021 Corporate Partner of the Year
Enabling our employee-led Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) Committee’s work in creating awareness and support around important topics such as mental health awareness
Ranking as a Top Workplaces company for 4 consecutive years
Being a Responsible & Award-Winning Community Partner: F&G believes people are not in a position to turn their aspirations into reality if their most essential needs are not satisfied. Therefore, F&G focuses its community engagement and charitable giving to support essential needs such as food insecurity and housing. In
60


2021 and 2020, F&G won awards from the United Way for its corporate support and employee involvement. Other community investments include:
Serving as founding partner of the ACLI’s Impact Investments Initiative to make housing affordable and sustainable in underserved communities
Fostering partnerships in the Des Moines community with the Iowa Food Bank and Polk County Housing Trust
Offering company-wide volunteer events for employees to make an impact locally with organizations such as Rebuilding Together
Providing employees with 16 hours of paid time off per year for volunteering
Supporting dozens of other community organizations identified by F&G employees in support of essential needs within the community where they live and work
Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in various pending and threatened litigation matters related to our operations, some of which include claims for punitive or exemplary damages. Like other companies, our ordinary course litigation includes a number of class action and purported class action lawsuits, which make allegations related to aspects of our operations. We believe that no actions, other than the matters discussed below, if any, depart from customary litigation incidental to our business.
We review lawsuits and other legal and regulatory matters (collectively “legal proceedings”) on an ongoing basis when making accrual and disclosure decisions. When assessing reasonably possible and probable outcomes, management bases its decision on its assessment of the ultimate outcome assuming all appeals have been exhausted. For legal proceedings in which it has been determined that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, a liability based on known facts and which represents our best estimate has been recorded. None of the amounts we have currently recorded are considered to be material to our financial condition individually or in the aggregate. Actual losses may materially differ from the amounts recorded and the ultimate outcome of our pending legal proceedings is generally not yet determinable. While some of these matters could be material to our operating results or cash flows for any particular period if an unfavorable outcome results, at present we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of currently pending legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
On August 17, 2020, a lawsuit styled, In the Matter of FGL Holdings, was filed in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands where dissenting shareholders, Kingfishers LP, Kingstown 1740 Fund LP, Kingstown Partners II LP, Kingstown Partners Master Ltd., and Ktown LP, have asserted statutory appraisal rights relative to their ownership of 12,000,000 shares of F&G stock in connection with the acquisition. They seek a judicial determination of the fair value of their shares of F&G stock under the law of the Cayman Islands, together with interest. A trial was held in late May and early June 2022 in the Cayman Islands, and a decision on the matter is pending with the court. We do not believe the result in this case will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
From time to time we receive inquiries and requests for information from state insurance departments, attorneys general and other regulatory agencies about various matters relating to our business. Sometimes these take the form of civil investigative demands or subpoenas. We cooperate with all such inquiries and we have responded to or are currently responding to inquiries from multiple governmental agencies. Various governmental entities are studying insurance products, market, pricing, and business practices, and potential regulatory and legislative changes, which may materially affect our business and operations. From time to time, we are assessed fines for violations of regulations or other matters or enter into settlements with such authorities, which may require us to pay fines or claims or take other actions. We do not anticipate such fines and settlements, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
61


Properties
In December 2019, we entered into a lease for a new headquarters located at 801 Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa, commencing June 1, 2021. That lease expires on January 1, 2031. In March 2022, we entered into a lease for space in New York, New York. That lease expires on September 30, 2025. We believe our existing facilities are suitable and adequate for our present purposes. We believe that our Des Moines, Iowa, and New York, New York, properties will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations.
Available Information
Our web address is www.fglife.com. Our electronic filings with the SEC (including all Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and if applicable, amendments to those reports) will be available free of charge on the website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information posted on our website is not incorporated into this document.
The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.
62


REGULATION OF F&G
U.S. Regulatory Overview
FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re are subject to comprehensive regulation and supervision in their domiciles, Iowa, New York and Vermont, respectively, and in each state in which they do business. FGL Insurance does business throughout the United States and Puerto Rico, except for New York. FGL NY Insurance only does business in New York. Raven Re is a special purpose captive reinsurance company that only provides reinsurance to FGL Insurance under the CARVM Treaty. FGL Insurance’s principal insurance regulatory authority is the IID; however, state insurance departments throughout the United States also monitor FGL Insurance’s insurance operations as a licensed insurer. The NYDFS regulates the operations of FGL NY Insurance. The purpose of these regulations is primarily to protect insurers’ policyholders and beneficiaries and not their general creditors and shareholders of those insurers or of their holding companies. Many of the laws and regulations to which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject are regularly re-examined and existing or future laws and regulations may become more restrictive or otherwise adversely affect their operations.
Generally, insurance products underwritten by and rates used by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must be approved by the insurance regulators in each state or territory in which they are sold. In addition, insurance products may also be subject to ERISA.
State insurance authorities have broad administrative powers over FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance with respect to all aspects of the insurance business including:
licensing to transact business;
licensing agents;
prescribing which assets and liabilities are to be considered in determining statutory surplus;
regulating premium rates for certain insurance products;
approving policy forms and certain related materials;
requiring insurers and agents to act in the best interests of consumers when making recommendations to purchase annuities, or to determine whether a reasonable basis exists as to the suitability of such investments for consumers;
regulating unfair trade and claims practices;
establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards;
regulating the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by insurance companies;
regulating the availability of reinsurance or other substitute financing solutions, the terms thereof and the ability of an insurer to take credit on its financial statements for insurance ceded to reinsurers or other substitute financing solutions;
fixing maximum interest rates on life insurance policy loans and minimum accumulation or surrender values; and
regulating the type, amounts, and valuations of investments permitted, transactions with affiliates, and other matters.
Financial Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations require FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re to file reports, including financial statements, with state insurance departments in each state in which they do business, and their operations and accounts are subject to examination by those departments at any time. FGL Insurance, FGL NY
63


Insurance and Raven Re prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments.
The NAIC has approved a series of statutory accounting principles and various model regulations that have been adopted, in some cases with certain modifications, by all state insurance departments. These statutory principles are subject to ongoing change and modification. Moreover, compliance with any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may not result in compliance with another regulator’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. Any particular regulator’s interpretation of a legal or accounting issue may change over time to FGL Insurance’s, FGL NY Insurance’s and Raven Re’s detriment, or changes to the overall legal or market environment, even absent any change of interpretation by a particular regulator, may cause FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re to change their views regarding the actions they need to take from a legal risk management perspective, which could necessitate changes to FGL Insurance’s, FGL NY Insurance’s or and Raven Re’s practices that may, in some cases, limit their ability to grow and improve profitability.
State insurance departments conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy and rate filings, market conduct and business practices of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State insurance departments also have the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary insurers that are licensed in their states.
Dividend and Other Distribution Payment Limitations
The insurance laws of Iowa and New York regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively.
Pursuant to Iowa insurance law, ordinary dividends are payments, together with all other such payments within the preceding twelve months, that do not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of FGL Insurance’s statutory surplus as regards policyholders as of December 31 of the preceding year; or (ii) the net gain from operations of FGL Insurance (excluding realized capital gains) for the 12-month period ending December 31 of the preceding year.
Dividends in excess of FGL Insurance’s ordinary dividend capacity are referred to as extraordinary and require prior approval of the Iowa Insurance Commissioner. In deciding whether to approve a request to pay an extraordinary dividend, Iowa insurance law requires the Iowa Insurance Commissioner to consider the effect of the dividend payment on FGL Insurance’s surplus and financial condition generally and whether the payment of the dividend will cause FGL Insurance to fail to meet its required RBC ratio. FGL Insurance may only pay dividends out of statutory earned surplus.
In 2021, FGL Insurance paid extraordinary dividends to FGL Holdings of $38 million. FGL Insurance’s maximum ordinary dividend capacity for 2022 is $0.
Any payment of dividends by FGL Insurance is subject to the regulatory restrictions described above and the approval of such payment by the board of directors of FGL Insurance, which must consider various factors, including general economic and business conditions, tax considerations, FGL Insurance’s strategic plans, financial results and condition, FGL Insurance’s expansion plans, any contractual, legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends and its effect on RBC and such other factors the board of directors of FGL Insurance considers relevant. For example, payments of dividends could reduce FGL Insurance’s RBC and financial condition and lead to a reduction in FGL Insurance’s financial strength rating. See section titled "Risk FactorsRisks Relating to Our BusinessA financial strength ratings downgrade, potential downgrade, or any other negative action by a rating agency could increase our cost of capital, making it challenging to grow our business, and could hinder our ability to participate in certain market segments, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and our financial condition” in this Information Statement.
Each year, FGL NY Insurance may pay a certain limited amount of ordinary dividends or other distributions as calculated under New York insurance laws without being required to obtain the prior consent of the NYDFS.
64


However, to pay any dividends or distributions (including the payment of any dividends or distributions for which prior consent is not required), FGL NY Insurance must provide advance written notice to the NYDFS.
FGL NY Insurance has historically not paid dividends.
Surplus and Capital
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to the supervision of the regulators in states where they are licensed to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority in connection with the continued licensing of these entities to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such entities have not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business would be hazardous to policyholders.
Risk-Based Capital
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance companies. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantially similar law. RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk, (iii) interest rate risk, and (iv) business risk. In general, RBC is calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and reserve items, taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. Within a given risk category, these factors are higher for those items with greater underlying risk and lower for items with lower underlying risk. The RBC formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. Insurers that have less statutory capital than the RBC calculation requires are considered to have inadequate capital and are subject to varying degrees of regulatory action depending upon the level of capital inadequacy. As of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the RBC ratios for FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance each exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.
It is desirable to maintain an RBC ratio in excess of the minimum requirements in order to maintain or improve financial strength ratings. We ended 2021 with an estimated RBC ratio above our 400% target for FGL Insurance. See section titled “Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our BusinessA financial strength ratings downgrade, potential downgrade, or any other negative action by a rating agency could increase our cost of capital, making it challenging to grow our business, and could hinder our ability to participate in certain market segments, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and our financial condition” in this Information Statement.
See section of this summary titled "Bermuda Regulatory Overview ECR and Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirements” for a discussion of Bermuda regulatory requirements that impact F&G Life Re.
Insurance Regulatory Information System Tests
The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System ("IRIS") to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of U.S. insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or action by insurance regulatory authorities. A ratio falling outside the prescribed “usual range” is not considered a failing result. Rather, unusual values are viewed as part of the regulatory early monitoring system. In many cases, it is not unusual for financially sound companies to have one or more ratios that fall outside the usual range. Insurance companies generally submit data annually to the NAIC, which in turn analyzes the data using prescribed financial data ratios, each with defined “usual ranges”. Generally, regulators will begin to investigate or monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. IRIS consists of a statistical phase and an analytical phase whereby financial examiners review insurers’ annual statements and financial ratios. The statistical phase consists of 12 key financial ratios based on year-end data that are generated from the NAIC database annually; each ratio has a “usual range” of results.
As of December 31, 2021, FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re had two, three and two ratios outside the usual range, respectively. The IRIS ratios for total affiliated investments to capital and surplus and change in premium for FGL Insurance were outside the usual range. The IRIS ratios for change in premium, change
65


in product mix, and change in reserving ratio for FGL NY Insurance were outside the usual range. The IRIS ratios for change in premium and adequacy of investment income for Raven Re were outside the usual range.
In all instances in prior years, regulators have been satisfied upon follow-up that no regulatory action was required. FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re are not currently subject to regulatory restrictions based on these ratios.
Group Capital Calculation
The NAIC developed a group capital calculation tool using an RBC methodology for all entities within the insurance holding company system, including non-U.S. entities. In December 2020, the NAIC adopted the Group Capital Calculation Template and Instructions, as well as amendments to the Model Holding Company Act and Regulation. The amendments implement the annual filing requirement for the group capital calculation but will not become effective until adopted by state legislatures or regulatory agencies. Legislation was introduced in New York in May 2022 that would require a group capital calculation.
Insurance Reserves
State insurance laws require insurers to analyze the adequacy of reserves. Following the implementation of principle-based reserving for life insurance products, the NAIC is now developing a principle-based reserving framework for fixed annuity products. The respective appointed actuaries for FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re must each submit an opinion on an annual basis that their respective reserves, when considered in light of the respective assets FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re hold with respect to those reserves, make adequate provision for the contractual obligations and related expenses of FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re. FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re have filed all of the required opinions with the insurance departments in the states in which they do business.
Credit for Reinsurance Regulation
States regulate the extent to which insurers are permitted to take credit on their financial statements for the financial obligations that the insurers cede to reinsurers. Where an insurer cedes obligations to a reinsurer that is neither licensed nor accredited by the state insurance department, the ceding insurer is not permitted to take such financial statement credit unless the unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurer secures the liabilities it will owe under the reinsurance contract.
Under the laws regulating credit for reinsurance issued by such unlicensed or unaccredited reinsurers, the permissible means of securing such liabilities are (i) the establishment of a trust account by the reinsurer to hold certain qualifying assets in a qualified U.S. financial institution, such as a member of the Federal Reserve, with the ceding insurer as the exclusive beneficiary of such trust account with the unconditional right to demand, without notice to the reinsurer, that the trustee pay over to it the assets in the trust account equal to the liabilities owed by the reinsurer; (ii) the posting of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit by a qualified U.S. financial institution in favor of the ceding company allowing the ceding company to draw upon the letter of credit up to the amount of the unpaid liabilities of the reinsurer and (iii) a “funds withheld” arrangement by which the ceding company withholds transfer to the reinsurer of the assets, which support the liabilities to be owed by the reinsurer, with the ceding insurer retaining title to and exclusive control over such assets.
In addition, all U.S. states, including Iowa and New York, permit an insurer to take credit for reinsurance ceded to a non-U.S. reinsurer that posts collateral in amounts less than 100% of the reinsurer’s obligations if the reinsurer has been designated as a “certified reinsurer” and is domiciled in a country recognized by the state and the NAIC as a “Qualified Jurisdiction.” The reduced percentage of full collateral applied to a certified reinsurer is based upon an assessment of the reinsurer and its financial ratings. Iowa and New York both also recognize certain qualified non-U.S. insurers as reciprocal jurisdiction reinsurers such that ceding domestic insurers may receive credit for reinsurance ceded to such unauthorized reinsurers without the requirement for the reinsurer to provide collateral.
FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance are subject to the credit for reinsurance rules described above in Iowa and New York, respectively, insofar as they enter into any reinsurance contracts with reinsurers that are neither
66


licensed, accredited nor certified in Iowa and New York, respectively, or recognized as a reciprocal reinsurer in such jurisdictions.
Insurance Holding Company Regulation
F&G, as the indirect parent company of FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, is subject to the insurance holding company laws in Iowa and New York. These laws generally require each insurance company directly or indirectly owned by the holding company to register with the insurance department in the insurance company’s state of domicile and to furnish annually financial and other information about the operations of companies within the holding company system. Generally, all transactions between insurers and affiliates within the holding company system are subject to regulation and must be fair and reasonable, and may require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by its domiciliary insurance regulator.
Most states, including Iowa and New York, have insurance laws that require regulatory approval of a direct or indirect change of control of an insurer or an insurer’s holding company. Such laws prevent any person from acquiring control, directly or indirectly, of F&G, FGL US Holdings Inc. (“FGL US Holdings”), CF Bermuda Holdings Limited (“CF Bermuda”), FGLH, FGL Insurance or FGL NY Insurance or certain of their affiliates unless that person has filed a statement with specified information with the insurance regulators and has obtained their prior approval. In addition, investors deemed to have a direct or indirect controlling interest are required to make regulatory filings and respond to regulatory inquiries. Under most states’ statutes, including those of Iowa and New York, acquiring 10% or more of the voting stock of an insurance company or its parent company is presumptively considered a change of control, although such presumption may be rebutted. In addition, the insurance laws of Iowa and New York permit a determination of control in circumstances where the thresholds for the presumption of control have not been crossed. Similar laws apply to a direct or indirect change of ownership of Raven Re. Any person who is deemed to acquire control over F&G, FNF, FGL US Holdings, CF Bermuda, FGLH, FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance, Raven Re or certain of their affiliates including any person who acquires 10% or more of our or FNF’s voting securities of F&G, F&G NY or certain of their affiliates, without the prior approval of the insurance regulators of Iowa and New York will be in violation of those states’ laws and may be subject to injunctive action requiring the disposition or seizure of those securities by the relevant insurance regulator or prohibiting the voting of those securities and to other actions determined by the relevant insurance regulator.
Insurance Guaranty Association Assessments
Each state has insurance guaranty association laws under which insurers doing business in the state may be assessed by state insurance guaranty associations for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Typically, states assess each member insurer in an amount related to the member insurer’s proportionate share of the business written by all member insurers in the state. Although no prediction can be made as to the amount and timing of any future assessments under these laws, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance have established reserves that they believe are adequate for assessments relating to insurance companies that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings.
Market Conduct Regulation
State insurance laws and regulations include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales and complaint process practices. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct examinations. In addition, FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance must file, and in many jurisdictions and for some lines of business obtain regulatory approval for, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate. FGL Insurance is currently the subject of two ongoing market conduct examinations in various states. Market conduct examinations can result in monetary fines or remediation and generally require FGL Insurance to devote significant resources to the management of such examinations. FGL Insurance does not believe that any of the current market conduct examinations it is subject to will result in any fines or remediation orders that will be material to its business.
67


Regulation of Investments
FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance, and Raven Re are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity, real estate, other equity investments and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as either non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus or as not qualified as an asset held for reserve purposes and, in some instances, would require divestiture or replacement of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investment portfolios of FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance, and Raven Re as of December 31, 2021, complied in all material respects with such regulations.
Privacy Regulation
Our operations are subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations that require financial institutions and other businesses to protect the security and confidentiality of personal information, including health-related and customer information, and to notify customers and other individuals about their policies and practices relating to their collection and disclosure of health-related and customer information and their practices relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of such information. These laws and regulations require notice to affected individuals, law enforcement agencies, regulators and others if there is a breach of the security of certain personal information, including social security numbers, and require holders of certain personal information to protect the security of the data. Our operations are also subject to certain federal regulations that require financial institutions and creditors to implement effective programs to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft. In addition, our ability to make telemarketing calls and to send unsolicited email or fax messages to consumers and customers and our uses of certain personal information, including consumer report information, are regulated. Federal and state governments and regulatory bodies may be expected to consider additional or more detailed regulation regarding these subjects and the privacy and security of personal information.
The Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act made sweeping changes to the regulation of financial services entities, products and markets. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are applicable to us, our competitors or those entities with which we do business. These provisions may impact us in many ways, including, but not limited to, having an effect on the overall business climate, requiring the allocation of certain resources to government affairs, and increasing our legal and compliance related activities and the costs associated therewith.
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, annuities that meet specific requirements, including requirements relating to certain state suitability rules, are specifically exempted from being treated as securities by the SEC. We believe that the types of FIAs that FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance sell will meet these requirements and, therefore, are exempt from being treated as securities by the SEC and state securities regulators. However, there can be no assurance that federal or state securities laws or state insurance laws and regulations will not be amended or interpreted to impose further requirements on FIAs. If FIAs were to be treated as securities, federal and state securities laws would require additional registration and licensing of these products and the agents selling them, and FGL Insurance and FGL NY would be required to seek additional marketing relationships for these products, any of which could impose significant restrictions on its ability to conduct operations as currently operated.
ERISA and Fiduciary Standards
We may offer certain insurance and annuity products to employee benefit plans governed by ERISA and/or the Code, including group annuity contracts designated to fund tax-qualified retirement plans. ERISA and the Code provide (among other requirements) standards of conduct for employee benefit plan fiduciaries, including investment managers and investment advisers with respect to the assets of such plans, and hold fiduciaries liable if they fail to satisfy fiduciary standards of conduct.
State and federal regulators have been adopting stronger consumer protection regulations that may materially impact our company, business, distribution, and products. The NAIC adopted an amended Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation in February 2020 incorporating a requirement that agents act in the best interest of
68


consumers without putting their own financial interests or insurer’s interests ahead of consumer interests. The best interest requirement is satisfied by complying with four regulatory obligations relating to care, disclosure, conflict of interest, and documentation. The amended model regulation also requires agents to provide certain disclosures to consumers, obligates insurers to supervise agent compliance with the new requirements, and prohibits sales contests or other incentives based on sales of specific annuities within a limited period of time.
Several states have adopted the revised NAIC model regulation, including FGL Insurance’s domiciliary state of Iowa. Management has instituted business procedures to comply with these revised requirements where required. FGL NY Insurance separately instituted new business procedures in response to the NYDFS best interest rule adopted in August 2019 which deviates from the NAIC model regulation and is considered more onerous in certain respects including its broader application to life insurance sales. Management is monitoring an ongoing legal challenge to nullify the NYDFS rule.
In December 2020 the DOL issued its final version of an investment advice rule replacing the previous “Fiduciary Rule” that had been challenged by industry participants and vacated in March 2018 by the United States Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals. The new investment advice rule reinstates the five-part test for determining whether a person is considered a fiduciary for purposes of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and sets forth a new PTE referred to as PTE 2020-02. The rule’s preamble also contains the DOL’s reinterpretation of elements of the five-part test that appears to encompass more insurance agents selling IRA products and withdraws the agency’s longstanding position that rollover recommendations out of employer plans are not subject to ERISA. The new rule took effect on February 16, 2021.
The DOL investment advice rule leaves in place PTE 84-24 which is a longstanding class exemption providing prohibited transaction relief for insurance agents selling annuity products provided certain disclosures are made to the plan fiduciary, which is the policyholder in the case of an IRA, and certain other conditions are met. Among other things, these disclosures include the agent’s relationship to the insurer and commissions received in connection with the annuity sale. FGL Insurance, along with FGL NY Insurance, designed and launched a compliance program in January 2022 requiring all agents selling IRA products to submit an acknowledgment with each IRA application indicating the agent has satisfied PTE 84-24 requirements on a precautionary basis in case the agent acted or is found to have acted as a fiduciary. Meanwhile the DOL has publicly announced its intention to consider future rulemaking that would revoke or modify PTE 84-24.
Management believes these current and emerging developments relating to market conduct standards for the financial services industry may over time materially affect the way in which our agents do business, the role of IMOs, sale of IRA products including IRA-to-IRA and employer plan rollovers, how the company supervises its distribution force, compensation practices, and liability exposure and costs. In addition to implementing the compliance procedures described above, management is monitoring further developments closely and will be working with IMOs and distributors to adapt to evolving regulatory requirements and risks.
Structured Securities
On December 7, 2021, the NAIC assigned to its Macroprudential Working Group the evaluation of a list of “Regulatory Considerations Applicable (But Not Exclusive) to Private Equity (PE) Owned Insurers.” Included within this list is the consideration of material increases in privately structured securities (both by affiliated and non-affiliated asset managers), which the NAIC introduces other sources of risk or increases traditional credit risk, such as complexity risk and illiquidity risk. The NAIC is considering proposals to increase disclosure requirements for these risks, as well as additional disclosure regarding private securities.
In addition, the NAIC continues to refine its application of RBC factors for certain investments and is considering changes related to the risk assessment structured securities.
The SECURE Act
New and recently passed legislation may also impact the industry in which F&G competes. For example, the SECURE Act, which took effect January 1, 2020, creates an opportunity for F&G and its competitors to pursue sales to employer retirement plan sponsors as well as its traditional customers. Moreover, as noted above, Congress is
69


exploring potential successor legislation in this area. In addition, F&G and its competitors may implement operational changes to adapt to the effect of the new legislation. See “Risk FactorsLegal, Regulatory and Tax RisksThe SECURE Act of 2019 may impact our business and the markets in which we compete.”
Climate Risk
On November 15, 2021, NYDFS issued final Guidance for New York Domestic Insurers on Managing the Financial Risks from Climate Change, detailing NYDFS’s expectations related to domestic insurers' management of the financial risks from climate change. These guidelines are applicable to FGL NY Insurance and are effective in 2022. Under the guidelines, climate change risk must be specifically included in an insurance group's enterprise risk management function.
Diversity and Corporate Governance
The NAIC and certain state insurance regulators are focused on the issue of diversity within the insurance industry, such as the diversity of an insurer’s board of directors and management. The NAIC is developing a framework for approaching issues related to race and insurance. On March 16, 2021, the NYDFS issued a circular letter that states that the NYDFS expects the insurers it regulates to make diversity of their leadership a business priority and key element of their corporate governance. This guidance is applicable to FGL NY Insurance. NYDFS intends to include questions relating to diversity and inclusion efforts in its examination process starting in 2022.
Bermuda Regulatory Overview
F&G Life Re is a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the Companies Act 1981, as amended (the “Companies Act”) and registered as a Class E insurer under the Insurance Act. F&G Life Re is regulated by the BMA.
The Insurance Act provides that no person may carry on an insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the BMA. In deciding whether to grant registration, the BMA has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to the insurer complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose at any time. In addition, the Insurance Act requires BMA approval of increases in control or dispositions of control of an insurance company.
Bermuda has been awarded full equivalence for commercial insurers under Europe’s Solvency II regime applicable to insurance companies, which regime came into effect on January 1, 2016.
All insurers are required to implement corporate governance policies and processes as the BMA considers appropriate given the nature, size, complexity and risk profile of the insurer and all insurers, on an annual basis, are required to deliver a declaration to the BMA confirming whether or not they meet the minimum criteria for registration under the Insurance Act.
All insurers are required to comply with the Bermuda Insurance Code of Conduct, which is a codification of best practices for insurers provided by the BMA, and to submit annually to the BMA with its statutory financial return a declaration of compliance confirming it complies with the Bermuda Insurance Code of Conduct.
The BMA utilizes a risk-based approach when it comes to licensing and supervising insurance and reinsurance companies. As part of the BMA’s risk-based system, an assessment of the inherent risks within each particular class of insurer or reinsurer is used to determine the limitations and specific requirements that may be imposed. Thereafter the BMA keeps its analysis of relative risk within individual institutions under review on an ongoing basis, including through the scrutiny of audited financial statements, and, as appropriate, meeting with senior management during onsite visits.
70


The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards, as well as auditing and reporting requirements. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.
Minimum Solvency Margin. The Insurance Act provides that the value of the assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin.
The minimum solvency margin that must be maintained by a Class E insurer is the greater of: (i) $8,000,000; (ii) 2% of first $500,000,000 of assets plus 1.5% of assets above $500,000,000; and (iii) 25% of that insurer’s enhanced capital requirement (“ECR”). An insurer may file an application under the Insurance Act to waive the aforementioned requirements.
ECR and Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirements (“BSCR”). Class E insurers are required to maintain available capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of the applicable ECR, which is established by reference to either the applicable BSCR model or an approved internal capital model. Furthermore, to enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the insurer’s capital resources, a Class E insurer is required to disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with its 3-tiered capital system. An insurer may file an application under the Insurance Act to have the aforementioned ECR requirements waived.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions. In addition to the requirements under the Companies Act (as discussed below), the Insurance Act limits the maximum amount of annual dividends and distributions that may be paid or distributed by F&G Life Re without prior regulatory approval.
F&G Life Re is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it fails to meet its minimum solvency margin, or ECR, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such breach. If F&G Life Re were to fail to meet its minimum solvency margin on the last day of any financial year, it would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.
In addition, as a Class E insurer, F&G Life Re must not declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of such insurer, as certified by the insurer’s approved actuary, exceeds its liabilities (as so certified) by the greater of its margin of solvency or ECR. In the event a dividend complies with the above, F&G Life Re must ensure the amount of any such dividend does not exceed that excess.
Furthermore, as a Class E insurer, F&G Life Re must not declare or pay a dividend in any financial year which would exceed 25% of its total capital and statutory surplus, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless at least seven days before payment of such dividend F&G Life Re files with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors of F&G Life Re and its principal representative under the Insurance Act stating that, in the opinion of those signing, declaration of such dividend has not caused the insurer to fail to meet its relevant margins.
The Companies Act also limits F&G Life Re’s ability to pay dividends and make distributions to its shareholders. F&G Life Re is not permitted to declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of its contributed surplus, if it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or if the realizable value of its assets would be less than its liabilities.
Reduction of Capital. F&G Life Re may not reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurer’s paid in share capital, its contributed surplus (sometimes called additional paid in capital) and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital.
Cayman Islands Regulatory Overview
F&G Cayman Re is licensed as a class D insurer in the Cayman Islands by CIMA. As a regulated insurance company, F&G Cayman Re is subject to the supervision of CIMA and CIMA may at any time direct F&G Cayman Re, in relation to a policy, a line of business or the entire business, to cease or refrain from committing an act or pursing a course of conduct and to perform such acts as in the opinion of CIMA are necessary to remedy or ameliorate the situation.
71


The laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands require that, among other things, F&G Cayman Re maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity, meet solvency standards, submit to periodic examinations of its financial condition and restrict payments of dividends and reductions of capital. Statutes, regulations and policies that F&G Cayman Re is subject to may also restrict the ability of F&G Cayman Re to write insurance and reinsurance policies, make certain investments and distribute funds. Any failure to meet the applicable requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject it to further examination or corrective action by CIMA, including restrictions on dividend payments, limitations on our writing of additional business or engaging in finance activities, supervision or liquidation.
72


Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Information
The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and operating data. The summary historical consolidated financial and operating data as of June 30, 2022 and for each of the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021 set forth below have been derived from our unaudited historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The summary historical consolidated financial data as it relates to the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020 (following the FNF Acquisition), and the predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, as restated, have been derived from our audited historical Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The comparability of certain results prior to the FNF Acquisition and following the FNF Acquisition were influenced by purchase accounting adjustments. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.
You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in this Information Statement.
Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to our results presented in accordance with GAAP, our results of operations include certain Non-GAAP measures commonly used in our industry. These measures should be considered supplementary to our results in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for the GAAP measures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion regarding Non-GAAP measures, including related definitions and reconciliations to comparable GAAP measures (where applicable).
Summary historical consolidated financial and operating data are as follows:
(Dollars in millions, except shares, in thousands, and per share data)
Six months ended June 30,Year ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
202220212021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data:
Total revenues $815 $1,341 $3,962 $1,233 $155 $1,894 
Total expenses 184 888 2,885 1,147 369 1,473 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes631 453 1,077 86 (214)421 
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations466 360 857 161 (200)361 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax— 11 (25)(114)51 
Net earnings (loss)466 371 865 136 (314)412 
Preferred stock dividend (b)
— — — — 31 
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders466 371 865 136 (322)381 
Earnings per share (a)
Basic
73


Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations $4.41 $3.43 $8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations — 0.10 0.08 (0.24)(0.53)0.24 
Net earnings (loss) per share, basic$4.41 $3.53 $8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
Diluted
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations $4.41 $3.43 $8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations— 0.10 0.08 (0.24)(0.53)0.24 
Net earnings (loss) per share, diluted$4.41 $3.53 $8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, basic basis (a)
105,778 105,000 105,000 105,000 213,246 216,592 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, diluted basis (a)
105,778 105,000 105,000 105,000 213,246 216,737 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings Non-GAAP Data:
Adjusted net earnings attributable to common shareholders$210 $170 $361 $235 $64 $264 
Adjusted net earnings attributable to common shareholders per share1.99 1.62 3.44 2.24 0.30 1.22 
Notable items favorable/(unfavorable) included in adjusted net earnings (c)
20 34 64 86 (16)60 
__________________
(a)Weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, retrospectively, include the effects of the 105,000 for 1 stock split that occurred on June 24, 2022.
(b)Preferred stock was retired as part of the FNF Acquisition.
(c)For discussion and analysis of notable items for each period, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations - Adjusted Net Earnings” in this Information Statement.
74


(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
June 30,December 31,December 31,
202220212020
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Total Assets$49,626 $48,730 $39,756 
Total Liabilities 47,132 44,245 35,682 
Total Equity2,494 4,485 4,074 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income (“AOCI”)(2,130)734 1,197 
Debt-to-Capital ratio (a)
18.1 %17.5 %11.9 %
Consolidated Balance Sheet Non-GAAP Data:
Total Equity, excluding AOCI$4,624 $3,751 $2,877 
Debt-to-Capital ratio excluding AOCI10.6 %20.2 %16.0 %
Book Value per Share, including AOCI$23.58 $42.71 $38.80 
Book Value per Share, excluding AOCI43.71 35.72 27.40 
Return on Average Equity24.4 %20.4 %7.1 %
Return on Average Equity excluding AOCI24.2 %25.9 %8.4 %
Adjusted Return on Average Equity excluding AOCI10.9 %10.8 %14.6 %
__________________
(a)Debt-to-capital ratio is computed by dividing total aggregate principal amount of debt by total capitalization (total debt plus total equity).

(Dollars in millions)
Six months ended June 30,Year ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
202220212021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Select Metrics:
Assets Under Management$40,322 $31,760 $36,494 $28,553 $27,119 $26,420 
Average Assets Under Management38,351 29,722 31,938 27,322 26,824 25,617 
Adjusted Return on Assets1.10 %1.14 %1.13 %1.47 %0.57 %1.03 %
Adjusted Yield on AAUM4.75 %4.78 %4.76 %4.70 %4.34 %4.56 %
Interest Credited and Option Costs2.05 %2.13 %2.05 %2.08 %2.13 %2.27 %
Net Investment Spread 2.70 %2.65 %2.71 %2.62 %2.21 %2.29 %
75


The following table summarizes sales by product type of the Company, which are not affected by the FNF Acquisition, and are comparable to prior period data:
(Dollars in millions)
Six months ended June 30,Year ended December 31,Year ended December 31,Year ended December 31,
20222021202120202019
Predecessor
Fixed indexed annuities (“FIA”)$2,076 $2,182 $4,310 $3,459 $2,820 
Fixed rate annuities (“MYGA”)1,560 979 1,738 776 776 
Total annuity3,636 3,161 6,048 4,235 3,596 
Indexed universal life (“IUL”)56 35 87 50 38 
Funding agreements (“FABN/FHLB”)1,443 1,125 2,310 200 297 
Pension risk transfer (“PRT”)527 — 1,147 — — 
Total Gross Sales
$5,662 $4,321 $9,592 $4,485 $3,931 
Sales attributable to flow reinsurance to third parties$(780)(489)(869)— — 
Total Net Sales$4,882 $3,832 $8,723 $4,485 $3,931 
76


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (following the FNF Acquisition), and the “predecessor” results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended 2019 (prior to the FNF Acquisition) should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion may contain forward-looking statements based on assumptions we believe to be reasonable. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this Information Statement, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
For a description of our business see the discussion under “Business” in this Information Statement.
Business Trends and Conditions
The following factors represent some of the key trends and uncertainties that have influenced the development of the Company and its historical financial performance, and we believe these key trends and uncertainties will continue to influence the business and financial performance of the Company in the future.
COVID-19 Pandemic
While still evolving, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant economic and financial turmoil in the U.S. and around the world. At this time, it is still not possible to estimate the longer term effects the COVID-19 pandemic could have on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Increased economic uncertainty and increased unemployment that could potentially result from the spread of COVID-19 and its variants may result in our policyholders seeking sources of liquidity and withdrawing at rates greater than was previously expected. Additionally, adverse events or conditions resulting from COVID-19 could also have a negative effect on our sales of new policies and could result in more volatility from the impact of mortality experience. As of June 30, 2022, we have not seen a sustained elevated level of adverse policyholder experience from the impact of COVID-19 on the overall business. The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or prospects will depend on future developments which cannot be predicted at this time.
Market Conditions
Market volatility has affected, and may continue to affect, our business and financial performance in varying ways. Volatility can pressure sales and reduce demand as consumers hesitate to make financial decisions. To enhance the attractiveness and profitability of our products and services, we continually monitor the behavior of our customers, as evidenced by annuitization rates and lapse rates, which vary in response to changes in market conditions. See “Risk Factors” in this Information Statement for further discussion of risk factors that could affect market conditions.
Interest Rate Environment
Some of our products include guaranteed minimum crediting rates, most notably our fixed rate annuities. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our reserves, net of reinsurance, and average crediting rate on our fixed rate annuities were $5.0 billion and 3%, respectively. We are required to pay the guaranteed minimum crediting rates even if earnings on our investment portfolio decline, which would negatively impact earnings. In addition, we expect more policyholders to hold policies with comparatively high guaranteed rates for a longer period in a low interest rate environment. Conversely, a rise in average yield on our investment portfolio would increase earnings if the average interest rate we pay on our products does not rise correspondingly. Similarly, we expect that
77


policyholders would be less likely to hold policies with existing guarantees as interest rates rise and the relative value of other new business offerings are increased, which would negatively impact our earnings and cash flows.
See the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” and “Risk Factors” sections in this Information Statement for a more detailed discussion of interest rate risk.
Aging of the U.S. Population
We believe that the aging of the U.S. population will increase the demand for our FIA and IUL products. As the “baby boomer” generation prepares for retirement, we believe that demand for retirement savings, growth, and income products will grow. Over 10,000 people will turn 65 each day in the United States over the next 15 years, and according to the U.S. Census Bureau, the proportion of the U.S. population over the age of 65 is expected to grow from 17% in 2021 to 21% in 2035. The impact of this growth may be offset to some extent by asset outflows as an increasing percentage of the population begins withdrawing assets to convert their savings into income.
Industry Factors and Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations
We operate in the sector of the insurance industry that focuses on the needs of middle-income Americans. The underserved middle-income market represents a major growth opportunity for us. As a tool for addressing the unmet need for retirement planning, we believe that many middle-income Americans have grown to appreciate the financial certainty that we believe annuities such as our FIA products afford. Accordingly, the FIA market grew from nearly $12 billion of sales in 2002 to $66 billion of sales in 2021. Additionally, this market demand has positively impacted the IUL market as it has expanded from $100 million of annual premiums in 2002 to $2 billion of annual premiums in 2021.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The accounting estimates described below are those we consider critical in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures with respect to contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates. See Note A — Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional description of the significant accounting policies that have been followed in preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Reserves for Future Policy Benefits and Product Guarantees and Certain Information on Contractholder Funds
The determination of future policy benefit reserves is dependent on actuarial assumptions. The principal assumptions used to establish liabilities for future policy benefits are based on our experience. These assumptions are established at issue of the contract and include mortality, morbidity, contract full and partial surrenders, investment returns, annuitization rates and expenses. The assumptions used require considerable judgment. We review overall policyholder experience at least annually and update these assumptions when deemed necessary based on additional information that becomes available. For traditional life and immediate annuity products, assumptions used in the reserve calculation can only be changed if the reserve is deemed to be insufficient. For all other insurance products, changes in assumptions will be used to calculate reserves. These changes in assumptions will also incorporate changes in risk free rates and option market values. Changes in, or deviations from, the assumptions previously used can significantly affect our reserve levels and related results of operations.
Mortality is the incidence of death amongst policyholders triggering the payment of underlying insurance coverage by the insurer. In addition, mortality also refers to the ceasing of payments on life-contingent annuities due to the death of the annuitant. We utilize a combination of actual and industry experience when setting our mortality assumptions.
A surrender rate is the percentage of account value surrendered by the policyholder. A lapse rate is the percentage of account value canceled by us due to nonpayment of premiums. We make estimates of expected full
78


and partial surrenders of our fixed annuity products. Our surrender rate experience in the six months ended June 30, 2022, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 on the fixed annuity products averaged 3%, 7%, 4%, 3% and 4%, respectively, which is within our assumed ranges. Management’s best estimate of surrender behavior incorporates actual experience over the entire period, as we believe that, over the duration of the policies, we will experience the full range of policyholder behavior and market conditions. If actual surrender rates are significantly different from those assumed, such differences could have a significant effect on our reserve levels and related results of operations.
The assumptions used to establish the liabilities for our product guarantees require considerable judgment and are established as management’s best estimate of future outcomes. We periodically review these assumptions and, if necessary, update them based on additional information that becomes available. Changes in or deviations from the assumptions used can significantly affect our reserve levels and related results of operations.
At issue, and at each subsequent valuation, we determine the present value of the cost of the GMWB rider benefits and certain GMDB riders in excess of benefits that are funded by the account value. We also calculate the present value of total expected policy assessments, including investment margins, if applicable. We accumulate a reserve equal to the portion of these assessments that would be required to fund the future benefits less benefits paid to date. In making these projections, a number of assumptions are made and we update these assumptions as experience emerges, and determined necessary. We began issuing our GMWB products in 2008, and future experience could lead to significant changes in our assumptions. If emerging experience deviates from our assumptions on GMWB utilizations, such deviations could have a significant effect on our reserve levels and related results of operations.
Our aggregate reserves for contractholder funds, future policy benefits and product guarantees on a direct and net basis as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, are summarized as follows:
June 30, 2022
(Dollars in millions)DirectReinsurance RecoverableNet
Fixed indexed annuities$23,168 $— $23,168 
Fixed rate annuities7,570 (2,307)$5,263 
Immediate annuities4,080 (135)$3,945 
Universal life2,013 (951)$1,062 
Traditional life1,792 (822)$970 
Funding agreement backed notes (“FABN”)2,608 — $2,608 
Pension risk transfer (“PRT”)1,653 — $1,653 
Total$42,884 $(4,215)$38,669 
December 31, 2021
(Dollars in millions)DirectReinsurance RecoverableNet
Fixed indexed annuities$23,370 $— $23,370 
Fixed rate annuities6,369 (1,689)4,680 
Immediate annuities3,657 (133)3,524 
Universal life1,981 (983)998 
Traditional life1,823 (805)1,018 
Funding agreement backed notes1,904 — 1,904 
Pension risk transfer 1,153 — 1,153 
Total$40,257 $(3,610)$36,647 
79


FIA and IUL products contain an embedded derivative; a feature that permits the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity-index linked component, where interest credited to the contract is linked to the performance of various equity indices. The FIA/IUL embedded derivatives are valued at fair value and included in the liability for contractholder funds in our Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value included as a component of Benefits and other changes in policy reserves in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Valuation of Fixed Maturity, Preferred and Equity Securities, and Derivatives and Reinsurance Recoverable
Our fixed maturity securities have been designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, net of allowance for expected credit losses, with unrealized gains and losses included in AOCI, net of associated adjustments for VOBA, DAC, DSI, unearned revenue ("UREV"), Statement of Position 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts,” ("SOP 03-1") reserves, and deferred income taxes. Our equity securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in net income (loss). Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are determined on the basis of the cost of the specific investments sold and are credited or charged to income on a trade date basis.
Management’s assessment of all available data when determining fair value of the available-for-sale ("AFS") securities is necessary to appropriately apply fair value accounting. Management utilizes information from independent pricing services, who take into account perceived market movements and sector news, as well as a security’s terms and conditions, including any features specific to that issue that may influence risk and marketability. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or additional inputs may be necessary. We generally obtain one value from our primary external pricing service. In situations where a price is not available from the independent pricing service, we may obtain broker quotes or prices from additional parties recognized to be market participants. We believe the broker quotes are prices at which trades could be executed based on historical trades executed at broker-quoted or slightly higher prices. When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies, including discounted cash flows, matrix pricing, or other similar techniques.
We validate external valuations at least quarterly through a combination of procedures that include the evaluation of methodologies used by the pricing services, comparisons to valuations from other independent pricing services, analytical reviews and performance analysis of the prices against trends, and maintenance of a securities watch list. See Note D — Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note E — Investments to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Note B — Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note C — Investments to our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
The fair value of derivative assets and liabilities is based upon valuation pricing models and represents what we would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if we canceled the options, entered into offsetting positions, or exercised the options. Fair values for these instruments are determined internally using a conventional model and market observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curve volatilities and other factors. Credit risk related to the counterparty is considered when estimating the fair values of these derivatives. However, we are largely protected by collateral arrangements with counterparties when individual counterparty exposures exceed certain thresholds. The fair value of futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) at the balance sheet date represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin (open trade equity net of cash settlements). The fair values of the embedded derivatives in our FIA and IUL contracts are derived using market value of options, use of current and budgeted option cost, swap rates, mortality rates, surrender rates, partial withdrawals, and non-performance spread and are classified as Level 3. The discount rate used to determine the fair value of our FIA/IUL embedded derivative liabilities includes an adjustment to reflect the risk that these obligations will not be fulfilled (“non-performance risk”). For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021, our non-performance risk adjustment was based on the expected loss due to default in debt obligations for similarly rated financial companies. See Note D — Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Note B — Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Note D — Derivative Financial Instruments to our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
80


As discussed in Note L — Reinsurance of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement, F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Kubera effective December 31, 2018, to cede certain MYGAs and deferred annuity GAAP and statutory reserves on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset. Additionally, F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Aspida Re effective January 1, 2021, to cede a quota share of certain deferred annuity business on a funds withheld basis. Fair value movements in the funds withheld balances associated with these arrangements create an obligation for F&G to pay Somerset and Aspida Re at a later date, which results in embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are considered total return swaps with contractual returns that are attributable to the assets and liabilities associated with the reinsurance arrangements. The fair value of the total return swaps are based on the change in fair value of the underlying assets held in the funds withheld portfolio. Investment results for the assets that support the coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangement, including gains and losses from sales, are passed directly to the reinsurer pursuant to contractual terms of the reinsurance arrangement. The reinsurance related embedded derivatives are reported in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related gains or losses are reported in recognized gains and losses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
We categorize our fixed maturity securities, preferred securities, equity securities and derivatives into a three-level hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity securities and equity securities by pricing source and hierarchy level as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020.
As of As of June 30, 2022
(Dollars in millions)Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3) 
NAVTotal
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale and equity securities:
Prices via third-party pricing services$735 $22,449 $979 $— $24,163 
Priced via independent broker quotations— — 5,149 — 5,149 
Priced via other methods— — — 44 44 
Total$735 $22,449 $6,128 $44 $29,356 
% of Total%76 %21 %— %100 %
81


As of December 31, 2021
(Dollars in millions)Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3) 
NAVTotal
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale and equity securities:
Prices via third-party pricing services$684 $25,224 $928 $— $26,836 
Priced via independent broker quotations— — 4,248 — 4,248 
Priced via other methods— — 48 49 
Total$684 $25,224 $5,177 $48 $31,133 
% of Total%81 %17 %— %100 %
As of December 31, 2020
(Dollars in millions)Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1) 
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3) 
NAVTotal
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale and equity securities:
Prices via third-party pricing services$607 $22,741 $1,133 $— $24,481 
Priced via independent broker quotations— — 2,064 — 2,064 
Priced via other methods— — — 
Total$607 $22,741 $3,198 $— $26,546 
% of Total%86 %12 %— %100 %
Goodwill
As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, goodwill was $1,756 million. The goodwill relates to goodwill recorded in connection with the FNF Acquisition. Refer to Note K — Goodwill to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for a summary of additional information on our goodwill balance.
In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, we perform a qualitative analysis at the reporting unit level to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our recorded goodwill exceeds its carrying value. Based on the results of this analysis, an annual goodwill impairment test may be completed based on an analysis of the discounted future cash flows generated by the underlying assets. The process of determining whether or not goodwill is impaired or recoverable relies on projections of future cash flows, operating results and market conditions. Future cash flow estimates are based partly on projections of market conditions such as the volume and mix of refinance and purchase transactions and interest rates, which are beyond our control and are likely to fluctuate. While we believe that our estimates of future cash flows are reasonable, these estimates are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from what is assumed in our impairment tests. Such analyses are particularly sensitive to changes in estimates of future cash flows and discount rates. Changes to these estimates might result in material changes in fair value and determination of the recoverability of goodwill, which may result in charges against earnings and a reduction in the carrying value of our goodwill in the future. We completed annual goodwill impairment analyses in the fourth quarter of each period presented using a September 30 measurement date. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the predecessor period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended 2019, we determined there were no events or circumstances that indicated that the carrying value exceeded the fair value.
82


VOBA, DAC and DSI
Our intangible assets include an intangible asset reflecting the value of insurance and reinsurance contracts acquired (hereafter referred to as VOBA, DAC and DSI).
VOBA is an intangible asset that reflects the amount recorded as insurance contract liabilities less the estimated fair value of in-force contracts (“VIF”) in a life insurance company acquisition. It represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the rights to receive future cash flows from the business in force at the acquisition date. VOBA is a function of the VIF, current GAAP reserves, GAAP assets, and deferred tax liability. The VIF is determined by the present value of statutory distributable earnings less opening required capital, and is sensitive to assumptions including the discount rate, surrender rates, partial withdrawals, utilization rates, projected investment spreads, mortality, and expenses.
DAC consists principally of commissions. Additionally, acquisition costs that are incremental, direct costs of successful contract acquisition are capitalized as DAC. Indirect or unsuccessful acquisition costs, maintenance, product development and overhead expenses are charged to expense as incurred. DSI consists of contract enhancements such as premium and interest bonuses credited to policyholder account balances.
VOBA, DAC and DSI are subject to loss recognition testing on a quarterly basis or when an event occurs that may warrant loss recognition.
For annuity and IUL products, VOBA, DAC and DSI are generally being amortized in proportion to estimated gross profits from net investment spread margins, surrender charges and other product fees, policy benefits, maintenance expenses, mortality, and recognized gains and losses on investments. Current and future period gross profits for FIA contracts also include the impact of amounts recorded for the change in fair value of derivatives and the change in fair value of embedded derivatives. At each valuation date, the most recent quarter’s estimated gross profits are updated with actual gross profits and the assumptions underlying future estimated gross profits are evaluated for continued reasonableness. If the update of assumptions causes estimated gross profits to increase, VOBA, DAC and DSI amortization will decrease, resulting in lower amortization expense in the period. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes estimated gross profits to decrease. Current period amortization is adjusted retrospectively through an unlocking process when estimates of current or future gross profits (including the impact of recognized investment gains and losses) to be realized from a group of products are revised. Our estimates of future gross profits are based on actuarial assumptions related to the underlying policies’ terms, lives of the policies, duration of contract, yield on investments supporting the liabilities, cost to fund policy obligations, and level of expenses necessary to maintain the polices over their entire lives.
Changes in assumptions can have a significant impact on VOBA, DAC and DSI, amortization rates and results of operations. Assumptions are management’s best estimate of future outcomes, and require considerable judgment. We periodically review assumptions against actual experience, and update our assumptions based on historical results and our best estimates of future experience when additional information becomes available.
Estimated future gross profits are sensitive to changes in interest rates, which are the most significant component of gross profits. Assumptions related to interest rate spreads and credit losses also impact estimated gross profits for products with credited rates. These assumptions are based on the current investment portfolio yields and credit quality, estimated future crediting rates, capital markets, and estimates of future interest rates and defaults. Significant assumptions also include policyholder behavior assumptions, such as surrender, lapse, and annuitization rates. We use a combination of actual and industry experience when setting and updating our policyholder behavior assumptions.
We perform sensitivity analyses to assess the impact that certain assumptions have on VOBA, DAC and DSI. The following table presents the estimated instantaneous net impact to income before income taxes of various assumption changes on our VOBA, DAC and DSI. The effects, increase or (decrease), presented are not
83


representative of the aggregate impacts that could result if a combination of such changes to interest rates and other assumptions occurred.
(Dollars in millions)As of June 30, 2022As of December 31, 2021
A change to the long-term interest rate assumption of -50 basis points$(109)$(91)
A change to the long-term interest rate assumption of +50 basis points90 75 
An assumed 10% increase in surrender rate(6)(4)
Assumptions regarding shifts in market factors may be overly simplistic and not indicative of actual market behavior in stress scenarios.
Lower assumed interest rates or higher assumed annuity surrender rates tend to decrease the balances of VOBA, DAC and DSI, thus decreasing income before income taxes. Higher assumed interest rates or lower assumed annuity surrender rates tend to increase the balances of VOBA, DAC and DSI, thus increasing income before income taxes.
Accounting for Income Taxes  
As part of the process of preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to determine income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We must then assess the likelihood that deferred income tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must reflect this increase as expense within Income tax expense in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings. Determination of income tax expense requires estimates and can involve complex issues that may require an extended period to resolve. Further, the estimated level of annual pre-tax income can cause the overall effective income tax rate to vary from period to period. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we adequately provide for any known tax contingencies. We believe the estimates and assumptions used to support our evaluation of tax benefit realization are reasonable. Final determination of prior-year tax liabilities, either by settlement with tax authorities or expiration of statutes of limitations, could be materially different than estimates reflected in assets and liabilities and historical income tax provisions. The outcome of these final determinations could have a material effect on our income tax provision, net income or cash flows in the period that determination is made.
Refer to Note Q — Income Taxes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for details.
Business Overview
We have five distribution channels across retail and institutional markets. Our three retail channels include agent-based IMOs, banks and broker dealers. We have deep, long-tenured relationships with our network of leading IMOs and their agents to serve the needs of the middle-income market and develop competitive annuity and life products to align with their evolving needs. Upon the FNF Acquisition and F&G’s subsequent rating upgrades in mid-2020, we launched into banks and broker dealers. Further, in 2021, we launched two institutional channels to originate FABN and PRT transactions. The FABN Program offers funding agreements to institutional clients by means of capital markets transactions through investment banks. The funding agreements issued under the FABN Program are in addition to those issued to the FHLB. The PRT solutions business was launched by building an experienced team and then working with brokers and institutional consultants for distribution. These markets leverage our existing team's spread-based capabilities as well as our strategic partnership with Blackstone.
In setting the features and pricing of our flagship FIA products relative to our targeted net margin, we take into account our expectations regarding (1) net investment spread, which is the difference between the net investment income we earn and the sum of the interest credited to policyholders and the cost of hedging our risk on the policies; (2) fees, including surrender charges and rider fees, partly offset by vesting bonuses that we pay our policyholders;
84


and (3) a number of related expenses, including benefits and changes in reserves, acquisition costs, and general and administrative expenses.
On March 14, 2022, the FNF Board of Directors approved a dividend to its shareholders, on a pro rata basis, of 15% of the common stock of F&G (the "F&G Distribution"). FNF intends to retain majority control of F&G through an approximate 85% ownership stake. The proposed F&G Distribution is subject to various conditions including the final approval of the FNF Board of Directors, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the SEC, and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by the FNF Board of Directors prior to the distribution. Upon completion of the F&G Distribution, FNF shareholders as of the record date are expected to own stock in both publicly traded companies. The proposed F&G Distribution is intended to be structured as a taxable dividend to FNF shareholders and is targeted to be completed early in the fourth quarter of 2022. However, there can be no assurance regarding the timeframe for completing the distribution or that the conditions of the F&G Distribution will be met. For further information on the F&G Distribution, see “The Separation and Distribution” section elsewhere in this Information Statement.
Key Components of Our Historical Results of Operations
Through our insurance subsidiaries, we issue a broad portfolio of deferred annuities (FIA and fixed rate annuities), IUL insurance, immediate annuities, funding agreements and PRT solutions. A deferred annuity is a type of contract that accumulates value on a tax deferred basis and typically begins making specified periodic or lump sum payments a certain number of years after the contract has been issued. IUL insurance is a complementary type of contract that accumulates value in a cash value account and provides a payment to designated beneficiaries upon the policyholder’s death. An immediate annuity is a type of contract that begins making specified payments within one annuity period (e.g., one month or one year) and typically makes payments of principal and interest earnings over a period of time.
Under GAAP, premium collections for FIAs, fixed rate annuities, immediate annuities and PRT without life contingency, and deposits received for funding agreements are reported in the financial statements as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) instead of as sales or revenues. Similarly, cash payments to customers are reported as decreases in the liability for contractholder funds and not as expenses. Sources of revenues for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are net investment income, surrender, cost of insurance and other charges deducted from contractholder funds, and net realized gains (losses) on investments. Components of expenses for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are interest-sensitive and index product benefits (primarily interest credited to account balances or the hedging cost of providing index credits to the policyholder), amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI, other operating costs and expenses, and income taxes.
F&G hedges certain portions of its exposure to product related equity market risk by entering into derivative transactions. We purchase derivatives consisting predominantly of call options and, to a lesser degree, futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to offset the reserve impact of the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA and IUL contracts. The majority of all such call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA/IUL contracts. We attempt to manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of our FIA/IUL contracts, which permit us to change caps, spread, or participation rates on each policy's annual anniversary, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of net investment gains (losses). The change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instruments’ terms or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
Earnings from products accounted for as deposit liabilities are primarily generated from the excess of net investment income earned over the sum of interest credited to policyholders and the cost of hedging our risk on FIA/IUL policies, known as the net investment spread. With respect to FIAs/IULs, the cost of hedging our risk includes the expenses incurred to fund the index credits. Proceeds received upon expiration or early termination of call options purchased to fund annual index credits are recorded as part of the change in fair value of derivatives, and are largely offset by an expense for index credits earned on annuity contractholder fund balances.
85


Our profitability depends in large part upon the amount of AUM (see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section), the net investment spreads earned on our average assets under management ("AAUM" — see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section), our ability to manage our operating expenses and the costs of acquiring new business (principally commissions to agents and bonuses credited to policyholders). As we grow AUM, earnings generally increase. AUM increases when cash inflows, which include sales, exceed cash outflows. Managing net investment spreads involves the ability to maximize returns on our AUM and minimize risks such as interest rate changes and defaults or impairment of investments. It also includes our ability to manage interest rates credited to policyholders and costs of the options and futures purchased to fund the annual index credits on the FIA/IULs. We analyze returns on AAUM, VOBA, pre- and post-DAC and DSI as well as pre- and post-tax to measure our profitability in terms of growth and improved earnings.
In June 2021, we established a FABN Program, pursuant to which FGL Insurance may issue funding agreements to a special purpose statutory trust (the “Trust”) for spread lending purposes. The maximum aggregate principal amount permitted to be outstanding at any one time under the FABN Program is currently $5.0 billion. We also issue funding agreements through the FHLB.
In July 2021, we entered the PRT market, pursuant to which FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance may issue group annuity contracts to discharge pension plan liabilities from a pension plan sponsor. Life contingent PRT premiums are included in life insurance premiums and other fees below.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with GAAP, this document includes non-GAAP financial measures, which the Company believes are useful to help investors better understand its financial performance, competitive position and prospects for the future. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in certain instances to provide additional meaningful comparisons between current results and results in prior operating periods. Our non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate such non-GAAP measures in the same manner as we do. The presentation of this financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation of or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. By disclosing these non-GAAP financial measures, the Company believes it offers investors a greater understanding of, and an enhanced level of transparency into, the means by which the Company’s management operates the Company. Any non-GAAP measures should be considered in context with the GAAP financial presentation and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP net earnings, net earnings attributable to common shareholders, or any other measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or liquidity. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures are provided within.
Adjusted Net Earnings Attributable to Common Shareholders
Adjusted net earnings attributable to common shareholders ("Adjusted net earnings") is a non-GAAP economic measure we use to evaluate financial performance each period. Adjusted net earnings is calculated by adjusting net earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders to eliminate:
(i)Recognized (gains) and losses, net: the impact of net investment gains/losses, including changes in allowance for expected credit losses and other than temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses, recognized in operations; the impact of market volatility on the alternative asset portfolio that differ from management's expectation of returns over the life of these assets; and the effect of changes in fair value of the reinsurance related embedded derivative;
(ii)Indexed product related derivatives: the impacts related to changes in the fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains and losses, of index product related derivatives and embedded derivatives, net of hedging cost;
(iii)Purchase price amortization: the impacts related to the amortization of certain intangibles (internally developed software, trademarks and value of distribution asset ("VODA")) recognized as a result of acquisition activities;
86


(iv)Transaction costs: the impacts related to acquisition, integration and merger related items; and
(v)Other "non-recurring", "infrequent" or "unusual items": Management excludes certain items determined to be “non-recurring”, “infrequent” or “unusual” from adjusted net earnings when incurred if it is determined these expenses are not a reflection of the core business and when the nature of the item is such that it is not reasonably likely to recur within two years and/or there was not a similar item in the preceding two years.
Adjustments to adjusted net earnings are net of the corresponding impact on amortization of intangibles, as appropriate. The income tax impact related to these adjustments is measured using an effective tax rate, as appropriate by tax jurisdiction. While these adjustments are an integral part of the overall performance of F&G, market conditions and/or the non-operating nature of these items can overshadow the underlying performance of the core business. Accordingly, management considers this to be a useful measure internally and to investors and analysts in analyzing the trends of our operations. Adjusted net earnings should not be used as a substitute for net earnings (loss). However, we believe the adjustments made to net earnings (loss) in order to derive adjusted net earnings provide an understanding of our overall results of operations.
For example, we could have strong operating results in a given period, yet report net income that is materially less, if during such period the fair value of our derivative assets hedging the FIA and IUL index credit obligations decreased due to general equity market conditions but the embedded derivative liability related to the index credit obligation did not decrease in the same proportion as the derivative assets because of non-equity market factors such as interest rate and non-performance credit spread movements. Similarly, we could also have poor operating results in a given period yet show net earnings (loss) that is materially greater, if during such period the fair value of the derivative assets increases but the embedded derivative liability did not increase in the same proportion as the derivative assets. We hedge our index credits with a combination of static and dynamic strategies, which can result in earnings volatility, the effects of which are generally likely to reverse over time. Our management and board of directors review adjusted net earnings and net earnings (loss) as part of their examination of our overall financial results. However, these examples illustrate the significant impact derivative and embedded derivative movements can have on our net earnings (loss). Accordingly, our management performs a review and analysis of these items, as part of their review of our hedging results each period.
Amounts attributable to the fair value accounting for derivatives hedging the FIA and IUL index credits and the related embedded derivative liability fluctuate from period to period based upon changes in the fair values of call options purchased to fund the annual index credits, changes in the interest rates and non-performance credit spreads used to discount the embedded derivative liability, and the fair value assumptions reflected in the embedded derivative liability. The accounting standards for fair value measurement require the discount rates used in the calculation of the embedded derivative liability to be based on risk-free interest rates adjusted for our non-performance as of the reporting date. The impact of the change in fair values of FIA-related derivatives, embedded derivatives and hedging costs has been removed from net earnings (loss) in calculating adjusted net earnings.
Notable Items included in Adjusted Net Earnings
Each quarterly reporting period, we identify notable items that help explain the trends in our adjusted net earnings as we believe these items, which can be core and/or non-core in nature, provide further insight to the financial performance of the business.
Total Equity excluding AOCI
Total equity excluding AOCI is based on total equity excluding the effect of AOCI.Since AOCI fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to unrealized changes in the fair value of available for sale investments, management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to provide useful supplemental information internally and to investors and analysts assessing the level of earned equity on total equity.
87


Debt-to-Capital ratio excluding AOCI
Debt-to-capital ratio excluding AOCI is computed by dividing total aggregate principal amount of debt by total capitalization (total debt plus total equity excluding AOCI). Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing its capital position.
Book Value per Share (including and excluding AOCI)
Book value per share including and excluding AOCI is calculated as total equity (or total equity excluding AOCI) divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. Management considers this to be a useful measure internally and for investors and analysts to assess the capital position of the Company.
Return on Average Equity
Return on average equity is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders by total average equity. Average equity for the twelve months rolling, is the average of 5 points throughout the period and for the quarterly average equity is calculated using the beginning and ending equity for the period. For periods less than a full fiscal year, amounts disclosed in the table are annualized. As a result of the FNF Acquisition, the starting point for calculation of average equity was reset to June 1, 2020. The rolling average is calculated from the FNF Acquisition date forward to use available historical data points until 5 historical data points are available. Management considers the 5 point average to be a more precise measure of average equity over a one year period as it smooths any one period that might have a significant increase or decrease. Management considers this to be a useful measure internally and for investors and analysts to assess the level of return driven by the Company that is available to common shareholders.
Return on Average Equity excluding AOCI
Return on average equity excluding AOCI is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders by total average equity excluding AOCI. Average equity excluding AOCI for the twelve months rolling, is the average of 5 points throughout the period and for the quarterly average equity excluding AOCI is calculated using the beginning and ending equity, excluding AOCI, for the period. For periods less than a full fiscal year, amounts disclosed in the table are annualized. As a result of the acquisition, the starting point for calculation of average equity was reset to June 1, 2020. The rolling average is calculated from the acquisition date forward to use available historical data points until 5 historical data points are available. Since AOCI fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to unrealized changes in the fair value of available for sale investments. Management considers the 5 point average to be a more precise measure of average equity over a one year period as it smooths any one period that might have a significant increase or decrease. Management considers this to be a useful measure internally and for investors and analysts to assess the level of return driven by the Company that is available to common shareholders.
Adjusted Return on Average Equity excluding AOCI
Adjusted return on equity excluding AOCI is calculated by dividing adjusted net earnings by total average equity excluding AOCI. Average equity excluding AOCI for the twelve months rolling, is the average of 5 points throughout the period and for the quarterly average equity is calculated using the beginning and ending equity, excluding AOCI, for the period. For periods less than a full fiscal year, amounts disclosed in the table are annualized. As a result of the FNF Acquisition, the starting point for calculation of average equity was reset to June 1, 2020. The rolling average is calculated from the FNF Acquisition date forward to use available historical data points until 5 historical data points are available. Management considers the 5 point average to be a more precise measure of average equity over a one year period as it smooths any one period that might have a significant increase or decrease. Since AOCI fluctuates from quarter to quarter due to unrealized changes in the fair value of available for sale investments, Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to provide useful supplemental information internally and to investors and analysts assessing the level of adjusted earned return on equity.
88


Assets Under Management
AUM is a non-GAAP measure that we use to assess the rate of return on assets available for reinvestment. AUM is calculated as the sum of:
(i)total invested assets at amortized cost, excluding derivatives, net of reinsurance qualifying for risk transfer in accordance with GAAP;
(ii)related party loans and investments;
(iii)accrued investment income;
(iv)the net payable/receivable for the purchase/sale of investments, and
(v)cash and cash equivalents excluding derivative collateral at the beginning of the period and the end of each month in the period, divided by the total number of months in the period plus one.
Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing the rate of return on assets available for reinvestment.
Average Assets Under Management (“AAUM”)
AAUM is calculated as AUM at the beginning of the period and the end of each month in the period, divided by the total number of months in the period plus one. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing rate of return on assets available for reinvestment.
Adjusted Return on Assets
Adjusted return on assets is calculated by dividing annualized adjusted net earnings by year-to-date AAUM. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing financial performance and profitability earned on AAUM.
Yield on AAUM
Yield on AAUM is calculated by dividing annualized net investment income by AAUM. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing the level of return earned on AAUM.
Alternative Investment Yield Adjustment
Alternative investment yield adjustment is the current period yield impact of market volatility on the alternative investment portfolio that differ from management's expectation of returns over the life of these assets. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing the level of return earned on AAUM.
Adjusted Yield on AAUM
Adjusted yield on AAUM is calculated by dividing annualized net investment income by AAUM, plus or minus the alternative investment yield adjustment. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to investors and analysts when assessing the level of return earned on AAUM.
Net Investment Spread
Net investment spread is the excess of net investment income, adjusted for market volatility on the alternative asset investment portfolio, earned over the sum of interest credited to policyholders and the cost of hedging our risk on indexed product policies. Management considers this non-GAAP financial measure to be useful internally and to
89


investors and analysts when assessing the performance of the Company’s invested assets against the level of investment return provided to policyholders, inclusive of hedging costs.
Sales
Annuity, IUL, funding agreement and non-life contingent PRT sales are not derived from any specific GAAP income statement accounts or line items and should not be viewed as a substitute for any financial measure determined in accordance with GAAP. Sales from these products are recorded as deposit liabilities (i.e., contractholder funds) within our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. Life contingent PRT sales are recorded as premiums in revenues within the consolidated financial statements. Management believes that presentation of sales, as measured for management purposes, enhances the understanding of our business and helps depict longer term trends that may not be apparent in the results of operations due to the timing of sales and revenue recognition.
Results of Operations
The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020 (following the June 1, 2020 acquisition by FNF),
90


and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:
Six months ended June 30,Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
202220212021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Revenues:
Life insurance premiums and other fees$662 $126 $1,395 $138 $90 $220 
Interest and investment income876 860 1,852 743 403 1,169 
Recognized gains and (losses), net(723)355 715 352 (338)505 
Total revenues
815 1,341 3,962 1,233 155 1,894 
Expenses:
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves(210)549 2,138 866 298 1,148 
Personnel costs64 61 129 65 34 78 
Other operating expenses49 54 105 75 75 87 
Depreciation and amortization264 209 484 123 (51)128 
Interest expense17 15 29 18 13 32 
Total expenses
184 888 2,885 1,147 369 1,473 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes631 453 1,077 86 (214)421 
Income tax (expense) benefit(165)(93)(220)75 14 (60)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations466 360 857 161 (200)361 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax— 11 (25)(114)51 
Net earnings (loss)466 371 865 136 (314)412 
Less: Preferred stock dividend— — — — 31 
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders$466 $371 $865 $136 $(322)$381 
91


Six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to six months ended June 30, 2021
The following table summarizes sales by product type (in millions) (see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Fixed indexed annuities (FIA)$2,076 $2,182 
Fixed rate annuities (MYGA)1,560 979 
Total annuity3,636 3,161 
Indexed universal life (IUL)56 35 
Funding agreements (FABN/FHLB)1,443 1,125 
Pension risk transfer (PRT)527 — 
Total Gross Sales
$5,662 $4,321 
Sales attributable to flow reinsurance to third parties(780)(489)
Total Net Sales
$4,882 $3,832 
FIA and MYGA sales increased during the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, and reflect pricing actions taken to align to the macro environment.
Funding agreements, reflecting new FABN and FHLB agreements during the six months ended June 30, 2022, were higher compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, and reflect our expansion into institutional markets during 2021 and are subject to fluctuation period to period.
PRT sales during the six months ended June 30, 2022 of $527 million, reflect entrance into the PRT market in the second half of 2021, and are also subject to fluctuation period to period.
Revenues
Life insurance premiums and other fees
Life insurance premiums and other fees primarily reflect premiums on life-contingent PRTs and traditional life insurance products, which are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder, as well as policy rider fees primarily on FIA policies, the cost of insurance on IUL policies and surrender charges assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholder's allowable penalty-free amounts (up to 10% of the prior year's value, subject to certain limitations). The following table summarizes the Life insurance premiums and other fees, on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings (in millions), for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021:
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Life-contingent pension risk transfer premiums$520 $— 
Traditional life insurance premiums
Life-contingent immediate annuity premiums12 
Surrender charges23 18 
Policyholder fees and other income100 92 
Life insurance premiums and other fees
$662 $126 
Life insurance premiums and other fees for the six months ended June 30, 2022 increased compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 reflecting our entrance into the PRT market in the second half of 2021. As noted above, PRT premiums are subject to fluctuation period to period.
92


Interest and investment income
Below is a summary of interest and investment income (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale$655 $603 
Equity securities34 28 
Mortgage loans88 56 
Limited partnerships171 245 
Other investments20 
Gross investment income968 939 
Investment expense(92)(79)
Interest and investment income
$876 $860 
Our AAUM, yield on AAUM, alternative investment yield adjustment and adjusted yield on AAUM are summarized as follows (annualized) (dollars in millions) (see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
AAUM$38,351 $29,722 
Yield on AAUM (at amortized cost)4.57 %5.79 %
Alternative investment yield adjustment0.18 %(1.01)%
Adjusted yield on AAUM4.75 %4.78 %
AAUM was higher for the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021, reflecting net new business asset flows, offset by net reinsurance and other activity.
Interest and investment income was higher for the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 primarily due to $251 million from invested asset growth, partially offset by $197 million from lower returns on alternative investments and $38 million of all other rate impacts.
Recognized gains and losses, net
Below is a summary of the major components included in recognized gains and losses, net (in millions):

Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets$(269)$64 
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(7)
Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on certain derivatives instruments(702)287 
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives263 — 
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(8)
Recognized gains and losses, net
$(723)$355 
For the six months ended June 30, 2022, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets is primarily the result of mark-to-market losses on our equity securities and realized losses on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities.
93


For the six months ended June 30, 2021, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets is primarily the result of realized gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities.
For all periods, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments primarily relate to the net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on options and futures used to hedge FIA and IUL products, including gains on option and futures expiration. See the table below for primary drivers of gains (losses) on certain derivatives.
The fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivative is based on the change in fair value of the underlying assets held in the funds withheld (“FWH”) portfolio.
We utilize a combination of static (call options) and dynamic (long futures contracts) instruments in our hedging strategy. A substantial portion of the call options and futures contracts are based upon the S&P 500 Index with the remainder based upon other equity, bond and gold market indices.
The components of the realized and unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments hedging our indexed annuity and universal life products are summarized in the table below (dollars in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Call options:
Gains on option expiration$$169 
Change in unrealized (losses) gains(713)110 
Futures contracts:
(Losses) gains on futures contracts expiration(2)
Change in unrealized gains (losses)(3)(4)
Foreign currency forward:
Gains on foreign currency forward12 
Total net change in fair value$(702)$287 
Annual Point-to-Point Change in S&P 500 Index during the periods
(21)%14 %
Realized gains and losses on certain derivative instruments are directly correlated to the performance of the indices upon which the call options and futures contracts are based and the value of the derivatives at the time of expiration compared to the value at the time of purchase. Gains (losses) on option expiration reflect the movement during each period on options settled during the respective period.
The change in unrealized gains (losses) due to fair value of call options is primarily driven by the underlying performance of the S&P 500 Index during each respective period relative to the S&P 500 Index on the policyholder buy dates.
The net change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts was primarily driven by movements in the S&P 500 Index relative to the policyholder buy dates.
94


The average index credits to policyholders are as follows:
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Average Crediting Rate%%
S&P 500 Index:
Point-to-point strategy%%
Monthly average strategy%%
Monthly point-to-point strategy%%
3 year high water mark12 %12 %
Actual amounts credited to contractholder fund balances may differ from the index appreciation due to contractual features in the FIA contracts and certain IUL contracts (caps, spreads and participation rates), which allow us to manage the cost of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits.
The credits for the periods presented were based on comparing the S&P 500 Index on each issue date in the period to the same issue date in the respective prior year periods.
Benefits and expenses
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
Below is a summary of the major components included in Benefits and other changes in policy reserves (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
PRT agreements$521 $— 
FIA/IUL market related liability movements(1,114)(64)
Index credits, interest credited & bonuses361 436 
Annuity payments and other22 177 
Total benefits and other changes in policy reserves
$(210)$549 
The FIA/IUL market related liability movements during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, respectively, are mainly driven by changes in the equity markets, non-performance spreads, and risk free rates during the periods. The change in risk free rates and non-performance spreads (decreased) the FIA market related liability by ($559) million and ($131) million during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, respectively. The remaining changes in market value of the market related liability movements for all periods was driven by equity market impacts. See table in the net investment gains/losses discussion above for summary and discussion of net unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments.
Index credits, interest credited & bonuses for the six months ended June 30, 2022 were lower compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 and primarily reflected lower index credits on FIA policies as a result of market movement during the respective periods. Refer to average policyholder index discussion above for details on drivers.
PRT agreements for the six months ended June 30, 2022 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2021 reflects our entrance into the PRT market in the second half of 2021. PRT agreements are subject to fluctuation period to period.
95


Amortization of intangibles
Below is a summary of the major components included in depreciation and amortization (in millions):

Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Amortization of DAC, VOBA, and DSI$282 $232 
Interest(26)(20)
Unlocking(6)(17)
Amortization of other intangible assets and other depreciation14 14 
Total depreciation and amortization
$264 $209 
Amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI is based on current and future expected gross margins (pre-tax operating income before amortization). The amortization for the periods presented is the result of actual gross profits (“AGPs”) in the period.
Other items affecting net earnings
Income tax expense (benefit)
Below is a summary of the major components included in income tax expense (benefit) (dollars in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Income before taxes$631 $453 
Income tax expense before valuation allowance127 107 
Change in valuation allowance38 (14)
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
$165 $93 
Effective rate26 %21 %
Income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2022 was $165 million, inclusive of a change in the valuation allowance of $38 million, compared to income tax expense of $93 million, inclusive of a change in the valuation allowance of $(14) million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The effective tax rate was 26% and 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2022 is primarily related to the valuation allowance recorded on realized capital losses on the sale of discontinued operations, for which it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize for tax purposes.
96


Adjusted Net Earnings (See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section)
The table below shows the adjustments made to reconcile Net earnings from continuing operations to Adjusted net earnings (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders
$466 $360 
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Recognized (gains) and losses, net:
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets301 (214)
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(3)
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives(263)— 
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(4)(5)
Recognized (gains) and losses, net41 (222)
Indexed product related derivatives (418)(181)
Purchase price amortization11 13 
Transaction costs and other non-recurring items
Amortization of actuarial intangibles and SOP-03-1 reserve offset on non-GAAP adjustments38 148 
Income taxes on non-GAAP adjustments68 48 
Adjusted net earnings $210 $170 
Notable items included in adjusted net earnings (a)
$20 $34 
___________________
(a)See the commentary below for explanation of notable items for each period.
Adjusted net earnings increased from $170 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 to $210 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022. The June 30, 2022 results include $20 million of net favorable notable items, primarily as a result of $30 million favorable actuarial assumption updates and $28 million other net favorable items, including gains on CLO redemptions; partially offset by $38 million of income tax expense due to a valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets related to the past sale of discontinued operations. Comparatively, adjusted net earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2021 included $34 million of favorable notable items, primarily as a result of favorable change in reserves and gains on CLO redemptions.
97


Year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 (as restated)
The following table summarizes sales by product type of the Company, which are not affected by the acquisition, and are comparable to prior period data:
Year ended December 31,Year ended December 31,Year ended December 31,
202120202019
Predecessor
Fixed indexed annuities (FIA)$4,310 $3,459 $2,820 
Fixed rate annuities (MYGA)1,738 776 776 
Total annuity6,048 4,235 3,596 
Indexed universal life (IUL)87 50 38 
Funding agreements (FABN/FHLB)2,310 200 297 
Pension risk transfer (PRT)1,147 — — 
Total Gross Sales
$9,592 $4,485 $3,931 
Sales attributable to flow reinsurance to third parties(869)— — 
Total Net Sales$8,723 $4,485 $3,931 
FIA and MYGA sales were strong during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 and were stronger in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The increases in both years reflect F&G's productive and expanding retail distribution through independent agents, banks and broker dealers.
Funding agreements and pension risk transfer sales during the year ended December 31, 2021 reflect F&G's expansion into institutional markets during 2021 and are subject to fluctuation period to period.
Revenues
Life insurance premiums and other fees
Life insurance premiums and other fees primarily reflect premiums on life-contingent pension risk transfers and traditional life insurance products, which are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder, as well as the cost of insurance on IUL policies, policy rider fees primarily on FIA policies, and surrender charges assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholder's allowable penalty-free amounts (up to 10% of the prior year's value, subject to certain limitations). The following table summarizes the Life insurance premiums and other fees on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings (in millions), for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June
98


1 to December 31, 2020 (following the June 1, 2020 acquisition by FNF), and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Life-contingent pension risk transfer premiums$1,147 $— $— $— 
Traditional life insurance premiums18 13 26 
Life-contingent immediate annuity premiums13 10 11 14 
Surrender charges33 13 10 30 
Policyholder fees and other income184 102 62 150 
Life insurance premiums and other fees
$1,395 $138 $90 $220 
Life insurance premiums and other fees for the year ended December 31, 2021 reflect an increase compared to prior periods primarily due to entrance into the PRT market in 2021.
Traditional life insurance premiums for all periods are related to the return of premium riders on traditional life contracts. FGL Insurance has ceded the majority of its traditional life business to unaffiliated third-party reinsurers. While the base contract has been reinsured, we continue to retain the return of premium rider. Decreases for the periods primarily reflect the continuing maturing of the return of premium block of business.
Immediate annuity premiums for all periods reflect policyholder behavior for annuitizations.
Surrender charges for all periods reflect amounts assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholder's allowable penalty-free amounts.
Policyholder fees and other income for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 primarily reflect GMWB rider fees of $137 million, $72 million, $50 million and $94 million, respectively, and cost of insurance charges on IUL policies, net of unearned revenue deferrals, of $31 million, $22 million, $12 million and $24 million, respectively. GMWB rider fees are based on the policyholder's benefit base and are collected at the end of the policy year.
Interest and investment income
Below is a summary of interest and investment income:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale$1,213 $643 $426 $1,058 
Equity securities58 42 20 76 
Mortgage loans131 50 36 42 
Limited partnerships589 75 (37)81 
Other investments24 19 
Gross investment income2,015 818 454 1,276 
Investment expense(163)(75)(51)(107)
Interest and investment income
$1,852 $743 $403 $1,169 
99


Our year to date AAUM is summarized as follows (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures section):
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
AAUM$31,938 $27,322 $26,824 $25,617 
Yield on AAUM (at amortized cost)5.80 %4.66 %3.60 %4.56 %
Alternative investment yield adjustment (a)(1.04)%0.04 %0.74 %— %
Adjusted yield on AAUM4.76 %4.70 %4.34 %4.56 %
__________________
(a)Periods after April 1, 2020 include alternative investment yield adjustment
The increases in AAUM for all periods reflect new business asset flows, offset by net reinsurance and other activity.
The $1,852 million NII for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by $1,213 million in fixed maturity securities, $589 million of interest and investment income related to our investments in limited partnerships, $131 million in mortgage loans and $24 million in other investments, partially offset by $163 million in investment expenses.
The $743 million NII for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by $643 million in fixed maturity securities, $75 million of interest and investment income related to our investments in limited partnerships, and $50 million in mortgage loans, partially offset by $75 million in investment expenses.
The $403 million NII for the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 was primarily driven by $426 million in fixed maturity securities, $36 million in mortgage loans, $20 million and in equity securities, partially offset by $51 million in investment expenses and $37 million of interest and investment income related to our investments in limited partnerships.
The $1,169 million NII for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by $1,058 million in fixed maturity securities, $81 million of interest and investment income related to our investments in limited partnerships, $76 million in equity securities and $42 million in mortgage loans, partially offset by $107 million in investment expenses.
100


Recognized gains and losses, net
Below is a summary of the major components included in recognized gains and losses, net:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets$57 $179 $(121)$172 
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(19)(23)— 
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivatives instruments615 237 (212)398 
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives34 (53)19 (72)
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(1)
Recognized gains and losses, net
$715 $352 $(338)$505 
For the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, net realized and unrealized gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets is primarily the result of realized gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, partially offset by mark-to-market movement on our equity securities.
For the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, net realized and unrealized losses on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets is primarily the result of mark-to-market losses on our equity securities and realized losses on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities.
For the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, net realized and unrealized gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets is primarily the result of mark-to-market gains on our equity securities and realized gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities.
Allowance for expected credit losses during the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased primarily due to improved economic conditions for residential mortgage loans, partially offset by higher reserves for commercial mortgage loans. As of the June 1, 2020 acquisition by FNF, due to purchase accounting adjustments, our expected credit loss reserve was valued at $0. For the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the expected credit loss reserve increased primarily due to reserves established for residential mortgage loans. For the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, the expected credit loss reserve increased primarily due to reserves established for fixed maturity available-for-sale securities. We adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, effective January 1, 2020.
For all periods, net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments primarily relate to the net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on options and futures used to hedge FIA and IUL products, including gains on option and futures expiration. See the table below for primary drivers of gains (losses) on certain derivatives.
The fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivative is based on the change in fair value of the underlying assets held in the funds withheld ("FWH") portfolio.
We utilize a combination of static (call options) and dynamic (long futures contracts) instruments in our hedging strategy. A substantial portion of the call options and futures contracts are based upon the S&P 500 Index with the remainder based upon other equity, bond and gold market indices.
101


The components of the realized and unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments hedging our indexed annuity and universal life products are summarized in the table below:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Call Options:
Gains on option expiration$437 $62 $$(42)
Change in unrealized gains (losses)160 167 (228)411 
Futures contracts:
Gains on futures contracts expiration21 23 
Change in unrealized gains (losses)(1)(6)
Foreign currency forward:
Gains (losses) on foreign currency forward10 (7)
Total net change in fair value$615 $237 $(212)$398 
Year-to-Date Point-to-Point Change in S&P 500 Index during respective periods
27 %23 %(6)%28 %
Realized gains and losses on certain derivative instruments are directly correlated to the performance of the indices upon which the call options and futures contracts are based and the value of the derivatives at the time of expiration compared to the value at the time of purchase. Gains (losses) on option expiration reflect the movement during each period on options settled during the respective period.
The change in unrealized gains (losses) due to fair value of call options is primarily driven by the underlying performance of the S&P 500 Index during each respective period relative to the S&P 500 Index on the policyholder buy dates.
The net change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts was primarily driven by movements in the S&P 500 Index relative to the policyholder buy dates.
The average index credits to policyholders are as follows:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Average Crediting Rate%%%%
S&P 500 Index:
Point-to-point strategy%%%%
Monthly average strategy%%%%
Monthly point-to-point strategy%— %%— %
3 year high water mark16 %19 %14 %18 %
Actual amounts credited to contractholder fund balances may differ from the index appreciation due to contractual features in the FIA and certain IUL contracts (caps, spreads and participation rates), which allow us to manage the cost of the options purchased to fund the annual index credits.
The credits for the periods presented were based on comparing the S&P 500 Index on each issue date in the period to the same issue date in the respective prior year periods.
102


Benefits and expenses
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves
Below is a summary of the major components included in Benefits and other changes in policy reserves:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
PRT agreements$1,149 $— $— $— 
FIA/ IUL market related liability movements(378)317 (15)411 
Index credits, interest credited & bonuses1,024 319 210 477 
Annuity payments and other343 230 103 260 
Total benefits and other changes in policy reserves
$2,138 $866 $298 $1,148 
PRT agreements for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 reflect new PRT deals for the period.
The FIA/IUL market related liability movements for all periods are mainly driven by changes in the equity markets, non-performance spreads, and risk free rates during the respective periods. Additionally, 2021 includes the system implementation and assumption review process impacts discussed below. The change in risk free rates and non-performance spreads (decreased)/ increased the FIA market related liability by ($74) million, $268 million, $141 million and $(63) million during the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. The remaining change in market value of the market related liability movements was driven by equity market impacts. See table in the net investment gains/losses discussion above for summary and discussion of net unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments.
Annually, typically in the third quarter, we review assumptions associated with reserves for policy benefits and product guarantees. In addition, during the third quarter of 2021, we implemented a new actuarial valuation system, and as a result, our third quarter 2021 assumption updates include model refinements and assumption updates resulting from the implementation. The system implementation and assumption review process included refinements in the calculation of the fair value of the embedded derivative component of our fixed indexed annuities. These changes, taken together, resulted in a decrease in contractholder funds and future policy reserves of $397 million.
The index credits, interest credited and bonuses were primarily due to index credits on FIA policies. Refer to average policyholder index discussion above for details on drivers..
103


Depreciation and amortization
Below is a summary of the major components included in depreciation and amortization:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI$517 $131 $(46)$149 
Interest(44)(22)(17)(35)
Unlocking(12)(2)11 
Amortization of other intangible assets and other depreciation23 16 
Total depreciation and amortization
$484 $123 $(51)$128 
Amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI is based on current and future expected gross margins (pre-tax operating income before amortization) and includes the system implementation discussed below. The amortization for each period is the result of actual gross profits ("AGPs") in the respective periods.
Annually, typically in the third quarter, we review assumptions associated with the amortization of intangibles. In addition, during the third quarter of 2021, we implemented a new actuarial valuations system and as a result, our third quarter 2021 assumption updates include model refinements and assumption updates resulting from the implementation. The changes, taken together, increased amortization of intangibles by $136 million.
Other items affecting net earnings
Income tax expense (benefit)
Below is a summary of the major components included in income tax expense (benefit):
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Income (loss) before taxes$1,077 $86 $(214)$421 
Income tax (expense) benefit before valuation allowance(234)21 41 (86)
Change in valuation allowance14 54 (27)26 
Federal income tax (expense) benefit
$(220)$75 $14 $(60)
Effective rate20 %(87)%%14 %
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $220 million. The income tax expense was primarily driven by taxes on income, partially offset by favorable permanent adjustments.
Income tax benefit for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 was $75 million. The income tax benefit was primarily driven by the change in tax status benefit recorded at December 31, 2020 and valuation allowance releases on the current period activity in FSRC included in continuing operations and the US non-life companies.
104


Income tax benefit for the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 was $14 million. The income tax benefit was primarily driven by tax benefit on the loss, partially offset by the valuation allowance recorded on the ordinary deferred tax assets in FSRC included in continuing operations.
Income tax expense for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, as restated, was $60 million. The income tax expense was primarily driven by taxes on income, partially offset by the valuation allowance release on ordinary deferred tax assets in FSRC included in continuing operations.
See "Note Q — Income Taxes" for further information.
Adjusted Net Earnings (See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section)
The table below shows the adjustments made to reconcile net earnings (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted net earnings:
Year ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations$857 $161 $(200)$361 
Less preferred stock dividend— — (8)(31)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders$857 $161 $(208)$330 
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Recognized (gains) losses, net:
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities, equity securities and other invested assets(393)(170)205 (175)
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(5)40 23 — 
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives(34)53 (19)72 
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(8)— (7)
Recognized (gains) losses, net(440)(77)210 (110)
Indexed product related derivatives (146)123 195 41 
Purchase price amortization26 16 — — 
Transaction costs and other non-recurring items (a)
(279)21 37 (1)
Amortization of actuarial intangibles and SOP-03-1 reserve offset on non-GAAP adjustments215 20 (118)(10)
Income taxes on non-GAAP adjustments128 (29)(52)14 
Adjusted net earnings
$361 $235 $64 $264 
Notable items included in adjusted net earnings (b)
$64 $86 $(16)$60 
__________________
(a)For the year ended December 31, 2021, reflects a one-time favorable adjustment to benefits and other changes in policy reserves and depreciation and amortization resulting from an actuarial system conversion which reflects modeling enhancement and other refinements of $284.
(b)See the commentary below for explanation of notable items for each period.
105


Adjusted net earnings of $361 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, as restated, primarily reflects net investment income for the period, partially offset by product costs and other expenses, and includes $10 million of net favorable SPIA mortality partially offset by net unfavorable IUL mortality, $8 million of favorable actuarial intangibles unlocking and $46 million of other net favorable items, primarily net investment income related to CLO redemptions held at a discount to par.
Adjusted net earnings of $235 million for the seven months ended December 31, 2020, as restated, primarily reflects net investment income for the period, partially offset by product costs and other expenses, and includes $14 million of net favorable mortality driven by the SPIA mortality and $72 million of other net favorable items, primarily related to a favorable income tax benefit.
Adjusted net earnings of $64 million for the five months ended May 31, 2020 primarily reflects net investment income for the period, partially offset by product costs and other expenses, and includes ($20) million of net unfavorable items primarily related to tax valuation allowance expense partially offset by $4 million net favorable SPIA mortality.
Adjusted net earnings of $264 million, as restated, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 primarily reflects net investment income for the period, partially offset by product costs and other expenses, and includes $30 million net favorable SPIA mortality and $30 million of other net favorable items primarily related to an income tax benefit, favorable market movement on futures and options contracts held to hedge our indexed products and favorable actuarial intangibles unlocking, partially offset by higher project costs.
Investment Portfolio
The types of assets in which we may invest are influenced by various state laws, which prescribe qualified investment assets applicable to insurance companies. Within the parameters of these laws, we invest in assets giving consideration to four primary investment objectives: (i) maintain robust absolute returns; (ii) provide reliable yield and investment income; (iii) preserve capital; and (iv) provide liquidity to meet policyholder and other corporate obligations.
Our investment portfolio is designed to contribute stable earnings and balance risk across diverse asset classes and is primarily invested in high quality fixed income securities.
106


As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the fair value of our investment portfolio was approximately $38 billion, $39 billion and $31 billion, respectively, and was comprised of the following asset classes and sectors:
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fair ValuePercentFair ValuePercentFair ValuePercent
(Dollars in millions)
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale:
United States Government full faith and credit$212 %$50 — %$45 — %
United States Government sponsored entities50 — %74 — %106 — %
United States municipalities, states and territories1,253 %1,441 %1,309 %
Foreign Governments153 %205 %140 — %
Corporate securities:
Finance, insurance and real estate4,834 13 %5,109 13 %4,572 15 %
Manufacturing, construction and mining746 %932 %936 %
Utilities, energy and related sectors2,335 %2,987 %2,762 %
Wholesale/retail trade2,059 %2,627 %2,106 %
Services, media and other2,674 %3,349 %2,793 %
Hybrid securities743 %881 %963 %
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities 845 %648 %694 %
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,046 %2,964 %2,806 %
Asset-backed securities 5,319 14 %4,550 12 %1,999 %
Collateral loan obligations ("CLO")4,129 11 %4,145 11 %4,268 14 %
Total fixed maturity available for sale securities28,398 75 %29,962 77 %25,499 81 %
Equity securities (a)
958 %1,171 %1,047 %
Alternative investments:
Private equity1,351 %1,181 %614 %
Real assets381 %340 %288 %
Credit936 %829 %254 %
Commercial mortgage loans2,119 %2,265 %926 %
Residential mortgage loans1,971 %1,549 %1,123 %
Other (primarily derivatives and company owned life insurance)673 %1,305 %997 %
Short term investments823 %373 %456 %
Total investments$37,610 100 %$38,975 100 %$31,204 100 %
__________________
(a)Includes investment grade non-redeemable preferred stocks ($746 million,, $928 million and $853 million at June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively).
107


Insurance statutes regulate the type of investments that our life insurance subsidiaries are permitted to make and limit the amount of funds that may be used for any one type of investment. In light of these statutes and regulations, and our business and investment strategy, we generally seek to invest in (i) corporate securities rated investment grade by established nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (each, an “NRSRO”), (ii) U.S. Government and government-sponsored agency securities, or (iii) securities of comparable investment quality, if not rated.
As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our fixed maturity AFS securities portfolio was approximately $28 billion, $30 billion and $25 billion, respectively. The following table summarizes the credit quality, by NRSRO rating, of our fixed income portfolio:
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fair ValuePercentFair ValuePercentFair ValuePercent
Rating(Dollars in millions)
AAA$989 %$660 %$488 %
AA1,990 %2,181 %1,590 %
A7,092 25 %7,667 26 %7,040 28 %
BBB8,519 30 %10,462 35 %9,669 38 %
Not rated (b)
7,796 28 %6,642 22 %4,336 17 %
Total investment grade26,386 93 %27,612 92 %23,123 91 %
BB 1,049 %1,372 %1,493 %
B and below (a)
362 %432 %612 %
Not rated (b)
601 %546 %271 %
Total below investment grade2,012 %2,350 %2,376 %
Total
$28,398 100 %$29,962 100 %$25,499 100 %
__________________
(a)Includes $54 million, $68 million and $106 million at June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, of non-agency RMBS that carry a NAIC 1 designation.
(b)Securities denoted as not-rated by an NRSRO were classified as investment or non-investment grade according to the securities' respective NAIC designation.
The NAIC’s Securities Valuation Office ("SVO") is responsible for the day-to-day credit quality assessment and valuation of securities owned by state regulated insurance companies. Insurance companies report ownership of securities to the SVO when such securities are eligible for regulatory filings. The SVO conducts credit analysis on these securities for the purpose of assigning an NAIC designation or unit price. Typically, if a security has been rated by an NRSRO, the SVO utilizes that rating and assigns an NAIC designation based upon the following system:
NAIC DesignationNRSRO Equivalent Rating
1AAA/AA/A
2BBB
3BB
4B
5CCC and lower
6In or near default
The NAIC uses designation methodologies for non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans and for CMBS. The NAIC’s objective with the designation methodologies for these structured
108


securities is to increase accuracy in assessing expected losses and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. Prior to 2021, the NAIC designations for structured securities, including subprime and Alternative A-paper ("Alt-A") RMBS, were based upon a comparison of the bond’s amortized cost to the NAIC’s loss expectation for each security. Securities where modeling does not generate an expected loss in all scenarios are given the highest designation of NAIC 1. In 2021, the NAIC eliminated the comparison of non-legacy (issued after 2012) bond's amortized cost to the NAIC's loss expectation and instead assigned a NAIC designation based on the loss expectation alone. Several of our RMBS securities carry a NAIC 1 designation while the NRSRO rating indicates below investment grade. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from such structured securities. In the tables below, we present the rating of structured securities based on ratings from the NAIC rating methodologies described above (which in some cases do not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designations (e.g., NAIC 1-6) are based on the NAIC methodologies.
The tables below presents our fixed maturity securities by NAIC designation as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022
NAIC DesignationAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
1$17,998 $16,033 56 %
211,412 10,121 36 %
31,641 1,571 %
4540 532 %
588 80 — %
649 61 — %
Total$31,728 $28,398 100 %
December 31, 2021
NAIC DesignationAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
1$15,636 $15,848 54 %
210,779 11,441 38 %
31,603 1,850 %
4567 669 %
580 93 — %
659 61 — %
Total$28,724 $29,962 100 %
December 31, 2020
NAIC DesignationAmortized CostFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
1$11,696 $12,370 49 %
29,753 10,659 42 %
31,373 1,595 %
4616 700 %
5162 174 — %
6— %
Total$23,601 $25,499 100 %
109


Investment Industry Concentration
The tables below present the top ten industry categories of our fixed maturity and equity securities and FHLB common stock, including the fair value and percent of total fixed maturity and equity securities and FHLB common stock fair value as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022
Top 10 Industry ConcentrationFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
ABS Other$5,319 18 %
CLO securities4,132 14 %
Whole loan collateralized mortgage obligation (“CLO”)
2,991 10 %
Banking2,674 %
Life insurance1,485 %
Electric1,431 %
Municipal1,253 %
Healthcare765 %
Technology764 %
Other Financial Institution614 %
Total
$21,428 73 %
December 31, 2021
Top 10 Industry ConcentrationFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
ABS Other$4,550 15 %
CLO securities4,145 13 %
Banking 2,919 %
Whole loan collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO")2,622 %
Life insurance1,795 %
Electric1,701 %
Municipal1,441 %
Healthcare947 %
Technology932 %
Other Financial Institution760 %
Total $21,812 70 %
110


December 31, 2020
Top 10 Industry ConcentrationFair ValuePercent of Total Fair Value
CLO securities$4,268 16 %
Banking2,592 10 %
Whole loan collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO")2,343 %
ABS other1,873 %
Life insurance1,657 %
Electric1,548 %
Municipal1,308 %
CMBS795 %
Technology784 %
Healthcare658 %
Total$17,826 67 %
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity AFS securities by contractual maturities as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Amortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
(In millions)
Corporate, Non-structured Hybrids, Municipal and Government securities:
Due in one year or less$131 $131 $105 $106 $111 $112 
Due after one year through five years2,140 2,021 1,724 1,754 1,055 1,107 
Due after five years through ten years1,765 1,597 2,141 2,201 1,808 1,918 
Due after ten years13,642 11,260 12,842 13,515 11,436 12,489 
$17,678 $15,009 $16,812 $17,576 $14,410 $15,626 
Other securities, which provide for periodic payments:
Asset-backed securities$9,965 $9,448 $8,516 $8,695 $5,941 $6,267 
Commercial-mortgage-backed securities3,116 3,046 2,669 2,964 2,468 2,806 
Structured hybrids— — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities969 895 722 722 782 800 
Subtotal$14,050 $13,389 $11,912 $12,386 $9,191 $9,873 
Total fixed maturity available-for-sale securities
$31,728 $28,398 $28,724 $29,962 $23,601 $25,499 
Non-Agency RMBS Exposure
Our investment in non-agency RMBS securities is predicated on the conservative and adequate cushion between purchase price and NAIC 1 rating, general lack of sensitivity to interest rates, positive convexity to prepayment rates and correlation between the price of the securities and the unfolding recovery of the housing market.
111


The fair value of our investments in subprime and Alt-A RMBS securities was $45 million and $62 million as of June 30, 2022, respectively, $52 million and $75 million as of December 31, 2021, respectively, and $68 million and $94 million as of December 31, 2020, respectively.
The following tables summarize our exposure to subprime and Alt-A RMBS by credit quality using NAIC designations, NRSRO ratings and vintage year as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
NAIC Designation:Fair ValuePercent of TotalFair ValuePercent of TotalFair ValuePercent of Total
1$97 90 %$116 91 %$153 94 %
2%%%
3%%%
4%%%
5%%%
6— — %— — %— — %
Total
$107 100 %$127 100 %$162 100 %
NRSRO:
AAA$— — %$— — %$%
AA14 13 %15 12 %%
A%%17 10 %
BBB%12 %17 10 %
Not rated - Above investment grade (a)
21 20 %24 19 %19 12 %
BB and below59 55 %71 56 %104 65 %
Total
$107 100 %$127 100 %$162 100 %
Vintage:
2007$26 24 %$31 24 %37 23 %
200629 27 %34 27 %43 27 %
2005 and prior52 49 %62 49 %82 50 %
Total
$107 100 %$127 100 %$162 100 %
__________________
(a)Securities denoted as not-rated by an NRSRO were classified as investment or non-investment grade according to the securities' respective NAIC designation.
ABS and CLO Exposures
Our ABS exposures are largely diversified by underlying collateral and issuer type. Our CLO exposures are generally senior tranches of CLOs which have leveraged loans as their underlying collateral.
As of June 30, 2022, the CLO and ABS positions were trading at a net unrealized loss position of $(190) million and $(324) million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the CLO and ABS positions were trading at a net unrealized gain position of $145 million and $37 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the CLO and ABS positions were trading at a net unrealized gain position of $247 million and $79 million, respectively.
Municipal Bond Exposure
Our municipal bond exposure is a combination of general obligation bonds (fair value of $201 million, $258 million and $241 million and an amortized cost of $231 million, $247 million and $229 million as of June 30, 2022,
112


December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively) and special revenue bonds (fair value of $1,004 million, $1,183 million and $1,067 million and amortized cost of $1,147 million, $1,138 million and $1,014 million as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively).
Across all municipal bonds, the largest issuer represented 6%, 7% and 9% of the category as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, less than 1% of the entire portfolio and is rated NAIC 1 as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Our focus within municipal bonds is on NAIC 1 rated instruments, and 91% of our municipal bond exposure is rated NAIC 1.
Mortgage Loans
Commercial Mortgage Loans
We diversify our CML portfolio by geographic region and property type to attempt to reduce concentration risk. We continuously evaluate CMLs based on relevant current information to ensure properties are performing at a level to secure the related debt. LTV and DSC ratios are utilized to assess the risk and quality of CMLs. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our mortgage loans on real estate portfolio had a weighted average DSC ratio 2.4 times and a weighted average LTV ratio of 56%. As of December 31, 2020, our mortgage loans on real estate portfolio had a weighted average DSC ratio 2.5 times and a weighted average LTV ratio of 47%.See Note E - Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C – Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional information regarding our distribution by property type, geographic region and LTV and DSC ratios.
We consider a CML delinquent when a loan payment is greater than 30 days past due. For mortgage loans that are determined to require foreclosure, the carrying value is reduced to the fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated costs to obtain and sell at the point of foreclosure. At June 30, 2022 we had one CML that was delinquent in principal or interest payments and none in the process of foreclosure. As of December 31, 2021, we had no CMLs that were delinquent in principal or interest payments or in process of foreclosure.
Residential Mortgage Loans
Our residential mortgage loans are closed end, amortizing loans and 100% of the properties are in the United States. We diversify our RML portfolio by state to attempt to reduce concentration risk. RMLs have a primary credit quality indicator of either a performing or nonperforming loan. We define nonperforming RMLs as those that are 90 or more days past due and/or in nonaccrual status.
Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they are over 90 days delinquent. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is our general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current can be put in place. See Note E - Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C – Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional information on our RMLs.
113


Unrealized Losses
The amortized cost and fair value of the fixed maturity securities and the equity securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, were as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Number of securitiesAmortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesUnrealized LossesFair Value
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale:
United States Government full faith and credit$87 $— $(3)$84 
United States Government sponsored agencies57 44 — (3)41 
United States municipalities, states and territories138 1,362 — (178)1,184 
Foreign Governments44 171 — (33)138 
Corporate securities:
Finance, insurance and real estate538 4,954 — (663)4,291 
Manufacturing, construction and mining141 876 — (138)738 
Utilities, energy and related sectors367 2,782 — (527)2,255 
Wholesale/retail trade390 2,485 — (463)2,022 
Services, media and other429 3,223 — (637)2,586 
Hybrid securities43 733 — (64)669 
Non-agency residential mortgage backed securities162 865 (2)(70)793 
Commercial mortgage backed securities260 1,995 — (161)1,834 
Asset backed securities880 9,156 (2)(561)8,593 
Total fixed maturity available for sale securities
3,458 28,733 (4)(3,501)25,228 
Equity securities64 930 — (157)773 
Total investments
3,522 $29,663 $(4)$(3,658)$26,001 
114


December 31, 2021
Number of securitiesAmortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesUnrealized LossesFair Value
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale:
United States Government full faith and credit$36 $— $— $36 
United States Government sponsored agencies41 42 — (1)41 
United States municipalities, states and territories50 503 — (11)492 
Foreign Governments28 27 — — 27 
Corporate securities:
Finance, insurance and real estate366 1,365 — (31)1,334 
Manufacturing, construction and mining97 281 — (3)278 
Utilities, energy and related sectors280 1,243 — (46)1,197 
Wholesale/retail trade313 1,188 — (33)1,155 
Services, media and other339 1,486 — (39)1,447 
Hybrid securities— — 
Non-agency residential mortgage backed securities46 316 (2)(3)311 
Commercial mortgage backed securities89 616 (1)(11)604 
Asset backed securities375 4,603 (2)(38)4,563 
Total fixed maturity available for sale securities
2,036 11,709 (5)(216)11,488 
Equity securities20 259 — (33)226 
Total investments
2,056 $11,968 $(5)$(249)$11,714 
115


December 31, 2020
Number of securitiesAmortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesUnrealized LossesFair Value
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale:
United States Government full faith and credit$$— $— $
United States Government sponsored agencies11 23 — — 23 
United States municipalities, states and territories14 117 — (2)115 
Foreign Governments— — — — — 
Corporate securities:
Finance, insurance and real estate21 347 — (3)344 
Utilities, energy and related sectors12 185 — (3)182 
Wholesale/retail trade11 86 — (1)85 
Services, media and other13 221 — (7)214 
Hybrid securities— — 
Non-agency residential mortgage backed securities29 32 (1)(1)30 
Commercial mortgage backed securities19 51 — (3)48 
Asset backed securities66 517 — (18)499 
Total fixed maturity available for sale securities
201 1,585 (1)(38)1,546 
Equity securities16 — — 16 
Total investments
202 $1,601 $(1)$(38)$1,562 
The gross unrealized loss position on the fixed maturity available-for-sale fixed and equity portfolio was $3,658 million, $249 million and $38 million as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Most components of the portfolio exhibited price depreciation as treasury rates increased, offset by narrower credit spreads. The total amortized cost of all securities in an unrealized loss position was $29,663 million, $11,968 million and $1,601 million as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The average market value/book value of the investment category with the largest unrealized loss position was 80% for Services, media and other as of June 30, 2022. In the aggregate, Services, media and other represented 17% of the total unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2022. The average market value/book value of the investment category with the largest unrealized loss position was 96% for Utilities, energy and related sectors as of December 31, 2021. In the aggregate, Utilities, energy and related sectors represented 18% of the total unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2021. The average market value/book value of the investment category with the largest unrealized loss position was 97% for Asset backed securities as of December 31, 2020. In the aggregate, Asset backed securities represented 47% of the total unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020.
116


The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity available for sale securities under watch list analysis and the number of months in a loss position with investment grade securities (NRSRO rating of BBB/Baa or higher) were as follows (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022
Number of securitiesAmortized CostFair ValueAllowance for Credit LossGross Unrealized Losses
Investment grade:
Less than six months14 $117 $94 $— $(23)
Six months or more and less than twelve months21 188 127 — (61)
Twelve months or greater15 267 187 — (80)
Total investment grade50 572 408 — (164)
Below investment grade:
Less than six months48 39 — (9)
Six months or more and less than twelve months37 25 — (12)
Twelve months or greater— (3)
Total below investment grade18 92 68 — (24)
Total
68 $664 $476 $— $(188)
December 31, 2021
Number of securitiesAmortized CostFair ValueAllowance for Credit LossGross Unrealized Losses
Investment grade:
Less than six months$82 $79 $— $(3)
Six months or more and less than twelve months34 32 — (2)
Twelve months or greater— — — — — 
Total investment grade116 111 — (5)
Below investment grade:
Less than six months— — — — — 
Six months or more and less than twelve months— — — — — 
Twelve months or greater16 14 — (2)
Total below investment grade16 14 — (2)
Total
$132 $125 $— $(7)
117


December 31, 2020
Number of securitiesAmortized CostFair ValueAllowance for Credit LossGross Unrealized Losses
Investment grade:
Less than six months$102 $95 $(6)$(1)
Six months or more and less than twelve months— — — — — 
Twelve months or greater— — — — — 
Total investment grade102 95 (6)(1)
Below investment grade:
Less than six months— — — — 
Six months or more and less than twelve months— — — — — 
Twelve months or greater— — — — — 
Total below investment grade— — — — 
Total
$102 $95 $(6)$(1)
Expected Credit Losses and Watch List
We prepare a watch list to identify securities to evaluate for expected credit losses. Factors used in preparing the watch list include fair values relative to amortized cost, ratings and negative ratings actions and other factors. Detailed analysis is performed for each security on the watch list to further assess the presence of credit impairment loss indicators and, where present, calculate an allowance for expected credit loss or direct write-down of a security’s amortized cost.
At June 30, 2022, our watch list included sixty-eight securities in an unrealized loss position with an amortized cost of $664 million, allowance for expected credit losses of $0 million, unrealized losses of $188 million and a fair value of $476 million.
At December 31, 2021, our watch list included seven securities in an unrealized loss position with an amortized cost of $132 million, allowance for expected credit losses of $0 million, unrealized losses of $7 million and a fair value of $125 million.
At December 31, 2020, our watch list included four securities in an unrealized loss position with an amortized cost of $102 million, allowance for expected credit losses of $6 million, unrealized losses of $1 million and a fair value of $95 million.
The watch list excludes structured securities as we have separate processes to evaluate the credit quality on the structured securities.
There were 25, 36 and 36 structured securities to which we had a potential credit exposure with a fair value of $21, $45 million and $65 million as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our analysis of these structured securities, which included cash flow testing, resulted in allowances for expected credit losses of $5, $8 million and $3 million as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Exposure to Sovereign Debt
Our investment portfolio had no direct exposure to European sovereign debt as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
118


Interest and Investment Income
For discussion regarding our net investment income and net investment gains (losses) refer to Note E — Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C - Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
AFS Securities
For additional information regarding our AFS securities, including the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains (losses), and fair value as well as the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity AFS securities by contractual maturities, as of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, refer to Note E — Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C - Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
Concentrations of Financial Instruments
For detail regarding our concentration of financial instruments refer to the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” section, Note E — Investments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C - Investments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
Derivatives
We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by our counterparties on call options. We attempt to reduce this credit risk by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions.
We also hold cash and cash equivalents received from counterparties for call option collateral, as well as U.S. Government securities pledged as call option collateral, if our counterparty’s net exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds.
We are required to pay counterparties the effective federal funds rate each day for cash collateral posted to F&G for daily mark-to-market margin changes. We reduce the negative interest cost associated with cash collateral posted from counterparties under various ISDA agreements by reinvesting derivative cash collateral. This program permits collateral cash received to be invested in short term Treasury securities, bank deposits and commercial paper rated A1/P1, which are included in Cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
See Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note D - Derivative Financial Instruments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional information regarding our derivatives and our exposure to credit loss on call options.
.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity refers to the ability of an enterprise to generate adequate amounts of cash from its normal operations to meet cash requirements with a prudent margin of safety. Our principal sources of cash flow from operating activities are annuity considerations, insurance premiums, and fees and investment income, however, sources of cash flows from investing activities also result from maturities and sales of invested assets. Our operating activities provided cash of $727 million and $1,871 million in the six months ended June 30, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. When considering our liquidity and cash flow, it is important to distinguish between the needs of our insurance subsidiaries and the needs of the holding company, F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. As a holding company with no operations of its own, F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“FGAL”) derives its cash primarily from its insurance subsidiaries and CF Bermuda, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Company, a downstream holding company that provides additional sources of liquidity. Dividends from our insurance subsidiaries flow through CF Bermuda to FGAL. F&G Cayman Re, a licensed class D insurer in the Cayman Islands and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Company, could also provide dividends directly to FGAL.
119


The sources of liquidity of the holding company are principally comprised of dividends from subsidiaries, lines of credit (at F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. level), existing surplus notes, investment income on holding company assets and the ability to raise long-term public financing under an SEC-filed registration statement or private placement offering. These sources of liquidity and cash flow support the general corporate needs of the holding company, interest and debt service, funding acquisitions and investment in core businesses.
Our cash flows associated with collateral received from and posted with counterparties change as the market value of the underlying derivative contract changes. As the value of a derivative asset declines (or increases), the collateral required to be posted by our counterparties would also decline (or increase). Likewise, when the value of a derivative liability declines (or increases), the collateral we are required to post to our counterparties would also decline (or increase).
Cash Requirements. Our current cash requirements include personnel costs, operating expenses, benefit payments, funding agreement payments, taxes, payments of interest and principal on our debt, capital expenditures, business acquisitions, stock repurchases and dividends on our common stock.
As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $992 million and $1,533 million, respectively, short term investments of $823 million and $373 million, respectively, and available capacity under our revolving credit facility with FNF of $200 million (the "FNF Credit Facility"). We continually assess our capital allocation strategy, including decisions relating to the amount of our dividend, if any, reducing debt, investing in growth of our subsidiaries, making acquisitions and/or conserving cash. We believe that all anticipated cash requirements for current operations will be met from internally generated funds, through cash dividends from subsidiaries, cash generated by investment securities, potential sales of non-strategic assets, potential issuances of additional debt or equity securities, and borrowings on the FNF Credit Facility. Our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements are monitored regularly to ensure that we can meet our cash requirements. We forecast the needs of all of our subsidiaries and periodically review their short-term and long-term projected sources and uses of funds, as well as the asset, liability, investment and cash flow assumptions underlying such forecasts.
Our two significant sources of internally generated funds are dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we receive cash from our subsidiaries in the form of dividends and as reimbursement for operating and other administrative expenses we incur. The reimbursements are paid within the guidelines of management agreements among us and our subsidiaries. As discussed below, our insurance subsidiaries are restricted by state regulation and other laws in their ability to pay dividends and make distributions. As of December 31, 2021, approximately $4.2 billion of our net assets were restricted from dividend payments without prior approval from the relevant departments of insurance.
The maximum dividend permitted by law is not necessarily indicative of an insurer’s actual ability to pay dividends, which may be constrained by business and regulatory considerations, such as the impact of dividends on surplus, which could affect an insurer’s ratings or competitive position, the amount of premiums that can be written and the ability to pay future dividends.
Dividend and Other Distribution Payment Limitations
The insurance laws of Iowa and New York regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively. Likewise, the insurance laws of Bermuda limits the maximum amount of annual dividends and distributions that may be paid or distributed by F&G Life Re without prior regulatory approval and those of the Cayman Islands require that, among other things, F&G Cayman Re maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity, meet solvency standards, submit to periodic examinations of its financial condition and restrict payments of dividends and reductions of capital. Please refer to the Regulation of F&G included in this Information Statement and Note O – Regulation and Equity to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional details on dividends from insurance subsidiaries, statutory capital and risk-based capital.
120


Cash flow from our operations
Cash flow from our operations will be used for general corporate purposes including to reinvest in operations, repay debt, pay dividends, repurchase stock, pursue other strategic initiatives and/or conserve cash.
Operating Cash Flow. Our cash flows provided by (used in) operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020 (following the June 1, 2020 acquisition by FNF), and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $727 million, $472 million, $1,871 million, $287 million, $(224) million and $652 million respectively. The primary cash inflows from operating activities include net investment income and insurance premiums. The primary cash outflows from operating activities are comprised of benefit payments and operating expenses. Cash provided by operations for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 included approximately $499 million and $836 million of cash received for PRT transactions, respectively, included in the change in future policy benefits, reflecting our expansion into the PRT institutional market during 2021.
Investing Cash Flows. Our cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $4,037 million, $2,960 million, $6,862 million, $1,865 million, $724 million and $1,530 million respectively. The primary cash inflows from investing activities are the proceeds from sales, calls, maturities and redemptions of investments, including those resulting from the Company's portfolio repositioning. The primary cash outflows from investing activities are the purchases of fixed maturity securities and other investments. Cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 included purchases of fixed maturity securities and other investments associated with investing the cash received from FABN transactions, generating from financing cash flows, and PRT transactions, generated from operating activities, reflecting our expansion into institutional markets during 2021.
Financing Cash Flows. Our cash flows provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, and the Predecessor results for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $2,769 million, $2,615 million, $5,635 million and $1,640 million, $877 million and $1,291 million respectively. The primary cash inflows from financing activities are inflows on our investment-type products and proceeds from borrowing activities. The primary cash outflows from financing activities are withdrawals on our investment-type products, repayments of outstanding borrowings and, in 2019, repurchases of common stock. Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 included proceeds from a promissory note with FNF for $400 million used to fund our continued growth. Cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2022, the six months ended June 30, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 included approximately $399 million, $750 million, and $1,888 million, respectively, of net cash received for FABN transactions, reflecting our expansion into the FABN institutional market during 2021.
Financing Arrangements. For a description of our financing arrangements see Note G — Notes Payable to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note E — Notes Payable to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement. Additionally, on June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired. There was no gain or loss recorded with respect to the exchange agreement.
121


Obligations - Contractual and Other.  As of December 31, 2021, our required annual payments relating to contractual and other obligations were as follows:
20222023202420252026ThereafterTotal
(In millions)
Notes payable principal repayment (1)
$— $— $— $550 $— $400 $950 
Operating lease payments16 
Annuity and universal life products2,995 3,404 2,975 3,093 3,022 28,962 44,451 
Pension risk transfer annuity payments92 88 85 81 77 875 1,298 
Funding agreements (FABN/FHLB)308 506 855 375 750 649 3,443 
Interest on fixed rate notes payable30 30 30 15 — — 105 
Total$3,427 $4,030 $3,947 $4,116 $3,850 $30,893 $50,263 
_________________
(1)On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired.
Equity and Preferred Security Investments. Our equity and preferred security investments may be subject to significant volatility. Currently prevailing accounting standards require us to record the change in fair value of equity and preferred security investments held as of any given period end within earnings. Our results of operations in future periods is anticipated to be subject to such volatility.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. Throughout our history, we have entered in indemnifications in the ordinary course of business with our customers, suppliers, service providers, business partners and in certain instances, when we sold businesses. Additionally, we have indemnified our directors and officers who are, or were, serving at our request in such capacities. Although the specific terms or number of such arrangements is not precisely known due to the extensive history of our past operations, costs incurred to settle claims related to these indemnifications have not been material to our financial statements. We have no reason to believe that future costs to settle claims related to our former operations will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
We have unfunded investment commitments as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, based upon the timing of when investments are executed compared to when the actual investments are funded, as some investments require that funding occur over a period of months or years. Please refer to Note E — Investments and Note H — Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note C — Investments and Note F — Commitments and Contingencies to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional details on unfunded investment commitments.
FHLB Collateral. We are currently a member of the FHLB and are required to maintain a collateral deposit that backs any funding agreements issued. We use these funding agreements as part of a spread enhancement strategy. We have the ability to obtain funding from the FHLB based on a percentage of the value of our assets, subject to the availability of eligible collateral. Collateral is pledged based on the outstanding balances of FHLB funding agreements. The amount of funding varies based on the type, rating and maturity of the collateral posted to the FHLB. Generally, U.S. government agency notes, mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, and commercial and residential whole loans are pledged to the FHLB as collateral. Market value fluctuations resulting from changes in interest rates, spreads and other risk factors for each type of asset are monitored and additional collateral is either pledged or released as needed.
Our borrowing capacity under these credit facilities does not have an expiration date as long as we maintain a satisfactory level of creditworthiness based on the FHLB’s credit assessment. As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $2,000 million, $1,543 million and $1,203 million, respectively, in FHLB non-putable funding agreements included under Contractholder Funds on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of June 30, 2022,
122


December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had assets with a fair value of approximately $3,030 million, $2,420 million and $1,471 million, respectively, which collateralized the FHLB funding agreements. Assets pledged to the FHLB are included in fixed maturities, AFS, on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Collateral-Derivative Contracts. Under the terms of our ISDA agreements, we may receive from, or deliver to, counterparties collateral to assure that all terms of the ISDA agreements will be met with regard to the Credit Support Annex (“CSA”). The terms of the CSA call for us to pay interest on any cash received equal to the federal funds rate. As of June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, $124 million, $790 million and $491 million, respectively, of collateral was posted by our counterparties as they did not meet the net exposure thresholds. Collateral requirements are monitored on a daily basis and incorporate changes in market values of both the derivatives contract as well as the collateral pledged. Market value fluctuations are due to changes in interest rates, spreads and other risk factors.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
In the normal course of business, we are routinely subject to a variety of risks, as described in Risk Factors of this Information Statement.
The risks related to our business also include certain market risks that may affect our debt and other financial instruments. At present, we face the market risks associated with our marketable equity securities subject to equity price volatility and with interest rate movements on our fixed income investments.
We regularly assess these market risks and have established policies and business practices designed to protect against the adverse effects of these exposures.
At December 31, 2021, we had $977 million in long-term debt, $400 million of which bears interest at a floating rate. Accordingly, fluctuations in market interest rates will have an impact on our resulting interest expense. For example, a 100bps shift in LIBOR will increase or decrease floating interest expense by approximately $4 million per year. As noted above, on June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired. There was no gain or loss recorded with respect to the exchange agreement.
Our fixed maturity investments, certain preferred securities and our floating rate debt are subject to an element of market risk from changes in interest rates. Increases and decreases in prevailing interest rates generally translate into decreases and increases in fair values of those instruments. Additionally, fair values of interest rate sensitive instruments may be affected by the creditworthiness of the issuer, prepayment options, relative values of alternative investments, the liquidity of the instrument and other general market conditions. We manage interest rate risk through a variety of measures. We monitor our interest rate risk and make investment decisions to manage the perceived risk.
Equity price risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in equity prices. In the past, our exposure to changes in equity prices primarily resulted from our holdings of equity securities. At June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we held $119 million and $143 million, respectively, in marketable equity securities (not including our investments in preferred securities of $839 million and $1,028 million, respectively, and our investments in unconsolidated affiliates of $2,668 million and $2,350 million, respectively). Refer to Note D Fair Value of Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note B Fair Value of Financial Instruments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional details on how the carrying values of these investments are determined as of the balance sheet date. Carrying values are subject to fluctuation and, consequently, the amount realized in the subsequent sale of an investment may significantly differ from the reported carrying value. Fluctuation in the carrying value of a security may result from perceived changes in the underlying economic characteristics of the investee, the relative price of alternative investments and general market conditions. Furthermore, amounts realized in the sale of a particular security may be affected by the relative quantity of the security being sold.
123


Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash equivalents and short-term investments. We require placement of cash in financial institutions evaluated as highly creditworthy.
Enterprise Risk Management
We place a high priority to risk management and risk control. As part of our effort to ensure measured risk taking, management has integrated risk management in our daily business activities and strategic planning. We have comprehensive risk management, governance and control procedures in place and have established a dedicated risk management function with responsibility for the formulation of our risk appetite, strategies, policies and limits. The risk management function is also responsible for monitoring our overall market risk exposures and provides review, oversight and support functions on risk-related issues. Our risk appetite is aligned with how our businesses are managed and how we anticipate future regulatory developments.
Our risk governance and control systems enable us to identify, control, monitor and aggregate risks and provide assurance that risks are being measured, monitored and reported adequately and effectively in accordance with the following three principles:
Management of the business has primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of risk.
The risk management function has the primary responsibility to align risk taking with strategic planning through risk tolerance and limit setting.
The internal audit function provides an ongoing independent and objective assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls.
The Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) heads our risk management process and reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Our Enterprise Risk Committee discusses and approves all risk policies and reviews and approves risks associated with our activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks.
We have implemented several limit structures to manage risk. Examples include, but are not limited to, the following:
At-risk limits on sensitivities of regulatory capital to the capital markets provide the fundamental framework to manage capital markets risks including the risk of asset / liability mismatch;
Duration and convexity mismatch limits;
Credit risk concentration limits; and
Investment and derivative guidelines.
We manage our risk appetite based on two key risk metrics:
Regulatory Capital Sensitivities: the potential reduction, under a range of moderate to extreme capital markets stress scenarios, of the excess of available statutory capital above the minimum required under the NAIC regulatory RBC methodology; and
Earnings Sensitivities: the potential reduction in results of operations over a 30-year time horizon under the same moderate to extreme capital markets stress scenario. Maintaining a consistent level of earnings helps us to finance our operations, support our capital requirements and provide funds to pay dividends to stockholders.
Our risk metrics cover the most important aspects in terms of performance measures where risk can materialize and are representative of the regulatory constraints to which our business is subject. The sensitivities for earnings and statutory capital are important metrics since they provide insight into the level of risk we take under stress scenarios. They also are the basis for internal risk management.
124


We are also subject to cash flow stress testing pursuant to regulatory requirements. This analysis measures the effect of changes in interest rate assumptions on asset and liability cash flows. The analysis includes the effects of:
The timing and amount of redemptions and prepayments in our asset portfolio;
Our derivative portfolio;
Death benefits and other claims payable under the terms of our insurance products;
Lapses and surrenders in our insurance products;
Minimum interest guarantees in our insurance products; and
Book value guarantees in our insurance products.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk is our primary market risk exposure. We define interest rate risk as the risk of an economic loss due to adverse changes in interest rates. This risk arises from investing life insurance premiums and fixed annuity deposits received in interest-sensitive assets and carrying these funds as interest-sensitive liabilities. Substantial and sustained increases or decreases in market interest rates can affect the profitability of the insurance products and the fair value of our investments, as the majority of our insurance liabilities are backed by fixed maturity securities.
The profitability of most of our products depends on the spreads between interest yield on investments and rates credited on insurance liabilities. We have the ability to adjust the rates credited, primarily caps and credit rates, on the majority of the annuity liabilities at least annually, subject to minimum guaranteed values. In addition, the majority of the annuity products have surrender and withdrawal penalty provisions designed to encourage persistency and to help ensure targeted spreads are earned. However, competitive factors, including the impact of the level of surrenders and withdrawals, may limit our ability to adjust or maintain crediting rates at the levels necessary to avoid a narrowing of spreads under certain market conditions.
In order to meet our policy and contractual obligations, we must earn a sufficient return on invested assets. Significant changes in interest rates exposes us to the risk of not earning the anticipated spreads between the interest rate earned on its investments and the credited interest rates paid on outstanding policies and contracts. Both rising and declining interest rates can negatively affect interest earnings, spread income and the attractiveness of certain products.
During periods of increasing interest rates, we may offer higher crediting rates on interest-sensitive products, such as IUL insurance and fixed annuities, and may increase crediting rates on in-force products to keep these products competitive. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will result in a decline in the market value of our investment portfolio.
As part of our ALM program, we have made a significant effort to identify the assets appropriate to different product lines and ensure investing strategies match the profile of these liabilities. The ALM strategy is designed to align the expected cash flows from the investment portfolio with the expected liability cash flows. As such, a major component of our effort to manage interest rate risk has been to structure the investment portfolio with cash flow characteristics that are consistent with the cash flow characteristics of the insurance liabilities. We use actuarial models to simulate the cash flows expected from the existing business under various interest rate scenarios. These simulations enable us to measure the potential gain or loss in the fair value of interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, to evaluate the adequacy of expected cash flows from assets to meet the expected cash requirements of the liabilities and to determine if it is necessary to lengthen or shorten the average life and duration of our investment portfolio. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a security to a small change in interest rates. When the durations of assets and liabilities are similar, exposure to interest rate risk is minimized because a change in the value of assets could be expected to be largely offset by a change in the value of liabilities.
125


The duration of the investment portfolio, excluding cash and cash equivalents, derivatives, policy loans, and common stocks as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in millions)June 30, 2022
Duration (years)Amortized Cost% of Total
0-4$20,763 49 %
5-99,890 24 %
10-147,849 19 %
15-193,470 %
20-3082 — %
Total$42,054 100 %
(Dollars in millions)December 31, 2021
Duration (years)Amortized Cost% of Total
0-4$17,765 48 %
5-98,414 23 %
10-145,619 15 %
15-194,474 12 %
20-30883 %
Total$37,155 100 %
Equity Price Risk
We are also exposed to equity price risk through certain insurance products. We offer a variety of FIA/ IUL contracts with crediting strategies linked to the performance of indices such as the S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones Industrials or the NASDAQ 100 Index, and target volatility indices. Additionally, the estimated cost of providing GMWB on FIA products incorporates various assumptions about the overall performance of equity markets over certain time periods. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction in our net earnings. The rate of amortization of intangibles related to FIA/ IUL products and the cost of providing GMWB could also increase if equity market performance is worse than assumed.
To economically hedge the equity returns on these products, we purchases derivatives to hedge the FIA and IUL equity exposures. The primary way we hedge FIA/ IUL equity exposure is to purchase over the counter equity index call options from broker-dealer derivative counterparties approved by F&G. The second way to hedge FIA equity exposure is by purchasing exchange traded equity index futures contracts. This hedging strategy enables us to reduce the overall hedging costs and achieve a high correlation of returns on the call options purchased relative to the index credits earned by the FIA/ IUL contractholders. The majority of the call options are one-year options purchased to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA/ IUL contracts. These hedge programs are limited to the current policy term of the FIA/ IUL contracts. Future returns, which may be reflected in FIA/ IUL contracts’ credited rates beyond the current policy term, are not hedged. We attempt to manage the costs of these purchases through the terms of its FIA/ IUL contracts, which permit us to change cap, spread or participation rates, subject to certain guaranteed minimums that must be maintained.
The derivatives are used to fund the FIA/ IUL contract index credits and the cost of the call options purchased is treated as a component of spread earnings. While the FIA/ IUL hedging program does not explicitly hedge GAAP income volatility, the FIA/ IUL hedging program tends to mitigate a significant portion of the GAAP reserve changes associated with movements in the equity market. This is due to the fact that a key component in the calculation of GAAP reserves is the market valuation of the current term embedded derivative. Due to the alignment of the embedded derivative reserve component with hedging of this same embedded derivative, there should be a reasonable match between changes in this component of the reserve and changes in the assets backing this
126


component of the reserve. However, there may be an interim mismatch due to the fact that the hedges, which are put in place are only intended to cover exposures expected to remain until the end of an indexing term. To the extent index credits earned by the contractholder exceed the proceeds from option expirations and futures income, we incur a raw hedging loss.
See Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements Note D — Derivative Financial Instruments to the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional details on the derivatives portfolio.
Fair value changes associated with these investments are intended to, but do not always, substantially offset the increase or decrease in the amounts added to policyholder account balances for indexed products. When index credits to policyholders exceed option proceeds received at expiration related to such credits, any shortfall is funded by our net investment spread earnings and futures income. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, the year ended December 31, 2021 and the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the annual index credits to policyholders on their anniversaries were $140 million, $628 million and $178 million, respectively. Proceeds received at expiration on options related to such credits were $151 million, $702 million and $185 million, respectively.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on market conditions and our risk tolerance. The FIA/ IUL hedging strategy economically hedges the equity returns and exposes us to the risk that unhedged market exposures result in divergence between changes in the fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. We use a variety of techniques, including direct estimation of market sensitivities, to monitor this risk daily. We intend to continue to adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and risk tolerance change.
Sensitivity Analysis
For purposes of this Information Statement, we perform a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on the fair values of our debt and other financial instruments.
The financial instruments that are included in the sensitivity analysis with respect to interest rate risk include fixed maturity investments, preferred securities and notes payable. The financial instruments that are included in the sensitivity analysis with respect to equity price risk include marketable equity securities. With the exception of our equity method investments, it is not anticipated that there would be a significant change in the fair value of other long-term investments or short-term investments if there were a change in market conditions, based on the nature and duration of the financial instruments involved.
To perform the sensitivity analysis, we assess the risk of loss in fair values from the effect of hypothetical changes in interest rates and equity prices on market-sensitive instruments. The changes in fair values for interest rate risks are determined by estimating the present value of future cash flows using various models, primarily duration modeling. The changes in fair values for equity price risk are determined by comparing the market price of investments against their reported values as of the balance sheet date.
Information provided by the sensitivity analysis does not necessarily represent the actual changes in fair value that we would incur under normal market conditions because, due to practical limitations, all variables other than the specific market risk factor are held constant.
Market Risk Factors
Market risk is the risk of the loss of fair value resulting from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Market risk is directly influenced by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the related underlying financial instruments are traded. We have significant holdings in financial instruments, which are naturally exposed to a variety of market risks. They are primarily exposed to interest rate risk, credit risk and equity price risk and have some exposure to counterparty risk, which affect the fair value of financial instruments subject to market risk.
127


We have no market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes; therefore, all of our market risk sensitive instruments were entered into for purposes other than trading. The results of the sensitivity analysis at June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows:
Interest Rate Risk
At June 30, 2022, an increase (decrease) in the levels of interest rates of 100 basis points, with all other variables held constant, would result in a (decrease) increase in the fair value of our fixed maturity securities and certain of our investments in preferred securities of $1.9 billion, as compared with a (decrease) increase of $2.3 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
The actuarial models used to estimate the impact of a one percentage point change in market interest rates incorporate numerous assumptions, require significant estimates and assume an immediate and parallel change in interest rates without any management of the investment portfolio in reaction to such change. Consequently, potential changes in value of financial instruments indicated by these simulations will likely be different from the actual changes experienced under given interest rate scenarios, and the differences may be material. Because we actively manage our investments and liabilities, the net exposure to interest rates can vary over time. However, any such decreases in the fair value of fixed maturity securities, unless related to credit concerns of the issuer requiring allowances for credit losses, would generally be realized only if we were required to sell such securities at losses prior to their maturity to meet liquidity needs. Our liquidity needs are managed using the surrender and withdrawal provisions of the annuity contracts and through other means.
Equity Price Risk
At June 30, 2022, a 10% increase (decrease) in market prices, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase (decrease) in the fair value of our equity securities portfolio of $96 million, as compared with an increase (decrease) of $117 million and $105 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Credit Risk and Counterparty Risk
We are exposed to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligation resulting in financial loss. Our major source of credit risk arises predominantly in its insurance operations’ portfolios of debt and similar securities. The fair value of our fixed maturity portfolio totaled $28 billion, $30 billion and $25 billion at June 30, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our credit risk materializes primarily as impairment losses. We are exposed to occasional cyclical economic downturns, during which impairment losses may be significantly higher than the long-term historical average. This is offset by years where it expects the actual impairment losses to be substantially lower than the long-term average. Credit risk in the portfolio can also materialize as increased capital requirements as assets migrate into lower credit qualities over time. The effect of rating migration on its capital requirements is also dependent on the economic cycle and increased asset impairment levels may go hand in hand with increased asset related capital requirements.
We attempt to manage the risk of default and rating migration by applying disciplined credit evaluation and underwriting standards and limiting allocations to lower quality, higher risk investments. In addition, we diversify exposure by issuer and country, using rating based issuer and country limits. We also set investment constraints that limit our exposure by industry segment. To limit the impact that credit risk can have on earnings and capital adequacy levels, we have portfolio-level credit risk constraints in place. Limit compliance is monitored on a monthly basis.
In connection with the use of call options, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk-the risk that a counterparty fails to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. We have adopted a policy of only dealing with credit worthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral where appropriate, as a means of attempting to mitigate the financial loss from defaults. The exposure and credit rating of the counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst different approved counterparties to limit the concentration in one counterparty. This policy allows for the purchase of derivative instruments from counterparties and/or clearinghouses that meet the required qualifications under the Iowa Code. We review the ratings of all the counterparties periodically. Collateral support documents are negotiated to further reduce the exposure when
128


deemed necessary. See Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note D — Derivative Financial Instruments in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for additional information regarding our exposure to credit loss.
We also have credit risk related to the ability of reinsurance counterparties to honor their obligations to pay the contract amounts under various agreements. To minimize the risk of credit loss on such contracts, we diversify exposures among many reinsurers and limit the amount of exposure to each based on credit rating. We also generally limit selection of counterparties with which to do new transactions to those with an “A-” credit rating or above from at least one of the major rating agencies and/or that are appropriately collateralized and provide credit for reinsurance. When exceptions are made to that principle, we ensure that collateral is obtained to mitigate risk of loss. The following tables present our reinsurance recoverable balances and financial strength ratings for our five largest reinsurance recoverable balances as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
June 30, 2022
(Dollars in millions)Financial Strength Rating
Parent Company/Principal ReinsurersReinsurance RecoverableAM BestS&PFitchMoody's
Aspida Life Re Ltd$1,651 A-  not rated  not rated  not rated
Wilton Re1,259 A+  not rated  A+  not rated
Somerset Reinsurance Ltd626 A-  BBB+  not rated  not rated
London Life Reinsurance Co.101 A+  not rated  not rated  not rated
Security Life of Denver99 not rated  A-  A-  Baa1
December 31, 2021
(Dollars in millions)Financial Strength Rating
Parent Company/Principal ReinsurersReinsurance RecoverableAM BestS&PFitchMoody's
Wilton Re$1,269 A+  not rated A+not rated
Aspida Life Re Ltd873A-not ratedBBBnot rated
Somerset Reinsurance Ltd780A-BBB+ not rated not rated
Security Life of Denver102 not rated  A- A-Baa1
London Life Reinsurance Co.102 A+ not rated not rated  not rated
In the normal course of business, certain reinsurance recoverables are subject to reviews by the reinsurers. We are not aware of any material disputes arising from these reviews or other communications with the counterparties as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, that would require an allowance for uncollectible amounts.
For information on concentrations of reinsurance risk, refer to Note L — Reinsurance in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note I — Reinsurance in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
For information on counter party risk associated with our title business, refer to Note H — Commitments and Contingencies in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note F — Commitments and Contingencies in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement.
Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions used.
129


Concentrations of Financial Instruments
As of June 30, 2022, our most significant investment in one industry, excluding United States ("U.S."), Foreign Government securities and structured securities, was our investment securities in the Banking industry with a fair value of $2,674 million or 7% of the invested assets portfolio and an amortized cost of $3,084 million. As of June 30, 2022, our holdings in this industry include investments in 127 different issuers with the top ten investments accounting for 35% of the total holdings in this industry.
As of December 31, 2021, our most significant investment in one industry, excluding United States ("U.S."), Foreign Government securities and structured securities, was our investment securities in the Banking industry with a fair value of $2,919 million or 8% of the invested assets portfolio and an amortized cost of $2,854 million. As of December 31, 2021, our holdings in this industry include investments in 132 different issuers with the top ten investments accounting for 37% of the total holdings in this industry.
Our underlying investment concentrations that exceed 10% of shareholders equity as of June 30, 2022 are as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Blackstone Wave Asset Holdco (1)
$960 
Jade 22 (2)
855 
ELBA (3)
490 
Jade 1 (2)
293 
Jade 2 (2)
293 
Jade 3 (2)
293 
Jade 4 (2)
293 
COLI266 
__________________
(1)Represents a special purpose vehicle that holds investments in numerous limited partnership investments whose underlying investments are further diversified by holding interest in multiple individual investments and industries.
(2)Represents special purpose vehicles that hold numerous underlying corporate loans across various industries.
(3)Represents special purpose vehicles that hold an underlying minority ownership interest in a single operating liquified natural gas export facility.
Concentrations of Financial and Capital Markets Risk
We are exposed to financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates and credit spreads, which can have an adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Exposure to such financial and capital markets risk relates primarily to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will increase the net unrealized loss position and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six- to twelve-month time period, certain of our products may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring us to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. We attempt to mitigate the risk, including changes in interest rates by investing in less rate-sensitive investments, including senior tranches of collateralized loan obligations, non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, and various types of asset backed securities. Management believes this risk is also mitigated to some extent by surrender charge protection provided by our products. We expect to continue to face these challenges and uncertainties that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
.
130


MANAGEMENT
As of [l], 2022, the current directors and executive officers of F&G, their ages, the positions with F&G held by each of them, the periods during which they have served in such positions and a summary of their recent business experience is set forth below. In addition, set forth below are the ages and a summary of the recent business experience of the additional directors that we expect to serve on the board of directors at the time of the separation and distribution.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of three members, Christopher O. Blunt, Raymond R. Quirk and Michael J. Nolan.
The following table sets forth information regarding those persons who are expected to serve on the board of directors following completion of the distribution and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.
NameAgeDirector SincePosition
Christopher Blunt60June 2020Director; President and Chief Executive Officer
William P. Foley, II77n/aDirector
Raymond Quirk75June 2020Director
Michael Nolan63June 2020Director
Douglas K. Ammerman70n/aDirector
John D. Rood67n/aDirector
Christopher Blunt. Mr. Blunt joined F&G in 2019 after 34 years in a variety of insurance, investment management and marketing roles. Prior to joining F&G, from January 2018 to December 2018, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Blackstone Insurance Solutions, after nearly 13 years at New York Life in a variety of executive leadership roles. During his tenure at New York Life, Mr. Blunt was the President of New York Life's $500 billion Investment Group and previously Co-President of the Insurance and Agency Group, which included the company's U.S. Life Operations, Seguros Monterrey, and AARP Direct business. Prior to joining New York Life, Mr. Blunt spent 16 years in a variety of senior marketing and distribution roles in the investment management industry, including Chief Marketing Officer - Americas for Merrill Lynch Investment Managers and as a Managing Director and National Sales Manager for Goldman Sachs Asset Management. Mr. Blunt received a B.A. in history from the University of Michigan and an MBA in finance from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and currently serves on the Board of Directors of the YMCA of Greater New York, United Way of Central Iowa, and is a Trustee of the American College of Financial Services.Mr. Blunt’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his many years of leadership experience across multiple institutions in the insurance industry.
William P. Foley, II. Mr. Foley will be the Executive Chairman of F&G at the distribution date. Mr. Foley is a founder of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and has served as Chairman of the board of directors of FNF since 1984. He served as Chief Executive Officer of FNF until May 2007 and as President of FNF until December 1994. Mr. Foley has served as Chairman of Cannae Holdings, Inc. since July 2017 and non-executive Chairman since May 2018. Mr. Foley is the Managing Member and a Senior Managing Director of Trasimene Capital Management, LLC, a private company that provides certain management services to Cannae, since 2019. Mr. Foley has also served as non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of Dun & Bradstreet since February 2019 and as Executive Chairman since February 2022, Mr. Foley has served as the non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of Alight, Inc. since April 2021 and served on the board of its predecessor, FTAC from May 2020 until April 2021. Mr. Foley has served as a director of System1 since January 2022. From January 2014 to June 2021, Mr. Foley also served as Chairman of the Board of Black Knight, Inc. and its predecessors. He served as non-executive Chairman of the board of directors of Paysafe and its predecessor, FTAC II, from March 2020 until March 2022. Mr. Foley formerly served as as Co-Chairman of FGL Holdings, as a director of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. from September 2013 to August 2019 and as Vice Chairman of Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Mr. Foley formerly served on the boards of Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation I and Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation II and Trebia
131


Acquisition Corp. until April 2021. Mr. Foley’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his decades of experience in the insurance industry and his numerous leadership roles.
Raymond Quirk. Mr. Quirk has served as Executive Vice-Chairman of FNF since February 2022 and formerly served as Chief Executive Officer of FNF from December 2013 to February 2022. He has served as a director of FNF since February 2017. Previously, he had served as the President of FNF from April 2008 to December 2013. Mr. Quirk served as Co-President of FNF from May 2007 to April 2008 and as Co-Chief Operating Officer of FNF from October 2006 until May 2007. Since joining FNF in 1985, Mr. Quirk has served in numerous executive and management positions, including Executive Vice President, Division Manager and Regional Manager, with responsibilities for managing direct and agency operations nationally. Mr. Quirk formerly served on the board of directors of J. Alexander’s Holdings, Inc. Mr. Quirk’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his more than 37 years of experience with FNF, his deep knowledge of our business and industry and his strong leadership abilities.
Michael J. Nolan. Mr. Nolan has served as Chief Executive Officer of FNF since February 2022 and previously served as President of FNF from January 2016 to February 2022. He served as the Co-Chief Operating Officer of FNF from September 2015 to January 2016. Additionally, he served as President of Eastern Operations for Fidelity National Title Group from January 2013 until March of 2022. He has held various executive and management positions, including Division Manager and Regional Manager from the time he joined FNF in 1983, with responsibilities for managing direct and agency operations for the Midwest and East Coast, FNF's operations in Canada, IPX, Fidelity's 1031 exchange company, and Fidelity Residential Solutions, Fidelity's relocation company. Mr. Nolan’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his decades of experience in the insurance industry and many leadership roles.
Douglas K. Ammerman. Mr. Ammerman has served as a director of FNF since 2005. Mr. Ammerman is a retired partner of KPMG LLP, where he became a partner in 1984. Mr. Ammerman formally retired from KPMG in 2002. He also serves as a director of Stantec Inc., where he serves as Chairman, and as a director of Dun & Bradsteet since February 2019. Mr. Ammerman formerly served on the boards of El Pollo Loco, Inc., J. Alexander’s Holdings, Inc. and Foley Trasimene Acquistion Corp. Mr. Ammerman’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his years of experience at KPMG LLP, as well as his time spent in multiple other directorships.
John D. Rood. Mr. Rood has served on FNF’s board of directors since May 2013. Mr. Rood is the founder and Chairman of The Vestcor Companies, a real estate firm with more than 30 years of experience in multifamily development and investment. Mr. Rood also serves on the board of directors of Black Knight. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Rood served as the US Ambassador to the Commonwealth of the Bahamas. He was appointed by Governor Jeb Bush to serve on the Florida Fish and Wildlife Commission where he served until 2004. He was appointed by Governor Charlie Crist to the Florida Board of Governors, which oversees the State of Florida University System, where he served until 2013. Mr. Rood was appointed by Mayor Lenny Curry to the JAXPORT Board of Directors, where he served from October 2015 to July 2016. Governor Rick Scott appointed Mr. Rood to the Florida Prepaid College Board in July 2016, where Mr. Rood serves as Chairman of the Board. Mr. Rood served on the Enterprise Florida and Space Coast Florida board of directors from September 2016 until February 2019. He previously served on the board of Alico, Inc. and currently serves on several private boards. Mr. Rood’s qualifications to serve on the F&G board of directors include his many years of experience in a variety of leadership roles.
Status as a Controlled Company
Because FNF will initially own approximately 85% of the shares of outstanding F&G common stock upon completion of the separation and distribution, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE, and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain of the requirements of these rules, including the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors and the requirement to form an independent compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee.
The controlled company exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, at least one of whom must be independent upon the listing of our
132


common stock on the NYSE, at least a majority of whom must be independent within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this Information Statement is a part, and all of whom must be independent within one year of such effective date. We expect to have two independent directors upon the completion of the separation and distribution and we will comply with the permitted phase-in for our audit committee composition.
If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the corporate governance standards of the NYSE, including by appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to permitted phase-in periods.
Director Independence
None of Messrs. Blunt, Foley, Quirk or Nolan will qualify as independent directors under the NYSE listing standards by virtue of their respective executive positions with F&G or FNF. Each of Messrs. Ammerman and Rood will qualify as independent under NYSE listing standards with respect to director independence.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions.
Following the separation and distribution, it is anticipated that the board will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. The charter of each standing committee will be made available on the Investor Info page of our website at www.fglife.com. Shareholders also may obtain a copy of any of these charters by writing to the Corporate Secretary at the address set forth under “Available Information.
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
The members of the corporate governance and nominating committee following the separation and distribution are expected to be Messrs. Ammerman and Rood. Each of Messrs. Ammerman and Rood was deemed to be independent by the board.
The primary functions of the corporate governance and nominating committee, as identified in its charter, are:
Identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board and making recommendations to the board regarding nominees for election;
Reviewing the independence of each director and making a recommendation to the board with respect to each director’s independence;
Overseeing the evaluation of the performance of the board and its committees on a continuing basis, including an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the corporate governance and nominating committee and its charter;
Developing and recommending to the board the corporate governance principles applicable to us and reviewing our corporate governance guidelines at least annually;
Making recommendations to the board with respect to the membership of the audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees;
Considering director nominees recommended by shareholders; and
Reviewing our overall corporate governance and reporting to the board on its findings and any recommendations.
133


Audit Committee
The members of the audit committee following the separation and distribution are expected to be Mr. Ammerman, Mr. Rood and [l]. Each of Messrs. Ammerman and Rood and [l] was deemed to be independent by the board, including under SEC Rule 10A-3 for the purposes of serving on the audit committee.
The primary functions of the audit committee include:
Appointing, compensating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;
Overseeing the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the internal audit function;
Conducting an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the audit committee and its charter;
Overseeing the adequacy and effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;
Discussing the annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
Establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints (including anonymous complaints) we receive concerning accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters or potential violations of law;
Pre-approving audit and non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
Discussing earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and rating agencies;
Discussing with management our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including those relating to cybersecurity and ESG risk;
Reviewing any material transaction between our Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer that has been approved in accordance with our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, and providing prior written approval of any material transaction between us and our Chief Executive Officer;
Producing an annual report for inclusion in our proxy statement, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations;
Reviewing and approving all transactions involving an amount in excess of $120,000 in which F&G is to be a participant and in which any related person has a direct or indirect material interest; and
Overseeing the adequacy and effectiveness of procedures to ensure legal and regulatory compliance with the Code of Conduct.
The board of directors has concluded that [l] qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the SEC in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.
Compensation Committee
The members of the compensation committee following the separation and distribution are expected to be Messrs. Ammerman and Rood. Each of Messrs. Ammerman and Rood was deemed to be independent by the board, including for the purposes of serving on the compensation committee.
The functions of the compensation committee include the following:
Reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating his performance in light of those goals and objectives, and setting the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation;
134


Setting salaries and approving incentive compensation and equity awards, as well as compensation policies, for all other officers who are designated as Section 16 officers by our board;
Producing an annual report for inclusion in our proxy statement, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations;
Making recommendations to the board with respect to incentive compensation programs and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval;
Reviewing and discussing with management of F&G the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, as applicable;
Conducting an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the compensation committee and its charter;
Reviewing and approving the annual compensation risk assessment conduct by management pay ration ratio disclosure, as applicable;
Considering the results of the most recent shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and making recommendations to the Board regarding any change to the frequency with which F&G will conduct a say-on-pay vote, as applicable;
Granting any awards under equity compensation plans and annual bonus plans to our Chief Executive Officer and other Section 16 Officers; and
Approving the compensation of our non-management directors.
For more information regarding the responsibilities of the compensation committee, please refer to the sections of this Information Statement entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Non-Employee Director Compensation.
Executive Officers
Set forth below is information concerning the individuals we currently expect will serve as our executive officers upon completion of the separation and distribution.
NameAgePosition
Christopher Blunt
60
President and Chief Executive Officer
Wendy JB Young
58
Chief Financial Officer
John Currier
52
President – Retail Markets
Scott Cochran
50
President – Institutional & New Markets
Leena Punjabi
43
Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer
David Martin
54
Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
Christopher Blunt. See above.
Wendy JB Young. Ms. Young is the Chief Financial Officer of F&G and has served in that role since February 2022. Ms. Young has over 35 years of insurance industry experience and over 20 years with F&G, working in a broad range of actuarial, finance and reinsurance functions. From February 2014 to February 2022, Ms. Young served as F&G’s CRO and CEO of F&G’s Bermuda reinsurance entities. As CFO, Ms. Young oversees all aspects of the corporate finance function including Chief Accounting Office, Corporate Actuarial, FP&A, Capital and Ratings management, Reinsurance Strategy, Tax, Treasury and Transformation.
John Currier. Mr. Currier manages F&G’s Retail business unit. He is responsible for business unit profit and loss, and he oversees sales, operations, marketing, new business profitability and in-force management. John joined F&G in May 2015 as Deputy Chief Actuary and was named Chief Actuary in October 2016. Mr. Currier has over 30 years of industry experience.
135


Scott Cochran. Mr. Cochran has served as the President of Institutional and New Markets at F&G since August 2020. He also served as a Senior Advisor at Blackstone from November 2018 to July 2020 and as an EVP of Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated from December 2010 to June 2018. Mr. Cochran has led the creation of and oversees F&G’s Institutional Business which includes Pension Risk Transfer and Funding Agreement Backed Note based businesses. Scott joined F&G in August 2020 after an accomplished career as a life insurance executive with a background in building businesses, M&A, strategy, leadership and risk management. During Scott’s 25+ years in the industry, he also served as a Senior Advisor at Blackstone and as Executive Vice President at Reinsurance Group of America.
Leena Punjabi. Ms. Punjabi has served as Chief Investment Officer for F&G since January 2021. She oversees F&G’s investment portfolios in partnership with Blackstone Insurance Solutions. Prior to joining F&G in 2019 as VP, Asset Management, she was a Principal at Mercer where she worked for 13 years providing investment advice to insurance companies and corporate pension plans.
David Martin. Mr. Martin has served as the company’s Chief Risk Officer since April 2022, overseeing F&G’s enterprise risk management framework. Since joining F&G in 2011, Mr. Martin has been instrumental in supporting F&G’s investment portfolio strategy while serving in various senior roles at F&G, including Co-Chief Investment Officer.
136


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The compensation committee immediately following the distribution is expected to be composed of [l] (Chair),[l] and [l]. During fiscal year 2021, no member of the proposed compensation committee was a former or current officer or employee of F&G or any of its subsidiaries. In addition, during fiscal year 2021, none of our executive officers served (i) as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our compensation committee, or (ii) as a member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our board.
137


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Prior to the distribution, we have been a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF. Until the distribution, our compensation decisions will be made by FNF’s senior management and the Compensation Committee of FNF’s board of directors (the “FNF Compensation Committee”). We expect initially that our executive compensation program following the distribution will generally include elements that are the same as or similar to FNF’s executive compensation program. The following includes how our future compensation programs, objectives and design framework are expected to operate. Our compensation committee (the “F&G Compensation Committee”) will review all aspects of compensation and may make adjustments that it believes are appropriate in structuring our executive compensation arrangements.
In this compensation discussion and analysis section, we provide an overview and analysis of FNF’s and F&G’s executive compensation programs, including discussions of FNF’s and F&G’s compensation philosophies. The discussion below is intended to help provide an understanding of the detailed information in the compensation tables and related narrative disclosure below. We discuss the material elements of our compensation program and the material factors considered by the FNF Compensation Committee and F&G’s board of directors in making compensation decisions. The following table identifies our named executive officers (“NEOs”) as of December 31, 2021, as defined by SEC regulations:
Named Executive Officers (NEO's)Position
Christopher O. BluntPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Director
John T. FleurantChief Financial Officer
John CurrierPresident, Retail Markets
Scott CochranPresident, Institutional and New Markets
Wendy YoungExecutive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
Compensation Philosophy and Practices
FNF’s Compensation Practices
The FNF Compensation Committee considered several important qualitative and quantitative factors when determining the overall compensation of FNF’s named executive officers in 2021, including:
The executive officer’s experience, knowledge, skills, level of responsibility and potential to influence FNF’s performance;
The executive officer’s prior salary levels, annual incentive awards, annual incentive award targets and long-term equity incentive awards;
The business environment and FNF’s business objectives and strategy;
FNF’s financial performance in the prior year;
The need to retain and motivate executives (even in the current business cycle, it is critical that FNF does not lose key people and long-term incentives help to retain key people);
Corporate governance and regulatory factors related to executive compensation; and
Marketplace compensation levels and practices.
Role of FNF’s Executive Officers
In evaluating the compensation of FNF’s named executive officers, the FNF Compensation Committee considers the recommendations of FNF’s Chairman. The FNF Compensation Committee also considers the recommendations from FNF’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to the compensation of his direct reports. In making their recommendations, the FNF Chairman and Chief Executive Officer review the performance of the other
138


named executive officers, job responsibilities, importance to FNF’s overall business strategy, and FNF’s compensation philosophy. Neither FNF’s Chairman nor FNF’s Chief Executive Officer make recommendations to the FNF Compensation Committee regarding his own compensation. The compensation decisions are not formulaic, and the members of the FNF Compensation Committee did not assign precise weights to the factors listed above. The FNF Compensation Committee utilized their individual and collective business judgment to review, assess, and approve compensation for FNF’s named executive officers.
Role of FNF’s Compensation Consultant
To assist the FNF Compensation Committee, the compensation consultant conducted marketplace reviews of the compensation FNF pays its executive officers. They gathered marketplace compensation data on total compensation, which consists of annual salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives, executive benefits, executive ownership levels, overhang and dilution from FNF’s omnibus incentive plan, compensation levels as a percent of revenue, pay mix and other key statistics. This data is collected and analyzed twice during the year, once in the first quarter and again in the fourth quarter. The marketplace compensation data provides a point of reference for the FNF Compensation Committee, but the FNF Compensation Committee ultimately makes subjective compensation decisions based on all the factors described above. For 2021, Mercer used two marketplace data approaches: (1) two general executive compensation surveys with a specific focus on companies with revenues of between $5 billion and $20 billion, and (2) compensation information for a group of 15 companies, or FNF’s peer group.
FNF’s Compensation Peer Group
In 2021, Mercer recommended, and the FNF Compensation Committee approved, removing CNO Financials Group, Inc. (as it falls outside of the target revenue range), and Aon plc (as it was the only insurance brokerage business FNF’s prior peer group), and adding two larger corporations, Aflac Incorporated and The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. to account for FNF’s growth. FNF’s peer group was based on a size range of approximately 1/2 to 2 times that of FNF’s revenue, and with the changes made to the peer group in 2021, FNF is positioned between the 50th and 75th percentiles for revenue and near the median for both market capitalization and enterprise value. When selecting the peer group, FNF considers a combination of factors including revenues, assets, and market capitalization, industry focus (generally the insurance industry based on Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS) Code), nature and complexity of operations, standards used by Institutional Shareholder Services for identifying peer groups for public companies, and whether the company competes with FNF for business and/or executive talent.
FNF’s 2021 peer group consisted of:
Aflac IncorporatedLincoln National Corp.
American Financial GroupLoews Corporation
Arch Capital Group Ltd.Old Republic International
Assurant Inc.Principal Financial Group, Inc.
Athene Holdings, Inc.The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.
Cincinnati Financial CorporationUnum Group
CNA Financial CorporationW.R. Berkley Corporation
First American Financial Corporation
Compensation Practices of F&G
In 2020, following FNF’s acquisition of us, Mercer reviewed the structure and mechanics of the various components of our compensation programs and practices. In order to obtain a complete view of the competitive market for talent, Mercer considered data from published survey sources, which includes industry peers from privately held and publicly traded organizations. In particular, Mercer analyzed two key elements: current competitive market positioning and equity plan design. Competitive market positioning relates to overall base pay delivery, base salaries, annual and long-term incentive targets and payouts. Equity plan design is the assessment of
139


the design attributes of other organizations’ incentive plans that provide perspectives on performance measurement, long-term incentive vehicles, vesting and shareholding requirements.
Mercer’s assessment in 2020 indicated that our compensation structure is well-balanced, aligns to FNF’s philosophies and demonstrates alignment between company performance and executive compensation.
For 2021, the F&G board of directors determined the annual base salary and annual bonus of F&G’s NEOs and the FNF Compensation Committee determined the remaining elements of compensation of F&G’s NEOs including long-term equity-based incentives.
Going Forward
The FNF Compensation Committee is expected to engage Mercer to review F&G’s executive compensation practices. We expect that the F&G Compensation Committee will continue to engage an independent compensation consultant following the distribution, and that the roles of such consultant and of our management in connection with the executive compensation process will be similar to FNF’s approach.
Other Related Considerations
Components of FNF’s Executive Compensation Program
FNF compensates its executive officers primarily through a mix of base salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity-based incentives. FNF also provides its executive officers with the same retirement and employee benefit plans that are offered to FNF other employees, as well as limited other benefits, although these items are not significant components of FNF’s compensation programs. The following table provides information regarding the elements of compensation provided to FNF’s named executive officers in 2021
Category of CompensationType of CompensationPurpose of the Compensation
Fixed Cash Compensation
Salary

Salary provides a level of assured, regularly paid, cash compensation that is competitive and helps attract and retain key employees.
Short-term Performance-based Cash Incentives

Annual Cash Incentive Tied to Financial Metrics


Performance-based cash incentives under FNF’s annual incentive plan are designed to motivate FNF employees to work towards achieving FNF’s key annual adjusted title revenue and adjusted pre-tax title margin goals.
Long-term Equity Incentives
Performance-based Restricted Stock Tied to Financial Metrics

Performance-based restricted stock helps to tie FNF’s named executive officers’ long-term financial interests to our adjusted pre-tax title margin and to the long-term financial interests of our shareholders, as well as to retain key executives through a three-year vesting period and maintain a market competitive position for total compensation.
Benefits & OtherESPP, 401(k) Plan, health insurance and other benefitsFNF’s named executive officers’ benefits generally mirror FNF’s company-wide employee benefit programs. For security safety reasons and to make travel more efficient and productive for FNF’s named executive officers, they are eligible to travel on our corporate aircraft.
140


Components of F&G’s Executive Compensation Program
For fiscal 2021, F&G’s compensation program consisted of the following key components:
ComponentPurposeKey Features
Base Salary
Provide a fixed level of compensation
Compensate executive officers fairly for the responsibility of the position held and reflect competitive practices
Salary levels set based on an assessment of:
Level of responsibility
Experience and time in position
Individual performance
Future potential
Competitiveness
Internal pay equity considerations
Salary levels are reviewed annually by the committee and adjusted as appropriate
Short-Term Incentives
Provide executive officers with incentives to achieve objectives to drive short- and long-term business performance
Support attracting and retaining the best available talent
Awards based on achievement of financial and corporate objectives
Awards determined on annual basis
Long-Term Incentives  
Performance Vesting Restricted Stock

Provide executive officers with incentives to achieve long-term success
Align executive officers’ interests with the interests of our shareholders

Vesting subject to performance objectives
Three-year vesting schedule
Set forth below is a discussion of each component of compensation, the rationale for each component, and how each component fits into our overall compensation philosophy.
Base Salary
FNF Practice
The FNF Compensation Committee typically reviews salary levels annually as part of FNF’s performance review process, as well as in the event of promotions or other changes in FNF’s named executive officers’ positions or responsibilities. When establishing base salary levels, the FNF Compensation Committee considers the peer compensation data provided by its external independent compensation consultant, Mercer, as well as a number of qualitative factors, including each named executive officer’s experience, knowledge, skills, level of responsibility and performance. The FNF Compensation Committee reviews these factors each year and, rather than providing a merit increase to executives each year, increases FNF executives’ base salaries only in years when the committee determines that such an increase is warranted.
F&G Practice
We provide a base salary to compensate F&G’s NEOs for their services rendered on a day-to-day basis during the year. Base salaries are set to attract and retain executives with qualities necessary to ensure our short-term and long-term financial success. Base salary levels are set to be competitive with the salaries of executives in similar positions with similar responsibilities at comparable companies. The F&G board of directors determines an executive’s base salary is based on market compensation rates and individual factors, including personal performance and contribution, experience in the role, scope of responsibility and overall impact on the business.
141


Base salaries are reviewed annually and adjusted when necessary to reflect market conditions as well as individual roles and performance.
The table below shows base salaries for fiscal 2021, on an annualized basis, for F&G’s NEOs:
Name2021 Base Salary
Christopher O. Blunt$800,000 
John T. Fleurant$500,000 
John Currier$425,000 
Scott Cochran$400,000 
Wendy Young$350,000 
Going Forward
Following the distribution, we expect that the F&G Compensation Committee will set base levels to (i) attract and retain executives with qualities necessary to ensure our short-term and long-term financial success and (ii) be competitive with the salaries of executives in similar positions with similar responsibilities at comparable companies. We expect that the F&G Compensation Committee will review base salaries on an annual basis and adjust base salaries when necessary to reflect market conditions as well as individual roles and performance, including personal performance and contribution, experience in the role, scope of responsibility and overall impact on the business.
Annual Cash Incentive Programs
F&G Practice
We do not participate in FNF’s annual incentive program. In order to promote our “pay for performance” culture, we pay annual cash incentives to our executives for achieving performance targets that support financial and corporate goals made pursuant to our Employee Incentive Plan (the “EIP”), which allows for annual cash-based bonus awards intended to attract and retain the best available executive officers to be responsible for the management, growth, and success of our business and to provide an incentive for such individuals to exert their best efforts on behalf of our company and shareholders. Our Chief Executive Officer and executive team develop an annual business plan that includes objectives to drive short- and long-term business performance. The F&G board of directors reviews these objectives and establishes performance targets. Performance against plan objectives are reviewed and approved by the F&G board of directors to establish the bonus pool for each performance period. Short-term incentive payouts require that minimum targets be satisfied and allow for recognition of individual performance and contribution toward those goals.
The EIP includes a financial performance component based on the annual business plan weighted at 80% and a corporate initiatives component weighted at 20%. For fiscal 2021, the performance metrics for the EIP were:
MetricsWeighting
Achieve the Financial Plan
80 %
Sales
Adjusted Net Earnings (available to common shareholders)
Corporate Initiatives
20 %
Grow our distribution: achieve sales goals, execute on Pension Risk Transfer launch and expand bank and broker dealer distributors
Enhance our organizational health: increase digital skills, continue to increase engagement levels and meet talent acquisition and talent management goals
Modernize our platforms: execute on operational and financial modernization efforts, deliver on service standards and deliver timely and accurate financial reporting in an enhanced control environment
142


The F&G board of directors approved the percentage of base salary paid for performance at the target levels depicted below. If a minimum performance measure is satisfied, depending on actual performance, bonus payments under the EIP could range from 50% to 150% of target. As a result of the corporate performance against our goals for fiscal 2021, the bonus pool for determining individual executive incentive awards was 150% of target with discretion to go above that result up to 165% for extraordinary performance.
Name2021 Target BonusActual Bonus Earned
(% of base salary earnings)($)(% of base salary earnings)($)
Christopher O. Blunt200 %1,600,000 263 %2,100,000 
John T. Fleurant100 %500,000 150 %750,000 
John Currier98 %416,923 171 %725,000 
Scott Cochran98 %391,923 181 %725,000 
Wendy Young100 %350,000 179 %625,000 
Going Forward
Following the distribution, we expect that initially the F&G Compensation Committee will continue the EIP or develop a short-term incentive plan focused on near-term operational and financial goals that support our long-term business objectives, while also allowing for meaningful pay differentiation tied to performance of individuals and groups.
Long-Term Incentive Opportunities
FNF Practice
In 2020, following FNF’s acquisition of us, the FNF Compensation Committee amended and restated the FGL Holdings 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “A&R 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan”) to establish a new program for long-term award opportunities for our executives under the FNF ownership. FNF made the first equity grants under this plan in August 2020 to each of our then-NEOs. The awards consisted of a grant of performance vesting restricted stock awards and time-based vesting restricted stock awards of FNF stock. Both grants vest over a three-year period. The performance vesting restricted stock awards vested only if the Adjusted Net Earnings metric for Fiscal Year 2021 were attained. Thereafter, annual grants of performance vesting restricted stock awards with a one-year performance target and three-year vesting schedule will be considered on an annual basis. In November 2021, grants of performance vesting restricted stock awards were made to our NEOs. These awards will vest over three years if the Adjusted Net Earnings performance metric is attained for the Fiscal Year 2022. In establishing these awards, the FNF Compensation Committee considered its desire to strategically align the long-term incentives to the long-term success of business F&G.
Equity grants awarded prior to FNF’s acquisition of us, were converted in like vehicles and terms upon the completion of the acquisition using the conversion price at the close of the acquisition, subject to certain vesting and change in control protections.
Our long-term incentives for NEOs consist of performance vesting restricted stock awards that incentivize long-term value creation: performance awards that reward the achievement of our performance goals and time-vesting that reward increases in the market value of our shares and continued service with our company.
143


Performance Restricted Stock Awards
Performance restricted stock awards align our long-term incentives to the achievement of our Adjusted Net Earnings objectives. Performance restricted stock awards vest in equal installments based on continued service and achievement of a one-year, Adjusted Net Earnings goal established at the start of the three-year period.
NameDate of Grant# of sharesValue at GrantVesting SchedulePerformance Metric
Christopher BluntNovember 4, 202172,909 3,520,000 
Nov. 4, 2023 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2024 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2025 – 33.34%
2022 Adjusted Net Earnings
John Fleurant
0 (a)
— 
John CurrierNovember 4, 202115,535 750,000 Nov. 4, 2023 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2024 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2025 – 33.34%
2022 Adjusted Net Earnings
Scott CochranNovember 4, 202112,428 600,000 Nov. 4, 2023 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2024 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2025 – 33.34%
2022 Adjusted Net Earnings
Wendy YoungNovember 4, 202111,392 550,000 Nov. 4, 2023 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2024 – 33.33%
Nov. 4, 2025 – 33.34%
2022 Adjusted Net Earnings
__________________
a)Mr. Fleurant was not granted an equity award in 2021 due to his impending departure from F&G in May 2022.
Going Forward
We anticipate that our long-term incentive compensation grant practices initially will be comparable to those of FNF and will be granted pursuant to the F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Following the distribution, the F&G Compensation Committee and management will review such practices to ensure they meet our business and strategic needs and the objectives of our executive compensation program.
Summary of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan
General. Prior to the distribution, FNF is expected to approve the F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), as F&G’s sole stockholder. A general description of the expected key terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan is set forth below. The Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will qualify in its entirety the general description of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement forms a part.
The Omnibus Incentive Plan will provide for the issuance of stock and cash-based awards to help us attract, retain and incentivize our employees, directors and other key service providers.
Effective Date and Duration
The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be effective on the effective date of the separation and will authorize the granting of awards for up to ten years from the date the Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by our board. The Omnibus Incentive Plan will remain in effect with respect to outstanding awards until no awards remain outstanding.
Administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan
The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee or another committee selected by our board, any of which we refer to as the committee. The members of the committee are appointed from time to time by, and serve at the discretion of, our board. The committee has the full power to select employees, directors and consultants who will participate in the Omnibus Incentive Plan; determine the size and types of awards; determine the terms and conditions of awards; construe and interpret the Omnibus Incentive Plan and any award agreement or other instrument entered into under the Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend and waive rules and regulations for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan; and, subject to certain limitations, amend the terms and conditions of outstanding awards. The committee’s determinations and interpretations under the
144


Omnibus Incentive Plan are binding on all interested parties. The committee is empowered to delegate its administrative duties and powers as it may deem advisable, to the extent permitted by law.
Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan
The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is six (6) million shares.
In general, if an award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is forfeited, cancelled, or settled without the issuance of shares or expires, the shares underlying the award will again become available for new awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, share exchange, extraordinary dividend, or any change in the corporate structure affecting shares of our common stock, the committee shall cause an adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of shares that may be delivered under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and (ii) with respect to outstanding awards, in the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards, the exercise price, grant price or other price of shares subject to outstanding awards, any performance conditions relating to shares, the market price of shares, or per-share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights, in each case as may be determined appropriate and equitable by our compensation committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
Eligibility and Participation
Eligible participants include our (and our subsidiaries') employees, directors and consultants who have been selected to receive awards by the committee that administers the plan. Because the Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for broad discretion in selecting which eligible persons will participate, and in making awards, the total number of persons who will actually participate in the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the benefits that will be provided to the participants cannot be determined at this time.
Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan
Awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance shares, performance units, and other cash or stock-based awards.
Types of Awards
The following is a general description of the types of awards that may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Terms and conditions of awards will be determined on a grant-by-grant basis by the committee.
Stock Options. The committee may grant incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options (“NQSOs”) or a combination thereof. The exercise price for each such award will be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant (110% of fair market value in the case of an ISO granted to a person who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary). Options will expire at such times and will have such other terms and conditions as the committee may determine at the time of grant, except that no option may be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of its grant (or the fifth anniversary in the case of an ISO granted to a person who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary).
The exercise price of options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be paid in cash, by tendering previously acquired shares of common stock or directing the Company to withhold shares from the option having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, through broker-assisted cashless exercise, or directing the Company to withhold shares from the option or any other means permitted by the committee consistent with applicable law or by a combination of any of the permitted methods. Stock options may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and are
145


exercisable during a participant’s lifetime only by the participant. The committee may not award dividend equivalents in connection with a stock option.
Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”). SARs granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be in the form of freestanding SARs (SARs granted independently of any option), tandem SARs (SARs granted in connection with a related option) or a combination thereof. The grant price of a freestanding SAR will be equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The grant price of a tandem SAR will be equal to the exercise price of the related option.
Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon such terms and conditions as are imposed by the committee and set forth in the SAR award agreement. Tandem SARs may be exercised only with respect to the shares of common stock for which its related option is exercisable.
Upon exercise of a SAR, a participant will receive the product of the excess of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price multiplied by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in shares of common stock of equivalent value, or in some combination of cash and shares, as determined by the committee. The committee may not award dividend equivalents in connection with SARs.
Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is an award that is non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until vesting conditions, which can be related to continued service or other conditions established by the committee, are satisfied. Holders of restricted stock may receive dividends and voting rights.
Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and Performance Shares. RSUs and performance shares represent, as determined by the committee, a right to receive a share of our common stock, an equivalent amount of cash, or a combination of shares and cash, if vesting conditions are satisfied. The initial value of an RSU or performance share granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the award is granted. The committee may also award dividend equivalent payments in connection with such awards. RSUs may contain vesting conditions based on continued service or other conditions. Performance shares contain vesting conditions based on attainment of performance goals established by the committee in addition to service conditions.
Performance Units. Performance units are awards that entitle a participant to receive, as determined by the committee, shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of shares and cash if certain performance conditions are satisfied. The committee may also award dividend equivalent payments in connection with such awards.
Other Cash and Stock-Based Awards. Other cash and stock-based awards are awards other than those described above, the terms and conditions of which are determined by the committee. These awards may include, without limitation, the payment of cash or grant of shares of our common stock, based on attainment of performance measures established by the committee, the payment of shares as a bonus or in lieu of cash based on attainment of performance goals established by the committee, or the payment of shares in lieu of cash under an incentive or bonus program. Payment under or settlement of any such awards will be made in such manner and at such times as the committee may determine.
Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents granted to participants will represent a right to receive payments equivalent to dividends with respect to a specified number of shares. If dividends or dividend equivalents are granted with respect to awards with performance-based vesting conditions, the dividends or dividend equivalents will be accumulated or reinvested and paid only after the vesting conditions are met. The Omnibus Incentive Plan also prohibits dividend equivalents on options and SARs.
Replacement Awards. Replacement awards are awards issued in assumption of or substitution for awards granted under equity-based incentive plans sponsored or maintained by an entity with which we engage assumption of or in a merger, acquisition or other business transaction, pursuant to which awards relating to interests in such entity are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction. Replacement awards shall have substantially the same terms and conditions as the award it replaces; provided, however, that the number of shares, the exercise price, grant price or other price of shares, any performance conditions, or the market price of underlying shares or per-share
146


results may differ from the awards they replace to the extent such differences are determined to be appropriate and equitable by the committee, in its sole discretion. Shares delivered or deliverable with respect to replacement awards will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Performance Measures
Performance goals will be chosen by the committee from among the following performance measures: earnings per share, economic value created, market share (actual or targeted growth), net income (before or after taxes), operating income, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and restructuring costs (EBITDAR), adjusted net income after capital charge, return on assets (actual or targeted growth), return on capital (actual or targeted growth), return on equity (actual or targeted growth), return on investment (actual or targeted growth), revenue (actual or targeted growth), cash flow, operating margin, profit measures, investment income generated by underwriting or other operations or on the float from such operations, equity, or revenue, working capital targets or improvements, share price, share price growth, total shareholder return, book value growth and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration goals, productivity measures, geographic business expansion goals, capital expenditures, cost targets, customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such performance measures may be established at such levels and on such terms as the compensation committee may determine, in its discretion, including performance of the Company, a subsidiary and/or any individual business units or divisions of the Company or a subsidiary, and they may be established in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies.
The committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events, including, for example, events affecting us or our financial statements or changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Termination of Employment or Service
Each award agreement will set forth the participant's rights with respect to the award following termination of employment or service.
Change in Control
Except as otherwise provided in a participant's award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change in control, unless otherwise specifically prohibited under applicable laws or by the rules and regulations of any governing governmental agencies or national securities exchanges, any and all outstanding options and SARs granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will become immediately exercisable (provided that the committee may instead provide that such awards will be automatically cashed out), any restriction imposed on restricted stock, RSUs and other awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will lapse, and any and all performance shares, performance units and other awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan with performance conditions will be deemed earned at the target level, or, if no target level is specified, the maximum level.
For purposes of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the term "change in control" is defined generally as the occurrence of any of the following events:
a.an acquisition immediately after which any person, group or entity, possesses direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 35% or more of either our outstanding shares of our common stock or our outstanding voting securities (excluding any acquisition directly from us, by us, or by any of our employee benefit plans and certain other acquisitions), unless FNF and its affiliates collectively directly or indirectly remain as the largest shareholder of the Company;
147


b.during any period of two consecutive years, the individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constituted our board, which we refer to as the incumbent board, cease to constitute at least a majority of the board, provided that any individual who becomes a member of our board subsequent to the beginning of such period and whose election or nomination was approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the incumbent board of directors (except as a result of an actual or threatened election contest or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than our board) will be considered as though he or she were a member of the incumbent board;
c.the consummation of a reorganization, merger, share exchange or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, unless, pursuant to such transaction, (a) our shareholders immediately before the transaction will have beneficial ownership (directly or indirectly) of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities resulting from the transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to the transaction; (b) no person (other than us, an employee benefit plan sponsored by us, the resulting corporation, or any entity controlled by us) has direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 35% or more of the outstanding common stock of the resulting corporation or the combined voting power of the resulting corporation's outstanding voting securities (except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the transaction), unless FNF and its affiliates collectively directly or indirectly remain as the largest shareholder of the Company; and (c) individuals who were members of the incumbent board continue to constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors of the resulting corporation; or (d) our shareholders approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of F&G.
Amendment and Termination
The Omnibus Incentive Plan may be amended or terminated by our board at any time, subject to certain limitations, and, subject to limitations under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan may be amended by our compensation committee at any time, provided that no such action to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or an award may, without a participant's written consent, adversely affect in any material way any previously granted award. No amendment that would require shareholder approval under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards or to comply with securities laws may become effective without shareholder approval.
Transferability
Awards generally may not be transferred, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless, in the case of restricted stock, the transfer is approved by the compensation committee.
Deferrals
The committee may permit the deferral of vesting or settlement of an award. Any such deferral and crediting will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the committee and any terms and conditions of the plan or arrangement under which the deferral is made.
Tax Withholding
We may deduct or withhold, or require a participant to remit to us, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, domestic or foreign taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The committee may require or permit participants to elect that the withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by having us withhold, or by tendering to us, shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the minimum withholding obligation.
Minimum Vesting
The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that awards granted under the plan generally will not contain vesting schedules that provide for vesting to occur more quickly than ratably over two years. This minimum vesting provision may be waived in extraordinary circumstances, will not apply to awards granted to non-employee
148


directors, and will not prevent awards from vesting upon death or disability, termination of employment or other service, or a change in control.
Clawback of Benefits.
We may cancel awards, require reimbursement of amounts earned under awards, and effect any other right of recoupment of equity or other compensation provided under the Omnibus Incentive Plan or otherwise under any of our current or future clawback policies.
Prohibition on Repricing
Except for anti-dilution adjustments in connection with a merger, reorganization, consolidation, equity restructuring or other similar event, we will not, without first obtaining shareholder approval, (i) reduce the exercise price of outstanding options or grant price of outstanding SARs, (ii) cancel options or SARs and grant substitute options or SARs with a lower exercise price or grant price, (iii) purchase outstanding underwater options or SARs from participants for cash or other securities, or (iv) otherwise amend or modify any outstanding option or SAR if the amendment or modification would be treated as a “repricing” under the then applicable rules, regulations or listing requirements adopted by the New York Stock Exchange.
Summary of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Prior to the distribution, FNF is expected to approve the F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), as F&G’s sole stockholder. The ESPP is intended to provide an incentive to attract and retain employees, to increase employee morale, and to facilitate investment by our employees in the long-term success of F&G by allowing employees to accumulate funds through payroll deductions and employer matching contributions which are then used to purchase shares of our common stock. The ESPP also assists with our employee retention goals because, in order to receive the benefit of the Company matching contribution, employees must remain employed by F&G until the matching contribution date that is one year after the quarter end in which their participant contributions were made. Participation in the ESPP is voluntary. The ESPP is not intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code or an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
A form of the 2022 ESPP, which will qualify in its entirety the general description of the ESPP, has been filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement forms a part.
Effective Date and Duration
The ESPP will be effective on the effective date of the separation. Subject to the right of our board of directors to amend or terminate the ESPP at any time, the ESPP will remain in effect until all of the shares of our common stock authorized under the ESPP have been delivered to participating employees according to the ESPP’s terms.
Amendment and Termination
Since future conditions affecting F&G cannot be anticipated or foreseen, we have reserved the right for our board of directors to amend or terminate the ESPP at any time, provided that no such action may, without a participant’s consent, adversely affect any rights previously granted to such participant. No amendment that would require shareholder approval under NYSE listing standards or applicable law may become effective without shareholder approval.
Administration of the ESPP
The ESPP will be administered by a committee appointed by our board of directors. If at any time a committee has not been appointed to administer the ESPP, our board of directors may serve as the committee until such time as a committee is selected. The committee will have full power and authority to designate agents to carry out responsibilities relating to the ESPP, to administer, interpret and construe the terms of the ESPP, to answer all questions that may arise under the ESPP, to establish rules and procedures for administering the ESPP, and to
149


perform such further acts as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the operation of the ESPP. The committee’s actions and determinations under the ESPP will be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.
Shares Available for Purchase
Subject to adjustment as described below, the ESPP will provide that the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be allocated as matching shares and purchased pursuant to participant contributions under the ESPP is two (2) million shares of F&G common stock.
In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, spin-off, stock split, reverse stock split, share combination, share exchange, extraordinary dividend, or any change in the corporate structure affecting our common stock, such adjustment will be made to the number and kind of shares that may be purchased or delivered as matching shares pursuant to the ESPP, as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
All shares of stock delivered to participants under the ESPP will be purchased on the open market.
Eligibility and Participation
Eligible employees will include all current employees of F&G and participating subsidiaries. Eligible employees will also include all other employees of F&G and participating subsidiaries who are at least 18 years old and have completed 90 days of employment with F&G, a participating subsidiary as well as employees who were employed by an organization that is part of a corporate transaction if (1) such corporate transaction documents provide for such immediate eligibility or (2) the ESPP administrative committee so decides. Employment described in the preceding sentence is referred to in the ESPP and this Information Statement as (“Qualifying Employment”).
Payroll Deductions
Participants may elect to contribute an amount between 3% and 15% of their base salary (or, for employees primarily compensated on a commission basis, commission earnings up to $10,000 per month) into the ESPP through payroll deduction. The amount of each employee’s contribution will be credited to his or her account. Participants may increase or decrease their rate of payroll deduction or suspend their participation in the ESPP at any time. No interest or earnings are credited on participant accounts.
Matching Contributions
At the end of each calendar quarter, each participant who has been continuously employed by F&G or a participating subsidiary for the preceding year will receive a matching credit that will then be used to calculate the number of matching shares of our common stock that will be deposited into the participant’s share account. The number of shares deposited is determined by dividing the amount of the matching credit by the closing price of a share of our common stock on the Wednesday preceding the date the participant receives the matching shares in the month after the calendar quarter ends. For most employees, matching credits will be equal to one-third of the amount contributed by the employee during the quarter that is one year earlier than the quarter for which the matching credit is made. For officers of F&G and its participating subsidiaries and for employees who have completed at least ten consecutive years of Qualifying Employment, the matching credit will be equal to one-half of the amount contributed by the employee during the quarter that is one year earlier than the quarter for which the matching credit is made. When determining whether a participant’s has ten consecutive years of Qualifying Employment, a participant’s years of employment shall include such participant’s years of employment with (1) FNF immediately prior to commencing employment with the Company, (2) an organization that was part of a corporate transaction with the Company, or (3) FGL Holdings immediately prior to the merger of FGL Holdings with FNF. For purposes of the ESPP, unless determined otherwise by the ESPP administrative committee, the term officer means chief executive officer, president, executive vice president, senior vice president, vice president, or assistant vice president.
As soon as administratively practicable following the close of each payroll period (the purchase date), the amount credited to a participant’s account will be transferred to a broker and used to purchase shares of F&G
150


common stock on the open market. The purchase price of the shares will not be discounted or subsidized by F&G. Any balance remaining after the purchase will be carried forward and used to purchase additional shares of F&G common stock as of the next purchase date.
Shares purchased by participants under the ESPP will be posted as soon as practicable after each purchase date to a share account established on behalf and in the name of each participant by the broker.
Shares delivered to participants with respect to any matching credits will be purchased by F&G on the open market and then deposited into participant’s share accounts, with the number of shares deposited determined as described in the matching contributions discussion above.
Termination of Employment
Upon a participant’s termination of employment, the participant will cease to be a participant in the ESPP. Any cash contributed to the ESPP for the participant that has not been used to purchase shares before the date of termination will be transferred to the participant’s share account. The broker will continue to maintain the participant’s share account on behalf of the participant; however, the participant’s share account will cease to be administered under or have any other affiliation with the ESPP. As of the date of the participant’s termination of employment, the participant will be required to pay for any and all expenses and costs related to his or her share account.
Plan Benefits
The benefits or amounts that might be received by employees in the future under the ESPP are not determinable because the benefits depend upon, among other factors, the degree of participation by employees and the amount that each participating employee chooses to contribute.
Employment and Other Severance, Change-in-Control and Related Agreements
Employment Agreements
We believe that having employment agreements with our NEOs is beneficial to us because they provide retentive value, subject the executives to key restrictive covenants, and generally provide us with a competitive advantage in the recruiting process over companies that do not offer employment agreements. We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our NEOs. These employment agreements include the specific terms set forth in greater detail below in “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in ControlEmployment Agreements and Related Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”
Other Executive Compensation Arrangements, Policies and Practices
Following FNF’s acquisition of us, we were subject to and covered under certain FNF’s plans and policies, except our tax-qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan, our health and welfare plans and certain limited perquisites remained separate from the FNF plans. As a result, following the distribution, our executives will continue to remain eligible to participate in our tax-qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan and our health and welfare plans on the same basis as our other salaried employees. Our executives also participate in a limited number of perquisite programs.
F&G 401(k) Plan
Under the F&G 401(k) Plan, our company will match 100% of a participant’s contributions up to five percent of compensation, subject to the limits specified in the Code. The employer match vests immediately. The 401(k) plan also allows for annual discretionary profit sharing contributions, which historically have been two percent of earnings, subject to limits under the Code. Any profit sharing contributions are immediately vested.
151


FNF Employee Stock Purchase Plan
FNF maintains the FNF 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan through which FNF’s executives and employees can purchase shares of FNF common stock through payroll deductions and through matching employer contributions. At the end of each calendar quarter, FNF makes a matching contribution to the account of each participant who has been continuously employed or a participating subsidiary for the last four calendar quarters. For employees with more than 10 years of service and officers matching contributions are equal to 1/2 of the amount contributed during the quarter that is one-year earlier than the quarter in which the matching contribution was made. The matching contributions, together with the employee deferrals, are used to purchase shares of FNF common stock on the open market. For information regarding the matching contributions made to F&G’s NEOs in 2021 see “Summary Compensation Table.”
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Arrangements
Under the FNF Deferred Compensation Plan, we permit our executives to defer on an elective basis a specified portion of their base salaries and performance-based bonus compensation, if any. See the narrative description following the table entitled “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” below for more information surrounding the terms of the nonqualified deferred compensation plan.
Health and Welfare Benefits
F&G offers a package of insurance benefits to all salaried employees, including our executives, including health, vision and dental insurance, basic life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and short- and long-term disability insurance.
Limited Executive Perquisites
All of our executives are eligible to participate in the Executive Life Insurance Plan. Under this plan, the beneficiary of a participant who dies while employed by us is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to three times his or her annual base salary at the time of hire. The value of these executive perquisites is reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table below.
Hedging and Pledging Policy
FNF Practice
FNF maintains a hedging and pledging policy, which prohibits its executive officers and directors from engaging in hedging or monetization transactions with respect to FNF securities, engaging in short-term or speculative transactions in FNF securities that could create heightened legal risk and/or the appearance of improper or inappropriate conduct or holding FNF securities in margin accounts or pledging them as collateral for loans without FNF’s approval.
Going Forward
Following the distribution, the F&G Compensation Committee is expected to adopt anti-hedging policies similar to FNF.
152


Stock Ownership Guidelines and Stock Holding Requirement
FNF Practice
The FNF Compensation Committee adopted stock ownership guidelines which call for the executive or director to reach the ownership multiple within four years. The FNF guidelines, including those applicable to non-employee directors, are as follows:
PositionMinimum Aggregated Value
Chairman of the Board10 × annual cash retainer
Chief Executive Officer5 × base salary
Other Officers2 × base salary
Members of the Board5 × annual cash retainer
Going Forward
We expect to adopt similar stock ownership requirements following the distribution.
153


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 
The following table summarizes the total compensation paid to our NEOs for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, as applicable.
NamePrinciple Position
Fiscal Year (a)
Salary ($)
Bonus ($)
Stock Awards ($)(b)
Option Awards ($)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(c)
All other Compensation ($)(d)
Total ($)
Christopher Blunt

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
2021800,000 3,520,000 2,350,000 61,847 6,731,848 
2019793,846 2,250,000 — 4,075,971 2,150,000 75,170 9,344,987 
John Fleurant

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
2021500,000 — — — 750,000 28,438 1,278,439 
201967,308 — — 3,727,066 — 6,050 3,800,424 
John Currier
President, Retail Markets
2021416,923 — 750,000 — 725,000 41,687 1,933,611 
Scott Cochran
President, Institutional and New Markets
2021391,923 — 600,000 — 725,000 19,046 1,735,969 
Wendy Young
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
2021350,000 — 550,000 — 625,000 42,981 1,567,981 
__________________
a)This table reports compensation information for 2019 with respect to Mr. Blunt and Mr. Fleurant since Mr. Blunt and Mr. Fleurant are the only F&G NEOs, as of December 31, 2021, that were also NEOs of FGL Holdings in 2019 (i.e., the last completed fiscal year prior to FNF’s acquisition of FGL Holdings).
b)Represents the grant date fair value of performance restricted stock awards computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Clarification (“FASB ASC”) Topic 718. See Note A – Basis of Financial Statements and Note R – Employee Benefit Plans to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for further information regarding these awards.
c)The amounts reported in this column reflect amounts earned under our Employee Incentive Plan for all NEOs in such fiscal year.
d)All other compensation for fiscal year 2021 was as follows:
Name
401(k) Match ($)(1)
Profit Sharing ($)(1)
Life Insurance premium ($)
Long-Term Disability Insurance Premium ($)
Paid Time Off ($)
Remote Stipend ($)
Dividends ($)
ESPP Stock Match Earnings ($)(2)
Other ($)(3)
Total ($)
Blunt14,500 5,800 — 945 — 400 21,741 18,462 — 61,847 
Fleurant14,500 5,800 — 945 — 400 6,793 — — 28,438 
Currier14,500 5,800 4,963 945 $3,750 400 3,397 7,933 — 41,687 
Cochran9,173 5,800 1,996 945 — 1,061 — — 70 19,046 
Young13,625 5,800 1,408 709 $9,969 1,046 3,397 777 6,250 42,981 
__________________
1)Details on the 401(k) match and profit sharing are described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, under the heading “Other Executive Compensation Arrangements, Policies and Practices – 401(k) Plan”.
2)Details on the ESPP described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, under the heading “Other Executive Compensation Arrangements, Policies and Practices – ESPP”.
3)For Mr. Cochran, this amount represents a gift card fringe benefit. For Ms. Young, this amount represents cash in lieu of pension under the Bermuda Pension Plan which she was not eligible to participate as a US citizen.
154


Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information concerning estimated possible payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards for fiscal 2021 performance and equity incentive plan awards granted in fiscal 2021 to our NEOs.
NameGrant Date
Estimated Possible Payouts under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (a)
Estimated Possible Payouts under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (b)
Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Awards ($)(c)
Threshold ($)
Target ($)
Maximum ($)
Threshold (#)
Target (#)
Maximum (#)
Chris Blunt
2/24/2021800,000 1,600,000 2,400,000 — — — 
— — — — 72,909 — 3,520,047 
John Fleurant
2/24/2021250,000 500,000 750,000 — — — — 
— — — — — — 
John Currier
2/24/2021212,500 425,000 637,500 — — — — 
— — — — 15,535 — 750,030 
Scott Cochran2/24/2021200,000 400,000 600,000 — 12,428 — 600,024 
Wendy Young
2/24/2021175,000 350,000 525,000 — — — 
— — — — 11,392 — 550,006 
__________________
a)Represents the potential amounts for annual EIP incentives for fiscal year 2021. Actual amounts earned by the NEOs are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table under the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column.
b)Represents performance restricted stock awards that vest in equal installments in November 2023, November 2024 and November 2025 if Adjusted Net Earnings goal is achieved for calendar year 2022. Additional information on the terms applicable to these performance restricted stock awards may be found in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Long-Term Incentive Opportunities – FNF Practice – Performance Restricted Stock Awards”.
c)Represents the grant date fair value of performance restricted stock awards granted under the A&R 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Clarification (“FASB ASC”) Topic 718. See Note A – Basis of Financial Statements and Note R - Employee Benefit Plans to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Information Statement for further information regarding these awards.
The terms and conditions applicable to these awards are described in Compensation Discussion and Analysis, under the heading “Long-Term Incentive OpportunitiesFNF Practice.” In addition, the key terms of the employment agreements with our NEOs can be found under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in ControlEmployment Agreements and Related Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”
155


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2021.
 Option Awards(a)Stock Awards
Name
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable
(#)
Option Exercise Price ($)Option Expiration Date
Number of Shares or Units of Stock that Have Not Vested (#)(b)
Market Value of Shares or Units that Have Not Vested ($)(c)
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(c)
Chris Blunt292,101 67,409 27.53 12/21/2025
Chris Blunt349,806 55,376 39.10 12/21/2025
Chris Blunt30,838 1,609,127 
Chris Blunt
61,676 (d)
3,218,254 
Chris Blunt
72,909 (e)
3,804,392 
John Fleurant6,821 27,285 35.89 11/11/2026
John Fleurant51,160 243,010 39.10 11/11/2026
John Fleurant9,638 502,911 
John Fleurant
19,274 (d)
1,005,717 
John Currier11,606 5,803 28.00 8/6/2026
John Currier143,564 39.10 5/15/2025
John Currier4,819 251,455 
John Currier
9,638 (d)
502,911 
John Currier
15,535 (e)
810,616 
Scott Cochran
12,975 (d)
677,036 
Scott Cochran
12,428 (e)
648,493 
Wendy Young4,643 28.00 8/6/2026
Wendy Young53,661 39.10 5/15/2025
Wendy Young4,819 251,455 
Wendy Young
9,638 (d)
502,911 
Wendy Young
11,392 (e)
594,435 
__________________
a)The options represent former options of FGL Holdings converted to FNF options at the time FNF acquired us in 2020. For Mr. Blunt, the options will vest in full on July 11, 2022. For Mr. Fleurant, the options will vesting in one-third tranches on August 24, 2022, August 24, 2023 and August 24, 2024. For Mr. Currier and Ms. Young, the options vested on May 19, 2022.
b)This column represents shares of restricted stock that will vest 50% on August 6, 2022 and August 6, 2023.
c)The amounts reported are based on a FNF common stock price of $52.18, which was the closing price on December 31, 2021.
d)This column represents performance restricted stock awards that will vest 50% on December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023.
e)This column represents performance restricted stock awards that will vest in one-third tranches on November 4, 2022, November 4, 2023 and November 4, 2024.
156


The following table sets forth information concerning each exercise of stock option, and each vesting of stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 for each of the F&G NEOs on an aggregated basis:
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
 Option AwardsStock Awards
NameNumber of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#)Value Realized on Exercise ($)Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)
Value Realized on Vesting($)
Christopher O. Blunt— — 15,419 721,609 
John T. Fleurant— — 4,818 225,482 
John Currier— — 2,409 112,741 
Scott Cochran— — — — 
Wendy Young71,258 904,556 2,409 112,741 
Pension Benefits
We do not provide any defined benefit plans to our NEOs.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The following table provides information concerning the nonqualified deferred compensation of each of the participating NEOs in the Executive Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan of FGLH (the “FGLH Deferred Compensation Plan”) and the FNF, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “FNF Deferred Compensation Plan”) as of December 31, 2021. Starting January 1, 2021, eligible participants could participate in the FNF Deferred Compensation Plan. The FGLH Deferred Compensation Plan was frozen to new contributions but maintained moving forward.
Under the FNF Deferred Compensation Plan, which was amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, participants, including FNF’s named executive officers, can defer up to 75% of their base salary and 100% of their monthly, quarterly and annual incentives, subject to a minimum deferral of $19,500. Deferral elections are made during specified enrollment periods. Deferrals and related earnings are not subject to vesting conditions. Participants’ accounts are bookkeeping entries only and participants’ benefits are unsecured. Participants’ accounts are credited or debited daily based on the performance of hypothetical investments selected by the participant and may be changed on any business day. Upon retirement, which generally means separation of employment after attaining age 60, an individual may elect either a lump- sum withdrawal or installment payments over 5, 10 or 15 years. Similar payment elections are available for pre-retirement survivor benefits. In the event of a termination prior to retirement, distributions are paid over a five-year period. Account balances less than the applicable Internal Revenue Code Section 402(g) limit will be distributed in a lump sum. Participants can elect to receive in- service distributions in a plan year designated by the participant and these amounts will be paid within two and one-half months from the close of the plan year in which they were elected to be paid. The participant may also petition us to suspend elected deferrals, and to receive partial or full payout under the plan, in the event of an unforeseeable financial emergency, provided that the participant does not have other resources to meet the hardship. Plan participation continues until termination of employment. Participants will receive their account balance in a lump-sum distribution if employment is terminated within two years after a change in control.
Under the FGLH Deferred Compensation Plan, the vested balance of the deferred compensation accounts will be distributed to each participating NEO upon his or her death, disability or separation from service (including retirement). Participants choose from investment options representing a broad range of asset classes. Participants allocate their accounts among the available investment options and may change their investment elections at any time. Participants may elect upon initial enrollment to have accounts distributed upon a change in control event, although none of our NEOs have so elected. In-service hardship and education account withdrawals are permitted under the plan with respect to participant deferrals and employer credits.
157


FNF Deferred Compensation Plan
Name
Aggregate Balance at Beginning of Last Fiscal Year ($)
Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(a)
Registrant Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(b)
Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year ($)(c)
Aggregate Withdrawals/Distributions ($)
Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End ($)
Christopher O. Blunt— — — — — — 
John T. Fleurant— — — — — — 
John Currier— 4,249 — 
237
— 4,486 
Scott Cochran— — — — — — 
Wendy Young— 33,867 — 2,192 — 36,059 
__________________
a)Amounts reported in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table in the “Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns for fiscal 2021.
b)FNF does not provide employer contributions under this plan.
c)Amounts reported in this column are not reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table because the earnings are not at above-market or preferential.
FGLH Executive Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
Name
Aggregate Balance at Beginning of Last Fiscal Year ($)
Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(a)
Registrant Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(b)
Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year ($)(c)
Aggregate Withdrawals/Distributions ($)
Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End ($)
Christopher O. Blunt— — — — — — 
John T. Fleurant— — — — — — 
John Currier345,421 52,500 — 46,403 — 444,324 
Scott Cochran— — — — — — 
Wendy Young1,297,804 87,929 — 213,273 — 1,599,006 
__________________
a)Amounts reported in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table in the “Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns for fiscal 2021.
b)F&G does not provide employer contributions under this plan.
c)Amounts reported in this column are not reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table because the earnings are not at above-market or preferential.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
Employment Agreements and Related Agreements with Named Executive Officers
Employment Agreement with Christopher O. Blunt
Mr. Blunt’s employment agreement, which became effective on February 6, 2019, provides that upon a termination without “cause” or by Mr. Blunt for “good reason,” each as defined in the agreement, he will be entitled to receive severance benefits equal to three times his base salary, acceleration of the stock options, and eighteen months of benefit continuation. He is also entitled to acceleration of certain options upon termination without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control of the Company. In addition, Mr. Blunt will be subject to certain restrictive covenants that apply both during his employment with the Company and for certain durations afterwards. Mr. Blunt is also eligible under his employment agreement to use private air travel for personal or family purposes with an annual value of no more than $350,000 per year with a program selected by F&G, which is provided on a “tax grossed-up basis” to the extent the economic equivalent is taxable to Mr. Blunt. In 2021, Mr. Blunt did not use such private air travel for personal or family purposes.
158


Employment Agreement with John T. Fleurant
Mr. Fleurant’s employment agreement, which became effective on November 11, 2019, provides that upon a termination without “cause”, Mr. Fleurant will be entitled to receive severance benefits equal to six months of his base salary, a pro-rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination and six months of F&G-paid COBRA. Mr. Fleurant will be subject to certain restrictive covenants that apply both during his employment with F&G and for certain durations afterwards.
Assignment of Employment Agreement
In connection with FNF’s acquisition of FGL Holdings, the employment agreements with Mr. Blunt and Mr. Fleurant were assigned to a subsidiary of FNF.
Employment Agreement with Wendy Young
Ms. Young’s employment agreement, which became effective on November 14, 2013, provides that Ms. Young’s compensation will determined by the Company and that she is entitled to certain severance amounts if terminated without cause, the amount of which is based on her tenure with the Company and ranges from 39 to 52 weeks of base salary. Ms. Young will be subject to certain restrictive covenants that apply both during her employment with the Company and for certain durations afterwards.
F&G Severance Plan
Pursuant to the F&G 2015 Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), upon a termination without cause prior to a change in control, Messrs. Currier and Cochran would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two (2) weeks of base salary for each full year of service with a minimum of four (4) weeks. Upon a termination without cause within 12 months following a change in control, Messrs. Currier and Cochran and Ms. Young will be entitled to a severance payment equal to 52 weeks of base salary, an amount equal to the target annual bonus, a pro-rated annual target bonus and 12 months of subsidized COBRA coverage.
The following table sets forth the estimated amount of compensation each of our NEOs would receive under the termination or change in control provisions contained in the agreements and plans discussed above, assuming that such termination or change in control event occurred on December 31, 2021. The table excludes (i) amounts accrued through the termination date that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, (ii) vested account balances under our 401(k) plan that are generally available to all of our employees, (iii) vested stock options as of December 31, 2021, and (iv) except as indicated in the footnotes below, any post-employment benefit that is available to all of our employees and does not discriminate in favor of our NEOs. In the case of a change in control situation, we assume that the vesting of all options and restricted stock will be accelerated, even though the FNF Compensation Committee has the discretion to provide for alternative treatment of the awards upon a change in control.
159


NameTermination Trigger
Severance (Salary) ($)(a)
Severance (Bonus) ($)(b)
Equity Vesting ($)(c)
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation ($)(d)
Other Benefits ($)(e)
Total ($)
Chris BluntInvoluntary termination w/o cause2,400,000 — — — 29,380 2,429,380 
Voluntary Termination— — — — 7,815 27,815 
Retirement (f)
— — — — — — 
Death— 1,600,000 — — 27,815 1,627,815 
Disability— 1,600,000 — — 27,815 1,627,815 
Change in Control2,400,000 — 11,017,722 — 29,380 2,429,380 
John Fleurant (g)
Involuntary termination w/o cause250,000 500,000 — — 22,692 772,692 
Voluntary Termination— — — — 19,231 19,231 
Retirement (f)
— — — — — — 
Death— 500,000 — — — 500,000 
Disability— 500,000 — — 19,231 519,231 
Change in Control500,000 1,000,000 5,131,672 — 26,153 1,526,153 
John CurrierInvoluntary termination w/o cause98,077 — — 448,808 11,659 558,543 
Voluntary Termination— — — 448,808 8,337 457,144 
Retirement (f)
— — — — — — 
Death— — — 448,808 — 448,808 
Disability— — — 448,808 8,337 457,144 
Change in Control425,000 850,000 1,705,299 — 21,625 1,296,625 
Scott CochranInvoluntary termination w/o cause30,769 — — — 16,998 47,767 
Voluntary Termination— — — — 15,385 15,385 
Retirement(f)
— — — — — — 
Death— — — — — — 
Disability— — — — 15,385 15,385 
Change in Control400,000 800,000 1,325,529 — 34,748 1,234,748 
Wendy YoungInvoluntary termination w/o cause282,692 — — 1,635,062 22,520 1,940,274 
Voluntary Termination— — — 1,635,062 7,767 1,642,829 
Retirement (f)
— — — — — — 
Death— 350,000 — 1,635,062 — 1,985,062 
Disability— 350,000 — 1,635,062 7,767 1,992,829 
Change in Control350,000 700,000 1,461,069 — 23,861 1,073,861 
__________________
a)Under the terms of the employment agreements and the Severance Plan, severance pays out in a lump sum. Amounts payable in this column may be subject to the NEO executing and not revoking a release of claims against the Company. This column does not include any required notice periods pursuant to an employment agreement or Severance Plan.
b)Amounts in this column include, if provided in an employment agreement with the NEO, a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination upon certain types of terminations,
c)The amounts reported assume a FNF common stock price of $52.18, which was the closing price on December 31, 2021.
d)For any participating NEO, the vested balance of the deferred compensation accounts will be distributed upon death, disability or separation from service.
e)Amounts include any accrued vacation as of December 31, 2021, which would be paid out upon a termination.
f)As of December 31, 2021, none of our continuing NEOs were retirement eligible.
g)Mr. Fleurant’s employment with F&G terminated on May 31, 2022.
160


NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
FNF Practice
FNF’s compensation consultant reviews the compensation paid to FNF directors, on a regular basis, and then makes recommendations on any changes to FNF’s director compensation practices. The FNF Compensation Committee discusses the compensation consultant’s recommendations and determines whether to make any changes to our director compensation in that year.
In 2021, all non-employee directors other than Mr. Foley received an annual retainer of $80,000, payable quarterly. The chairman and each member of the audit committee received an additional annual fee (payable in quarterly installments) of $100,000 and $35,000, respectively, for their service on the audit committee. The chairman and each member of the special litigation committee received an additional annual fee (payable in quarterly installments) of $100,000 and $75,000, respectively, for their service on the special litigation committee. The chairman and each member of the compensation committee received an additional annual fee (payable in quarterly installments) of $25,000 and $15,000, respectively, for their service on such committees. The chairman and each member of the corporate governance and nominating committee received an additional annual fee (payable in quarterly installments) of $20,000 and $10,000, respectively, for their service on such committees. FNF’s Lead Independent Director, does not receive any additional compensation for that role.
In addition, in 2021 each non-employee director other than Mr. Foley received a long-term incentive award of 5,144 shares of restricted stock. Mr. Foley received a long-term incentive award of 10,357 shares of restricted stock. These restricted stock awards were granted under our omnibus plan and vest proportionately each year over three years from the date of grant based upon continued service on our board, subject to the achievement of performance-based criteria. In addition, new directors are also awarded additional restricted stock awards in connection with joining the FNF’s board of directors.
FNF also reimburses each non-employee director for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings and director education programs. Each non-employee member of FNF’s board of directors is eligible to participate in our deferred compensation plan to the extent he or she elects to defer any board or committee fees.
Going Forward: We expect to use a combination of cash and equity-based compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors. In setting director compensation, our F&G Compensation Committee expect to be guided by similar principles as FNF.
161


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Following the separation and distribution, F&G and FNF will each operate as a publicly traded company. F&G will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with FNF. In connection with the separation, F&G also intends to enter into various ancillary agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for its relationship with FNF after the separation, such as a Corporate Services Agreement, a reverse Corporate Services Agreement and a Tax Sharing Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between F&G and FNF of FNF’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after F&G’s separation from FNF and will govern certain relationships between F&G and FNF after the separation. Forms of the agreements listed above have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement forms a part.
The summaries of each of the agreements listed above are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which will be incorporated by reference into this Information Statement when filed.
Separation and Distribution Agreement
The following summary describes the material provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Separation Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to this Information Statement. The provisions of the Separation Agreement are extensive and not easily summarized. Accordingly, this summary may not contain all of the information about the Separation Agreement that is important to you. We encourage you to read the Separation Agreement carefully in its entirety for a more complete understanding of the Separation Agreement.
The Separation Agreement and this summary of its terms have been included with this Information Statement to provide you with information regarding the terms of the Separation Agreement and are not intended to provide any other factual information about FNF or F&G. Information about FNF and F&G can be found elsewhere in this Information Statement.
General
F&G has entered into the Separation Agreement with FNF to provide for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation and distribution, certain conditions to the separation and distribution and provisions governing our relationship with FNF with respect to and resulting from the separation and distribution.
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, F&G will engage with FNF in a series of corporate transactions, referred to herein as the separation and distribution, including the following:
On June 24, 2022, F&G distributed 104,999,000 shares of F&G common stock to FNF such that following such stock split, F&G has a total of 105,000,000 shares of F&G common stock issued and outstanding;
On June 24, 2022, FNF contributed the $400 million promissory note dated as of September 15, 2021, by and among FNF and to F&G in exchange for 20,000,000 shares of F&G common stock in a value-for-value exchange (the “Conversion”); and
FNF will cause [l] shares of F&G common stock, comprising approximately 15% of the total issued and outstanding shares of F&G’s common stock, to be distributed pro rata to the holders of the FNF common stock by means of book-entry transfer through the distribution agent. All of the F&G common stock issued to FNF in the Conversion described above shall be distributed pursuant to the such distribution.
162


Covenants
FNF and F&G, as applicable, among other things, have agreed to take or not take (as applicable) the following actions:
Each party shall take all actions reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Separation Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including by completing the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, and by executing and delivering any other documents and instruments required to effect the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.
Each party shall afford each other reasonable access to any information in its possession or under its control needed to (i) comply with the U.S. or foreign law; (ii) to enable a party to institute or defend against any action proceeding in any U.S. or foreign court; and (iii) to enable the parties to implement the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.
Each party will keep confidential for five (5) years following the separation (or for three (3) years following disclosure to such party, whichever is longer), and will use reasonable efforts to cause its officers, directors, members, employees, controlled affiliates and agents to keep confidential during such period, all proprietary information of the other party, in each case to the extent permitted by law.
F&G shall use reasonable efforts to have this registration statement declared effective as promptly as practicable after such filing and keep it so effective for so long as is necessary to consummate the separation and distribution.
F&G shall use reasonable efforts to cause the shares of F&G’s common stock to be issued in the distribution to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange as of the closing, subject to official notice of issuance.
Prior to the consummation of the separation, FNF or the FNF board of directors, or the applicable committee thereof, shall approve resolutions to adopt that certain F&G omnibus equity incentive plan, the F&G employee stock purchase program and the F&G non-qualified deferred compensation plan, and take any other actions necessary to adopt such arrangements.
Conditions to the Separation and Distribution Agreement
The transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:
each of FNF and F&G shall have performed in all material respects its respective covenants and agreements contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be performed at or prior to the closing;
there being no law, injunction, judgment or ruling enacted, promulgated, issued, entered, amended or enforced by any governmental authority in effect enjoining, restraining, preventing or prohibiting consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or making the consummation of any such transactions illegal;
the SEC shall have declared effective the registration statement of which this Information Statement forms a part and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the SEC;
the shares of F&G common stock to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
each of FNF and F&G shall have delivered certain deliverables as contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, including the ancillary agreements relating to the separation and distribution; and
163


no other events or developments shall exist or shall have occurred that, in the judgment of the board of directors of FNF, in its sole and absolute discretion, make it inadvisable to effect the separation, the distribution or the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement.
At the closing of the separation and distribution, F&G and FNF will, as applicable, execute and deliver the Tax Sharing Agreement, the Corporate Services Agreement and the reverse Corporate Services Agreement.
Termination
The Separation Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of F&G and FNF.
Corporate Services Agreement
Prior to the effective time of the separation, FNF will enter into the Corporate Services Agreement with F&G. Pursuant to such agreement, FNF will provide F&G with certain corporate services, including internal audit services, litigation and dispute management services, compliance services, corporate and transactional support services, SEC & reporting services, insurance and risk management services, human resources support services and real estate services. FNF will also provide knowledge transfer services and take such steps as are reasonably required to facilitate a smooth and efficient transition of records and responsibilities to F&G prior to the termination of the agreement. The Corporate Services Agreement terminates after the date upon which all corporate services or transition assistance have been terminated or upon the mutual agreement of the parties. F&G may terminate corporate services by providing 90 days written notice to FNF.
Reverse Corporate Services Agreement
Prior to the effective time of the separation, F&G will enter into a reverse Corporate Services Agreement with FNF. Pursuant to such agreement, F&G will provide FNF with certain services, including employee services. F&G will also provide knowledge transfer services and take such steps as are reasonably required in order to facilitate a smooth and efficient transition of records and responsibilities to FNF prior to the termination of the agreement. The reverse Corporate Services Agreement terminates after the date upon which all corporate services or transition assistance has been terminated or upon the mutual agreement of the parties. FNF may terminate corporate services by providing 90 days written notice to F&G.
Other Relationships
MVB receives a participation fee from BISGA in connection with assets of F&G and its subsidiaries that are managed by BISGA. BISGA also receives portfolio review and consulting services from MVB Management. BISGA pays MVB Management a fee of approximately 15% of certain fees paid to BISGA and its affiliates pursuant to the investment management agreements with BISGA. F&G is not a party to the agreements between BISGA and MVB Management and does not pay, and is not responsible for, any fees paid to MVB Management. Our agreements with BISGA provide that, in the event BISGA and MVB Management amend their participation fee agreement in the future to reduce the fee (based on a decreasing sliding scale of aggregate assets managed by BISGA) payable for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion by 50%, BISGA’s per annum management fee for assets under management in the F&G Accounts over $34 billion will also be reduced. See also “Business—Our Investment Management Governance and Approach” in this Information Statement.
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
Pursuant to our codes of ethics, a “conflict of interest” occurs when an individual’s private interest interferes or appears to interfere with our interests, and can arise when a director, officer or employee takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Anything that would present a conflict for a director, officer or employee would also likely present a conflict if it were related to a member of his or her family. Our code of ethics states that clear conflict of interest situations involving directors,
164


executive officers and other employees who occupy supervisory positions or who have discretionary authority in dealing with any third party specified below may include the following:
Any significant ownership interest in any supplier or customer;
Any consulting or employment relationship with any customer, supplier or competitor; and
Selling anything to us or buying anything from us, except on the same terms and conditions as comparable directors, officers or employees are permitted to so purchase or sell.
With respect to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, our codes of ethics require that each such officer must:
Discuss any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest with our General Counsel;
In the case of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, obtain the prior written approval of our General Counsel for all material transactions or relationships that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest; and
In the case of our Chief Executive Officer, obtain the prior written approval of the audit committee for all material transactions that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
Under SEC rules, certain transactions in which we are or will be a participant and in which our directors, executive officers, certain shareholders and certain other related persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest are required to be disclosed in this related person transactions section of our proxy statement. In addition to the procedures above, our audit committee reviews and approves or ratifies any such transactions that are required to be disclosed. The committee makes these decisions based on its consideration of all relevant factors. The review may be before or after the commencement of the transaction. If a transaction is reviewed and not approved or ratified, the committee may recommend a course of action to be taken.
165


DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
The following is a summary of the terms of our principal indebtedness. It does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying documents.
Mirror Revolving Note
On December 29, 2020, we entered into a mirror revolving note (the “FNF Credit Facility”) with FNF. Under the FNF Credit Facility, FNF has agreed to provide us with revolving loans, from time to time upon our request, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200 million (the “Commitment”).
Interest on the revolving loans is calculated based on the rate or rates of interest charged then on borrowings under the Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2020, among FNF, the lenders from time to time a party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent (the “Revolver Credit Agreement”), plus 100 basis points.
The maturity date of each revolving loan is the earlier of October 29, 2025 and the date the Revolver Credit Agreement is terminated. We have the right to prepay, at any time and from time to time, all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the revolving loans, without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs. In addition, we have the right, at any time and from time to time, to terminate or reduce the Commitment upon prior written notice to FNF.
Upon an event of default under the FNF Credit Facility, FNF, at its option, has the right to declare the entirety of outstanding revolving loans immediately due and payable without notice or demand.
5.50% F&G Notes
On April 20, 2018, FGLH, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, issued 5.50% senior notes in the principal amount of $550 million due May 1, 2025 (the “5.50% F&G Notes”). The 5.50% F&G Notes were issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by FNF. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year.
Prior to February 1, 2025 (three months prior to the maturity date of the 5.50% F&G Notes) FGLH may redeem the 5.50% F&G Notes in whole or in part at any time at its option at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. Commencing on February 1, 2025 (three months prior to the maturity date of the 5.50% F&G Notes), FGLH may redeem the notes in whole or in part at any time at its option at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including the redemption date.
166


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Before the distribution, all of the outstanding shares of our common stock are owned beneficially and of record by FNF. Immediately following the distribution, we expect to have approximately [l] million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
The following table sets forth estimated information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately following the distribution. The table below sets forth such estimated beneficial ownership for:
each shareholder that, based on the assumptions described below, is expected to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock immediately following the consummation of the distribution;
each named director and nominee for director;
each named executive officer; and
all of such directors, nominees for director and executive officers as a group.
Except as otherwise noted below, we based the share amounts shown on each person’s beneficial ownership of shares of FNF common stock as of [l], 2022 and a distribution ratio of [l] share[s] of our common stock for every share of FNF common stock held by such person. The actual number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the distribution will be determined on [l], 2022, the record date.
To the extent our directors and executive officers own shares of FNF common stock the record date, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of shares of FNF common stock.
Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. We have based each of our footnotes on publicly available information as of [l], 2022. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. The address of each director and executive officer shown in the table below is c/o F&G Annuities & Life, Inc., 801 Grand Ave, Suite 2600, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
Name and AddressNumber of Shares and Nature of Beneficial OwnershipPercent of Class
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
601 Riverside Avenue, Jacksonville, FL 32204
[l]
[85]%
Michael J. Nolan
[l]
[l]
William P. Foley, II
[l]
[l]
Douglas K. Ammerman
[l]
[l]
John D. Rood
[l]
[l]
Raymond R. Quirk
[l]
[l]
Christopher Blunt
[l]
[l]
Wendy JB Young
[l]
[l]
John Currier
[l]
[l]
Scott Cochran
[l]
[l]
Leena Punjabi
[l]
[l]
David Martin
[l]
[l]
All directors and officers ([l] persons)
[l]
[l]
167


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following description of select provisions of F&G’s charter and bylaws that will be in effect immediately after the separation, and of the DGCL, is necessarily general and does not purport to be complete. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference in each case to the applicable provisions of F&G’s charter and bylaws to be in effect immediately after completion of the separation, which are filed as exhibits to this Information Statement.
General
Authorized Capitalization
Immediately following the transactions, F&G’s authorized capital stock will consist of [l] shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and [l] shares of preferred stock, par value $[l] per share.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
The holders of F&G common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. Holders of F&G’s common stock will vote on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders, unless otherwise required by law.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Rights upon Liquidation
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of F&G’s affairs, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder, in all assets remaining after payment of F&G’s debts and other liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, then outstanding, if any.
Other Rights
The holders of F&G’s common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of F&G’s common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of F&G’s preferred stock F&G may issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
F&G’s board of directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences and limitations thereof, including dividend rights, specification of par value, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, specification of par value, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the shareholders.
The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of F&G without further action by the shareholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of F&G’s common stock. At present, F&G has no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding and no plans to issue any preferred stock.
Election and Removal of Directors; Vacancies
F&G’s charter will provide that its board of directors will consist of at least one director. The exact number of directors will be fixed from time to time by a majority of F&G’s board of directors. In accordance with its charter,
168


F&G’s board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class constituting, as nearly as possible, one-third of the total number of directors. Each class of directors will be elected for a three-year term. As a result, approximately one-third of F&G’s board of directors will be elected each year. There will be no limit on the number of terms a director may serve on the board of directors. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.
F&G’s charter will provide that subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, so long as F&G maintains a classified board structure, any or all of the directors of F&G may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of F&G then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled only by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by an affirmative vote of the sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.
Anti-takeover Effects of F&G’s Charter and Bylaws
Upon the separation, F&G’s charter and bylaws will contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of F&G. F&G expects that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of F&G to first negotiate with the board of directors, which F&G believes may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of F&G’s shareholders. However, such provisions also give F&G’s board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some shareholders may favor.
Classified Board of Directors and Related Provisions
F&G’s charter will provide that its board of directors must be divided into three classes of directors (each class containing approximately one-third of the total number of directors) serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of F&G’s board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision will prevent a third party who acquires control of a majority of F&G’s outstanding voting stock from obtaining control of the board of directors until the second annual shareholders meeting following the date the acquiror obtains the controlling interest. The number of directors constituting F&G’s board of directors is determined from time to time by the board of directors. F&G’s charter will also provide that, subject to any rights of any preferred stock then outstanding and so long as the classified board structure remains intact, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of F&G then entitled to vote for the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class. In addition, F&G’s charter will provide that any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy that results from an increase in the number of directors or a vacancy that results from the removal of a director with cause, may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office or by an affirmative vote of the sole remaining director. This provision, in conjunction with the provisions of F&G’s charter authorizing the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors, will prevent shareholders from removing incumbent directors without cause and filling the resulting vacancies with their own nominees.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, from and after the time that FNF and its affiliates collectively own less than 50% of the shares of the outstanding capital stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any written consent in lieu of a meeting by such stockholders.
Special Meetings
F&G’s charter will provide that, except as otherwise required by law or provided by resolutions adopted by the board of directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any preferred stock, special meetings of the
169


shareholders can only be called by a majority of F&G’s entire board of directors or F&G’s chairman, chief executive officer or president, as applicable. Shareholders may not call a special meeting or require that F&G’s board of directors call a special meeting of shareholders.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Shareholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals
F&G’s bylaws will provide that, if one of F&G’s shareholders desires to submit a proposal or nominate persons for election as directors at an annual shareholders’ meeting, the shareholder’s written notice must be received by F&G not less than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the date of the proxy statement for the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders (which date shall, for purposes of F&G’s first annual meeting of shareholders after its shares of common stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 2022). However, if the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder must be received by F&G not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made. The notice must describe the proposal or nomination and set forth the name and address of, and stock held of record and beneficially by, the shareholder. Notices of shareholder proposals or nominations must set forth the reasons for the proposal or nomination and any material interest of the shareholder in the proposal or nomination and a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting. Director nomination notices must set forth the name and address of the nominee, arrangements between the shareholder and the nominee and other information required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act. The presiding officer of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge a proposal or nomination not made in compliance with the procedures contained in F&G’s bylaws. The advance notice requirements regulating shareholder nominations and proposals may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the introduction of a shareholder proposal if the requisite procedures are not followed and may discourage or deter a third-party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to introduce a proposal.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
The authorized but unissued shares of F&G’s common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without any further vote or action by F&G’s shareholders. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including without limitation, future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of F&G’s common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over F&G by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not state that we have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL and therefore, we will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a period of three years after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, subject to certain exceptions, including if, prior to such time, the board of directors approved the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. “Business combinations” include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested shareholder.” Subject to various exceptions, an “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change of control attempts that are not approved by a company’s board of directors.
Limitations on Director and Officer Liability
Under the DGCL, F&G may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that they are or were F&G’s director, officer, employee or agent, or are or were serving at F&G’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
170


attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to F&G’s best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In addition, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer (i) for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL (relating to liability for unauthorized acquisitions or redemptions of, or dividends on, capital stock), or (iv) for any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit. F&G’s charter will contain the provisions permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.
Corporate Opportunities
To address situations in which officers or directors have conflicting duties to affiliated corporations, Section 122(17) of the DGCL allows a corporation to renounce, in its certificate of incorporation or by action of its board of directors, any interest or expectancy of the corporation in specified classes or categories of business opportunities. As such, and in order to address potential conflicts of interest between F&G and FNF, F&G’s charter will contain provisions regulating and defining, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the conduct of its affairs as they may involve FNF and FNF’s officers and directors.
F&G’s charter will provide that, subject to any written agreement to the contrary, FNF will not have a duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business that F&G engages in, and, except as set forth in F&G’s charter, none of FNF and FNF’s officers and directors will be liable to F&G or its shareholders for any breach of any fiduciary duty due to any such activities of FNF.
F&G’s charter will also provide that F&G may from time to time be or become a party to and perform, and may cause or permit any subsidiary to be or become a party to and perform, one or more agreements (or modifications or supplements to pre-existing agreements) with FNF. With limited exceptions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no such agreement, nor the performance thereof in accordance with its terms by F&G, any of its subsidiaries or FNF, shall be considered contrary to any fiduciary duty to F&G or F&G’s shareholders of any director or officer of F&G’s who is also a director, officer or employee of FNF. With limited exceptions, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director or officer of F&G who is also a director, officer or employee of FNF shall have or be under any fiduciary duty to F&G or its shareholders to refrain from acting on behalf of F&G or any of its subsidiaries or on behalf of FNF in respect of any such agreement or performing any such agreement in accordance with its terms.
F&G’s charter will further provide that if one of F&G’s directors or officers who is also a director or officer of FNF acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for FNF or F&G, the director or officer will have satisfied their fiduciary duty to F&G and its shareholders with respect to that corporate opportunity if they act in a manner consistent with the following policy:
a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of F&G and who is also a director but not an officer of FNF, will belong to F&G unless the opportunity is expressly offered to that person in a capacity other than such person’s capacity as one of F&G’s officers, in which case it will not belong to F&G;
a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of F&G, and who is also a director or officer of FNF, will belong to F&G only if that opportunity is expressly offered to that person in that person’s capacity as one of F&G’s directors; and
a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of FNF or F&G will belong to F&G only if that opportunity is expressly offered to that person in that person’s capacity as one of F&G’s officers.
Notwithstanding these provisions, F&G’s charter will not prohibit F&G from pursuing any corporate opportunity of which F&G becomes aware.
171


These provisions that will be in F&G’s charter will no longer be effective on the date that none of F&G’s directors or officers are also directors or officers of FNF.
If F&G’s charter does not include provisions setting forth the circumstances under which opportunities will belong to F&G and regulating the conduct of F&G’s directors and officers in situations where their duties to F&G and FNF conflict, the actions of F&G’s directors and officers in each such situation would be subject to the fact-specific analysis of the corporate opportunity doctrine as articulated under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a director of a corporation may take a corporate opportunity, or divert it to another corporation in which that director has an interest, if (i) the opportunity is presented to the director or officer in their individual capacity, (ii) the opportunity is not essential to the corporation, (iii) the corporation holds no interest or expectancy in the opportunity and (iv) the director or officer has not wrongfully employed the resources of the corporation in pursing or exploiting the opportunity. Based on Section 122(17) of the DGCL, F&G does not believe the corporate opportunity guidelines that will be set forth in F&G’s charter conflict with Delaware law. If, however, a conflict were to arise between the provisions of F&G’s charter and Delaware law, Delaware law would control.
Amendment to Bylaws and Charter
F&G’s charter and bylaws will provide that, subject to the affirmative vote of the holders of preferred stock if required by law or the applicable certificate of designations relating to such preferred stock, the provisions (i) of F&G’s bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed if approved by a majority of the board of directors then in office or by holders of the common stock in accordance with applicable law and the charter, and (ii) of F&G’s charter may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided by the DGCL.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Listing on the New York Stock Exchange
F&G expects to apply to have F&G’s common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “FG.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is CST. Its address is 17 Battery Place, 8th Floor, New York NY 10004, and its telephone number is (212) 509-4000.
172


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
F&G has filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the shares of F&G common stock being distributed as contemplated by this Information Statement. This Information Statement forms a part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to F&G and its common stock, please refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this Information Statement relating to any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement include the material terms of such contract or other document. However, such statements are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information contained on any website referenced in this Information Statement is not incorporated by reference in this Information Statement.
As a result of the distribution, F&G will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
F&G intends to furnish holders of its common stock with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.
You should rely only on the information contained in this Information Statement or to which this Information Statement has referred you. F&G has not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this Information Statement.
Unless F&G or FNF has received contrary instructions, if multiple FNF shareholders share an address, only one Notice of Internet Availability of this Information Statement is being delivered to such address. This practice, known as “householding,” is designed to reduce printing and postage costs.
F&G undertakes to deliver promptly upon written or oral request a separate copy of this Information Statement to FNF shareholders at a shared address to which a single copy of the Notice of Internet Availability was delivered. If you are a registered FNF shareholder, you may request such separate copy by contacting the Office of the Corporate Secretary at [l]. If you hold your stock with a bank, broker or other nominee, you may request such separate copy by contacting Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (Attn: Householding Department) at 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, NY 11717, or by calling [1-866-540-7095]. If you are a registered FNF shareholder receiving multiple copies at the same address or if you have a number of accounts at a single brokerage firm, you may submit a request to receive a single copy in the future by contacting the Office of the Corporate Secretary. If you hold your FNF common stock with a bank or broker, contact Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. at the address and telephone number provided above.
173


INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
F&G ANNUITIES AND LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Page
Number
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholder and the Board of Directors of
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, equity and cash flows for the periods January 1, 2020 through May 31, 2020, June 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and schedules (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods January 1, 2020 through May 31, 2020, June 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Value of Business Acquired (VOBA), Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs (DAC), Deferred Sales Inducements (DSI) and secondary guarantee liabilities
F-2


Description of the Matter
At December 31, 2021 VOBA, DAC, and DSI reported within other intangible assets, net totaled $2.0 billion and contractholder funds totaled $35.5 billion, a portion of which related to indexed universal life (IUL)-type and Investment-type contracts with secondary guarantees. As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, VOBA, DAC, and DSI are generally amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of actual gross profits (AGPs) and estimated gross profits (EGPs). Secondary guarantee liabilities on IUL-type products or Investment-type contracts are calculated by multiplying the benefit ratio by the cumulative assessments recorded from contract inception through the balance sheet date less the cumulative secondary guarantee benefit payments plus interest. The benefit ratio is the ratio of the present value of secondary guarantees to the present value of the assessments used to provide the secondary guarantees. The assessments are calculated using the same assumptions used in VOBA, DAC, and DSI EGPs. There is significant uncertainty inherent in calculating EGPs and assessments as the calculation is sensitive to management’s best estimate of assumptions such as earned rate, budgeted option costs, surrender rates, mortality, and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB) utilization. Changes in assumptions, including the Company’s earned rate, budgeted option costs, surrender rates, mortality, and GMWB utilization can have a significant impact on the pattern of EGPs of the underlying business and as a result the amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI balances. Management’s assumptions are adjusted, also known as unlocking, based on actual policyholder behavior and market experience and projecting for expected trends. The unlocking results in amortization being recalculated using the new assumptions for estimated gross profits, resulting either in additional or less cumulative amortization expense. Additionally, if experience or assumption changes result in a new benefit ratio, the secondary guarantee liabilities are adjusted to reflect the changes in a manner similar to the unlocking of VOBA, DAC, and DSI.

Auditing the valuation of the Company’s VOBA, DAC, and DSI that are amortized in relation to the emergence of AGPs/EGPs and valuation of secondary guarantee liabilities on IUL-type products or Investment-type contracts was complex because of the highly judgmental nature of the methods used and determination of the assumptions applied to determine the EGPs and assessments. The high degree of judgment was primarily due to the sensitivity of the EGPs and assessments to the methods used and assumptions applied which have a significant effect on the valuation of VOBA, DAC, DSI and secondary guarantee liabilities on IUL-type products or Investment-type contracts.
F-3


How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the VOBA, DAC, DSI, and contractholder funds estimation processes. These controls included, among others, the review and approval process management has in place for the development of the significant assumptions described above. To evaluate the judgment used by management in determining the EGPs and assessments, among other procedures, we involved actuarial specialists and evaluated the methodology applied by management in determining the EGPs and assessments with those used in prior periods.

To evaluate the significant assumptions used by management, we compared policyholder behavior assumptions that we identified as being higher risk to prior actual experience, observable market data or management’s estimates of prospective changes in these assumptions. We performed an independent recalculation of EGPs and secondary guarantee liabilities for a sample of product cohorts, which we compared to the actuarial model used by management.
Valuation of Investments in Securities
Description of the Matter
The Company’s fair value of fixed maturity securities totaled $30.0 billion as of December 31, 2021. The fair value of a subset of these securities, including asset backed securities and bonds, is based on non-binding broker quotes as described in Note D to the consolidated financial statements. The lack of visibility into assumptions used in non-binding broker quotes is a significant unobservable input, which creates greater subjectivity when determining the fair values.

Auditing the fair value of the securities valued by brokers was especially challenging because determining the fair value is complex and highly judgmental and involves using inputs and assumptions that are not directly observable in the market.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of management’s valuation process for broker-quoted securities. These controls included management’s evaluation of the broker-quoted values compared to an independently calculated range of values.
To test the fair value of the securities, we utilized the support of our valuation specialists which included, among other procedures, independently calculating a reasonable range of fair values for a sample of securities based on independently obtained information or available transaction data for similar securities. We compared these ranges to management’s estimates of fair value for the selected securities.
F-4


Assumptions related to Fixed Indexed Annuity Embedded Derivative Liability
Description of the Matter
As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of the Company’s fixed indexed annuity embedded derivative liability totaled $3.9 billion. Certain of the Company’s fixed indexed annuity contracts allow the policyholder to elect an equity index linked feature, where amounts credited to the contract’s account value are linked to the performance of designated equity indices selected by the policyholder. The equity index crediting feature is accounted for as an embedded derivative liability and reported at fair value as discussed in Note D to the consolidated financial statements.

Auditing the valuation of the Company’s fixed indexed annuity embedded derivative was complex because of the highly judgmental nature of the determination of the assumptions required to determine the fair value of the embedded derivative. In particular, the fair value was sensitive to the significant assumptions used to determine future policy growth including the mortality, surrender rates, partial withdrawals, GMWB utilization, non-performance spread, and option cost. There is significant uncertainty inherent in determining the mortality, surrender rates, partial withdrawals, GMWB utilization, non-performance spread and option cost assumptions.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over management’s process for the development of the significant assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the embedded derivative for fixed indexed annuities. These controls included, among others, the review and approval process management has in place for the development of the significant assumptions.

To evaluate the judgment used by management in determining the assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the fixed indexed annuity embedded derivative, among other procedures, we involved actuarial specialists and evaluated the methodology applied by management in determining the fair value with those used in the prior period and in the industry. To evaluate the significant assumptions used by management in the methodology applied, we compared policyholder behavior assumptions to prior actual experience and management’s estimate of prospective changes in the assumptions. In addition, we compared the nonperformance spread and option costs assumptions to observable market data. We performed an independent recalculation of the embedded derivative for a sample of products for comparison with the actuarial model used by management
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Des Moines, Iowa
July 20, 2022
F-5


kpmglogo.jpg
KPMG LLP
2500 Ruan Center
666 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, IA 50309
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors
FGL Holdings:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, equity, and cash flows of FGL Holdings and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2019 (Predecessor period), and the related notes and financial statement schedules II to IV (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31,2019 (Predecessor period), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Correction of Misstatements
As discussed in Note B to the consolidated financial statements, the 2019 consolidated financial statements have been restated to correct misstatements.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We served as the Company’s auditor from 1998 to 2020.
Des Moines, Iowa
March 2, 2020, except for Note B and Note T, as to which the date is July 20, 2022
KPMG LLP, a Delaware limited liability partnership and a member firm of the
KPMG global organization of independent member firms affiliated with
KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee.
F-6


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
ASSETS
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, at an amortized cost of $28,724 and $23,602, respectively, net of allowance for credit losses of $8 and $10, respectively.
$29,962 $25,499 
Preferred securities, at fair value1,028 965 
Equity securities, at fair value143 82 
Derivative investments816 548 
Mortgage loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $31 and $39 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
3,749 2,031 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates2,350 1,156 
Other long-term investments489 449 
Short-term investments373 456 
Total investments38,910 31,186 
Cash and cash equivalents1,533 889 
Trade and notes receivables10 
Investments in subsidiaries— 11 
Reinsurance recoverable, net of allowance for credit losses of $20 and $21 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
3,610 3,174 
Goodwill1,756 1,756 
Prepaid expenses and other assets613 421 
Lease assets
Other intangible assets, net2,234 1,918 
Property and equipment, net13 11 
Income taxes receivable50 — 
Deferred tax asset— 45 
Assets of discontinued operations— 327 
Total assets$48,730 $39,756 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Liabilities:
Contractholder funds$35,525 $28,718 
Future policy benefits4,732 4,010 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities1,297 1,179 
Notes payable977 589 
Funds withheld for reinsurance liabilities1,676 806 
Lease liabilities14 14 
Income taxes payable— 
Deferred tax liability24 — 
Liabilities of discontinued operations— 361 
Total liabilities44,245 35,682 
Equity:
F&G common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 500,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; outstanding of 105,000,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and issued of 105,000,000 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
— — 
Additional paid-in capital2,750 2,741 
Retained earnings1,001 136 
Accumulated other comprehensive earnings734 1,197 
Total equity4,485 4,074 
Total liabilities and equity$48,730 $39,756 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Dollars in millions, except shares, in thousands, and per share data)
Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Revenues:
Life insurance premiums and other fees$1,395 $138 $90 $220 
Interest and investment income1,852 743 403 1,169 
Recognized gains and losses, net715 352 (338)505 
Total revenues3,962 1,233 155 1,894 
Expenses:
Personnel costs129 65 34 78 
Other operating expenses105 75 75 87 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves2,138 866 298 1,148 
Depreciation and amortization484 123 (51)128 
Interest expense29 18 13 32 
Total expenses2,885 1,147 369 1,473 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes1,077 86 (214)421 
Income tax (expense) benefit(220)75 14 (60)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations857 161 (200)361 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(25)(114)51 
Net earnings (loss)865 136 (314)412 
Less: Preferred stock dividend— — 31 
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders$865 $136 $(322)$381 
Earnings per share (a)
Basic
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations $8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations 0.08 (0.24)(0.53)0.24 
Net earnings (loss) per share, basic$8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
Diluted
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations $8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations0.08 (0.24)(0.53)0.24 
Net earnings (loss) per share, diluted$8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, basic basis (a)
105,000 105,000 213,246 216,592 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, diluted basis (a)
105,000 105,000 213,246 216,737 
__________________
(a)Weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, retrospectively include the effects of the 105,000 for 1 stock split that occurred on June 24, 2022.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-8


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS
(In millions)
Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net earnings (loss)$865 $136 $(314)$412 
Other comprehensive earnings:
Unrealized (loss) gain on investments and other financial instruments, net of adjustments to intangible assets and unearned revenue (1)
(378)1,255 (751)1,318 
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation (2)
(5)(1)(1)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings (3)
(83)(61)57 (36)
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk(3)(15)
Other comprehensive (loss) earnings $402 $1,333 $(1,003)$1,678 
__________________
(1)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(100) million, $332 million, $(200) million, $194 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019.
(2)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(1) million, $2 million, less than $(1) million, less than $(1) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019.
(3)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(22) million, $(16) million, $15 million, $(10) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In millions, except per share data)
 F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.  
 Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)Treasury StockTotal Equity
Predecessor balance, January 1, 2019 (As Restated)$— $— $2,066 $(238)$(845)$(4)979 
Treasury shares purchased— — — — — (65)(65)
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on investments and other financial instruments (As Restated)— — — — 1,318 — 1,318 
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on foreign currency translation— — — — (1)— (1)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — — (36)— (36)
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from change in instrument-specific credit risk— — — — (15)— (15)
Common stock dividends— — — (9)— — (9)
Preferred stock dividends (paid in kind)— — 29 (31)— — (2)
Stock-based compensation— — — — — 
Net earnings (As Restated)— — — 412 — — 412 
Predecessor balance, December 31, 2019 (As Restated)$— $— $2,099 $134 $421 $(69)$2,585 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle— — — (27)— — (27)
Treasury stock repurchased— — — — — — — 
Issuance of restricted stock— — — — — — — 
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized loss on investments and other financial instruments— — — — (751)— (751)
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on foreign currency translation— — — — (1)— (1)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — — 57 — 57 
Common stock dividends— — — (4)— — (4)
Preferred stock dividends (paid in kind)— — 15 (8)— — 
Option exercises— — 10 — — — 10 
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from change in instrument-specific credit risk— — — — — 
Stock-based compensation— — — — — 
Net loss— — — (314)— — (314)
Predecessor balance, May 31, 2020$— $— $2,127 $(219)$(268)$(69)$1,571 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-10


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In millions, except per share data)
 F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
 Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)Treasury StockTotal Equity
Predecessor balance, May 31, 2020$— $— $2,127 $(219)$(268)$(69)$1,571 
Purchase accounting adjustments— — 610 219 268 69 1,166 
Balance, June 1, 2020$— $— $2,737 $— $— $— $2,737 
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on investments and other financial instruments— — — — 1,255 — 1,255 
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on foreign currency translation— — — — — 
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — — (61)— (61)
Stock-based compensation— — — — — 
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from change in instrument-specific credit risk— — — — (3)— (3)
Net earnings— — — 136 — — 136 
Balance, December 31, 2020$— $— $2,741 $136 $1,197 $— $4,074 
Other comprehensive earnings - unrealized loss on investments and other financial instruments— — — — (378)— (378)
Other comprehensive earnings - unrealized loss on foreign currency translation— — — — (5)— (5)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — — (83)— (83)
Stock-based compensation— — — — — 
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from change in instrument-specific credit risk— — — — — 
Net earnings— — — 865 — — 865 
Balance, December 31, 2021$— $— $2,750 $1,001 $734 $— $4,485 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-11


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
 For the Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,For the Year Ended
December 31,
 2021202020202019
 PredecessorPredecessor
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: (As Restated)
Net earnings (loss)$865 $136 $(314)$412 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization484 123 (51)128 
(Gain) loss on sales of investments and other assets and asset impairments, net(576)(155)58 (150)
Loss on sale of businesses14 — — — 
Interest credited/index credits to contractholder account balances804 749 234 1,066 
Deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred sales inducements(675)(296)(227)(511)
Charges assessed to contractholders for mortality and administration(180)(100)(65)(124)
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates, return on investment70 — — — 
Stock-based compensation cost
Change in NAV of limited partnerships, net(589)— — — 
Change in valuation of derivatives, equity and preferred securities, net(140)(204)280 (363)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Change in reinsurance recoverable94 77 (35)
Change in future policy benefits634 (89)(41)(149)
Change in funds withheld from reinsurers850 (14)(12)105 
Net change in income taxes138 (89)(11)67 
Net change in other assets and other liabilities69 145 (43)160 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities1,871 287 (224)652 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:  
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities9,280 2,886 1,319 4,851 
Additions to property and equipment and capitalized software(33)(23)(5)(15)
Purchases of investment securities(14,577)(4,197)(1,942)(5,828)
Net proceeds from (purchases of) sales and maturities of short-term investment securities71 (419)— — 
Other acquisitions/disposals, net of cash acquired(43)— — — 
Additional investments in unconsolidated affiliates(1,710)(231)(107)(588)
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates, return of investment150 119 11 50 
Net cash used in investing activities(6,862)(1,865)(724)(1,530)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Borrowings400 — — — 
Dividends paid— — — (9)
Exercise of stock options— — 10 — 
Contractholder account deposits8,166 2,967 1,803 4,124 
Contractholder account withdrawals(2,931)(1,327)(936)(2,759)
Purchases of treasury stock— — — (65)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities5,635 1,640 877 1,291 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents644 62 (71)413 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period889 827 935 522 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,533 $889 $864 $935 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-12


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note A.    Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following describes the business and significant accounting policies of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“FGAL”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “we”, “us”, “our”, the "Company" or “F&G”), which have been followed in preparing the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
Description of the Business
We provide insurance solutions and issue a broad portfolio of annuity and life insurance products, including deferred annuities (fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities), immediate annuities, and indexed universal life ("IUL") insurance, through our retail distribution channels. We also provide funding agreements and pension risk transfer ("PRT") solutions through our institutional channels. F&G has one reporting segment, which is consistent with and reflects the manner by which our chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
FGAL, a Delaware corporation, was formed on August 7, 2020, and following a series of reorganizations, became the parent company for the consolidated financial statements via a contribution agreement between Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (NYSE:FNF)("FNF") and FGAL on November 26, 2020. The prior parent company, FGL Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company, was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on January 2, 2020, and became the parent company effective June 1, 2020, in conjunction with the acquisition by FNF, as discussed below. The parent company prior to June 1, 2020, also named FGL Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company, was originally incorporated in the Cayman Islands on February 26, 2016, as a Special Purpose Acquisition Company ("SPAC") and was publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
On June 1, 2020, FNF acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of FGL Holdings for approximately $2.7 billion pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 7, 2020, as amended (the "Merger Agreement"). In connection with the Merger, FNF issued approximately 24 million shares of FNF common stock and paid approximately $1.8 billion in cash to former holders of FGL Holdings ordinary and preferred shares. On August 26, 2020, FNF issued an additional 1 million shares of FNF common stock and paid approximately $100 million in cash to certain former owners of FGL Holdings common stock. At closing, all outstanding shares of FGL Holdings common stock, excluding shares associated with the liability to former owners, were converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Additionally, each outstanding FGL Holdings Option and FGL Holdings Phantom unit was canceled and converted into options to purchase FNF common stock and phantom units denominated in FNF common stock, and each outstanding warrant to purchase FGL Holdings common stock was converted into the right to purchase and receive upon exercise $8.18 in cash and .0833 shares of FNF common stock. At closing, FNF's subsidiaries' ownership of FGL Holdings common and preferred shares was converted into approximately 7 million shares of FNF common stock.
As a result of the Merger Agreement, our financial statement presentation includes the consolidated financial statements of FGL Holdings and its subsidiaries as "Predecessor" for the periods prior to the completion of the merger, as well as the consolidated financial statements of FGAL and its subsidiaries after the merger under a new basis established under purchase accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP"). Refer to Note C Acquisition by FNF for more information.
Discontinued Operations
In connection with the FNF acquisition, certain third party offshore reinsurance businesses were deemed discontinued operations and are presented as such within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented through the date of their disposition, in accordance with GAAP. On December 18, 2020, we sold F&G Reinsurance Ltd (“F&G Re”) to Aspida Holdings Ltd (“Aspida”). On May 31, 2021, we sold Front Street Re Cayman Ltd (“FSRC”) to Archipelago Lexa (C) Limited. The transactions did not have a material impact to our GAAP financial results. Refer to Note T Discontinued Operations for more information.
F-13


Recent Developments
F&G Distribution
On March 14, 2022, FNF's Board of Directors approved a dividend to their shareholders, on a pro rata basis, of approximately 15% of the common stock of F&G (the "F&G Distribution"). FNF intends to retain control of F&G through their approximate 85% ownership stake. The proposed F&G Distribution is subject to various conditions including the final approval of FNF's Board of Directors, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by FNF's Board of Directors prior to the distribution. Upon completion of the F&G Distribution, FNF's shareholders as of the record date are expected to own stock in both publicly traded companies. The proposed F&G Distribution is intended to be structured as a taxable dividend to FNF's shareholders and is targeted to be completed in late third quarter or early fourth quarter of 2022. However, there can be no assurance regarding the timeframe for completing the F&G Distribution or that the conditions of the F&G Distribution will be met.
F&G Enters Funding Agreement Backed Note ("FABN") Market
In June 2021, we established a funding agreement-backed notes program (the “FABN Program”), pursuant to which Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”) may issue funding agreements to a special purpose statutory trust (the “Trust”) for spread lending purposes. The maximum aggregate principal amount permitted to be outstanding at any one time under the FABN Program is currently $5.0 billion. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $1.9 billion outstanding under the FABN Program.
F&G Enters Pension Risk Transfer ("PRT") Market
In July 2021, we entered the PRT market, pursuant to which FGL Insurance and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York ("FGL NY Insurance") may issue group annuity contracts to discharge pension plan liabilities from a pension plan sponsor. As of December 31, 2021, we closed PRT transactions which represent pension obligations of $1.1 billion.
Also refer to Note U Subsequent Events.
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and include our accounts as well as our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated.
We are involved in certain entities that are considered variable interest entities ("VIEs") as defined under GAAP. Our involvement with VIEs is primarily to invest in assets that allow us to gain exposure to a broadly diversified portfolio of asset classes. A VIE is an entity that does not have sufficient equity to finance its own activities without additional financial support, where investors lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest, or where the entity is structured with non-substantive voting rights. We assess our relationships to determine if we have the ability to direct the activities, or otherwise exert control, to evaluate if we are the primary beneficiary of the VIE. If we determine we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE in our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note E Investments for additional information on our investments in VIEs.
Investments
Fixed Maturity Securities Available-for-Sale
Fixed maturity securities are purchased to support our investment strategies, which are developed based on factors including rate of return, maturity, credit risk, duration, tax considerations and regulatory requirements. Our investments in fixed maturity securities have been designated as available-for-sale ("AFS") and are carried at fair value, net of allowance for expected credit losses, with unrealized gains and losses included within accumulated
F-14


other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI"), net of associated adjustments for deferred acquisition costs ("DAC"), value of business acquired ("VOBA"), deferred sales inducements ("DSI"), unearned revenue ("UREV"), SOP 03-1 reserves, and deferred income taxes. Fair values for fixed maturity securities are principally a function of current market conditions and are primarily valued based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or model inputs that are observable or unobservable. We recognize investment income on fixed maturities based on the interest method, which results in the recognition of a constant rate of return on the investment equal to the prevailing rate at the time of purchase or at the time of subsequent adjustments of book value. Changes in prepayment assumptions are accounted for prospectively. Realized gains and losses on sales of our fixed maturity securities are determined on the first-in first-out cost basis. We generally record security transactions on a trade date basis except for private placements, which are recorded on a settlement date basis. Realized gains and losses on sales of fixed maturity securities are reported within Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Beginning in 2020, fixed maturity securities AFS are subject to an allowance for credit loss and changes in the allowance are reported in net earnings as a component of Recognized gains and losses, net. Prior to 2020, the amortized cost of fixed maturity securities AFS was adjusted for declines in value that were other than temporary and impairments in value deemed to be other than temporary were also reported as a component of Recognized gains and losses, net. For details on our policy around allowance for expected credit losses on available-for-sale securities and other-than-temporary impairment losses, refer to Note E Investments.
Preferred and Equity Securities
Equity and preferred securities held are carried at fair value as of the balance sheet dates. The fair values of our equity and preferred securities are based on quoted prices in active markets, or are valued based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, model inputs that are observable or unobservable or based on net asset value (“NAV”). Changes in fair value and realized gains and losses on sales of our preferred and equity securities are reported within Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Recognized gains and losses on sales of our preferred and equity securities are credited or charged to earnings on a trade date basis, unless the security is a private placement in which case settlement date basis is used.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We hedge certain portions of our exposure to product related equity market risk by entering into derivative transactions (primarily call options). All such derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The changes in fair value are reported within Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
We purchase financial instruments and issue products that may contain embedded derivative instruments. If it is determined that the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract for measurement purposes. The embedded derivative is carried at fair value, which is determined through a combination of market observable inputs such as market value of option and interest swap rates and unobservable inputs such as the mortality multiplier, surrender and withdrawal rates and non-performance spread. The changes in fair value are reported within Benefits and other changes in policy reserves in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. See a description of the fair value methodology used in Note D Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Reinsurance Related Embedded Derivatives
As discussed in Note L Reinsurance, F&G entered into reinsurance agreements with Kubera Insurance (SAC) Ltd. ("Kubera"), effective December 31, 2018, and ASPIDA Life Re Ltd ("Aspida Re"), effective January 1, 2021, to cede certain multi-year guaranteed annuities ("MYGA") and deferred annuity GAAP and statutory reserves on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. Effective October 31, 2021, the Kubera agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset Reinsurance Ltd. ("Somerset"), a certified third-party reinsurer. Funds withheld arrangements allow the Company to retain legal ownership of assets backing reinsurance arrangements until they are earned by the reinsurer while passing credit risk associated with the assets in the funds withheld account to the reinsurer. These arrangements create embedded derivatives considered to be total return
F-15


swaps with contractual returns that are attributable to the assets and liabilities associated with the reinsurance arrangement. The fair value of the total return swap is based on the change in fair value of the underlying assets held in the funds withheld portfolio. Investment results for the assets that support the coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangement, including gains and losses from sales, are passed directly to the reinsurer pursuant to contractual terms of the reinsurance arrangement. These total return swaps are not clearly and closely related to the underlying reinsurance contract and thus require bifurcation. The reinsurance related embedded derivative is reported in Prepaid expenses and other assets if in a net gain position, or Accounts payable and accrued liabilities, if in a net loss position on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related gains or losses are reported in Recognized gains and losses, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Mortgage Loans
Our investment in mortgage loans consists of commercial and residential mortgage loans on real estate, which are reported at amortized cost, less allowance for expected credit losses. For details on our policy around allowance for expected credit losses on mortgage loans, refer to Note E Investments.
Commercial mortgage loans are continuously monitored by reviewing appraisals, operating statements, rent revenues, annual inspection reports, loan specific credit quality, property characteristics, market trends and other factors.
Commercial mortgage loans are rated for the purpose of quantifying the level of risk. Loans are placed on a watch list when the debt service coverage ("DSC") ratio falls below and the loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios exceeds certain thresholds. Loans on the watchlist are closely monitored for collateral deficiency or other credit events that may lead to a potential loss of principal or interest. We define delinquent mortgage loans as 30 days past due, consistent with industry practice.
Residential mortgage loans have a primary credit quality indicator of either a performing or nonperforming loan. We define nonperforming residential mortgage loans as those that are 90 or more days past due and/or in nonaccrual status, which is assessed monthly. Generally, nonperforming residential mortgage loans have a higher risk of experiencing a credit loss. We consider residential mortgage loans that are 90 or more days past due and have an LTV greater than 90% to be foreclosure probable.
Interest on loans is recognized on an accrual basis at the applicable interest rate on the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination fees and direct costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are amortized as level yield adjustments over the respective loan terms. Unamortized net fees or costs are recognized upon early repayment of the loans. Loan commitment fees are deferred and amortized on an effective yield basis over the term of the loan.
Short-term investments
Short-term investments consist primarily of money market instruments, which are carried at fair value, and fixed maturity securities and loans, which have an original maturity of one year or less and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Prior to June 1, 2020, the date of the FNF acquisition, short-term investments excluded money market funds.
Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
We primarily account for our investments in unconsolidated affiliates (primarily limited partnerships) using the equity method, where the cost is initially recorded as an investment in the entity. Adjustments to the carrying amount reflect our pro rata ownership percentage of the operating results as indicated by NAV in the limited partnership financial statements. Income from investments in unconsolidated affiliates is included within Interest and investment income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Recognition of income is delayed due to the availability of the related financial statements, which are obtained from the general partner generally on a one to three-month delay. Management meets quarterly with the general partner to determine whether any credit or other market events have occurred since prior quarter financial statements to ensure any material events are properly included in current quarter valuation and investment income.
F-16


Interest and investment income
Dividends and interest income are recorded in Interest and investment income and recognized when earned. Income or losses upon call or prepayment of fixed maturity securities are recognized in Interest and investment income. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments in fixed maturity securities are reflected in Interest and investment income over the contractual terms of the investments, and for callable investments at a premium, based on the earliest call date of the investments, in a manner that produces a constant effective yield.
For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, included in the fixed maturity securities portfolios, we recognize income using a constant effective yield based on anticipated cash flows and the estimated economic life of the securities. When actual prepayments differ significantly from originally anticipated prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated prospectively to reflect actual payments to date plus anticipated future payments. Any adjustments resulting from changes in effective yield are reflected in Interest and investment income.
Interest and investment income is presented net of earned investment management fees.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Highly liquid instruments purchased as part of cash management with original maturities of three months or less are considered cash equivalents. The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these instruments approximate fair value. Prior to June 1, 2020, the date of the FNF acquisition, cash and cash equivalents also included money market funds.
Trade and Notes Receivables
The carrying values reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for trade and notes receivables approximate their fair value.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair values of financial instruments presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements are estimates of the fair values at a specific point in time using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and significant judgment in the interpretation of current market data. See a description of the fair value methodology used in Note D Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in Business Combinations
FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 805, Business Combinations, requires an acquirer to recognize, separately from goodwill, the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, and to measure these items generally at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill is recorded as the residual amount by which the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, we are required to report provisional amounts in the financial statements for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Adjustments to provisional amounts initially recorded that are identified during the measurement period are recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. This includes any effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. During the measurement period, we are also required to recognize additional assets or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of those assets and liabilities as of that date. The measurement period ends the sooner of one year from the acquisition date or when we receive the information we were seeking about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date or learn that more information is not obtainable. Contingent consideration liabilities or receivables recorded in connection with business acquisitions must also be adjusted for changes in fair value until settled.
F-17


Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identifiable net assets acquired and assumed in a business combination. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances indicate potential impairment, through a comparison of fair value to the carrying amount. In evaluating the recoverability of goodwill, we perform an annual goodwill impairment analysis based on a review of qualitative factors to determine if events and circumstances exist, which will lead to a determination that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, prior to performing a full fair-value assessment.
We complete annual goodwill impairment analyses in the fourth quarter of each period presented using a September 30 measurement date. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and for the predecessor periods from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 we determined there were no events or circumstances which indicated that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeded the fair value.
VOBA, DAC and DSI
Our intangible assets include an intangible asset reflecting the value of insurance and reinsurance contracts acquired (hereafter referred to as (“VOBA”)), deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”), and deferred sales inducements (“DSI”).
VOBA is an intangible asset that reflects the amount recorded as insurance contract liabilities less the estimated fair value of in-force contracts (“VIF”) in a life insurance company acquisition. It represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of the rights to receive future cash flows from the business in force at the acquisition date. VOBA is a function of the VIF, current GAAP reserves, GAAP assets, and deferred tax liability. The VIF is determined by the present value of statutory distributable earnings less opening required capital, and is sensitive to assumptions including the discount rate, surrender rates, partial withdrawals, utilization rates, projected investment spreads, mortality, and expenses. DAC consists principally of commissions that are related directly to the successful sale of new or renewal insurance contracts, which may be deferred to the extent recoverable. Indirect or unsuccessful acquisition costs, maintenance, product development and overhead expenses are charged to expense as incurred. DSI represents up front bonus credits and vesting and persistency bonuses to policyholder account values, which may be deferred to the extent recoverable.
The methodology for determining the amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI varies by product type. For all insurance contracts accounted for under long-duration contract deposit accounting, amortization is based on assumptions consistent with those used in the development of the underlying contract liabilities, adjusted for emerging experience and expected trends. For all of the insurance intangibles (VOBA, DAC and DSI), the balances are generally amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the expected emergence of estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) from investment income, surrender charges and other product fees, less policy benefits, maintenance expenses, mortality, and expense margins. Recognized gains (losses) on investments and changes in fair value of the embedded derivative on our FIA and IUL products are included in actual gross profits in the period realized as described further below. Amortization is reported within Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Changes in assumptions, including our earned rate (i.e., long term assumptions of the Company’s expected earnings on related investments), budgeted option costs (i.e., the expected cost to purchase call options in future periods to fund the equity indexed linked feature) and surrender rates can have a significant impact on VOBA, DAC and DSI balances and amortization rates. Due to the relative size and sensitivity to minor changes in underlying assumptions of those intangible balances, we perform quarterly and annual analyses of the VOBA, DAC and DSI balances for recoverability to ensure that the unamortized portion does not exceed the expected recoverable amounts. At each evaluation date, actual historical gross profits are reflected with the impact on the intangibles reported as “unlocking” as a component of amortization expense, and estimated future gross profits and related assumptions are evaluated for continued reasonableness. Any adjustment in estimated future gross profits requires that the amortization rate be revised (“unlocking”) retroactively to the date of the contract issuance or acquisition
F-18


date with respect to VOBA. The cumulative unlocking adjustment is recognized as a component of current period amortization.
Amortization expense of VOBA, DAC and DSI reflects an assumption for an expected level of credit-related investment losses. When actual credit-related investment losses are realized, we perform a retrospective true up of amortization for those intangibles as actual margins vary from expected margins. This true up is reflected within Depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For investment-type products, the VOBA, DAC and DSI assets are adjusted for the impact of unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale ("AFS") investments as if these gains (losses) had been realized, with corresponding credits or charges included in AOCI ("shadow adjustments").
Other Intangible Assets
We have other intangible assets, not including goodwill, VOBA, DAC or DSI, which consist primarily of customer relationships and contracts, the value of distribution network acquired ("VODA"), trademarks and tradenames, state licenses and computer software, which are generally recorded in connection with acquisitions at their fair value. Intangible assets with estimable lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In general, customer relationships are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally ten years, using an accelerated method, which takes into consideration expected customer attrition rates. VODA is an intangible asset that represents the value of an acquired distribution network and is amortized using the sum of years digits method. Contractual relationships are generally amortized over their contractual life. Trademarks and tradenames are generally amortized over ten years. Capitalized computer software includes the fair value of software acquired in business combinations, purchased software and capitalized software development costs. Purchased software is recorded at cost and amortized using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life. Software acquired in business combinations is recorded at its fair value and amortized using straight-line or accelerated methods over its estimated useful life. For internal-use computer software products, internal and external costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as they are incurred. Internal and external costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized on a product by product basis commencing on the date the software is ready for its intended use. We do not capitalize any costs once the software is ready for its intended use.
We recorded no impairment expense to other intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, or the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets: twenty to thirty years for buildings and zero to twenty-five years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the term of the applicable lease or the estimated useful lives of such assets. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
Contractholder Funds
Contractholder Funds include FIAs, fixed rate annuities, IULs, funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuities contracts without life contingencies. The liabilities for contractholder funds for fixed rate annuities, funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuities contracts without life contingencies consist of contract account balances that accrue to the benefit of the contractholders. The liabilities for FIA and IUL policies consist of the value of the host contract plus the fair value of the indexed crediting feature of the policy, which is accounted for as an embedded derivative. The embedded derivative is carried at fair value in Contractholder Funds in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value reported in Benefits and other changes in
F-19


policy reserves in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. See a description of the fair value methodology used in Note D Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
Liabilities for the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits ("GMWB") and Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit ("GMDB") riders on FIA and DA products are calculated by multiplying the benefit ratio by the cumulative assessments recorded from contract inception through the balance sheet date less the cumulative guaranteed minimum withdrawal and death benefit payments plus interest. The benefit ratio is the ratio of the present value of future guaranteed minimum withdrawal and death benefit payments to the present value of the assessments used to provide the guaranteed minimum withdrawal and death benefit payments using the same assumptions as we use for our intangible assets. If experience or assumption changes result in a new benefit ratio, the reserves are adjusted to reflect the changes in a manner similar to the unlocking of VOBA, DAC and DSI. The accounting for these GMWB and GMDB benefit liabilities (also referred to as “SOP 03-1 liabilities”) impact EGPs used to calculate amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI. The related reserve is adjusted for the impact of unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments as if these gains (losses) had been realized, with corresponding credits or charges included in AOCI ("shadow adjustments").
Contractholder funds include funds related to funding agreements that have been issued pursuant to the FABN Program as well as to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta ("FHLB"). Single premiums are received at the initiation of the funding agreements. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $1,900 million outstanding under the FABN Program, which provides for semi-annual interest payments with principal maturities. Reserves for the FHLB funding agreements totaled $1,543 million and $1,203 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The FHLB agreements provide a guaranteed stream of payments or provide for a bullet payment at maturity with renewal provisions. In accordance with the FHLB agreements, the investments supporting the funding agreement liabilities are pledged as collateral to secure the FHLB funding agreement liabilities and are not available to settle our general obligations. The collateral investments had a fair value of $2,420 million and $1,471 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Payments pursuant to FABN and FHLB funding agreements extend through 2028.
Future Policy Benefits
The liabilities for future policy benefits and claim reserves for traditional life policies and life-contingent immediate annuity policies (which includes life-contingent PRT annuities) are computed using assumptions for investment yields, mortality and withdrawals, with a provision for adverse deviation, based on generally accepted actuarial methods and assumptions at the time of acquisition or contract issue. The investment yield assumption is 4.3% for traditional direct life reserves for all contracts, 4.1% for life contingent pay-out annuities, and ranges from 3.6% to 3.9% for PRT annuities with life contingencies. Policies are terminated through surrenders and maturities, where surrenders represent the voluntary terminations of policies by policyholders and maturities are determined by policy contract terms. Surrender assumptions are based upon policyholder experience adjusted for expected future conditions.
For long-duration contracts the assumptions are locked in at contract inception and only modified if we deem the reserves to be inadequate. We periodically review actual and anticipated experience compared to the assumptions used to establish policy benefits. If the net GAAP liability (gross reserves less VOBA, DAC and DSI) is less than the gross premium liability, impairment is deemed to have occurred, and the VOBA, DAC and DSI asset balances are reduced until the net GAAP liability is equal to the gross premium liability. If the VOBA, DAC and DSI asset balances are completely written off and the net GAAP liability is still less than the gross premium liability, then an additional liability is recorded to arrive at the gross premium liability.
Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities and expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The impact on
F-20


deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, is applied to the years during which temporary differences are expected to be settled and reflected in the financial statements in the period enacted.
Reinsurance
Our insurance subsidiaries enter into reinsurance agreements with other companies in the normal course of business. For arrangements in which F&G follows reinsurance accounting and for most arrangements that are accounted for as separate investment contracts, we present the amounts consistently and on a gross basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheets with the ceded reserves balance presented as a Reinsurance recoverable. Where applicable, deferred gains associated with the reinsurance of insurance and investment contracts will be included within Accounts payable and accrued expenses with the related accretion reflected within Life insurance premiums and other fees on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Earnings, respectively. Where applicable, deferred costs associated with the reinsurance of insurance and investment contracts will be included within the Prepaid expense and other assets with the related amortization reflected within Other operating expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Earnings, respectively. Premium and expense are recorded net of reinsurance ceded for both insurance and investment contracts.
For some arrangements for which deposit accounting is applied or the arrangement is accounted for as a separate investment contract, the assets and liabilities of certain reinsurance contracts are presented on a net basis in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. F&G intends to apply the offset where there is a right of offset explicit in the reinsurance agreement. See Note L Reinsurance for more details over F&G's reinsurance agreements.
Revenue Recognition
The Company's life insurance premiums reflect premiums for traditional life policies and life-contingent immediate annuity policies (which includes life-contingent PRT annuities) which are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. We have ceded the majority of our traditional life business to unaffiliated third-party reinsurers. While the base contract has been reinsured, we continue to retain the return of premium rider. Insurance and investment product fees and other consist primarily of the cost of insurance on IUL policies, unearned revenue ("UREV") on IUL policies, policy rider fees primarily on FIA policies and surrender charges assessed against policy withdrawals in excess of the policyholder's allowable penalty-free amounts. Surrender charges are earned when a policyholder withdraws funds from the contract early or cancels the contract. Other income related to riders is earned when elected by the policyholder.
Premium and annuity deposit collections for FIA, fixed rate annuities, immediate annuities and PRT without life contingencies, and amounts received for funding agreements are reported in the financial statements as deposit liabilities (i.e., Contractholder Funds) instead of as sales or revenues. Similarly, cash payments to customers are reported as decreases in the liability for contractholder funds and not as expenses. Sources of revenues for products accounted for as deposit liabilities include net investment income, surrender, cost of insurance and other charges deducted from Contractholder Funds, and net realized gains (losses) on investments. Components of expenses for products accounted for as deposit liabilities are interest-sensitive and index product benefits (primarily interest credited to account balances or the hedging cost of providing index credits to the policyholder), amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI, other operating costs and expenses, and income taxes.
F-21


Premiums, annuity deposits (net of reinsurance) and funding agreements, which are not included as revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings, collected by product type were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Product Type
Fixed indexed annuities$4,420 $1,966 $1,469 $2,800 
Fixed rate annuities 878 631 146 539 
Funding agreements (FABN/FHLB)2,658 100 100 590 
Life insurance and other (a)
329 152 102 208 
Total$8,285 $2,849 $1,817 4,137 
__________________
(a)Life insurance and other primarily includes indexed universal life insurance.
Interest and investment income consists primarily of interest payments received on fixed maturity security holdings and dividends received on equity and preferred security holdings along with the investment income of limited partnerships and is recognized when earned.
Benefits and Other Changes in Policy Reserves
Benefit expenses for FIAs, fixed rate annuities, IUL policies and funding agreements include interest credited and, for FIA and IUL policies, index credits, to contractholder account balances. Benefit claims in excess of contract account balances, net of reinsurance recoveries, are charged to expense in the period that they are earned by the policyholder based on their selected strategy or strategies. Interest crediting rates associated with funds invested in the general account of our insurance subsidiaries range from 0.5% to 6.0% for fixed rate annuities and FIAs combined, 3.0% to 4.8% for IULs, and 0.9% to 2.0% for funding agreements. Other changes in policy reserves include the change in the fair value of the FIA embedded derivative and the change in the SOP 03-1 reserve for GMWB and GMDB benefits.
Other changes in policy reserves also include the change in reserves for life insurance products. For traditional life and immediate annuities (which includes PRT annuities with life contingencies), policy benefit claims are charged to expense in the period that the claims are incurred, net of reinsurance recoveries.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
We account for stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method. Using the fair value method of accounting, compensation cost is measured based on the fair value of the award at the grant date using quoted market prices, and recognized over the service period.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share ("EPS"), as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Earnings, is computed by dividing net earnings from continuing operations and separately from discontinued operations by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. In periods when earnings are positive, diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings from continuing operations and separately from discontinued operations by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the impact of assumed conversions of potentially dilutive securities. For periods when we recognize a net loss, diluted earnings per share is equal to basic earnings per share as the impact of assumed conversions of potentially dilutive securities is considered to be antidilutive. Prior to the FNF acquisition, we had certain non-vested stock, stock options, warrants and performance share units, which have been treated as common share equivalents for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share for periods in which positive earnings have been reported. For periods prior to the FNF acquisition, the effect of a potential conversion of outstanding preferred shares to common shares is not considered in the diluted EPS calculation as the preferred shareholders did not yet have the right to convert.
F-22


On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a stock split in a ratio of 105,000 for 1. Earnings per share has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as if the split occurred as of June 1, 2020, in accordance with GAAP. Refer to Note U Subsequent Events.
Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)
We report Comprehensive earnings (loss) in accordance with GAAP on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings. Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in shareholders' equity during a period, other than those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. While total comprehensive earnings is the activity in a period and is largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive earnings or loss represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive earnings, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. Amounts reclassified to net earnings relate to the realized gains (losses) on our investments and other financial instruments, excluding investments in unconsolidated affiliates, and are included in Recognized gains and losses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Management Estimates
The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Periodically, and at least annually, typically in the third quarter, we review the assumptions associated with reserves for policy benefits, product guarantees, and amortization of intangibles. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2021, we implemented a new actuarial valuation system. As a result, our third quarter 2021 assumption updates include model refinements and assumption updates resulting from the implementation. The system implementation and assumption review process that occurred in the third quarter of 2021, included refinements in the calculation of the fair value of the embedded derivative component of our fixed indexed annuities within contractholder funds and updates to the surrender rates, GMWB utilization, IUL premium persistency, maintenance expenses, and earned rate assumptions to reflect our current and expected future experience. These changes, taken together, resulted in a decrease in contractholder funds and future policy reserves of $425 million and a decrease to intangible assets of $136 million. These model refinements and assumptions are also used in the SOP 03-1 liability for GMWB and GMDB benefits and resulted in an increase in the liability of $28 million. There was no material change to underlying policyholder behavior. The majority of the changes represent one-time adjustments in the third quarter of 2021 related to the cumulative impact of the system implementation and are not expected to re-occur in the future.
Note B - Restatement and Reclassification of Previously Issued Financial Statements
The Company identified certain errors to its previously issued consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2019 that were material. These errors are labeled as “Impact of Corrections” and are described and presented below.
The error corrections are included within restated amounts in Note E - Investments, Note F - Derivative Financial Instruments, Note J - Intangibles, Note L - Reinsurance, Note N - Earnings Per Share, Note Q - Income Taxes, Note T - Discontinued Operations and Financial Statement Schedules II-IV .
Description of the Errors and the Impact of Corrections
GMWB and GMDB Liabilities - The Company identified errors in the calculation of the liabilities for GMWB and GMDB riders on certain FIA and DA products for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019. The original calculation did not include investment margin as part of the assessments, nor did it consider excess benefits greater than the related account value. The calculation also impacts EGPs used to calculate amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI, as well as related shadow adjustments, described further above in FN A – Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. For the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the impact of these changes resulted in adjustments to earnings (loss) from
F-23


continuing operations before income taxes of ($54) million. Additionally, the impact of these changes on AOCI for January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019 was $135 million and ($75) million, respectively.
Reinsurance Embedded Derivative - The Company identified an error in the calculation for an embedded derivative related to a certain reinsurance agreement. The calculation also impacts the deferred gain recognized for the related reinsurance agreement. For the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the impact of this change resulted in an adjustment to earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes of ($34) million.
Actuarial System Conversion – During the third quarter of 2021, the Company converted actuarial systems from the MoSes application to the Axis application. As a result of the conversion, the Company discovered modeling errors in the historic actuarial application, MoSes. These errors resulted in the incorrect calculation of the fair value of the embedded derivative component of our FIAs, IUL related reserves, VOBA, DAC, DSI and the calculation of the liabilities for GMWB and GMDB riders. The impact of these changes resulted in a ($10) million adjustment to earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, the impact of these changes on equity for January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019 was ($15) million and ($25) million, respectively.
Warrants - As part of a previous acquisition, the Company recognized all related warrants as part of equity. Based on a revisit to the related interpretive guidance subsequent to this acquisition, it was determined that certain warrants should have been recorded in equity, initially at fair value, where other warrants should have been classified as a derivative liability, recorded at fair value, with changes in fair value being recorded in earnings, from their issuance until their redemption or ultimate settlement. As part of the FNF acquisition, all warrants from the Company’s previous acquisition were settled. The impact of these changes on Additional paid-in-capital and Retained earnings for January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, was $67 million and ($67) million, respectively.
Tax Valuation Allowance - During 2018, the Company recognized a deferred tax asset related to unrealized losses in its investment portfolio, and established a partial valuation allowance (due to a lack of sources of future taxable income). This valuation allowance was recognized through income tax (expense) benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, when it should have been recorded through accumulated other comprehensive earnings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Subsequently, during 2019, the Company released the same deferred tax asset through Income tax (expense) benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, when it should have been recorded through Accumulated other comprehensive earnings in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the impact of this change resulted in an increase to income tax expense and a decrease to net earnings of $14 million.
Discontinued Operations - The Company corrected immaterial errors resulting in a ($4) million adjustment to net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019.
Reclassifications:
For consistency and comparability with the Company’s current presentation format, certain of the financial statement line descriptions in the “As previously reported - reclassified” columns in the tables below reflect reclassifications to conform with the current financial statement presentation. These presentation reclassifications had no effect on the values and results in the previously reported financial statements for 2019.
In addition, as more fully described in Note T Discontinued Operations, in connection with the FNF acquisition, certain third party offshore reinsurance businesses were reclassified as discontinued operations and are shown as such for all periods presented through the date of their disposition. These reclassifications are also included in the “As previously reported - reclassified” columns in the tables below.
F-24


Impact of the Corrections and Reclassifications:
The impact of the corrections and reclassifications on the Predecessor’s Consolidated Statement of Earnings, Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Earnings, Consolidated Statement of Equity and the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:
Statement of Earnings (in millions)
As previously reported - reclassified December 31, 2019Impact of CorrectionsAs Restated December 31, 2019
Revenues:
Life insurance premiums and other fees$215 $$220 
Interest and investment income1,169 — 1,169 
Recognized gains and losses, net544 (39)505 
Total revenues1,928 (34)1,894 
Expenses:
Personnel costs78 — 78 
Other operating expenses87 — 87 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves1,076721,148 
Depreciation and amortization136 (8)128 
Interest expense32— 32 
Total expenses1,409641,473 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes519 (98)421 
Income tax (expense) benefit(67)(60)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations452 (91)361 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax55 (4)51 
Net earnings (loss)507 (95)412 
Less: Preferred Stock Dividend31 — 31 
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders$476 $(95)$381 
Statement of Comprehensive Earnings (in millions)
As previously reported - reclassified December 31, 2019Impact of CorrectionsAs Restated December 31, 2019
Net (loss) earnings507 (95)412 
Other comprehensive earnings:
Unrealized (loss) gain on investments and other financial instruments, net of adjustments to intangible assets and unearned revenue (excluding investments in unconsolidated affiliates)
1,470 (152)1,318 
Unrealized (loss) on foreign currency translation(1)— (1)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings(36)— (36)
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk(15)— (15)
Other comprehensive (loss) earnings1,925 (247)1,678 
F-25


Statement of Equity (in millions)
As previously reported - reclassified December 31, 2019 Impact of CorrectionsAs Restated December 31, 2019
Retained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive income (loss)Additional paid-in Capital & Treasury StockTotal EquityRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive income (loss)Additional paid-in Capital & Treasury StockRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive income (loss)Additional paid-in Capital & Treasury StockTotal Equity
Predecessor balance, January 1, 2019$(167)$(937)$1,994 $890 $(71)$92 $68 $(238)$(845)$2,062 $979 
Treasury shares purchased— — (65)(65)— — — — — $(65)(65)
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized gain on investments and other financial instruments— 1,470 — 1,470 — (152)— — 1,318 — 1,318 
Other comprehensive earnings — unrealized loss on foreign currency translation— (1)— (1)— — — — (1)— (1)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— (36)— (36)— — — — (36)— (36)
Change in reinsurance liabilities held at fair value resulting from change in instrument-specific credit risk— (15)— (15)— — — — (15)— (15)
Common stock dividends(9)— — (9)— — — (9)— — (9)
Preferred stock dividends (paid in kind)(31)— 29 (2)— — — (31)— 29 (2)
Option exercises— — — — — — — — — — 
Stock-based compensation— — — — — — — 
Net earnings507 — — 507 (95)— — 412 — — 412 
Predecessor balance, December 31, 2019$300 $481 $1,962 $2,743 $(166)$(60)$68 $134 $421 $2,030 $2,585 
F-26


Statement of Cash Flows (in millions)
As previously reported - reclassified December 31, 2019Impact of CorrectionsAs Restated December 31, 2019
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net earnings$507 $(95)$412 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 136 (8)128 
(Gain) loss on sales of investments and other assets and asset impairments, net (150)— (150)
Interest credited/index credits to contractholder account balances994 72 1,066 
Deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred sales inducements (511)— (511)
Charges assessed to contractholders for mortality and administration(124)— (124)
Stock-based compensation cost— 
Change in valuation of derivatives, equity and preferred securities, net (402)39 (363)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Change in reinsurance recoverable— 
Change in future policy benefits (149)— (149)
Change in funds withheld from reinsurers 105 — 105 
Net change in income taxes74 (7)67 
Net change in other assets and other liabilities161 (1)160 
Net cash provided by operating activities652 — 652 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities4,851 — 4,851 
Additions to property and equipment and capitalized software(15)— (15)
Purchases of investment securities(5,828)— (5,828)
Additional investments in unconsolidated affiliates(588)— (588)
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates, return of investment50 — 50 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,530)— (1,530)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Dividends paid(9)— (9)
Contractholder account deposits4,124 — 4,124 
Contractholder account withdrawals(2,759)— (2,759)
Purchases of treasury stock(65)— (65)
Net cash provided by financing activities1,291 — 1,291 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents413 — 413 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period522 — 522 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$935 $— $935 
Note C — Acquisition by FNF
As discussed in Note A - Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, F&G was acquired by FNF on June 1, 2020.
F-27


The initial purchase price is as follows (in millions):
Cash paid for outstanding F&G shares$1,903 
Less: Cash Acquired827 
Net cash paid for F&G1,076 
Value of FNF share consideration806 
Value of outstanding converted equity awards attributed to services already rendered28 
Total net consideration paid$1,910 
The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations ("Topic 805").The purchase price was allocated to F&G's assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date. Goodwill has been recorded based on the amount that the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill consists primarily of intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition. The goodwill recorded is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes, except for $16 million related to a prior F&G transaction.
Pursuant to Topic 805, the financial statements were not retrospectively adjusted for any provisional amount changes that occurred during the measurement period. Rather, we recognized provisional adjustments as we obtained information not available as of the completion of the preliminary fair value calculation. We also recorded, in the same period as the financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, as a result of any changes to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date.
F-28


The following table summarizes the fair value amounts recognized for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (dollars in millions):
Fair Value
Fixed maturity securities$22,389 
Preferred securities876 
Equity securities52 
Derivative instruments313 
Mortgage loans1,755 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates1,049 
Other long-term investments430 
Short-term investments37 
Trade and notes receivable
Reinsurance recoverable2,998 
Goodwill1,756 
Prepaid expenses and other assets379 
Lease assets
Other intangible assets2,107 
Deferred tax asset269 
Assets of discontinued operations2,392 
Total assets acquired36,811 
Contractholder funds26,451 
Future policy benefits3,871 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities897 
Notes payable589 
Funds withheld for reinsurance liabilities816 
Lease liabilities
Liabilities of discontinued operations2,268 
Total liabilities assumed34,901 
Net assets acquired$1,910 
The gross carrying value and weighted average estimated useful lives of Other intangible assets acquired in the F&G acquisition consist of the following (dollars in millions):
Gross Carrying ValueEstimated Useful Life
(in years)
Other intangible assets:
Value of business acquired$1,908 Various
Value of distribution network acquired140 15
Trademarks and licenses38 10
Software21 2
Total Other intangible assets$2,107 
We completed our assessment of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed within the one-year period from the date of acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded measurement period adjustments as of the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of the
F-29


acquisition date. Such adjustments resulted in a decrease in Reinsurance recoverable of approximately $289 million, an increase in Other intangible assets of approximately $61 million, a decrease in Future policy benefits of $227 million and various other, individually immaterial items. There was no material impact on Consolidated Statements of Earnings as a result of the measurement period adjustments recorded. During the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, we adjusted the provisional amounts as of June 1, 2020, that were recognized at the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition dates that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of the acquisition date. Such adjustments resulted in an increase in Investments in unconsolidated affiliates of approximately $31 million, an increase in Reinsurance recoverable of approximately $46 million, an increase in Goodwill of approximately $26 million, a decrease in Other intangible assets of approximately $93 million, an increase in Deferred tax assets of approximately $13 million, an increase in Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities of $35 million and various other, individually immaterial items.
Note D — Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our measurement of fair value is based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset, or non-performance risk, which may include our own credit risk. We estimate an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market for that asset or liability in the absence of a principal market as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or assume a liability (“entry price”). We categorize financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the respective valuation technique. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 - Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 - Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads, and yield curves.
Level 3 - Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date based on the best information available in the circumstances.
NAV - Certain equity investments are measured using NAV as a practical expedient in determining fair value. In addition, our unconsolidated affiliates (primarily limited partnerships) are primarily accounted for using the equity method of accounting with fair value determined using NAV as a practical expedient. Our carrying value reflects our pro rata ownership percentage as indicated by NAV in the limited partnership financial statements, which we may adjust if we determine NAV is not calculated consistent with investment company fair value principles. The underlying investments of the limited partnerships may have significant unobservable inputs, which may include, but are not limited to, comparable multiples and weighted average cost of capital rates applied in valuation models or a discounted cash flow model. Additionally, management meets quarterly with the general partner to determine whether any credit or other market events have occurred since prior quarter financial statements to ensure any material events are properly included in current quarter valuation and investment income.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.
When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement.
F-30


Because certain securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for these securities is inherently more difficult. In addition to the unobservable inputs, Level 3 fair value investments may include observable components, which are components that are actively quoted or can be validated to market-based sources.
F-31


The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments for which the disclosure of fair values is required, including financial assets and liabilities measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis, with the exception of investment contracts, portions of other long-term investments and debt, which are disclosed later within this footnote, was summarized according to the hierarchy previously described, as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVFair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $1,533 $— $— $— $1,533 $1,533 
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities— 4,736 3,959 — 8,695 8,695 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 2,929 35 — 2,964 2,964 
Corporates— 13,883 1,121 — 15,004 15,004 
Hybrids132 749 — — 881 881 
Municipals— 1,398 43 — 1,441 1,441 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 722 — — 722 722 
U.S. Government50 — — — 50 50 
Foreign Governments— 187 18 — 205 205 
Equity securities95 — — 48 143 143 
Preferred securities407 620 — 1,028 1,028 
Derivative investments— 816 — — 816 816 
Short-term investments50 321 — 373 373 
Other long-term investments— — 78 — 78 78 
Total financial assets at fair value$2,267 $26,042 $5,576 $48 $33,933 $33,933 
Liabilities
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds— — 3,883 — 3,883 3,883 
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives, included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities— 73 — — 73 73 
Total financial liabilities at fair value$— $73 $3,883 $— $3,956 $3,956 
F-32


December 31, 2020
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVFair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $889 $— $— $— $889 $889 
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities— 4,917 1,350 — 6,267 6,267 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 2,780 26 — 2,806 2,806 
Corporates— 11,895 1,274 — 13,169 13,169 
Hybrids175 784 — 963 963 
Municipals— 1,266 43 — 1,309 1,309 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 317 483 — 800 800 
U.S. Government45 — — — 45 45 
Foreign Governments— 123 17 — 140 140 
Equity securities61 21 — — 82 82 
Preferred securities326 638 — 965 965 
Derivative investments— 548 — — 548 548 
Short term investments456 — — — 456 456 
Other long-term investments— — 50 — 50 50 
Total financial assets at fair value$1,952 $23,289 $3,248 $— $28,489 $28,489 
Liabilities
Fair value of future policy benefits— — — 
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds— — 3,404 — 3,404 3,404 
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives, included in other liabilities— 107 — — 107 107 
Total financial liabilities at fair value$— $107 $3,409 $— $3,516 $3,516 
Valuation Methodologies
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these instruments approximate fair value.
Fixed Maturity, Preferred and Equity Securities
We measure the fair value of our securities based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the security. The most appropriate valuation methodology is selected based on the specific characteristics of the fixed maturity, preferred or equity security, and we will then consistently apply the valuation methodology to measure the security’s fair value. Our fair value measurement is based on a market approach, which utilizes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities. Sources of inputs to the market approach include third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations, or pricing matrices. We use observable and unobservable inputs in our valuation methodologies. Observable inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities,
F-33


bids, offers, and reference data including market research publications. In addition, market indicators and industry and economic events are monitored and further market data will be acquired when certain thresholds are met.
For certain security types, additional inputs may be used, or some of the inputs described above may not be applicable. The significant input used in the fair value measurement of equity securities for which the market approach valuation technique is employed is yield for comparable securities. Increases or decreases in the yields would result in lower or higher, respectively, fair value measurements. For broker-quoted only securities, quotes from market makers or broker-dealers are obtained from sources recognized to be market participants. We believe the broker quotes are prices at which trades could be executed based on historical trades executed at broker-quoted or slightly higher prices.
We analyze the third-party valuation methodologies and related inputs to perform assessments to determine the appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy. However, we did not adjust prices received from third parties as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Certain equity investments are measured using NAV as a practical expedient in determining fair value.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The fair value of call options is based upon valuation pricing models, which represents what we would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if we canceled the options, entered into offsetting positions, or exercised the options. Fair values for these instruments are determined internally, based on industry accepted valuation pricing models, which use market-observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curve volatilities, and other factors.
The fair value of futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin (open trade equity, net of cash settlements), which represents what we would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if we canceled the contracts or entered into offsetting positions. These contracts are classified as Level 1.
The fair value measurement of the FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives included in contractholder funds is determined through a combination of market observable information and significant unobservable inputs using the option budget method. The market observable inputs are the market value of option and treasury rates. The significant unobservable inputs are the budgeted option cost (i.e., the expected cost to purchase call options in future periods to fund the equity indexed linked feature), surrender rates, mortality multiplier and non-performance spread. The mortality multiplier at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, was applied to the 2012 Individual Annuity mortality tables. Increases or decreases in the market value of an option in isolation would result in a higher or lower, respectively, fair value measurement. Increases or decreases in treasury rates, mortality multiplier, surrender rates, or non-performance spread in isolation would result in a lower or higher fair value measurement, respectively. Generally, a change in any one unobservable input would not directly result in a change in any other unobservable input. Also refer to Management's Estimates in Note A Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies regarding the implementation of a new actuarial valuation system and assumption updates during the third quarter of 2021. The system implementation and assumption review process included refinements in the calculation of the fair value of the embedded derivative component of our fixed indexed annuities.
The fair value of the reinsurance-related embedded derivatives in the funds withheld reinsurance agreements with Kubera (effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset) and Aspida Re are estimated based upon the fair value of the assets supporting the funds withheld from reinsurance liabilities. The fair value of the assets is based on a quoted market price of similar assets (Level 2), and therefore the fair value of the embedded derivative is based on market-observable inputs and classified as Level 2. Please see Note O Reinsurance for further discussion on F&G reinsurance agreements.
F-34


Short-term Investments
The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these instruments approximate fair value.
Other Long-term Investments
We hold a fund-linked note which provides for an additional payment at maturity based on the value of an embedded derivative based on the actual return of a dedicated return fund. Fair value of the embedded derivative is based on an unobservable input, the net asset value of the fund at the balance sheet date. The embedded derivative is similar to a call option on the net asset value of the fund with a strike price of zero since we will not be required to make any additional payments at maturity of the fund-linked note in order to receive the net asset value of the fund on the maturity date. A Black-Scholes model determines the net asset value of the fund as the fair value of the call option regardless of the values used for the other inputs to the option pricing model. The net asset value of the fund is provided by the fund manager at the end of each calendar month and represents the value an investor would receive if it withdrew its investment on the balance sheet date. Therefore, the key unobservable input used in the Black-Scholes model is the value of the fund. As the value of the fund increases or decreases, the fair value of the embedded derivative will increase or decrease. See further discussion on the available-for-sale embedded derivative in Note F Derivative Financial Instruments.
The fair value of the credit-linked note is based on a weighted average of a broker quote and a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow approach is based on the expected portfolio cash flows and amortization schedule reflecting investment expectations, adjusted for assumptions on the portfolio's default and recovery rates, and the note's discount rate. The fair value of the note is provided by the fund manager at the end of each quarter.
Quantitative information regarding significant unobservable inputs used for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
Fair Value atValuation TechniqueUnobservable Input(s)Range (Weighted average)
December 31, 2021
(in millions)December 31, 2021
Assets
Asset-backed securities$3,844 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
52.56% - 260.7% (97.06%)
Asset-backed securities115 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
93.02% - 108.45% (104.95%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities24 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
126.70% - 126.70% (126.70%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities11 Third Party ValuationOffered quotes
97.91% -97.91% (97.91%)
Corporates380 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
0.00% - 109.69% (100.91%)
Corporates741 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
85.71% - 119.57% (107.72%)
Municipals43 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
135.09% - 135.09% (135.09%)
Foreign governments18 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
107.23% - 116.44% (110.11%)
Short-term321 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
100.00% - 100.00% (100.00%)
Preferred securitiesIncome-ApproachYield
2.43%
Other long-term investments:
F-35


Available-for-sale embedded derivative34 Black Scholes modelMarket value of fund
100.00%
Credit linked note23 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
100.00%
Investment in affiliate21 Market Comparable Company AnalysisEBITDA multiple
8x - 8x
Total financial assets at fair value$5,576 
Liabilities
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,883 Discounted cash flowMarket value of option
0.00% - 38.72% (3.16%)
Swap rates
0.05% - 1.94% (1.00%)
Mortality multiplier
100.00% - 100.00% (100.00%)
Surrender rates
0.25% - 70.00% (6.26%)
Partial withdrawals
2.00% - 23.26% (2.72%)
Non-performance spread
0.43% - 1.01% (0.68%)
Option cost
0.07% - 4.97% (1.83%)
Total financial liabilities at fair value$3,883 
Fair Value atValuation TechniqueUnobservable Input(s)Range (Weighted average)
December 31, 2020
(in millions)December 31, 2020
Assets
Asset-backed securities$1,175 Broker-quotedOffered quotes 85% - 126.15% (103.96%)
Asset-backed securities175 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes 0.00% - 107.25% (79.87%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities26 Broker-quotedOffered quotes 131.59% - 131.59% (131.59%)
Corporates380 Broker-quotedOffered quotes 75.20% - 114.68% ( 103.36%)
Corporates894 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes88.42% - 125.83% (109.47%)
HybridsThird-Party ValuationOffered quotes112.06% - 112.06% ( 112.06%)
Municipals43 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes 133.53% - 133.53% (133.53%)
Residential mortgage-backed securities483 Broker-quotedOffered quotes 112.58% - 112.58% (112.58%)
Foreign governments17 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes 107.87% - 113.80% (109.72%)
Preferred securitiesIncome-ApproachYield — %
Other long-term assets:
F-36


Available-for-sale embedded derivative27 
Third-Party Valuation
Market value of fund 100.00%
Credit Linked Note23 Broker-quotedOffered quotes100.00%
Total financial assets at fair value$3,248 
Liabilities
Future policy benefits $Discounted cash flowNon-performance spread0.00%
Market value of option0.00% - 11.20% (2.50)%
Risk margin to reflect uncertainty0.50 %
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,404 
Discounted cash flow

Market value of option

0.00% - 67.65% (2.25%)
Treasury rates0.08% - 1.65% (0.87%)
Mortality multiplier100.00% - 100.00% (100.00%)
Surrender rates0.25% - 55.00% (5.24%)
Partial withdrawals2.00% - 3.50% (2.58%)
Non-performance spread0.74% - 0.74% (0.74%)
Option cost0.05% - 16.61% (2.25%)
Total financial liabilities at fair value$3,409 
The following tables summarize changes to the Company’s financial instruments carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the year and seven months ended December 31, 2021. This
F-37


summary excludes any impact of amortization of VOBA, DAC and DSI. The gains and losses below may include changes in fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component of the valuation methodology.
Year ended December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Balance at Beginning
of Period
Total Gains (Losses)PurchasesSalesSettlements
Net transfer In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
Balance at End of
Period
Change in Unrealized Incl in OCI
Included in
Earnings
Included in
AOCI
Assets
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities$1,350 $(1)$(8)$3,417 $(97)$(595)$(107)$3,959 $
Commercial mortgage-backed securities26 — (3)12 — — — 35 
Corporates1,274 (40)154 (9)(247)(19)1,121 23 
Hybrids— — — — (4)— — — 
Municipals43 — — — — — — 43 
Residential mortgage-backed securities483 — (1)14 — (102)(394)— 22 
Foreign governments17 — — — — — 18 
Short-term— — 820 — (501)— 321 — 
Preferred securities(1)— — — — — 
Other long-term assets:
Available-for-sale embedded derivative27 — — — — — 34 — 
Credit linked note23 — — — — — — 23 — 
Investment in affiliate— — — 21 — — — 21 — 
Total assets at Level 3 fair value$3,248 $13 $(48)$4,438 $(106)$(1,449)$(520)$5,576 $59 
Liabilities
Future policy benefits$$— $— $— $(4)$(1)$— $— $— 
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,404 479 — — — — — 3,883 — 
Total liabilities at Level 3 fair value$3,409 $479 $— $— $(4)$(1)$— $3,883 $— 
__________________
(a)The net transfers out of Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2021 were to Level 2.
F-38


Period from June 1 to December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Balance at Beginning
of Period
F&G AcquisitionTotal Gains (Losses)PurchasesSalesSettlements
Net transfer In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
Balance at End of
Period
Change in Unrealized Incl in OCI
Included in
Earnings
Included in
AOCI
Assets
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities$— $854 $(1)$21 $633 $(1)$(133)$(23)1,350 $10 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 26 — — — — — 26 — 
Corporates— 1,238 64 102 — (87)(44)1,274 43 
Hybrids— — — — — — — — 
Municipals— 38 — — — — — 43 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 534 — 11 — (62)(7)483 — 
Foreign Governments— 16 — — — — — 17 
Preferred securities— — — — — — — — 
Other long-term assets:
Available-for-sale embedded derivative— 20 — — — — — 27 — 
Credit linked note— 23 — — — — — — 23 — 
Total assets at Level 3 fair value$— $2,754 $$98 $746 $(1)$(282)$(74)$3,248 $59 
Liabilities
Future policy benefits— — — — — — — — 
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds— 2,852 552 — — — — — 3,404 — 
Total liabilities at Level 3 fair value$— $2,857 $552 $— $— $— $— $— $3,409 $— 
_________________
(a)The net transfers out of Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2020 were to Level 2, except for the net transfers out related to our other long-term investment, which was to Level 1.
Valuation Methodologies and Associated Inputs for Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
The following discussion outlines the methodologies and assumptions used to determine the fair value of our financial instruments not carried at fair value. Considerable judgment is required to develop these assumptions used to measure fair value. Accordingly, the estimates shown are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in a one-time, current market exchange of all of our financial instruments.
Mortgage Loans
The fair value of mortgage loans is established using a discounted cash flow method based on internal credit rating, maturity and future income. This yield-based approach is sourced from our third-party vendor. The internal ratings for mortgages in good standing are based on property type, location, market conditions, occupancy, debt service coverage, loan-to-value, quality of tenancy, borrower, and payment record. The inputs used to measure the fair value of our mortgage loans are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
F-39


Investments in Unconsolidated affiliates
The fair value of investments in unconsolidated affiliates is determined using NAV as a practical expedient.
Policy Loans (included within Other long-term investments)
Fair values for policy loans are estimated from a discounted cash flow analysis, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar credit risk. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.
Company Owned Life Insurance
Company owned life insurance (COLI) is a life insurance program used to finance certain employee benefit expenses. The fair value of COLI is based on net realizable value, which is generally cash surrender value. COLI is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Other Invested Assets (included within Other long-term investments)
The fair value of bank loans is estimated using a discounted cash flow method with the discount rate based on weighted average cost of capital ("WACC"). This yield-based approach is sourced from a third-party vendor and the WACC establishes a market participant discount rate by determining the hypothetical capital structure for the asset should it be underwritten as of each period end. Other invested assets are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Investment Contracts
Investment contracts include deferred annuities (FIAs and fixed rate annuities), indexed universal life policies ("IULs"), funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuity contracts without life contingencies. The FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds, are excluded as they are carried at fair value. The fair value of the FIA, fixed rate annuity and IUL contracts is based on their cash surrender value (i.e., the cost the Company would incur to extinguish the liability) as these contracts are generally issued without an annuitization date. The fair value of funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuity contracts without life contingencies is derived by calculating a new fair value interest rate using the updated yield curve and treasury spreads as of the respective reporting date. The Company is not required to, and has not, estimated the fair value of the liabilities under contracts that involve significant mortality or morbidity risks, as these liabilities fall within the definition of insurance contracts that are exceptions from financial instruments that require disclosures of fair value.
Other
FHLB common stock, Accounts receivable and Notes receivable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. FHLB common stock is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. Accounts receivable and Notes receivable are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Debt
The fair value of the $550 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior notes due 2025 is based on quoted market prices. The inputs used to measure the fair value of this debt results in a Level 2 classification within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the $400 million promissory note with FNF is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis wherein contractual cash flows are discounted using then current interest rates being offered for debt with similar credit risk and tenor. This debt is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
F-40


The following tables provide the carrying value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments that are carried on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at amounts other than fair value, summarized according to the fair value hierarchy previously described.
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVTotal Estimated Fair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
FHLB common stock$— $72 $— $— $72 $72 
Commercial mortgage loans— — 2,265 — 2,265 2,168 
Residential mortgage loans— — 1,549 — 1,549 1,581 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates— — — 2,350 2,350 2,350 
Policy loans— — 39 — 39 39 
Company-owned life insurance— — 299 — 299 299 
Total
$— $72 $4,152 $2,350 $6,574 $6,509 
Liabilities
Investment contracts, included in contractholder funds$— $— $27,448 $— $27,448 $31,529 
Debt— 615 412 — 1,027 977 
Total
$— $615 $27,860 $— $28,475 $32,506 
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVTotal Estimated Fair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
FHLB common stock$— $66 $— $— $66 $66 
Commercial mortgage loans— — 926 — 926 903 
Residential mortgage loans— — 1,123 — 1,123 1,128 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates— — — 1,148 1,148 1,148 
Policy loans— — 33 — 33 33 
Other invested assets— — 28 — 28 27 
Company-owned life insurance— — 272 — 272 272 
Total
$— $66 $2,382 $1,148 $3,596 $3,577 
Liabilities
Investment contracts, included in contractholder funds$— $— $21,719 $— $21,719 $25,199 
Debt— 640 — — 640 590 
Total
$— $640 $21,719 $— $22,359 $25,789 
For investments for which NAV is used, we do not have any significant restrictions in our ability to liquidate our positions in these investments, other than obtaining general partner approval, nor do we believe it is probable a price less than NAV would be received in the event of a liquidation.
We review the fair value hierarchy classifications each reporting period. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are
F-41


reported as transfers in and out of Level 3, or between other levels, at the beginning fair value for the reporting period in which the changes occur. The transfers into and out of Level 3 were related to changes in the primary pricing source and changes in the observability of external information used in determining the fair value.
Note E — Investments
Our fixed maturity securities investments have been designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, net of allowance for expected credit losses, with unrealized gains and losses included in AOCI, net of associated adjustments for VOBA, DAC, DSI, UREV, SOP 03-1 reserves, and deferred income taxes. Our preferred and equity securities investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in net income (loss). The Company’s consolidated investments are summarized as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2021
Amortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueCarrying Value
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$8,516 $(3)$220 $(38)$8,695 $8,695 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities2,669 (2)308 (11)2,964 2,964 
Corporates14,372 — 784 (152)15,004 15,004 
Hybrids812 — 69 — 881 881 
Municipals1,386 — 66 (11)1,441 1,441 
Residential mortgage-backed securities722 (3)(4)722 722 
U.S. Government50 — — — 50 50 
Foreign Governments197 — — 205 205 
Total available-for-sale securities$28,724 $(8)$1,462 $(216)$29,962 $29,962 
December 31, 2020
Amortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueCarrying Value
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$5,941 $— $344 $(18)$6,267 $6,267 
Commercial mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities2,468 — 341 (3)2,806 2,806 
Corporates12,107 (7)1,083 (14)13,169 13,169 
Hybrids888 — 75 — 963 963 
Municipals1,243 — 68 (2)1,309 1,309 
Residential mortgage-backed securities782 (3)22 (1)800 800 
U.S. Government45 — — — 45 45 
Foreign Governments128 — 12 — 140 140 
Total available-for-sale securities
$23,602 $(10)$1,945 $(38)$25,499 $25,499 
Securities held on deposit with various state regulatory authorities had a fair value of $22,219 million and $16,619 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company held no material investments that were non-income producing for a period greater than twelve months.
F-42


At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company's accrued interest receivable balance was $246 million and $225 million, respectively. Accrued interest receivable is classified within Prepaid expenses and other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In accordance with our FHLB agreements, the investments supporting the funding agreement liabilities are pledged as collateral to secure the FHLB funding agreement liabilities and are not available to the Company for general purposes. The collateral investments had a fair value of $2,469 million and $1,622 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities by contractual maturities, as applicable, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(in millions)(in millions)
Amortized Cost Fair ValueAmortized CostFair Value
Corporates, Non-structured Hybrids, Municipal and Government securities:
Due in one year or less$105 $106 $111 $112 
Due after one year through five years1,724 1,754 1,055 1,107 
Due after five years through ten years2,141 2,201 1,808 1,918 
Due after ten years12,842 13,515 11,436 12,489 
16,812 17,576 14,410 15,626 
Other securities, which provide for periodic payments:
Asset-backed securities8,516 8,695 5,941 6,267 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities2,669 2,964 2,468 2,806 
Structured hybrids— — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities722 722 782 800 
11,912 12,386 9,191 9,873 
Total fixed maturity available-for-sale securities$28,724 $29,962 $23,601 $25,499 
Allowance for Current Expected Credit Loss
Following the adoption of ASU 2016-13 and the related targeted improvements and transition relief amendments (see Note S Recent Accounting Pronouncements) effective January 1, 2020, the Company regularly reviews AFS securities for declines in fair value that we determine to be credit related. For our fixed maturity securities, we generally consider the following in determining whether our unrealized losses are credit related, and if so, the magnitude of the credit loss:
The extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis;
The reasons for the decline in value (credit event, currency or interest-rate related, including general credit spread widening);
The financial condition of and near-term prospects of the issuer (including issuer's current credit rating and the probability of full recovery of principal based upon the issuer's financial strength);
Current delinquencies and nonperforming assets of underlying collateral;
Expected future default rates;
Collateral value by vintage, geographic region, industry concentration or property type;
F-43


Subordination levels or other credit enhancements as of the balance sheet date as compared to origination; and
Contractual and regulatory cash obligations and the issuer's plans to meet such obligations.
We recognize an allowance for current expected credit losses on fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position when it is determined, using the factors discussed above, a component of the unrealized loss is related to credit. We measure the credit loss using a discounted cash flow model that utilizes the single best estimate cash flow and the recognized credit loss is limited to the total unrealized loss on the security (i.e., the fair value floor). Cash flows are discounted using the implicit yield of bonds at their time of purchase and the current book yield for asset and mortgage backed securities as well as variable rate securities. We recognize the expected credit losses in Recognized gains and losses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, with an offset for the amount of non-credit impairments recognized in AOCI. We do not measure a credit loss allowance on accrued investment income because we write-off accrued interest through Interest and investment income when collectability concerns arise.
We consider the following in determining whether write-offs of a security’s amortized cost is necessary:
We believe amounts related to securities have become uncollectible;
We intend to sell a security; or
It is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security prior to recovery.
If we intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized cost, we will write down the security to current fair value, with a corresponding charge, net of any amount previously recognized as an allowance for expected credit loss, to Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. If we do not intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis but believe amounts related to a security are uncollectible (generally based on proximity to expected credit loss), an impairment is deemed to have occurred and the amortized cost is written down to the estimated recovery value with a corresponding charge, net of any amount previously recognized as an allowance for expected credit loss, to Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The remainder of unrealized loss is held in AOCI.
The activity in the allowance for expected credit losses of available-for-sale securities aggregated by investment category was as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31, 2021
AdditionsReductions
Balance at Beginning of PeriodFor credit losses on securities for which losses were not previously recorded
For initial credit losses on purchased securities accounted for as PCD financial assets (1)
(Additions) reductions in allowance recorded on previously impaired securitiesFor securities sold during the periodFor securities intended/required to be sold prior to recovery of amortized cost basisWrite offs charged against the allowanceRecoveries of amounts previously written offBalance at End of Period
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$— $— $(1)$(2)$— $— $— — $(3)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— (2)— — — — — — (2)
Corporates(7)— — — — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities(3)— — — — — — — (3)
Total available-for-sale securities$(10)$(2)$(1)$$— $— $— $$(8)
F-44


Period from June 1 to December 31, 2020
AdditionsReductions
Balance at Beginning of PeriodFor credit losses on securities for which losses were not previously recorded
For initial credit losses on purchased securities accounted for as PCD financial assets (1)
(Additions) reductions in allowance recorded on previously impaired securitiesFor securities sold during the periodFor securities intended/required to be sold prior to recovery of amortized cost basisWrite offs charged against the allowanceRecoveries of amounts previously written offBalance at End of Period
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$— $$(9)$$— $— $— $— $— 
Corporates— (17)— — (7)
Hybrids— — (3)— — — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— (7)— — — (3)
Total available-for-sale securities$— $10 $(36)$$$$$— $(10)
__________________
(1)Purchased credit deteriorated financial assets ("PCD")
Period from January 1 to May 31, 2020
AdditionsReductions
Balance at Beginning of PeriodFor credit losses on securities for which losses were not previously recordedFor initial credit losses on purchased securities accounted for as PCD financial assets (1)(Additions) reductions in allowance recorded on previously impaired securitiesFor securities sold during the periodFor securities intended/required to be sold prior to recovery of amortized cost basisWrite offs charged against the allowanceRecoveries of amounts previously written offBalance at End of Period
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$— $17 $— $(12)$— $— $— $— $
Corporates— 28 — — (8)(12)(1)— 
Hybrids— — — — — — — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— — (3)— — — — 
Total available-for-sale securities$— $51 $— $(15)$(8)$(12)$(1)$— $15 
Purchased credit-deteriorated available-for-sale debt securities ("PCD"s) are AFS securities purchased at a discount, where part of that discount is attributable to credit. Credit loss allowances are calculated for these securities as of the date of their acquisition, with the initial allowance serving to increase amortized cost. The following table summarizes year to date PCD AFS security purchases (in millions).
Purchased credit-deteriorated available-for-sale debt securitiesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Purchase price$$265 
Allowance for credit losses at acquisition35 
Discount (or premiums) attributable to other factors— 84 
AFS purchased credit-deteriorated par value$$384 
F-45


The fair value and gross unrealized losses of available-for-sale securities, excluding securities in an unrealized loss position with an allowance for expected credit loss, aggregated by investment category and duration of fair value below amortized cost were as follows (dollars in millions):
December 31, 2021
Less than 12 months12 months or longerTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$4,410 $(31)$146 $(7)$4,556 $(38)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities600 (11)— 601 (11)
Corporates5,017 (126)394 (26)5,411 (152)
Hybrids— — — — 
Municipals407 (5)85 (6)492 (11)
Residential mortgage-backed securities325 (3)11 (1)336 (4)
U.S. Government32 — — 36 — 
Foreign Government27 — — — 27 — 
Total available-for-sale securities$10,821 $(176)$641 $(40)$11,462 $(216)
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position less than twelve months1,955 
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position twelve months or longer67
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position 2,022 
December 31, 2020
Less than 12 months12 months or longerTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$477 $(18)$— $— $477 $(18)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities48 (3)— — 48 (3)
Corporates825 (14)— — 825 (14)
Hybrids— — — — 
Municipals115 (2)— — 115 (2)
Residential mortgage-backed securities30 (1)— — 30 (1)
U.S. Government— — — — 
Total available-for-sale securities$1,501 $(38)$— $— $1,501 $(38)
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position less than twelve months184
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position twelve months or longer
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position 184 
We determined the increase in unrealized losses was caused by the increasing treasury rates, offset by narrower credit spreads. Specific to asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities for which an expected credit loss was not determined, the effect of any increased expectations of underlying collateral defaults have not risen to the level of impacting the tranches of those securities.
F-46


Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
Prior to the adoption of ASC 326 in 2020, the Company evaluated and identified securities for other-than-temporary impairment. If the Company concluded that an OTTI had occurred, the amortized cost was written down to its current fair value, with a corresponding charge to “Recognized gains and losses, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company recognized OTTI of $22 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, that were included in Recognized gains and losses, net the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Mortgage Loans
Our mortgage loans are collateralized by commercial and residential properties.
F-47


Commercial Mortgage Loans
Commercial mortgage loans ("CMLs") represented approximately 6% of our total investments at December 31, 2021. We primarily invest in mortgage loans on income producing properties including industrial properties, retail buildings, multifamily properties and office buildings. We diversify our CML portfolio by geographic region and property type to attempt to reduce concentration risk. We continuously evaluate CMLs based on relevant current information to ensure properties are performing at a consistent and acceptable level to secure the related debt. The distribution of CMLs, gross of valuation allowances, by property type and geographic region is reflected in the following tables (dollars in millions):
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Gross Carrying Value% of TotalGross Carrying Value% of Total
Property Type:
Hotel$19 %$19 %
Industrial - General497 23 %302 33 %
Mixed Use13 %12 %
Multifamily894 41 %165 18 %
Office343 16 %140 15 %
Retail121 %142 17 %
Other204 %125 14 %
Student Housing83 %— — %
Total commercial mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance$2,174 100 %$905 100 %
Allowance for expected credit loss(6)(2)
Total commercial mortgage loans$2,168 $903 
U.S. Region:
East North Central$137 %$61 %
East South Central79 %80 %
Middle Atlantic293 13 %100 11 %
Mountain236 11 %48 %
New England149 %79 %
Pacific649 30 %333 37 %
South Atlantic459 21 %133 15 %
West North Central12 %13 %
West South Central160 %58 %
Total commercial mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance$2,174 100 %$905 100 %
Allowance for expected credit loss(6)(2)
Total commercial mortgage loans$2,168 $903 
LTV and debt service coverage ("DSC") ratios are measures commonly used to assess the risk and quality of mortgage loans. The LTV ratio is expressed as a percentage of the amount of the loan relative to the value of the underlying property. A LTV ratio in excess of 100% indicates the unpaid loan amount exceeds the underlying collateral. The DSC ratio, based upon the most recently received financial statements, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of a property’s net income to its debt service payments. A DSC ratio of less than 1.00 indicates that a property’s operations do not generate sufficient income to cover debt payments.
All of our investments in CMLs had a loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio of less than 75% at December 31, 2021, as measured at inception of the loans unless otherwise updated.
F-48


The following tables presents the recorded investment in CMLs by LTV and DSC ratio categories and estimated fair value by the indicated loan-to-value ratios (dollars in millions):
Debt-Service Coverage RatiosTotal Amount% of TotalEstimated Fair Value% of Total
>1.251.00 - 1.25<1.00
December 31, 2021
LTV Ratios:
Less than 50%$626 $33 $$668 31 %$745 33 %
50% to 60%470 — — 470 22 481 21 
60% to 75%1,036 — — 1,036 47 1,039 46 
Commercial mortgage loans$2,132 $33 $$2,174 100 %$2,265 100 %
December 31, 2020
LTV Ratios:
Less than 50%$519 $18 $— $537 60 %$557 60 %
50% to 60%237 — 246 27 250 27 
60% to 75%122 — — 122 13 119 13 
Commercial mortgage loans$878 $27 $— $905 100 %$926 100 %
We recognize a mortgage loan as delinquent when payments on the loan are greater than 30 days past due. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had no CMLs that were delinquent in principal or interest payments.
Residential Mortgage Loans
Residential mortgage loans ("RMLs") represented approximately 4% and 3% of our total investments at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our residential mortgage loans are closed end, amortizing loans and 100% of the properties are located in the United States. We diversify our RML portfolio by state to attempt to reduce concentration risk. The distribution of RMLs by state with highest-to-lowest concentration are reflected in the following tables (dollars in millions):
December 31, 2021
U.S. State:Amortized Cost% of Total
Florida$234 15 %
Texas170 10 
New Jersey153 10 
All Other States (1)
1,049 65 
Total mortgage loans$1,606 100 %
__________________
(1)The individual concentration of each state is less than or equal to 9%.
December 31, 2020
U.S. State:Amortized Cost% of Total
Florida186 16 %
California161 14 %
Texas101 %
New Jersey96 %
All Other States (1)
615 53 %
Total residential mortgage loans
$1,159 100 %
__________________
(1)The individual concentration of each state is less than 8%.
Residential mortgage loans have a primary credit quality indicator of either a performing or nonperforming
F-49


loan. We define non-performing residential mortgage loans as those that are 90 or more days past due or in nonaccrual status, which is assessed monthly. The credit quality of RMLs was as follows (dollars in millions):
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Performance indicators:Carrying Value% of TotalCarrying Value% of Total
Performing$1,533 95 %$1,059 91 %
Non-performing73 106 %
Total residential mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance
$1,606 100 %$1,165 100 %
Allowance for expected loan loss(25)— (37)— %
Total residential mortgage loans$1,581 100 %$1,128 100 %
Loans segregated by risk rating exposure were as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2021
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20212020201920182017PriorTotal
Residential mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$795 $293 $323 $50 $36 $21 $1,518 
30-89 days past due— — 16 
Over 90 days past due23 46 — — 72 
Total residential mortgages$801 $320 $375 $53 $36 $21 $1,606 
Commercial mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
30-89 days past due— — — — — — — 
Over 90 days past due— — — — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
December 31, 2020
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20202019201820172016PriorTotal
Residential mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$311 $545 $68 $42 $62 $$1,030 
30-89 days past due22 — — — 26 
Over 90 days past due26 74 — — — 103 
Total residential mortgages$339 $641 $73 $42 $62 $$1,159 
Commercial mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$542 $— $$— $11 $346 $905 
30-89 days past due— — — — — — — 
Over 90 days past due— — — — — — — 
Total commercial mortgage$542 $— $$— $11 $346 $905 
F-50


December 31, 2021
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20212020201920182017PriorTotal
Commercial mortgages
LTV
Less than 50%$120 $229 $— $$— $313 $668 
50% to 60%267 192 — — — 11 470 
60% to 75%914 122 — — — — 1,036 
Total commercial mortgages$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
Commercial mortgages
DSCR
Greater than 1.25x$1,301 $543 $— $$— $284 $2,132 
1.00x - 1.25x— — — — 31 33 
Less than 1.00x— — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
December 31, 2020
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20202019201820172016PriorTotal
Commercial mortgages
LTV
Less than 50%$228 $— $$— $— $303 $537 
50% to 60%192 — — — 11 43 246 
60% to 75%122 — — — — — 122 
Total commercial mortgages$542 $— $$— $11 $346 $905 
Commercial mortgages
DSCR
Greater than 1.25x$542 $— $$— $11 $319 $878 
1.00x - 1.25x— — — — — 27 27 
Less than 1.00x— — — — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$542 $— $$— $11 $346 $905 
Non-accrual loans by amortized cost were as follows (in millions):
Amortized cost of loans on non-accrualDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Residential mortgage:$72 $99 
Commercial mortgage:— — 
Total non-accrual loans$72 $99 
Immaterial interest income was recognized on non-accrual financing receivables for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
It is our policy to cease to accrue interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is our general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $72 million and $99 million, respectively, of mortgage loans that were over 90 days past due, of which $39 million and $24 million, respectively, were in the process of foreclosure. We will continue to evaluate these policies with regard to the economic challenges for mortgage debtors related to COVID-19. Our ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings may be limited by legislation passed and executive orders issued in response to COVID-19.
F-51


Allowance for Expected Credit Loss
We estimate expected credit losses for our commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios using a probability of default/loss given default model. Significant inputs to this model include, where applicable, the loans' current performance, underlying collateral type, location, contractual life, LTV, DSC and Debt to Income or FICO. The model projects losses using a two-year reasonable and supportable forecast and then reverts over a three-year period to market-wide historical loss experience. Changes in our allowance for expected credit losses on mortgage loans are recognized in Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of the June 1, 2020 acquisition of F&G, due to purchase accounting adjustments, our expected credit loss reserve was valued at $0.
The allowances for our mortgage loan portfolio is summarized as follows:
Year ended December 31, 2021Period from June 1 to December 31, 2020
Residential MortgageCommercial MortgageTotalResidential MortgageCommercial MortgageTotal
Beginning Balance
$37 $$39 — — — 
Provision for loan losses(12)(8)$30 $$32 
For initial credit losses on purchased loans accounted for as PCD financial assets— — — — 
Ending Balance
$25 $$31 $37 $$39 
Period from January 1 to May 31, 2020
Residential MortgageCommercial MortgageTotal
Beginning Balance$$$
Provision for loan losses— 
Ending Balance$14 $$15 
An allowance for expected credit loss is not measured on accrued interest income for commercial mortgage loans as we have a process to write-off interest on loans that enter into non-accrual status (over 90 days past due). Allowances for expected credit losses are measured on accrued interest income for residential mortgage loans and were immaterial as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
F-52


Interest and Investment Income
The major sources of Interest and investment income reported on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale$1,213 $643 $426 $1,058 
Equity securities11 
Preferred securities47 35 16 68 
Mortgage loans131 50 36 42 
Invested cash and short-term investments— 17 
Limited partnerships589 75 (37)81 
Other investments17 
Gross investment income2,015 818 454 1,276 
Investment expense(163)(75)(51)(107)
Interest and investment income$1,852 $743 $403 $1,169 
Recognized Gains and Losses, net
Details underlying Recognized gains and losses, net reported on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net realized gains (losses) on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities$102 $95 $(49)$41 
Net realized/unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities (2)
(37)29 (30)(2)
Net realized/unrealized gains (losses) on preferred securities (3)
(14)55 (40)131 
Realized gains (losses) on other invested assets— (2)
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(19)(23)— 
Derivatives and embedded derivatives:
Realized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments455 76 11 (16)
Unrealized gains (losses) on certain derivative instruments160 161 (223)414 
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives (1)
34 (53)19 (72)
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(1)
Realized gains (losses) on derivatives and embedded derivatives654 192 (194)333 
Recognized gains and (losses), net$715 $352 $(338)$505 
__________________
(1)Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives is due to activity related to the reinsurance treaties with Kubera (novated from Kubera to Somerset effective October 31, 2021) and Aspida Re.
F-53


(2)Includes net valuation (losses) gains of $(37) million, $30 million, $(30) million and $(1) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, the period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, and the year ended December 31, 2019 respectively.
(3)Includes net valuation (losses) gains of $(14) million, $56 million, $(34) million and $142 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, the period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, and the year ended 2019, respectively.
The proceeds from the sale of fixed-maturity securities and the gross gains and losses associated with those transactions were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Proceeds$4,555 $1,398 $513 $2,797 
Gross gains142 101 29 89 
Gross losses(42)(5)(20)(27)
Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities
The Company owns investments in VIEs that are not consolidated within our financial statements. A VIE is an entity that does not have sufficient equity to finance its own activities without additional financial support, where investors lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest, or where the entity is structured with non-substantive voting rights. VIEs are consolidated by their ‘primary beneficiary’, a designation given to an entity that receives both the benefits from the VIE as well as the substantive power to make its key economic decisions. While the Company participates in the benefits from VIEs in which it invests, but does not consolidate, the substantive power to make the key economic decisions for each respective VIE resides with entities not under common control with the Company. It is for this reason that the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary for the VIE investments that are not consolidated.
We invest in various limited partnerships and limited liability companies primarily as a passive investor. These investments are primarily in credit funds with a bias towards current income, real assets, or private equity. Limited partnership and limited liability company interests are accounted for under the equity method and are included in Investments in unconsolidated affiliates on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2021, we had one issuer, Blackstone Wave Asset Holdco, in which investments exceeded 10% of equity and was our largest concentration in any single issuer with a total fair value of $870 million or 2% of the invested assets portfolio. Blackstone Wave Asset Holdco is a special purpose vehicle that holds investments in numerous limited partnership investments. Those limited partnership investments are further diversified by holding interest in multiple individual investments and industries. In addition, we invest in structured investments which may be VIEs, but for which we are not the primary beneficiary. These structured investments typically invest in fixed income investments and are managed by third parties and include asset-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and residential mortgage-backed securities included in fixed maturity securities available for sale on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Our maximum exposure to loss with respect to these VIEs is limited to the investment carrying amounts reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets for limited partnerships and the amortized costs of our fixed maturity securities, in addition to any required unfunded commitments (also refer to Note G - Commitments and Contingencies).
F-54


The following table summarizes the carrying value and the maximum loss exposure of our unconsolidated VIEs:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Carrying ValueMaximum Loss ExposureCarrying ValueMaximum Loss Exposure
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates $2,350 $3,496 $1,156 $1,550 
Fixed maturity securities12,382 12,802 9,873 9,513 
Total unconsolidated VIE investments$14,732 $16,298 $11,029 $11,063 
Note F — Derivative Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in FIA and IUL contracts, and reinsurance is as follows (in millions):
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Assets:
Derivative investments:
Call options$816 $548 
Other long-term investments:
Other embedded derivatives33 27 
$849 $575 
Liabilities:
Contractholder funds:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives$3,883 $3,404 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives73 107 
$3,956 $3,511 
The change in fair value of derivative instruments, included within Recognized gains and losses, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings, is as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net investment gains (losses):
Call options$597 $229 $(221)$369 
Futures contracts15 27 
Foreign currency forwards10 (7)
Other derivatives and embedded derivatives(1)
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives 34 (53)19 (72)
Total net investment gains (losses)
$654 $192 $(194)$333 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives increase (decrease)$479 $552 $239 $752 
F-55


Additional Disclosures
FIA/ IUL Embedded Derivative and Call Options and Futures
We have FIA and IUL contracts that permit the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity index linked component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of various equity indices, primarily the S&P 500 Index. This feature represents an embedded derivative under GAAP. The FIA/IUL embedded derivatives are valued at fair value and included in the liability for contractholder funds in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value included as a component of Benefits and other changes in policy reserves in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. See a description of the fair value methodology used in Note D Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
We purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) on the applicable market indices to fund the index credits due to FIA/ IUL contractholders. The call options are one-, two-, three-, and five-year options purchased to match the funding requirements of the underlying policies. On the respective anniversary dates of the indexed policies, the index used to compute the interest credit is reset and we purchase new call options to fund the next index credit. We manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of our FIA/IUL contracts, which permit us to change caps, spreads or participation rates, subject to guaranteed minimums, on each contract’s anniversary date. The change in the fair value of the call options and futures contracts is generally designed to offset the portion of the change in the fair value of the FIA/IUL embedded derivatives related to index performance through the current credit period. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of Recognized gains and losses, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instrument term or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on market conditions and our risk tolerance. Our FIA/IUL hedging strategy economically hedges the equity returns and exposes us to the risk that unhedged market exposures result in divergence between changes in the fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. We use a variety of techniques, including direct estimation of market sensitivities, to monitor this risk daily. We intend to continue to adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and our risk tolerance changes.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by our counterparties on the call options and reflect assumptions regarding this non-performance risk in the fair value of the call options. The non-performance risk is the net counterparty exposure based on the fair value of the open contracts less collateral held. We maintain a policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement.
F-56


Information regarding our exposure to credit loss on the call options we hold is presented in the following table (in millions):
December 31, 2021
Counterparty
Credit Rating
(Fitch/Moody's/S&P) (1)
Notional
Amount
Fair ValueCollateralNet Credit Risk
Merrill Lynch AA/*/A+ $3,307 $128 $86 $42 
Morgan Stanley */Aa3/A+ 2,184 86 92 — 
Barclay's Bank A+/A1/A 5,197 231 233 — 
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce AA/Aa2/A+ 2,936 147 151 — 
Wells Fargo A+/A1/BBB+ 2,445 89 90 — 
Goldman Sachs A/A2/BBB+ 307 10 10 — 
Credit Suisse A/A1/A+ 1,485 74 75 — 
Truist A+/A2/A 1,543 51 53 — 
Total$19,404 $816 $790 $42 
December 31, 2020
Counterparty
Credit Rating (Fitch/Moody's/S&P) (1)
Notional AmountFair ValueCollateralNet Credit Risk
Merrill LynchAA-/*/A+$1,932 $75 $32 $43 
Morgan StanleyA/A2/BBB+1,503 40 41 — 
Barclay's BankA+/A1/A4,639 180 169 11 
Canadian Imperial Bank of CommerceAA/Aa2/A+2,276 86 85 
Wells FargoA+/A2/BBB+2,900 106 105 
Goldman SachsA/A3/BBB+634 15 15 — 
Credit SuisseA/Aa3/A+1,373 27 25 
TruistA+/A2/A652 19 19 — 
Total$15,909 $548 $491 $58 
__________________
(1)An * represents credit ratings that were not available.
Collateral Agreements
We are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice as part of our over-the-counter derivative agreements on ISDA forms. Under some ISDA agreements, we have agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels provides the counterparty under the agreement the right to terminate the open option contracts between the parties, at which time any amounts payable by us or the counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the underlying option contracts. Our current rating does not allow any counterparty the right to terminate ISDA agreements. In certain transactions, both we and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring either party to post collateral when the net exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds. For all counterparties, except Merrill Lynch, this threshold is set to zero. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, counterparties posted $790 million and $491 million, respectively, of collateral, of which $576 million and $415 million, respectively, is included in cash and cash equivalents with an associated payable for this collateral included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accordingly, the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk that we would incur if parties to the call options failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts was $42 million at December 31, 2021, and $58 million at December 31, 2020.
We are required to pay counterparties the effective federal funds rate each day for cash collateral posted to F&G for daily mark-to-market margin changes. We reinvest derivative cash collateral to reduce the interest cost. Cash
F-57


collateral is invested in overnight investment sweep products, which are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
We held 329 and 384 futures contracts at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The fair value of the futures contracts represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin (open trade equity, net of cash settlements). We provide cash collateral to the counterparties for the initial and variation margin on the futures contracts, which is included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of cash collateral held by the counterparties for such contracts was $3 million and $4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Reinsurance Related Embedded Derivatives
As discussed in Note O Reinsurance, F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Kubera, effective December 31, 2018, to cede certain MYGA and deferred annuity business on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset, a certified third-party reinsurer. Additionally, F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Aspida Re effective January 1, 2021, to cede a quota share of certain deferred annuity business on a funds withheld basis. Fair value movements in the funds withheld balances associated with these arrangements creates an obligation for us to pay Somerset and Aspida Re at a later date, which results in embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are considered total return swaps with contractual returns that are attributable to the assets and liabilities associated with the reinsurance arrangements.
Note G — Notes Payable
Notes payable consists of the following:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(In millions)
5.50% F&G Notes
$577 $589 
FNF Promissory Note400 — 
$977 $589 
On September 15, 2021, we entered into a promissory note with FNF for $400 million aggregate principal amount, quarterly interest at three-month LIBOR + 2.50% (2.63% at December 31, 2021), due 2028 (the "FNF Promissory Note"). F&G incurred $3 million of interest expense on this promissory note and settled with FNF during the year ended December 31, 2021. Refer to Note U Subsequent Events for additional information.
On December 29, 2020, we entered into a revolving note agreement with FNF for up to $200 million capacity (the "FNF Credit Facility") to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. No amounts were outstanding under this revolving note agreement as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.
On April 20, 2018, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGLH”), our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, completed a debt offering of $550 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior notes due 2025 (the "5.50% F&G Notes"), at 99.5% of face value for proceeds of $547 million. As a result of the FNF acquisition, a premium of $39 million was established for these notes and is being amortized over the remaining life of the debt through 2025. Interest expense and amortization on the 5.50% F&G Notes were $29 million, $18 million, $13 million and $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020 and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. In conjunction with the acquisition, FNF became a guarantor of FGLH’s obligations under the 5.50% F&G Notes and agreed to
F-58


fully and unconditionally guarantee the F&G 5.50% Notes, on a joint and several basis.
Gross principal maturities of notes payable at December 31, 2021 are as follows (in millions):
2022$— 
2023— 
2024— 
2025550 
2026— 
Thereafter400 
$950 

Note H — Commitments and Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in various pending and threatened litigation matters related to our operations, some of which include claims for punitive or exemplary damages. Like other companies, our ordinary course litigation includes a number of class action and purported class action lawsuits, which make allegations related to aspects of our operations. We believe that no actions, other than the matters discussed below, if any, depart from customary litigation incidental to our business.
We review lawsuits and other legal and regulatory matters (collectively “legal proceedings”) on an ongoing basis when making accrual and disclosure decisions. When assessing reasonably possible and probable outcomes, management bases its decision on its assessment of the ultimate outcome assuming all appeals have been exhausted. For legal proceedings in which it has been determined that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, a liability based on known facts and represents our best estimate has been recorded. Our accrual for legal and regulatory matters was insignificant as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. None of the amounts we have currently recorded are considered to be material to our financial condition individually or in the aggregate. Actual losses may materially differ from the amounts recorded and the ultimate outcome of our pending legal proceedings is generally not yet determinable. While some of these matters could be material to our operating results or cash flows for any particular period if an unfavorable outcome results, at present we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of currently pending legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
In August 2020, a lawsuit styled, In the Matter of FGL Holdings, was filed in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands where dissenting shareholders, funds that are managed by Kingstown Capital Management LP, have asserted statutory appraisal rights relative to their ownership of 12,000,000 shares of stock of FGL Holdings in connection with the acquisition of FGL Holdings by FNF. They seek a judicial determination of the fair value of their shares of stock of FGL Holdings under the law of the Cayman Islands. F&G and FNF believe that these stockholders received in excess of fair value for their shares. A trial was held beginning in late May 2022 and closing submissions were made in the case on June 21 and 22, 2022. The matter is under submission with the Grand Court. We do not believe the result in this case will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
F-59


Commitments
The Company has unfunded investment commitments as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 based upon the timing of when investments are executed compared to when the actual investments are funded, as some investments require that funding occur over a period of months or years. A summary of unfunded commitments by invested asset class is included below (in millions):
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Asset Type
Unconsolidated VIEs:
Limited partnerships$1,146 $394 
Whole loans589 — 
Fixed maturity securities, ABS306 384 
Other fixed maturity securities, AFS119 48 
Other assets156 135 
Commercial mortgage loans44 — 
Residential mortgage loans— 
Total$2,360 $967 
See Note A Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for discussion of funding agreements that have been issued pursuant to the FABN Program as well as to the FHLB that are included in Contractholder funds.
The Company leases office space under operating leases. The largest leases are cancellable in 2027 and expire in 2030. Rent expense and minimum rental commitments under all leases are immaterial.
As discussed in Note L Reinsurance, to enhance Kubera's ability to pay its obligations under the amended reinsurance agreement, effective October 31, 2021, F&G entered into a Variable Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”), whereby F&G agreed to fund a note to Kubera to be used to ultimately settle with F&G, with principal increases up to a maximum amount of $300 million, to the extent a potential funding shortfall (treaty assets are less than then the total funding requirement) is projected relative to the business ceded to Kubera from F&G as part of the amended reinsurance agreement. The potential funding shortfall will be determined quarterly and, among other items, is impacted by the market value of the assets in the funds withheld account related to the reinsurance agreement and Kubera's capital as calculated on a Bermuda regulatory basis. The NPA matures on November 30, 2071. Based on the current level of the treaty assets and projections that these policies will be profitable over the lifetime of the agreement, we do not expect significant fundings to occur under the NPA. At December 31, 2021, the amount funded under the NPA was insignificant.

F-60


Note I — Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following supplemental cash flow information is provided with respect to certain cash payment and non-cash investing and financing activities (in millions).
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
Cash paid for:
Interest$30 $15 $15 $30 
Income taxes44 — (1)
Deferred sales inducements90 46 43 131 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Investments received from pension risk transfer premiums316 — — — 
Change in proceeds of sales of investments available for sale receivable in period(160)(3)(3)
Change in purchases of investments available for sale payable in period(6)29 
F-61


Note J — Intangibles
A summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of our VOBA, DAC and DSI intangible assets are as follows (in millions):
VOBADACDSITotal
Balance at January 1, 2021$1,466 $222 $36 $1,724 
Purchase price allocation adjustments61 — — 61 
Deferrals— 585 90 675 
Amortization(436)(46)(35)(517)
Interest30 13 44 
Unlocking13 (2)12 
Adjustment for net unrealized investment losses (gains)51 (14)(2)35 
Balance at December 31, 2021$1,185 $761 $88 $2,034 
VOBADACDSITotal
Balance at June 1, 2020 (1)
$1,847 $— $— $1,847 
Deferrals— 251 46 297 
Amortization(120)(6)(5)(131)
Interest20 — 22 
Unlocking— — 
Adjustment for net unrealized investment losses (gains)(283)(25)(5)(313)
Balance at December 31, 2020$1,466 $222 $36 $1,724 
PredecessorVOBADACDSITotal
Balance at December 31, 2019 (As Restated)$599 $641 $236 $1,476 
Deferrals— 184 43 227 
Amortization14 22 10 46 
Interest17 
Unlocking(9)(2)— (11)
Adjustment for net unrealized investment losses (gains)141 65 30 236 
Balance at May 31, 2020$752 $918 $321 $1,991 
As Restated
PredecessorVOBADACDSITotal
Balance at January 1, 2019$866 $344 $149 $1,359 
Deferrals— 379 131 510 
Amortization(103)(27)(19)(149)
Interest18 13 35 
Unlocking(2)(2)(1)(5)
Adjustment for net unrealized investment losses (gains)(180)(66)(28)(274)
Balance at December 31, 2019$599 $641 $236 $1,476 
__________________
(1)As of the June 1, 2020 acquisition of F&G, due to purchase accounting adjustments, our prior intangible assets were valued at $0 and VOBA was re-established at fair value.
F-62


Amortization of VOBA, DAC, and DSI is based on the current and future expected gross margins or profits recognized, including investment gains and losses. The interest accrual rate utilized to calculate the accretion of interest on VOBA ranged from 0% to 4.71%. The adjustment for unrealized net investment losses (gains) represents the amount of VOBA, DAC, and DSI that would have been amortized if such unrealized gains and losses had been recognized. This is referred to as the “shadow adjustments” as the additional amortization is reflected in AOCI rather than the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the VOBA balances included cumulative adjustments for net unrealized investment gains of $232 million and $283 million respectively, the DAC balances included cumulative adjustments for net unrealized investment gains of $39 million and $25 million, respectively, and the DSI balance included net unrealized investment gains of $7 million and $5 million, respectively.
For the in-force liabilities as of December 31, 2021, the estimated amortization expense for VOBA in future fiscal periods is as follows (in millions):
Estimated Amortization Expense
Fiscal Year
2022$
2023159 
2024158 
2025152 
2026140 
Thereafter806 
Definite and Indefinite Lived Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 consist of the following (in millions):
CostAccumulated amortizationNet carrying amountWeighted average useful life (years)
Value of distribution asset (VODA)$140 $(25)$115 15
Computer software67 (15)52 2 to 10
Definite lived trademarks, tradenames, and other30 (5)25 10
Indefinite lived tradenames and other N/AIndefinite
Total$200 
Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 consist of the following (in millions):
CostAccumulated amortizationNet carrying amountWeighted average useful life (years)
Value of distribution Asset (VODA)$140 $(10)$130 15
Computer software33 (5)28 2 to 10
Definite lived trademarks, tradenames and other30 (2)28 10
Indefinite lived tradenames and other N/AIndefinite
Total$194 
Amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets, which consist primarily of VODA, computer software, and definite lived trademarks, tradenames and other was $28 million, $17 million, $1 million and $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period June 1 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period January 1 to May 31, 2020 and as restated for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. Estimated amortization
F-63


expense for the next five years for assets owned at December 31, 2021, is $28 million in 2022, $26 million in 2023, $23 million in 2024, $21 million in 2025 and $20 million in 2026.
Note K — Goodwill
A summary of the changes in Goodwill consists of the following:
(In millions)
(As Restated)
Balance, December 31, 2019$418 
Goodwill removed from purchase accounting adjustments(418)
Goodwill associated with FNF acquisition1,756 
Balance, June 1, 20201,756 
Balance, December 31, 20201,756 
Balance, December 31, 20211,756 
Note L — Reinsurance
F&G reinsures portions of its policy risks with other insurance companies. The use of indemnity reinsurance does not discharge an insurer from liability on the insurance ceded. The insurer is required to pay in full the amount of its insurance liability regardless of whether it is entitled to or able to receive payment from the reinsurer. The portion of risks exceeding F&G's retention limit is reinsured. F&G primarily seeks reinsurance coverage in order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital management. If the underlying policy being reinsured is an insurance contract, F&G follows reinsurance accounting when there is adequate risk transfer or deposit accounting if there is inadequate risk transfer. If the underlying policy being reinsured is an investment contract, the effects of the agreement are accounted for as a separate investment contract. Refer to Note A - Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information over our accounting policy for reinsurance agreements.
The effect of reinsurance on net premiums earned and net benefits incurred (benefits paid and reserve changes) for the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the Predecessor period January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and the Predecessor period for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net Premiums EarnedNet Benefits IncurredNet Premiums EarnedNet Benefits IncurredNet Premiums EarnedNet Benefits IncurredNet Premiums EarnedNet Benefits Incurred
Direct$1,314 $3,282 $108 $976 $86 $402 $204 $1,349 
Assumed— — — — (1)— — 
Ceded(137)(1,144)(85)(111)(67)(103)(164)(201)
Net$1,177 $2,138 $23 $866 $19 $298 $40 $1,148 
Amounts payable or recoverable for reinsurance on paid and unpaid claims are not subject to periodic or maximum limits. F&G did not write off any significant reinsurance balances during the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the Predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May, 31, 2020 or the Predecessor period for the year ended December 31, 2019. F&G did not commute any ceded reinsurance treaties during the year ended December 31, 2021 the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the Predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May, 31, 2020 or the Predecessor period for the year ended December 31, 2019.
F-64


Following the adoption of ASC 326, F&G estimates expected credit losses on reinsurance recoverables using a probability of default/loss given default model. Significant inputs to the model include the reinsurer's credit risk, expected timing of recovery, industry-wide historical default experience, senior unsecured bond recovery rates, and credit enhancement features. For the period ended May 31, 2020, the expected credit loss reserve was $22 million. As of the June 1, 2020 acquisition of F&G, due to purchase accounting adjustments, our expected credit loss reserve was valued at $0. For the seven months ended December 31, 2020, the expected credit loss reserve increased from $0 to $21 million. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the expected credit loss reserve decreased by $1 million to $20 million.
No policies issued by F&G have been reinsured with any foreign company, which is controlled, either directly or indirectly, by a party not primarily engaged in the business of insurance.
F&G has not entered into any reinsurance agreements in which the reinsurer may unilaterally cancel any reinsurance for reasons other than non-payment of premiums or other similar credit issues.
On January 15, 2021, F&G executed a Funds Withheld Coinsurance Agreement with Aspida Re, a Bermuda reinsurer. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, F&G cedes to the reinsurer, on a fifty percent (50%) funds withheld coinsurance basis, certain multiyear guaranteed annuity business written effective January 1, 2021. The effects of this agreement are accounted for as a separate investment contract.
F&G has an indemnity reinsurance agreement with Hannover Re, a third-party reinsurer, to cede a quota share percentage of the net retention of guarantee payments in excess of account value for GMWB and GMDB guarantees associated with an in-force block of its FIA and fixed deferred annuity contracts. The effects of this agreement are not accounted for as reinsurance as it does not satisfy the risk transfer requirements for GAAP; therefore, deposit accounting is applied. F&G incurred risk charge fees of $21 million, $12 million, $8 million, and $17 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 the seven months ended December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, and the predecessor year ended December 31,2019, respectively, in relation to this reinsurance agreement.
F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Kubera, a third-party reinsurer, effective December 31, 2018, to cede certain MYGA and deferred annuity GAAP and statutory reserves on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, F&G cedes a quota share percentage of MYGA and deferred annuity policies for certain issue years to Kubera. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset, a certified third-party reinsurer. This agreement cedes GAAP and statutory reserves of approximately $1 billion. As the policies ceded to Somerset are investment contracts, there is no significant insurance risk present and therefore the reinsurance agreement is accounted for as a separate investment contract. The presentation of this agreement is similar to other reinsurance agreements that apply reinsurance accounting as discussed in further detail within Note A - Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
F&G has a reinsurance agreement with Kubera to cede certain FIA statutory reserves on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, F&G cedes a quota share percentage of FIA policies for certain issue years to Kubera. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was amended to increase the ceded reserves from approximately $4 billion to approximately $10 billion. As the policies ceded to Kubera are investment contracts, there is no significant insurance risk present and therefore the reinsurance agreement is accounted for as a separate investment contract. F&G incurred risk charge fees of $5 million, $4 million, ($1) million, and $3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, the seven months ended December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, in relation to this reinsurance agreement.
To enhance Kubera's ability to pay its obligations under the amended reinsurance agreement, F&G entered into a Variable Note Purchase Agreement (the “NPA”), whereby F&G agreed to fund a note to Kubera to be used to ultimately settle with F&G, with principal increases up to a maximum amount of $300 million, to the extent a potential funding shortfall (treaty assets are less than the total funding requirement) is projected relative to the business ceded to Kubera from F&G as part of the amended reinsurance agreement. The potential funding shortfall
F-65


will be determined quarterly and, among other items, is impacted by the market value of the assets in the funds withheld account related to the reinsurance agreement and Kubera's capital as calculated on a Bermuda regulatory basis. The NPA matures on November 30, 2071. Based on the current level of the treaty assets and projections that these policies will be profitable over the lifetime of the agreement, we do not expect significant fundings to occur under the NPA. At December 31, 2021, the amount funded under the NPA was insignificant.
Effective May 1, 2020, F&G entered into an indemnity reinsurance agreement with Canada Life Assurance Company United States Branch, a third-party reinsurer, to reinsure FIA policies with GMWB. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, F&G cedes a quota share percentage of the net retention of guarantee payments in excess of account value for GMWB. This treaty was subsequently amended effective January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2022, and now covers FIA policies with GMWB issued from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2023. The effects of this agreement are not accounted for as reinsurance as it does not satisfy the risk transfer requirements for GAAP; therefore, deposit accounting is applied. F&G incurred risk charge fees of $2 million and $1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 and the seven months ended December 31, 2020, respectively, in relation to this reinsurance agreement.
Concentration of Reinsurance Risk
F&G has a significant concentration of reinsurance risk with third-party reinsurers, Wilton Reassurance Company (“Wilton Re”), Aspida Re, and Somerset that could have a material impact on our financial position in the event that Wilton Re, Aspida Re, or Somerset fail to perform their obligations under the various reinsurance treaties. Wilton Re is a wholly owned subsidiary of Canada Pension Plan Investment Board ("CPPIB"). CPPIB has an AAA issuer credit rating from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") as of December 31, 2021. Aspida Re has an A- issuer credit rating from AM Best and a BBB issuer credit rating from Fitch as of December 31, 2021, and the risk of non-performance is further mitigated through the funds withheld arrangement. Somerset has an A- issuer credit rating from AM Best and a BBB+ issuer credit rating from S&P as of December 31, 2021, and the risk of non-performance is further mitigated through the funds withheld arrangement. At December 31, 2021, the net amount recoverable from Wilton Re, Aspida Re, and Somerset were $1,269 million, $873 million, and $780 million, respectively. We monitor both the financial condition of individual reinsurers and risk concentration arising from similar activities and economic characteristics of reinsurers to attempt to reduce the risk of default by such reinsurers. We believe that all amounts due from Wilton Re, Aspida Re, and Somerset for periodic treaty settlements are collectible as of December 31, 2021.
Intercompany Reinsurance Agreements
F&G has a reinsurance treaty with Raven Reinsurance Company ("Raven Re"), its wholly owned captive reinsurance company, to cede the Commissioners Annuity Reserve Valuation Method ("CARVM") liability for annuity benefits where surrender charges are waived. In connection with the CARVM reinsurance agreement, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL Insurance”) and Raven Re entered into an agreement with Nomura Bank International plc (“NBI”) to establish a reserve financing facility in the form of a letter of credit issued by NBI. The financing facility has $85 million available to draw on as of December 31, 2021. The facility may terminate earlier than the current termination date of October 1, 2022, in accordance with the terms of the reimbursement agreement. Under the terms of the reimbursement agreement, in the event the letter of credit is drawn upon, Raven Re is required to repay the amounts utilized, and FGLH is obligated to repay the amounts utilized if Raven Re fails to make the required reimbursement. FGLH also is required to make capital contributions to Raven Re in the event that Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus falls below certain defined levels. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus was $62 million and $29 million, respectively, in excess of the minimum level required under the reimbursement agreement. As this letter of credit is provided by an unaffiliated financial institution, Raven Re is permitted to carry the letter of credit as an admitted asset on the Raven Re statutory balance sheet.
Effective December 31, 2020, FGL Insurance executed a Coinsurance Agreement with F&G Life Re Ltd. ("Reinsurer"), an affiliated Bermuda reinsurer, to reinsure a quota share of FIA policies to the Reinsurer. Concurrently, the Reinsurer and F&G Cayman Re Ltd., an affiliated reinsurer of both FGL Insurance and the Reinsurer, entered into a Retrocession Agreement. The cession from FGL Insurance to the Reinsurer is on a 100%
F-66


quota share basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance and the retrocession to F&G Cayman Re Ltd. from the Reinsurer is on a 45% quota share basis. Additionally, both treaties are maintained on a funds withheld basis. FGL Insurance ceded and the Reinsurer retroceded approximately $5.0 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, in certain FIA Statutory Reserves and Interest Maintenance Reserve.
Note M - Related Party Transactions
The Company has determined that related parties would fall into the following categories; (i) affiliates of the entity, (ii) entities for which investments in their equity securities would be required to be accounted for by the equity method by the investing entity, (iii) trusts for the benefit of employees, such as pension and profit-sharing trusts that are managed by or under the trusteeship of management, (iv) principal owners (>10% equity stake) of the entity and members of their immediate families, (v) management (including FNF’s BOD, CEO, and other persons responsible for achieving the objectives of the entity and who have the authority to establish policies and make decisions) of the entity and other members of their immediate families, (vi) other parties with which the entity may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests (vii) other parties that can significantly influence management or operating policies of the transacting parties or that have an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate business, (viii) attorney in fact of a reciprocal reporting entity or any affiliate of the attorney in fact, and (ix) a U.S. manager of a U.S. branch or any affiliate of the U.S. manager of a U.S. branch.
Prior to the FNF acquisition, the Company determined that for the period January 1 to May 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Blackstone Group LP ("Blackstone") and its affiliates, further discussed below, as well as the Company's directors and officers (along with their immediate family members) were related parties of the Company due to ownership in F&G. Blackstone was a related party based on its equity stake in the Company. Upon the closing of the FNF acquisition, the Company re-evaluated related parties. Blackstone and its affiliates are no longer related parties due to no longer holding ownership in F&G. It was determined that FNF as well as FNF's directors and officers (along with their immediate family members) would be related parties subsequent to the June 1, 2020.
FNF
Separation Agreement
F&G has entered into the Separation Agreement with FNF to provide for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation and distribution, certain conditions to the separation and distribution and provisions governing our relationship with FNF with respect to and resulting from the separation and distribution. Refer to Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions in this Information Statement for more information regarding the Separation Agreement.
Notes Payable
Refer to Note G Notes Payable for a discussion of the FNF Promissory Note and the FNF Credit Facility.
Governance
Because FNF will initially own approximately 85% of the shares of outstanding F&G common stock upon completion of the separation and distribution, we will be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. A controlled company does not need its board of directors to have a majority of independent directors or to form an independent compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee. Refer to Management section in this Information Statement for additional information on management and governance.
Tax Sharing Agreement
Refer to Note Q Income Taxes for a discussion of the tax matters agreement between FNF and the Company.
F-67


Corporate Services Agreement
Prior to the effective time of the separation, FNF will enter into a Corporate Services Agreement with F&G, which we refer to as the Corporate Services Agreement. Pursuant to such agreement, FNF will provide F&G with certain corporate services, including internal audit services, litigation and dispute management services, compliance services, corporate and transactional support services, SEC & reporting services, insurance and risk management services, human resources support services and real estate services.
Reverse Corporate Services Agreement
Prior to the effective time of the separation, F&G will enter into a reverse Corporate Services Agreement with FNF. Pursuant to such agreement, F&G will provide FNF with certain services, including employee services.
Shared Services
For the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, FNF provided certain operational support services for F&G including tax, insurance, legal, risk management, information technology, employee benefits and accounting. Expenses incurred by F&G for such services were insignificant for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020.
Affiliated Investments
FGL Insurance and certain subsidiaries of the Company, entered into investment management agreements ("IMAs") with Blackstone ISG-I Advisors LLC ("BISGA"), a wholly owned subsidiary of The Blackstone Group LP on December 1, 2017. On December 31, 2019, to be effective as of October 31, 2019, FGL Insurance and certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into amended and restated IMAs (the “Restated IMAs”) with BISGA, pursuant to which BISGA was appointed as investment manager of the Company’s general accounts (the “F&G Accounts”). Pursuant to the terms of the Restated IMAs, BISGA may delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory and other rights, powers, functions and obligations under the Restated IMAs to one or more sub-managers, including its affiliates. BISGA delegated certain investment services to its affiliates, Blackstone Real Estate Special Situations Advisors L.L.C. (“BRESSA”) and GSO Capital Advisors II LLC (“GSO Capital Advisors”), pursuant to sub-management agreements executed between BISGA and each of BRESSA and GSO Capital Advisors. During the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the fees paid to BIGSA under the restated IMAs and the IMAs were approximately $86 million. The Restated IMAs were further amended and restated on June 1, 2020.
During the period January 1 to May 31, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received expense reimbursements from BISGA for the services consumed under these agreements. Fees received for these types of services were insignificant for such periods.
The Company purchased $103 million and $89 million of residential loans from Finance of America Holdings LLC, a Blackstone affiliate, during the period January 1 to May 31, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. In addition, the Company purchased $67 million commercial mortgage loans from Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, a Blackstone affiliate, during the period January 1 to May 31, 2020.
The Company earned $(12) million and $112 million of interest and investment income for the period January 1 to May 31, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, on affiliated investments.
BISGA appointed MVB Management, an entity owned by affiliates of FNF’s Chairman, as Sub-Adviser of the FGL Account pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, MVB Management will provide portfolio review, and consulting services, including such recommendations as the Investment Manager shall reasonably request. Payment or reimbursement of the sub-advisory fee to MVB Management is solely the obligation of BISGA and is not an obligation of FGL Insurance or F&G. Subject to certain conditions, the Sub-Advisory Agreement cannot be terminated by BISGA unless FGL Insurance terminates the FGL Insurance IMA.
F-68


Note N - Earnings Per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (share amounts in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations$857 $161 $(200)$361 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations(25)(114)51 
Net earnings (loss)$865 $136 $(314)$412 
Less: Preferred stock dividend— — 31 
Net earnings (loss) available to common shares$865 $136 $(322)$381 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic105,000 105,000 213,246 216,592 
Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock— — — 86 
Dilutive effect of stock options— — — 59 
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted105,000 105,000 213,246 216,737 
Net earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic - continuing$8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Basic - discontinued operations$0.08 $(0.24)$(0.53)$0.24 
Basic - net$8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
Diluted - continuing$8.16 $1.54 $(0.98)$1.52 
Diluted - discontinued operations$0.08 $(0.24)$(0.53)$0.24 
Diluted - net$8.24 $1.30 $(1.51)$1.76 
On June 22, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a stock split in a ratio of 105,000 for 1. Earnings per share has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as if the split occurred as of June 1, 2020 in accordance with GAAP. Refer to Note U Subsequent Events.
For the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from June 1 to December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any share-based plans involving the issuance of the Company's equity and, therefore, no impact to the diluted earnings per share calculation. For the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the number of shares of common stock outstanding used in calculating the weighted average thereof reflects the actual number of shares of common stock outstanding, excluding unvested restricted stock and shares held in treasury.
Under applicable accounting guidance, companies in a loss position are required to use basic weighted average common shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted loss per share. Therefore, as a result of our net loss for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, we were required to use basic weighted-average common shares outstanding in the calculation of diluted loss per share, as the inclusion of 19 thousand restricted shares and 456 thousand stock options would have been antidilutive to the calculation. If we had not incurred a net loss in the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, dilutive potential common shares would have been 213,721 thousand.
This calculation also excludes the potential dilutive effect of the 438 thousand and 430 thousand preferred stock shares outstanding for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, as the contingency that would allow for the preferred shares to be converted to common shares has not yet been met. The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 excludes the incremental effect
F-69


related to certain outstanding stock options due to their anti-dilutive effect. The number of weighted average equivalent shares excluded is 447 thousand and 1,346 thousand shares for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively.
Note O — Regulation and Equity
The Company's U.S. insurance subsidiaries, FGL Insurance, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York (“FGL NY Insurance”), and Raven Re, file financial statements with state insurance regulatory authorities and the NAIC that are prepared in accordance with SAP prescribed or permitted by such authorities, which may vary materially from GAAP. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations and administrative rules. Permitted SAP encompasses all accounting practices not so prescribed. The principal differences between SAP financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are that SAP financial statements do not reflect VOBA, DAC and DSI, do not reflect purchase accounting adjustments, some bond portfolios may be carried at amortized cost, assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance, contract holder liabilities are generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain assets are non-admitted. Accordingly, SAP operating results and SAP capital and surplus may differ substantially from amounts reported in the GAAP basis financial statements for comparable items.
F&G Cayman Re (Cayman) and F&G Life Re (Bermuda) file financial statements based on U.S. GAAP with their respective regulators.
Our principal insurance subsidiaries' statutory (SAP and GAAP) financial statements are based on a December 31 year end. Statutory net income and statutory capital and surplus of our wholly owned U.S. regulated insurance subsidiaries were as follows (in millions):
Subsidiary (state of domicile) (a)
FGL Insurance (IA) FGL NY Insurance (NY)Raven Re (VT)
Net Income (loss):
Year ended December 31, 2021$351 $$
Capital and Surplus:
December 31, 2021$1,473 $99 $115 
Subsidiary (state of domicile) (a)
FGL Insurance (IA)FGL NY Insurance (NY)Raven Re (VT)
Statutory Net (Loss) income:
Year ended December 31, 2020$(46)$(2)$10 
Statutory Capital and Surplus:
December 31, 2020$1,249 $93 $110 
__________________
(a)FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re are subsidiaries of FGL Insurance, and the columns should not be added together.
Regulation - U.S. Companies. FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance and Raven Re's respective statutory capital and surplus satisfies the applicable minimum regulatory requirements.
In order to enhance the regulation of insurers’ solvency, the NAIC adopted a model law to implement RBC requirements for life, health and property and casualty insurance companies. All states have adopted the NAIC’s model law or a substantially similar law. RBC is used to evaluate the adequacy of capital and surplus maintained by an insurance company in relation to risks associated with: (i) asset risk, (ii) insurance risk, (iii) interest rate risk, and (iv) business risk. As of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the RBC ratios for FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance each exceeded the minimum RBC requirements.
The insurance laws of Iowa and New York regulate the amount of dividends that may be paid in any year by FGL Insurance and FGL NY Insurance, respectively.
F-70


Pursuant to Iowa insurance law, ordinary dividends are payments, together with all other such payments within the preceding twelve months, that do not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of FGL Insurance’s statutory surplus as regards policyholders as of December 31 of the preceding year; or (ii) the net gain from operations of FGL Insurance (excluding realized capital gains) for the 12-month period ending December 31 of the preceding year.
Dividends in excess of FGL Insurance’s ordinary dividend capacity are referred to as extraordinary and require prior approval of the Iowa Insurance Commissioner.FGL Insurance may only pay dividends out of statutory earned surplus. FGL Insurance paid extraordinary dividends to FGL Holdings of $38 million, $151 million, and $100 million in 12-month periods ending December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 respectively.
Each year, FGL NY Insurance may pay a certain limited amount of ordinary dividends or other distributions without being required to obtain the prior consent of or the NYDFS. However, to pay any dividends or distributions (including the payment of any dividends or distributions for which prior consent is not required), FGL NY Insurance must provide advance written notice to the NYDFS.
FGL NY Insurance has historically not paid dividends.
FGL Insurance applies Iowa-prescribed accounting practices that permit Iowa-domiciled insurers to report equity call options used to economically hedge FIA index credits at amortized cost for statutory accounting purposes and to calculate FIA statutory reserves such that index credit returns will be included in the reserve only after crediting to the annuity contract. This resulted in a $106 million and $204 million decrease to statutory capital and surplus at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
FGL Insurance’s statutory carrying value of Raven Re reflects the effect of permitted practices Raven Re received to treat the available amount of a letter of credit as an admitted asset which increased Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus by $85 million and $110 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Raven Re is also permitted to follow Iowa prescribed statutory accounting practice for its reserves on reinsurance assumed from FGL Insurance which increased Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus by $0 million at December 31, 2021 and by $5 million at December 31, 2020. Without such permitted statutory accounting practices, Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus would be $30 million as of December 31, 2021 and would be $20 million as of December 31, 2020, and its risk-based capital would not fall below the minimum regulatory requirements. The letter of credit facility is collateralized by NAIC 1 rated debt securities. If the permitted practice was revoked, the letter of credit could be replaced by the collateral assets with Nomura’s consent as discussed in Note L Reinsurance. FGL Insurance’s statutory carrying value of Raven Re was $115 million and $110 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
As of December 31, 2021, FGL NY Insurance did not follow any prescribed or permitted statutory accounting practices that differ from the NAIC's statutory accounting practices.
Regulation - non-U.S. Companies. Net income and capital and surplus of our wholly owned Bermuda and Cayman regulated insurance subsidiaries under U.S. GAAP were as follows (in millions):
Subsidiary (country of domicile)
F&G Cayman Re (Cayman)F&G Life Re (Bermuda)
Net Income (loss):
Year ended December 31, 2021$99 $94 
Capital and Surplus:
December 31, 2021$164 $206 
F-71


Subsidiary (country of domicile)
F&G Cayman Re (Cayman)F&G Life Re (Bermuda)
Statutory Net (Loss) income:
Year ended December 31, 2020$(5)$— 
Statutory Capital and Surplus:
December 31, 2020$58 $104 
Regulation - Bermuda. F&G Life Re is a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the Companies Act 1981, as amended (the “Companies Act”) and registered as a Class E insurer under the Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and its related regulations (the “Insurance Act”). F&G Life Re is regulated by the BMA.
Bermuda has been awarded full equivalence for commercial insurers under Europe’s Solvency II regime applicable to insurance companies, which regime came into effect on January 1, 2016.
The BMA utilizes a risk-based approach when it comes to licensing and supervising insurance and reinsurance companies. As part of the BMA’s risk-based system, an assessment of the inherent risks within each particular class of insurer or reinsurer is used to determine the limitations and specific requirements that may be imposed. Thereafter the BMA keeps its analysis of relative risk within individual institutions under review on an ongoing basis, including through the scrutiny of audited financial statements, and, as appropriate, meeting with senior management during onsite visits.
The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards, as well as auditing and reporting requirements. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.
Minimum Solvency Margin. The Insurance Act provides that the value of the assets of an insurer must exceed the value of its liabilities by an amount greater than its prescribed minimum solvency margin.
The minimum solvency margin that must be maintained by a Class E insurer is the greater of: (i) $8,000,000; (ii) 2% of first $500,000,000 of assets plus 1.5% of assets above $500,000,000; and (iii) 25% of that insurer’s enhanced capital requirement (“ECR”). An insurer may file an application under the Insurance Act to waive the aforementioned requirements.
ECR and Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirements (“BSCR”). Class E insurers are required to maintain available capital and surplus at a level equal to or in excess of the applicable ECR, which is established by reference to either the applicable BSCR model or an approved internal capital model. Furthermore, to enable the BMA to better assess the quality of the insurer’s capital resources, a Class E insurer is required to disclose the makeup of its capital in accordance with its 3-tiered capital system. An insurer may file an application under the Insurance Act to have the aforementioned ECR requirements waived.
Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions. In addition to the requirements under the Companies Act (as discussed below), the Insurance Act limits the maximum amount of annual dividends and distributions that may be paid or distributed by F&G Life Re without prior regulatory approval.
F&G Life Re is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it fails to meet its minimum solvency margin, or ECR, or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such breach. If F&G Life Re were to fail to meet its minimum solvency margin on the last day of any financial year, it would be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA.
In addition, as a Class E insurer, F&G Life Re must not declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of such insurer, as certified by the insurer’s approved actuary, exceeds its liabilities (as so certified) by the greater of its margin of solvency or ECR. In the event a dividend complies with the above, F&G Life Re must ensure the amount of any such dividend does not exceed that excess.
F-72


Furthermore, as a Class E insurer, F&G Life Re must not declare or pay a dividend in any financial year which would exceed 25% of its total capital and statutory surplus, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless at least seven days before payment of such dividend F&G Life Re files with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors of F&G Life Re and its principal representative under the Insurance Act stating that, in the opinion of those signing, declaration of such dividend has not caused the insurer to fail to meet its relevant margins.
The Companies Act also limits F&G Life Re’s ability to pay dividends and make distributions to its shareholders. F&G Life Re is not permitted to declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of its contributed surplus, if it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or if the realizable value of its assets would be less than its liabilities.
Reduction of Capital. F&G Life Re may not reduce its total statutory capital by 15% or more, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements, unless it has received the prior approval of the BMA. Total statutory capital consists of the insurer’s paid in share capital, its contributed surplus (sometimes called additional paid in capital) and any other fixed capital designated by the BMA as statutory capital.
Regulation - Cayman. F&G Cayman Re is licensed as a class D insurer in the Cayman Islands by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”). As a regulated insurance company, F&G Cayman Re is subject to the supervision of CIMA and CIMA may at any time direct F&G Cayman Re, in relation to a policy, a line of business or the entire business, to cease or refrain from committing an act or pursing a course of conduct and to perform such acts as in the opinion of CIMA are necessary to remedy or ameliorate the situation.
The laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands require that, among other things, F&G Cayman Re maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity, meet solvency standards, submit to periodic examinations of its financial condition and restrict payments of dividends and reductions of capital. Statutes, regulations and policies that F&G Cayman Re is subject to may also restrict the ability of F&G Cayman Re to write insurance and reinsurance policies, make certain investments and distribute funds. Any failure to meet the applicable requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject it to further examination or corrective action by CIMA, including restrictions on dividend payments, limitations on our writing of additional business or engaging in finance activities, supervision or liquidation.
The prescribed and permitted statutory accounting practices have no impact on our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements which are prepared in accordance with GAAP.
F-73


Note P — Accounts Payable and Other Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
20212020
(In millions)
Salaries and incentives$60 $53 
Accrued benefits74 63 
Deferred revenue35 
Trade accounts payable72 62 
Accrued premium taxes
Liability for policy and contract claims109 88 
Retained asset account148 144 
Remittances and items not allocated39 159 
Option collateral liabilities576 415 
Funds withheld embedded derivative73 107 
Other accrued liabilities108 84 
$1,297 $1,179 
Note Q — Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) on continuing operations consists of the following:
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
(In millions)(In millions)
Current$27 $18 $(1)$24 
Deferred193 (93)(13)36 
$220 $(75)$(14)$60 
F-74


Total income tax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows:
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
(In millions)(In millions)
Taxes on net earnings (loss) from continuing operations$220 $(75)$(14)$60 
Tax expense on net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations— — — (4)
Other comprehensive (loss) earnings:
Unrealized (loss) gain on investments and other financial instruments(124)317 (185)184 
Unrealized gain on foreign currency translation and cash flow hedging— — — — 
Total income tax (benefit) expense allocated to other comprehensive earnings(124)317 (185)184 
Total income taxes$96 $242 $(199)$240 
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to our effective tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Federal statutory rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit0.4 1.8 (0.4)0.5 
Stock compensation(0.1)0.1 — — 
Tax credits(0.4)(3.2)0.1 (0.2)
Dividends received deduction(0.3)(2.5)0.4 (0.9)
Benefit on outside of United States income taxed at 0%— — (1.8)(1.5)
Withholding tax on 0% taxed jurisdiction— (2.5)(0.3)1.1 
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets(1.3)(63.5)(12.1)(6.2)
Change in tax status benefit— (41.0)— — 
Adjustment of DTAs on sale of subsidiary1.4 — — — 
Non-deductible expenses and other, net(0.2)1.5 (0.4)0.5 
Effective tax rate20.5 %(88.3)%6.5 %14.3 %
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s effective tax rate was 20.5%. The effective tax rate was positively impacted by favorable permanent adjustments, including low income housing tax credits (“LIHTC”), the dividends received deduction (“DRD”), and company owned life insurance (“COLI”).
For the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the Company’s effective tax rate was (88.3%). The effective tax rate was positively impacted by the valuation allowance release on the current period activity in FSRC included in continuing operations and the valuation allowance release on the US non-life companies’ deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate was also positively impacted by the change in tax status benefit recorded at December 31, 2020, reversal of withholding taxes, and favorable permanent adjustments, including LIHTC and the DRD.
F-75


For the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, the Company’s effective tax rate was 6.5%. The effective tax rate was impacted by the valuation allowance recorded on the ordinary deferred tax assets in FSRC included in continuing operations. The effective tax rate was also impacted by the impact of low taxed international losses and withholding taxes.
For the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate as restated was 14.3%. The effective tax rate was positively impacted by the valuation allowance release on ordinary deferred tax assets in FSRC included in continuing operations. The effective tax rate was also positively impacted by the benefit of low taxed international income in excess of withholding taxes, and favorable permanent adjustments, including LIHTC and the DRD.
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
20212020
(In millions)
Deferred Tax Assets:
Employee benefit accruals$22 $19 
Net operating loss carryforwards16 
Accrued liabilities— 
Tax credits32 20 
Capital loss carryover41 35 
Basis difference held-for-sale— 19 
Life insurance and claim related adjustments854 861 
Funds held under reinsurance agreements52 85 
Other12 
Total gross deferred tax asset1,029 1,052 
Less: valuation allowance— 14 
Total deferred tax asset$1,029 $1,038 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets(33)(38)
Other(1)(4)
Investment securities(355)(458)
Depreciation(11)(3)
Partnerships(126)(38)
Value of business acquired(249)(308)
Derivatives(68)(38)
Deferred acquisition costs(102)(6)
Transition reserve on new reserve method(34)(43)
Funds held under reinsurance agreements(74)(57)
Total deferred tax liability$(1,053)$(993)
Net deferred tax (liability) asset$(24)$45 
Our net deferred tax liability was $24 million as of December 31, 2021 and a net deferred tax asset of $45 million as of December 31, 2020. The significant changes in the deferred taxes are as follows: the deferred tax liability for investment securities decreased by $103 million primarily due to unrealized losses recorded on investment securities. The deferred tax liability relating to partnerships increased by $88 million, primarily due to
F-76


increased investments in higher yield partnerships and the related unrealized gains. The U.S. life insurance business’ deferred tax liability relating to VOBA decreased by $59 million due to GAAP amortization. The deferred tax liability related to deferred acquisition costs increased by $96 million, which is consistent with the growth in sales in our U.S. life group. The deferred tax liability relating to derivatives increased by $30 million due to unrealized gains on call options. The deferred tax asset for basis differences held-for-sale was reduced by $19 million due to the sale of a subsidiary. The reinsurance receivable deferred tax asset decreased by $33 million and the reinsurance receivable deferred tax liability increased by $16 million, both due to unrealized gains in the funds withheld portfolios.
As of December 31, 2021, we have net operating losses ("NOLs") on a pretax basis of $76 million, which are available to carryforward and offset future federal taxable income. The life losses are U.S. federal net operating losses and consist of $15 million of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limited losses and $61 million of net operating losses with no limitation. These losses do not expire.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $32 million and $20 million of tax credits, respectively, which expire between 2037 and 2041. The tax credits consist of $14 million of Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limited losses and $18 million of tax credits with no limitation.
As of December 31, 2020, the valuation allowance of $14 million consisted of a full valuation allowance on Front Street Re (Cayman) (“FSRC”) and Freestone Re Ltd’s net deferred tax assets. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, Management reviews positive and negative evidence. Due to cumulative losses and lack of enough future sources of taxable income, Management determined a full valuation allowance was necessary for FSRC, and Freestone.
The U.S. Life insurance group is subject to a Tax Sharing Agreement within the members of the life insurance tax return group. The agreement provides for an allocation based on separate return calculations and allows for reimbursement of company tax benefits absorbed by other members of the group. The U.S. non-life group is subject to a Tax Sharing Agreement with its parent, Fidelity National Financial, Inc (“FNF”), with which it files a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company’s non-life group Tax Sharing Agreement allows for reimbursement of company tax benefits absorbed by FNF. If, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company had computed taxes using the separate return method, the pro-forma provision for income taxes would remain unchanged.
The U.S. Federal income tax returns of the Company for years prior to 2018 are no longer subject to examination by the taxing authorities. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. In the event the Company has UTBs, interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions would be recorded as part of income tax expense in the financial statements. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional tax assessments by jurisdiction and, if necessary, adjusts its tax reserves based on new information or developments.
On March 27, 2020 H.R. 748, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, (“the CARES Act”), was signed into legislation which includes tax provisions relevant to businesses that during 2020 will impact taxes related to 2018 and 2019. Some of the significant changes are reducing the interest expense disallowance for 2019 and 2020, allowing the five-year carryback of net operating losses for 2018-2020, suspension of the 80% limitation of taxable income for net operating loss carryforwards for 2018-2020, and the acceleration of depreciation expense from 2018 and forward on qualified improvement property. The Company is required to recognize the effect in the period the law was enacted and recorded total tax benefits of $7 million for the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 for the U.S. life group. $1 million of the related tax benefit was for the NOL carryback from 2018 to 2017, of which, a small amount was for the tax rate differential. The remaining tax benefit of $6 million was on the use of 100% of NOLs versus the 80% limitation under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (or “TCJA”). The NOL carryback and the temporary lifting of the 80% of taxable income limitation on the use of NOLs are timing in nature with an offsetting reduction in deferred taxes. The tax rate differential is a permanent tax benefit.
F-77


Note R - Employee Benefit Plans
FNF Stock Purchase Plan
During the year ended December 31, 2021, and for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, our eligible employees could voluntarily participate in FNF's employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) sponsored by FNF. Pursuant to the ESPP, employees may contribute an amount between 3% and 15% of their base salary and certain commissions. Company matching contributions are funded one year after employee contributions are made pursuant to the ESPP. We provided FNF an insignificant amount in the year ended December 31, 2021, with respect to our matching contributions to the ESPP for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020.
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
During the year ended December 31, 2021, for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, for the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, we have offered our employees the opportunity to participate in our 401(k) profit sharing plan (the “401(k) Plan”), a qualified voluntary contributory savings plan that is available to substantially all of our employees. Eligible employees may contribute up to 75% of their pre-tax annual compensation, up to the amount allowed pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code. We make an employer match on the 401(k) Plan of $1.00 on each $1.00 contributed up to the first 5% of eligible earnings contributed to the 401(k) Plan by employees. The employer match was $3 million, $1 million, $2 million and $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, for the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, for the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020, and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, and was credited based on the participant's individual investment elections in the 401(k) Plan.
FGL Incentive Plan and F&G Omnibus Incentive Plan
On August 8, 2017, the Company adopted a stock-based incentive plan (the “FGL Incentive Plan”) that permitted the granting of awards in the form of qualified stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, unrestricted stock, performance-based awards, dividend equivalents, cash awards and any combination of the foregoing.
On June 1, 2020, in connection with the acquisition of F&G, FNF assumed the shares that remained available for future awards under the FGL Holdings 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “F&G Omnibus Plan”) and cancelled and converted such shares into 2,096,429 shares of FNF common stock that may be issued pursuant to future awards granted under the F&G Omnibus Plan and 2,411,585 shares of FNF common stock that may be issued pursuant to outstanding stock options under the F&G Omnibus Plan. Each unvested stock option assumed under the F&G Omnibus Plan was converted into an FNF stock option and vests solely on the passage of time without any ongoing performance-vesting conditions. The options vest over a 3 year period, based on the option's initial grant date, and have a contractual life of 7 years. As of December 31, 2021, there were 718,641 shares of restricted stock and 1,527,936 stock options outstanding under the F&G Omnibus Plan.
Stock option transactions under the F&G Omnibus Plan for the year ended 2021 and the period June 1 to December 31, 2020, and the FGL Incentive Plan for the predecessor period January 1 to May 31, 2020, and the
F-78


predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows:
OptionsWeighted Average
Exercise Price
Exercisable
Predecessor balance, January 1, 201913,007 $9.68 
Granted7,749 $9.18 
Exercised— $— 
Canceled(5,542)$10 
Predecessor balance, December 31, 201915,214 $9.3 1,009 
Granted— 
Exercised(1,672)$9.51 
Canceled(97)$10 
Predecessor balance, May 31, 202013,445 $9.3 640 
FGL options canceled and converted into options to purchase FNF common shares in connection with the F&G acquisition2,411,585 36.04 
Exercised(109,159)27.64 
Canceled(299,736)38.41 
Balance, December 31, 20202,002,690 $36.14 1,021,671 
Exercised(474,754)36.68  
Canceled— —  
Balance, December 31, 20211,527,936 $35.97 1,072,584 
Restricted stock transactions under the F&G Omnibus Plan for the year ended 2021 and the period June 1 to December 31, 2020, and the FGL Incentive Plan for the predecessor period January 1 to May 31, 2020, and the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 are as follows:
SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Predecessor balance, January 1, 2019— $— 
Granted147 $6.82 
Vested(147)6.82 
Predecessor balance, December 31, 2019— — 
Granted95 $10.48 
Canceled— — 
Predecessor balance, May 31, 202095 $10.48 
Granted474,025 34.13 
Canceled(24,155)34.47 
Balance, December 31, 2020449,965 $34.11 
Granted311,081 48.28 
Canceled(12,437)33.40 
Vested(29,873)34.59 
Balance, December 31, 2021718,736 $40.24 
F-79


The following table summarizes information related to stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2021:
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Range of Exercise PricesNumber of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Intrinsic
Value
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Intrinsic
Value
(In years)(In millions)(In years)(In millions)
$25.54 - $27.53359,510 3.9827.53 292,101 3.9827.53 
$27.54 - $28.0045,734 4.6028.00 24,854 4.6028.00 
$28.01 - $35.8934,106 4.8735.89 6,821 4.8735.89— 
$35.90 - $39.101,088,586 4.0539.10 14 748,808 3.7739.1010 
1,527,936 $25 1,072,584 $18 
We account for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with GAAP on share-based payments, which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based payments be recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of each award. Using the fair value method of accounting, compensation cost is measured based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and recognized over the service period. Fair value of restricted stock awards and units is based on the grant date value of the underlying stock derived from quoted market prices. The total fair value of restricted stock awards granted in the year ended December 31, 2021, and the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 was $15 million and $16 million, respectively and was insignificant for prior periods. The total fair value of restricted stock awards, which vested in the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 was insignificant for all periods. Option awards are measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model. The intrinsic value of options exercised in the year ended December 31, 2021, the period from June 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, the predecessor period from January 1, 2020 to May 31, 2020 and for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019 was insignificant for all periods. Net earnings attributable to F&G Shareholders reflects stock-based compensation expense amounts of $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $4 million for the period June 1, to December 31, 2020, $3 million for the predecessor period from January 1 to May 31, 2020, and $4 million for the predecessor year ended December 31, 2019, which are included in personnel costs in the reported financial results of each period.
At December 31, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option grants and restricted stock grants is $22 million, which is expected to be recognized in pre-tax income over a weighted average period of 1.72 years. 
Note S - Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Adopted Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326). The amendments in this ASU introduce broad changes to accounting for credit impairment of financial instruments. The primary updates include the introduction of a new current expected credit loss ("CECL") model that is based on expected rather than incurred losses and amendments to the accounting for impairment of fixed maturity securities available for sale. The method used to measure estimated credit losses for fixed maturity available-for-sale securities will be unchanged from current GAAP; however, the amendments require credit losses to be recognized through an allowance rather than as a reduction to the amortized cost of those securities. We adopted ASC 326 using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Results for reporting period beginning after December 15, 2019 are presented under ASC 326 while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We adopted this standard using a modified-retrospective approach, as required. As a result of the adoption, the Company recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment, which decreased opening 2020
F-80


retained earnings by $27, net of tax. We recorded offsetting increases to the allowance for expected credit losses for mortgage loans and reinsurance recoverables and a decrease for deferred tax impacts. Refer to Note E Investments and Note L Reinsurance for additional information.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The guidance simplifies the measurement of goodwill impairment by removing step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the determination of the fair value of individual assets and liabilities of a reporting unit. The new guidance requires goodwill impairment to be measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020 and are applying this guidance on a prospective basis. The overall effect of Topic 350 had no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 including interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance introduces the following requirements: for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value, investors are required to disclose the timing of liquidation of an investee's assets and the date when restrictions from redemption might lapse if the investee has communicated timing to the entity or announced timing publicly; entities should use the measurement uncertainty disclosure to communicate information about the uncertainty in measurement as of the reporting date; entities must disclose changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements, as well as the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, or other quantitative information in lieu of weighted average if the entity determines such information would be more reasonable and rational; and entities are no longer required to disclose the amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2020, and the overall effect of Topic 820 on our Consolidated Financial Statements was not material upon adoption.
In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-17, Consolidation (Topic 810), Targeted Improvements to Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 including interim periods within those fiscal years. Under this update, entities must consider indirect interests held through related parties under common control on a proportional basis to determine whether a decision-making fee is a variable interest. We adopted this standard on June 1, 2020 and it did not have an impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 Income Taxes - Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740), which simplifies various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance and will be applied using different approaches depending on what the specific amendment relates to and, for public entities, are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2021, and it had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.
In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-08, Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. The amendments in this update clarify that callable debt securities should be re-evaluated each reporting period to determine if the amortized cost exceeds the amount repayable by the issuer at the next earliest call date, and, if so, the excess should be amortized to the next call date. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2021 and are applying this guidance on a prospective basis. This standard had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements upon adoption.
Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-12, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944), Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 including interim periods within those fiscal years. This update introduced the following requirements: assumptions used to measure cash flows for traditional and limited-payment contracts must be reviewed at least
F-81


annually with the effect of changes in those assumptions being recognized in the statement of operations; the discount rate applied to measure the liability for future policy benefits and limited-payment contracts must be updated at each reporting date with the effect of changes in the rate being recognized in other comprehensive income; market risk benefits associated with deposit contracts must be measured at fair value, with the effect of the change in the fair value attributable to a change in the instrument-specific credit risk being recognized in other comprehensive income; deferred acquisition costs are no longer required to be amortized in proportion to premiums, gross profits, or gross margins; instead, those balances must be amortized on a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts; deferred acquisition costs must be written off for unexpected contract terminations; and disaggregated rollforwards of beginning to ending balances of the liability for future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities and deferred acquisition costs, as well as information about significant inputs, judgments, assumptions, and methods used in measurement are required to be disclosed. The amendments in this ASU may be early adopted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements have not yet been issued, including interim financial statements. We will not early adopt this standard. We have identified specific areas that will be impacted by the new guidance. This guidance will bring significant changes to how we account for certain insurance and annuity products within our business. As we continue to make progress on adopting this new guidance, we will be able to provide a better assessment of the specific impacts to our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944), Government Assistance Requires Disclosures, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this ASU may be early adopted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements have not yet been issued, including interim financial statements. We do not currently expect to early adopt this standard. We have identified specific areas that will be impacted by the new guidance and are in the process of assessing the accounting, reporting and/or process changes that will be required to comply as well as the impact of the new guidance on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. The amendments in this update eliminate the Troubled Debt Restructuring ("TDR") recognition and measurement guidance for creditors and, instead, require that an entity evaluate whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments also enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Additionally, these amendments require that an entity disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. The guidance is effective for entities that have adopted ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326) for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, though early adoption is permitted. We do not currently expect to early adopt this standard and are in the process of assessing this standard and its impact on our accounting and disclosures.
Note T - Discontinued Operations
In connection with the FNF acquisition, certain third party offshore reinsurance businesses were deemed discontinued operations and are presented as such within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented through the date of their disposition, in accordance with GAAP. On December 18, 2020, we sold F&G Reinsurance Ltd (“F&G Re”) to Aspida Holdings Ltd (“Aspida”). On May 31, 2021, we sold Front Street Re
F-82


Cayman Ltd (“FSRC”) to Archipelago Lexa (C) Limited. The transactions did not have a material impact to our GAAP financial results.
A summary of the major assets and liabilities of discontinued operations reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is as follows:
December 31,
2020
(In millions)
(As Restated)
Total investments$316 
Cash and cash equivalents11 
Other assets— 
Total assets of discontinued operations in the Consolidated balance sheet327 
Future policy benefits361 
Other liabilities— 
Total liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated balance sheet361 
A summary of the major components of discontinued operations reported in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,Period from
June 1 to December 31,
Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
 2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Revenues:
Life insurance premiums and other fees— — 
Interest and investment income42 24 56 
Recognized gains and (losses), net— 196 (95)126 
Total revenues238 (70)182 
Expenses:
Other operating expenses— 19 (41)151 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves(5)244 (5)(19)
Other expenses— — 
Total expenses(5)263 (44)135 
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes(25)(114)47 
Income tax (expense) benefit— — — 
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(25)(114)51 
Cash flow from discontinued operations data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities(26)121 (39)(215)
F-83


Note U - Subsequent Events
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a stock split in a ratio of 105,000 for 1. FNF, as the sole stockholder, received, in the form of a dividend, 104,999 additional shares of common stock for each share of common stock held. Earnings per share has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as if the split occurred as of June 1, 2020 in accordance with GAAP.
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors authorized an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock from one thousand (1,000) to five hundred million (500,000,000).
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired. There was no gain or loss recorded with respect to the exchange agreement.
F-84


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS - OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
(In millions)
Schedule IDecember 31, 2021
(In millions)Amortized CostFair ValueAmount Shown on Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale:
United States Government full faith and credit$50 $50 $50 
United States Government sponsored entities74 74 74 
United States municipalities, states and territories1,386 1,441 1,441 
Foreign Governments197 205 205 
Corporate securities:
Finance, insurance and real estate4,881 5,109 5,109 
Manufacturing, construction and mining880 932 932 
Utilities, energy and related sectors2,881 2,987 2,987 
Wholesale/retail trade2,503 2,627 2,627 
Services, media and other3,227 3,349 3,349 
Hybrid securities812 881 881 
Non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities648 648 648 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities2,669 2,964 2,964 
Asset-backed securities4,514 4,550 4,550 
CLO securities4,002 4,145 4,145 
Total fixed maturity securities, available for sale
$28,724 $29,962 $29,962 
Equity securities1,135 1,171 1,171 
Investment in unconsolidated affiliates2,349 2,350 2,350 
Commercial mortgage loans2,168 2,265 2,168 
Residential mortgage loans1,581 1,549 1,581 
Other (primarily derivatives and company owned life insurance)971 1,305 1,305 
Short term investments373 373 373 
Total$37,301 $38,975 $38,910 
See Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-85


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. (Parent Only)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT ONLY
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
(In millions)
Schedule IIDecember 31,
20212020
ASSETS
Investments in consolidated subsidiaries$4,777 $4,039 
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale72 — 
Cash and cash equivalents— 
Notes receivable— 
Deferred tax asset35 35 
Total assets
$4,888 $4,074 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Accounts payable and other liabilities— 
Notes payable400 — 
Total liabilities
403 — 
Common stock— 
Additional paid-in capital2,750 2,741 
Retained earnings1,001 1,197 
Accumulated other comprehensive income734 136 
Total equity
4,485 4,074 
Total liabilities and equity
$4,888 $4,074 
See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-86


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. (Parent Only)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT ONLY
SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME STATEMENT
(In millions)
Schedule II (continued)Year Ended December 31, Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31, 2020Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Revenues:
Interest and investment income— — — 
Total revenues— — — 
Expenses:
Other operating expenses— — 11 (14)
Interest expense— — — 
Total expenses— 11 (14)
Earnings (losses) before income tax expense (benefit) and equity in earnings of subsidiaries(3)— (11)15 
Income tax expense— 35 — — 
Earnings (losses) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries(3)35 (11)15 
Equity in earnings (losses) of subsidiaries868 101 (303)397 
Net earnings (losses) attributable to common shareholders$865 $136 $(314)$412 
See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-87


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. (Parent Only)
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT ONLY
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW STATEMENT
(In millions)
Schedule II (continued)Year Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
(As Restated)
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net earnings$865 $136 $(314)$412 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries(868)(101)303 (397)
Stock-based compensation
Net change in income taxes— (35)— — 
Net (increase) decrease in other assets and other liabilities(3)(5)(6)(14)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities(1)(14)
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities— — — 41 
Net cash used in investing activities— — — 41 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Dividends paid— — — (9)
Purchases of treasury stock— — — (65)
Exercise of stock options— — 10 — 
Distribution by consolidated sub— — — 26 
Net cash provided by financing activities— — 10 (48)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents(1)(4)(2)
Cash at beginning of year— 
Cash at end of year$$— $$
See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-88


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
(In millions)
Schedule IIIYear Ended December 31,Period from June 1 to December 31,Period from January 1 to May 31,Year Ended December 31,
2021202020202019
PredecessorPredecessor
(As Restated)
Deferred acquisition costs$761 $222 $918 $641 
Future policy benefits, losses, claims and loss expenses4,732 4,010 3,741 3,782 
Other policy claims and benefits payable109 88 74 71 
Life insurance premiums and other fees1,395 138 90 220 
Interest and investment income1,852 743 403 1,169 
Benefits, claims, losses and settlement expenses(2,138)(866)(298)(1,148)
Amortization, interest, and unlocking of deferred acquisition costs(32)(4)28 (16)
Other operating expenses, net of deferrals(105)(75)(75)(87)
See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-89


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTAL REINSURANCE SCHEDULE
(In millions)
Schedule IV
For the year ended December 31, 2021Gross amountCeded to other companiesAssumed from other companiesNet amountPercentage of amount assumed to net
Life insurance in force$4,881 $(1,682)$— $3,199 — %
Premiums and other considerations:
Traditional life insurance premiums168 (137)— 31 — %
Life-contingent PRT premiums1,146 — — 1,146 — %
Annuity product charges269 (51)— 218 — %
Total premiums and other considerations$1,583 $(188)$— $1,395 — %
For the period June 1 to December 31, 2020Gross amountCeded to other companiesAssumed from other companiesNet amountPercentage of amount assumed to net
Life insurance in force$3,892 $(2,064)$— $1,828 — %
Premiums and other considerations:
Traditional life insurance premiums108 (85)— 23 — %
Annuity product charges146 (31)— 115 — %
Total premiums and other considerations$254 $(116)$— $138 — %
For the period January 1 to May 31, 2020Gross amountCeded to other companiesAssumed from other companiesNet amountPercentage of amount assumed to net
Life insurance in force$3,626 $(2,025)$— $1,601 — %
Premiums and other considerations:
Traditional life insurance premiums86 (67)— 19 — %
Annuity product charges93 (22)— 71 — %
Total premiums and other considerations$179 $(89)$— $90 — %
For the year ended December 31, 2019Gross amountCeded to other companiesAssumed from other companiesNet amountPercentage of amount assumed to net
(As Restated)
Life insurance in force$3,638 $(2,062)$— $1,576 — %
Premiums and other considerations:
Traditional life insurance premiums204 (164)— 40 — %
Annuity product charges234 (54)— 180 — %
Total premiums and other considerations$438 $(218)$— $220 — %
See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-90


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
June 30,
2022
December 31,
2021
ASSETS(Unaudited)
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value, at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, at an amortized cost of $31,728 and $28,724, respectively, net of allowance for credit losses of $5 and $8, respectively
$28,398 $29,962 
Preferred securities, at fair value839 1,028 
Equity securities, at fair value119 143 
Derivative investments145 816 
Mortgage loans, net of allowance for credit losses of $35 and $31 at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively
4,437 3,749 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates2,668 2,350 
Other long-term investments528 489 
Short-term investments823 373 
Total investments37,957 38,910 
Cash and cash equivalents992 1,533 
Trade and notes receivables
Reinsurance recoverable, net of allowance for credit losses of $19 and $20 at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively
4,215 3,610 
Goodwill1,756 1,756 
Prepaid expenses and other assets1,000 613 
Lease assets
Other intangible assets, net3,143 2,234 
Property and equipment, net14 13 
Income taxes receivable64 50 
Deferred tax asset473 — 
Total assets$49,626 $48,730 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Liabilities:  
Contractholder funds$37,707 $35,525 
Future policy benefits5,177 4,732 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities1,384 1,297 
Notes payable573 977 
Funds withheld for reinsurance liabilities2,277 1,676 
Lease liabilities14 14 
Deferred tax liability— 24 
Total liabilities47,132 44,245 
Equity:  
F&G common stock, $0.0001 par value; authorized 500,000,000 shares as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021; outstanding of 125,000,000 and 105,000,000 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and issued of 125,000,000 and 105,000,000 as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively
— — 
Additional paid-in capital3,157 2,750 
Retained earnings1,467 1,001 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings(2,130)734 
Total equity2,494 4,485 
Total liabilities and equity$49,626 $48,730 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-91


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Dollars in millions, except shares, in thousands, and per share data)
Six months ended June 30,
20222021
(Unaudited)
Revenues:
Life insurance premiums and other fees$662 $126 
Interest and investment income876 860 
Recognized gains and losses, net(723)355 
Total revenues815 1,341 
Expenses:
Personnel costs64 61 
Other operating expenses49 54 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves(210)549 
Depreciation and amortization264 209 
Interest expense17 15 
Total expenses184 888 
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes631 453 
Income tax expense(165)(93)
Net earnings from continuing operations466 360 
Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax— 11 
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders$466 $371 
Earnings per share
Basic
Net earnings from continuing operations$4.41 $3.43 
Net earnings from discontinued operations— 0.10 
Net earnings per share, basic$4.41 $3.53 
Diluted
Net earnings from continuing operations$4.41 $3.43 
Net earnings from discontinued operations— 0.10 
Net earnings per share, diluted$4.41 $3.53 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, basic basis (a)
105,778 105,000 
Weighted average shares outstanding F&G common stock, diluted basis (a)
105,778 105,000 
__________________
(a)Weighted average shares outstanding for the six months ended June 30, 2021 retrospectively include the effects of the 105,000 for 1 stock split that occurred on June 24, 2022.
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-92


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS
(In millions)
Six months ended June 30,
20222021
(Unaudited)
Net earnings$466 $371 
Other comprehensive earnings:
Unrealized (loss) gain on investments and other financial instruments, net of adjustments to intangible assets and unearned revenue (1)
(2,936)(152)
Unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation (2)
(6)(2)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings (3)
78 (42)
Other comprehensive (loss) earnings$(2,398)$175 
__________________
(1)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(678) million and $(40) million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(2) million and $(1) million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(3)Net of income tax (benefit) expense of $21 million and $(11) million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-93


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(In millions, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
 Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)Total Equity
Balance, December 31, 2020$— $2,741 $136 $1,197 $4,074 
Other comprehensive earnings - unrealized gain on investments and other financial instruments— — — (152)(152)
Other comprehensive earnings - unrealized gain on foreign currency translation— — — (2)(2)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — (42)(42)
Stock-based compensation— — — 
Net earnings— — 371 — 371 
Balance, June 30, 2021$— $2,746 $507 $1,001 $4,254 
F&G Annuities & Life, Inc.
Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalRetained EarningsAccumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)Total Equity
Balance, December 31, 2021$— $2,750 $1,001 $734 $4,485 
Other comprehensive loss - unrealized loss on investments and other financial instruments— — — (2,936)(2,936)
Other comprehensive earnings - unrealized gain on investments in unconsolidated affiliates— — — (6)(6)
Reclassification adjustments for change in unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings— — — 78 78 
Stock-based compensation— — — 
Conversion of debt to equity— 400 — — 400 
Net earnings— — 466 466 
Balance, June 30, 2022$— $3,157 $1,467 $(2,130)$2,494 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-94


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
Six months ended June 30,
20222021
(Unaudited)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities: 
Net earnings$466 $371 
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided (used in) by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization264 209 
(Gain) loss on sales of investments and other assets and asset impairments, etc.73 (249)
Loss on the sale of businesses— 14 
Interest credited/index credits to contractholder account balances(862)476 
Deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred sales inducements(371)(303)
Charges assessed to contractholders for mortality and administration(102)(88)
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates, return on investment24 — 
Stock-based compensation cost
Change in NAV of limited partnerships, net(172)(243)
Change in valuation of derivatives, equity and preferred securities, net648 (107)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:
Change in reinsurance recoverable48 
Change in future policy benefits445 (112)
Change in funds withheld from reinsurers617 461 
Net change in income taxes210 59 
Net change in other assets and other liabilities(522)(69)
Net cash provided by operating activities727 472 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:  
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities3,150 2,852 
Additions to property and equipment and capitalized software(20)(12)
Purchases of investment securities(6,553)(5,397)
Net proceeds from (purchases of) sales and maturities of short-term investment securities101 
Other acquisitions/disposals, net of cash acquired— (42)
Additional investments in unconsolidated affiliates(688)(570)
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates, return of investment71 14 
Proceeds from sales of unconsolidated affiliates— 94 
Net cash used in investing activities(4,037)(2,960)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:  
Borrowings
Contractholder account deposits4,513 4,190 
Contractholder account withdrawals(1,744)(1,575)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities2,769 2,615 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(541)127 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,533 889 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period992 1,016 
See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-95


F&G ANNUITIES & LIFE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
Note A — Basis of Financial Statements
The financial information in this report presented for interim periods is unaudited and includes the accounts of F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“FGAL”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “we”, “us”, “our”, the "Company" or “F&G”) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All adjustments made were of a normal, recurring nature.
Description of the Business
F&G is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (NYSE:FNF)("FNF"). We provide insurance solutions and issue a broad portfolio of annuity and life insurance products, including deferred annuities (fixed indexed and fixed rate annuities), immediate annuities, and indexed universal life ("IUL") insurance, through our retail distribution channels. We also provide funding agreements and pension risk transfer ("PRT") solutions through our institutional channels. F&G has one reporting segment, which is consistent with and reflects the manner by which our chief operating decision maker views and manages the business.
Recent Developments
Stock Split and Increase to Authorized shares
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a stock split in a ratio of 105,000 for 1. FNF, as the sole stockholder, received, in the form of a dividend, 104,999 additional shares of common stock for each share of common stock held. Earnings per share has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect as if the split occurred as of June 1, 2020 in accordance with GAAP.
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors authorized an increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock from one thousand (1,000) to five hundred million (500,000,000).
Exchange Agreement with FNF
On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired. There was no gain or loss recorded with respect to the exchange agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, interest expense on the FNF Promissory Note was approximately $6 million.
There have been no other significant related party transactions for the six months ended June 30, 2022 or for the six months ended June 30, 2021.
F&G Distribution
On March 14, 2022, FNF’s Board of Directors approved a dividend to their shareholders, on a pro rata basis, of 15% of the common stock of F&G (the “F&G Distribution”). FNF intends to retain control of F&G through their approximate 85% ownership stake. The proposed F&G Distribution is intended to be structured as a taxable dividend to FNF shareholders and is subject to various conditions including the final approval of FNF’s Board of Directors, the effectiveness of appropriate filings with the U.S Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and any applicable regulatory approvals. The record date and distribution settlement date will be determined by FNF’s Board of Directors prior to the distribution. Upon completion of the F&G Distribution, FNF’s shareholders as of the record date are expected to own stock in both publicly traded companies. The proposed F&G Distribution is targeted to be completed early in the fourth quarter of 2022. However, there can be no assurance regarding the timeframe for completing the F&G Distribution or that the conditions of the F&G Distribution will be met.
F-96


Income Tax
Income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2022 was $165 million, inclusive of a change in the valuation allowance of $38 million, compared to income tax expense of $93 million, inclusive of a change in the valuation allowance of $(14) million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The effective tax rate was 26% and 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2022 is primarily related to the valuation allowance recorded on realized capital losses on the sale of discontinued operations, for which it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize for tax purposes.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share, as presented on the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings, is computed by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders in a given period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during such period. In periods when earnings are positive, diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus assumed conversions of potentially dilutive securities. For periods when we recognize a net loss, diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share as the impact of assumed conversions of potentially dilutive securities is considered to be antidilutive.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-12, Financial Services-Insurance (Topic 944), Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts, as clarified and amended by ASU 2019-09, Financial Services-Insurance: Effective Date and ASU 2020-11, Financial Services-Insurance: Effective Date and Early Application, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 including interim periods within those fiscal years. This update introduced the following requirements: assumptions used to measure cash flows for traditional and limited-payment contracts must be reviewed at least annually with the effect of changes in those assumptions being recognized in the statement of operations; the discount rate applied to measure the liability for future policy benefits and limited-payment contracts must be updated at each reporting date with the effect of changes in the rate being recognized in other comprehensive income; market risk benefits associated with deposit contracts must be measured at fair value, with the effect of the change in the fair value attributable to a change in the instrument-specific credit risk being recognized in other comprehensive income; deferred acquisition costs are no longer required to be amortized in proportion to premiums, gross profits, or gross margins; instead, those balances must be amortized on a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts; deferred acquisition costs must be written off for unexpected contract terminations; and disaggregated rollforwards of beginning to ending balances of the liability for future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities and deferred acquisition costs, as well as information about significant inputs, judgments, assumptions, and methods used in measurement are required to be disclosed. The amendments in this ASU may be early adopted as of the beginning of an annual reporting period for which financial statements have not yet been issued, including interim financial statements.
We have identified specific areas that will be impacted by the new guidance. This guidance will bring significant changes to how we account for certain insurance and annuity products within our business and expand disclosures. As part of the implementation process, to date our progress includes, but is not limited to the following: identifying and documenting contracts and contract features in scope of the guidance; identifying actuarial models, systems, and processes to be updated; building models; evaluating and finalizing key accounting policies; evaluating transition requirements; and establishing and documenting appropriate internal controls. We will not early adopt this standard and have selected the full retrospective transition method, which requires the new guidance be applied as of the beginning of the earliest period presented or January 1, 2021, referred to as the transition date. The impacts of this guidance to the consolidated financial statements are subject to market conditions, such as interest rate levels. We have begun to generate and review results for historical periods from our actuarial models which will allow us to quantify the impact to our consolidated financial statements.
F-97


In March 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. The amendments in this update eliminate the Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”) recognition and measurement guidance for creditors and, instead, require that an entity evaluate whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments also enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Additionally, these amendments require that an entity disclose current-period gross write-offs by year of origination for financing receivables and net investment in leases within the scope of Subtopic 326-20. The guidance is effective for entities that have adopted ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (Topic 326) for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, though early adoption is permitted. We do not currently expect to early adopt this standard and are in the process of assessing this standard and its impact on our accounting and disclosures.
In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this update affect all entities that have investments in equity securities measured at fair value that are subject to a contractual sale restriction and clarify that a contractual restriction on the sale of an equity security is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair value. The amendments also clarify that an entity cannot, as a separate unit of account, recognize and measure a contractual sale restriction. Additionally, the amendments require the following disclosures for equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions: the fair value of equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions reflected in the balance sheet, the nature and remaining duration of the restriction(s), and the circumstances that could cause a lapse in the restriction(s). The amendments in this update do not change the principles of fair value measurement, rather, they clarify those principles when measuring the fair value of an equity security subject to a contractual sale restriction and improve current GAAP by reducing diversity in practice, reducing the cost and complexity in measuring fair value, and increasing comparability of financial information across reporting entities that hold those investments. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years, though early adoption is permitted. We do not currently expect to early adopt this standard and are in the process of assessing this standard and its impact on our accounting and disclosures.
Note B — Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our measurement of fair value is based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset, or non-performance risk, which may include our own credit risk. We estimate an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market for that asset or liability in the absence of a principal market as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or assume a liability (“entry price”). We categorize financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the respective valuation technique. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 – Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads, and yield curves.
Level 3 – Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date based on the best information available in the circumstances.
F-98


NAV - Certain equity investments are measured using NAV as a practical expedient in determining fair value. In addition, our unconsolidated affiliates (primarily limited partnerships) are primarily accounted for using the equity method of accounting with fair value determined using NAV as a practical expedient. Our carrying value reflects our pro rata ownership percentage as indicated by NAV in the limited partnership financial statements, which we may adjust if we determine NAV is not calculated consistent with investment company fair value principles. The underlying investments of the limited partnerships may have significant unobservable inputs, which may include, but are not limited to, comparable multiples and weighted average cost of capital rates applied in valuation models or a discounted cash flow model. Additionally, management meets quarterly with the general partner to determine whether any credit or other market events have occurred since prior quarter financial statements to ensure any material events are properly included in current quarter valuation and investment income.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.
When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. Because certain securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for these securities is inherently more difficult. In addition to the unobservable inputs, Level 3 fair value investments may include observable components, which are components that are actively quoted or can be validated to market-based sources.
F-99


The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments for which the disclosure of fair values is required, including financial assets and liabilities measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis, with the exception of investment contracts, portions of other long-term investments and debt, which are disclosed later within this footnote, was summarized according to the hierarchy previously described, as follows (in millions):

June 30, 2022
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVFair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$992 $— $— $— $992 $992 
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities— 4,771 4,677 — 9,448 9,448 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 3,009 37 — 3,046 3,046 
Corporates— 11,292 1,356 — 12,648 12,648 
Hybrids118 625 — — 743 743 
Municipals— 1,220 33 — 1,253 1,253 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 886 — 895 895 
U.S. Government212 — — — 212 212 
Foreign Governments— 137 16 — 153 153 
Preferred securities330 509 — — 839 839 
Equity securities75 — — 44 119 119 
Derivative investments— 145 — — 145 145 
Short term investments49 774 — — 823 823 
Reinsurance related embedded derivative, included in other assets— 191 — — 191 191 
Other long-term investments— — 72 — 72 72 
Total financial assets at fair value$1,776 $23,559 $6,200 $44 $31,579 $31,579 
Liabilities
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds— — 2,941 — 2,941 2,941 
Total financial liabilities at fair value$— $— $2,941 $— $2,941 $2,941 
F-100


December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVFair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $1,533 $— $— $— $1,533 $1,533 
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities— 4,736 3,959 — 8,695 8,695 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— 2,929 35 — 2,964 2,964 
Corporates— 13,883 1,121 — 15,004 15,004 
Hybrids132 749 — — 881 881 
Municipals— 1,398 43 — 1,441 1,441 
Residential mortgage-backed securities— 722 — — 722 722 
U.S. Government50 — — — 50 50 
Foreign Governments— 187 18 — 205 205 
Equity securities95 — — 48 143 143 
Preferred securities407 620 — 1,028 1,028 
Derivative investments— 816 — — 816 816 
Short-term investments50 321 — 373 373 
Other long-term investments— — 78 — 78 78 
Total financial assets at fair value$2,267 $26,042 $5,576 $48 $33,933 $33,933 
Liabilities
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds— — 3,883 — 3,883 3,883 
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives, included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities— 73 — — 73 73 
Total financial liabilities at fair value$— $73 $3,883 $— $3,956 $3,956 
Valuation Methodologies
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The carrying amounts reported in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for these instruments approximate fair value.
Fixed Maturity Preferred and Equity Securities
We measure the fair value of our securities based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the security. The most appropriate valuation methodology is selected based on the specific characteristics of the fixed maturity, preferred or equity security, and we will then consistently apply the valuation methodology to measure the security’s fair value. Our fair value measurement is based on a market approach, which utilizes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities. Sources of inputs to the market approach include third-party pricing services, independent broker quotations, or pricing matrices. We use observable and unobservable inputs in our valuation methodologies. Observable inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data including market research publications. In addition, market indicators and industry and economic events are monitored and further market data will be acquired when certain thresholds are met.
F-101


For certain security types, additional inputs may be used, or some of the inputs described above may not be applicable. The significant input used in the fair value measurement of equity securities for which the market approach valuation technique is employed is yield for comparable securities. Increases or decreases in the yields would result in lower or higher, respectively, fair value measurements. For broker-quoted only securities, quotes from market makers or broker-dealers are obtained from sources recognized to be market participants. We believe the broker quotes are prices at which trades could be executed based on historical trades executed at broker-quoted or slightly higher prices.
We analyze the third-party valuation methodologies and related inputs to perform assessments to determine the appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy. However, we did not adjust prices received from third parties as of June 30, 2022 or December 31, 2021.
Certain equity investments are measured using NAV as a practical expedient in determining fair value.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The fair value of call options is based upon valuation pricing models, which represents what we would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if we canceled the options, entered into offsetting positions, or exercised the options. Fair values for these instruments are determined internally, based on industry accepted valuation pricing models, which use market-observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curve volatilities, and other factors.
The fair value of futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin (open trade equity, net of cash settlements), which represents what we would expect to receive or pay at the balance sheet date if we canceled the contracts or entered into offsetting positions. These contracts are classified as Level 1.
The fair value measurement of the FIA/IUL embedded derivatives included in contractholder funds is determined through a combination of market observable information and significant unobservable inputs using the option budget method. The market observable inputs are the market value of option and treasury rates. The significant unobservable inputs are the budgeted option cost (i.e., the expected cost to purchase call options in future periods to fund the equity indexed linked feature), surrender rates, mortality multiplier and non-performance spread. The mortality multiplier at June 30, 2022 was applied to the 2012 Individual Annuity mortality tables. Increases or decreases in the market value of an option in isolation would result in a higher or lower, respectively, fair value measurement. Increases or decreases in treasury rates, mortality multiplier, surrender rates, or non-performance spread in isolation would result in a lower or higher fair value measurement, respectively. Generally, a change in any one unobservable input would not directly result in a change in any other unobservable input.
The fair value of the reinsurance-related embedded derivatives in the funds withheld reinsurance agreements with Kubera Insurance (SAC) Ltd. (“Kubera”) (effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset Reinsurance Ltd. (“Somerset”), a certified third party reinsurer) and ASPIDA Life Re Ltd (“Aspida Re”) are estimated based upon the fair value of the assets supporting the funds withheld from reinsurance liabilities. The fair value of the assets is based on a quoted market price of similar assets (Level 2), and therefore the fair value of the embedded derivative is based on market-observable inputs and classified as Level 2. See Note L F&G Reinsurance for further discussion on F&G reinsurance agreements.
Short-term Investments
The carrying amounts reported in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for these instruments approximate fair value.
Other long-term investments
We hold a fund-linked note, which provides for an additional payment at maturity based on the value of an embedded derivative based on the actual return of a dedicated return fund. Fair value of the embedded derivative is based on an unobservable input, the net asset value of the fund at the balance sheet date. The embedded derivative is similar to a call option on the net asset value of the fund with a strike price of zero since we will not be required to
F-102


make any additional payments at maturity of the fund-linked note in order to receive the net asset value of the fund on the maturity date. A Black-Scholes model determines the net asset value of the fund as the fair value of the call option regardless of the values used for the other inputs to the option pricing model.  The net asset value of the fund is provided by the fund manager at the end of each calendar month and represents the value an investor would receive if it withdrew its investment on the balance sheet date. Therefore, the key unobservable input used in the Black-Scholes model is the value of the fund. As the value of the fund increases or decreases, the fair value of the embedded derivative will increase or decrease. See further discussion on the available-for-sale embedded derivative in Note E Derivative Financial Instruments.
The fair value of the credit-linked note is based on a weighted average of a broker quote and a discounted cash flow analysis. The discounted cash flow approach is based on the expected portfolio cash flows and amortization schedule reflecting investment expectations, adjusted for assumptions on the portfolio's default and recovery rates, and the note's discount rate. The fair value of the note is provided by the fund manager at the end of each quarter.
Quantitative information regarding significant unobservable inputs used for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments carried at fair value as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are as follows:
Fair Value atValuation TechniqueUnobservable Input(s)Range (Weighted average)
June 30, 2022
(in millions)June 30, 2022
Assets
Asset-backed securities$4,517  Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 41.02% - 228.74%
(92.19%)
Asset-backed securities160  Third-Party Valuation  Offered quotes 66.37% - 100.34%
(98.38%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities21  Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 112.82% - 112.82%
(112.82%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities16  Third-Party Valuation  Offered quotes 71.25% - 88.63%
(81.41%)
Corporates602  Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 0.00% - 108.46%
(92.11%)
Corporates754  Third-Party Valuation  Offered quotes 75.42% - 124.99%
(94.59%)
Municipals33  Third-Party Valuation  Offered quotes 106.40% - 106.40%
(106.40%)
Residential mortgage-backed securities Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 0.00% - 93.02%
(93.02%)
Foreign governments16  Third-Party Valuation  Offered quotes 98.73% - 99.59%
(99.32%)
Other long-term investments:
Available-for-sale embedded derivative24 Black Scholes modelMarket value of fund 100%
Secured borrowing receivable10  Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 100.00% - 100.00%
(100.00%)
Credit Linked Note17  Broker-quoted  Offered quotes 100%
Investment in affiliate21 Market Comparable Company AnalysisEBITDA multiple8x-8x
Total financial assets at fair value$6,200 
Liabilities
Derivative investments:
F-103


FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds$2,941 Discounted cash flowMarket value of option0.00% - 23.28%
(0.48%)
Swap Rates1.28% - 3.38%
(2.33%)
Mortality multiplier100.00% - 100.00%
(100.00%)
Surrender rates0.25% - 70.00%
(6.38%)
Partial withdrawals2.00% - 29.41%
(2.74%)
Non-performance spread0.76% - 1.64%
(1.50%)
Option cost0.07% - 4.97%
(1.86%)
Total financial liabilities at fair value$2,941 
F-104


Fair Value atValuation TechniqueUnobservable Input(s)Range (Weighted average)
December 31, 2021
(in millions)December 31, 2021
Assets
Asset-backed securities$3,844 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
52.56% - 260.7% (97.06%)
Asset-backed securities115 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
93.02% - 108.45% (104.95%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities24 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
126.70% - 126.70% (126.70%)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities11 Third Party ValuationOffered quotes
97.91% -97.91% (97.91%)
Corporates380 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
0.00% - 109.69% (100.91%)
Corporates741 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
85.71% - 119.57% (107.72%)
Municipals43 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
135.09% - 135.09% (135.09%)
Foreign governments18 Third-Party ValuationOffered quotes
107.23% - 116.44% (110.11%)
Short-term321 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
100.00% - 100.00% (100.00%)
Preferred securitiesIncome-ApproachYield
2.43%
Other long-term investments:
Available-for-sale embedded derivative34 Black Scholes modelMarket value of fund
100.00%
Credit linked note23 Broker-quotedOffered quotes
100.00%
Investment in affiliate21 Market Comparable Company AnalysisEBITDA multiple
8x - 8x
Total financial assets at fair value$5,576 
Liabilities
Derivatives:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,883 Discounted cash flowMarket value of option
0.00% - 38.72% (3.16%)
Swap rates
0.05% - 1.94% (1.00%)
Mortality multiplier
100.00% - 100.00% (100.00%)
Surrender rates
0.25% - 70.00% (6.26%)
Partial withdrawals
2.00% - 23.26% (2.72%)
Non-performance spread
0.43% - 1.01% (0.68%)
Option cost
0.07% - 4.97% (1.83%)
Total financial liabilities at fair value$3,883 
The following tables summarize changes to the Company’s financial instruments carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021. This summary
F-105


excludes any impact of amortization of value of business acquired (“VOBA”), deferred acquisition cost (“DAC”), and deferred sales inducements (“DSI”). The gains and losses below may include changes in fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component of the valuation methodology.
Six months ended June 30, 2022
(in millions)
Balance at Beginning
of Period
Total Gains (Losses)PurchasesSalesSettlements
Net transfer In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
Balance at End of
Period
Change in Unrealized Included in OCI
Included in
Earnings
Included in
AOCI
Assets
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities$3,959 $$(272)$1,227 $(39)$(278)$79 $4,677 $(291)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities35 — (5)— — — 37 (4)
Corporates1,121 — (137)382 — (32)22 1,356 (134)
Hybrids— — — — — — — — — 
Municipals43 — (10)— — — — 33 (9)
Residential mortgage-backed securities— — — — — — — 
Foreign Governments18 — (2)— — — — 16 (1)
Short-Term321 — (1)20 — — (340)— (1)
Preferred securities— (1)— — — — — (1)
Equity securities— — — — — — — — — 
Other long-term investments:— 
Available-for-sale embedded derivative34 (10)— — — — — 24 — 
Investment in affiliate21 — — — — — — 21 — 
Credit linked note23 — (3)— — (3)— 17 — 
Secured borrowing receivable— — — — — — 10 10 — 
Total assets at Level 3 fair value
$5,576 $(9)$(431)$1,638 $(39)$(313)$(222)$6,200 $(441)
Liabilities
FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,883 (942)— — — — — 2,941 — 
Total liabilities at Level 3 fair value
$3,883 $(942)$— $— $— $— $— $2,941 $— 
__________________
(a)The net transfers out of Level 3 during the six months ended June 30, 2022 were to Level 2, except for the net transfers out related to our other long-term investment, which was to Level 1.
F-106


Six months ended June 30, 2021
Balance at Beginning
of Period
Total Gains (Losses)PurchasesSalesSettlements
Net transfer In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
Balance at End of
Period
Change in Unrealized Included in OCI
Included in
Earnings
Included in
AOCI
Assets
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Asset-backed securities$1,350 $— $(3)$1,171 $— $(182)$(27)$2,309 $14 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities26 — (1)— — — — 25 
Corporates1,274 (25)53 (1)(107)(19)1,184 37 
Hybrids— — — — (4)— — — 
Municipals43 — — — — — — 43 
Residential mortgage-backed securities483 — 10 — (52)— 443 21 
Foreign Governments17 — — — — — — 17 
Short-Term— — 302 — — — 303 — 
Preferred securities— — — — — — 
Other long-term investments:— 
Available-for-sale embedded derivative27 — — — — — 30 — 
Credit linked note23 — (4)— — — — 19 — 
Total assets at Level 3 fair value
$3,248 $12 $(29)$1,536 $(1)$(345)$(46)$4,375 $82 
Liabilities
Future policy benefits (FSRC)$$— $— $— $(4)$(1)$— $— $— 
FIA embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds3,404 355 — — — — — 3,759 — 
Total liabilities at Level 3 fair value
$3,409 $355 $— $— $(4)$(1)$— $3,759 $— 
Valuation Methodologies and Associated Inputs for Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value
The following discussion outlines the methodologies and assumptions used to determine the fair value of our financial instruments not carried at fair value. Considerable judgment is required to develop these assumptions used to measure fair value. Accordingly, the estimates shown are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in a one-time, current market exchange of all of our financial instruments.
Mortgage Loans
The fair value of mortgage loans is established using a discounted cash flow method based on internal credit rating, maturity and future income. This yield-based approach is sourced from our third-party vendor. The internal ratings for mortgages in good standing are based on property type, location, market conditions, occupancy, debt
F-107


service coverage, loan-to-value, quality of tenancy, borrower, and payment record. The inputs used to measure the fair value of our mortgage loans are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Investments in Unconsolidated affiliates
The fair value of investments in unconsolidated affiliates is determined using NAV as a practical expedient.
Policy Loans (included within Other long-term investments)
Fair values for policy loans are estimated from a discounted cash flow analysis, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar credit risk.  Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations.
Company Owned Life Insurance
Company owned life insurance (“COLI”) is a life insurance program used to finance certain employee benefit expenses. The fair value of COLI is based on net realizable value, which is generally cash surrender value. COLI is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Other Invested Assets (included within Other long-term investments)
The fair value of bank loans is estimated using a discounted cash flow method with the discount rate based on weighted average cost of capital ("WACC"). This yield-based approach is sourced from a third-party vendor and the WACC establishes a market participant discount rate by determining the hypothetical capital structure for the asset should it be underwritten as of each period end. Other invested assets are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Investment Contracts
Investment contracts include deferred annuities (FIAs and fixed rate annuities), indexed universal life policies (“IULs”), funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuity contracts without life contingencies. The FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives, included in contractholder funds, are excluded as they are carried at fair value. The fair value of the FIA, fixed rate annuity and IUL contracts is based on their cash surrender value (i.e. the cost the Company would incur to extinguish the liability) as these contracts are generally issued without an annuitization date. The fair value of funding agreements and PRT and immediate annuity contracts without life contingencies is derived by calculating a new fair value interest rate using the updated yield curve and treasury spreads as of the respective reporting date. The Company is not required to, and has not, estimated the fair value of the liabilities under contracts that involve significant mortality or morbidity risks, as these liabilities fall within the definition of insurance contracts that are exceptions from financial instruments that require disclosures of fair value.
Other
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) common stock, Accounts receivable and Notes receivable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. FHLB common stock is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. Accounts receivable and Notes receivable are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Debt
The fair value of the $550 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior notes due 2025 is based on quoted market prices. The inputs used to measure the fair value of this debt results in a Level 2 classification within the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the $400 million promissory note with FNF as of December 31, 2021 is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis wherein contractual cash flows are discounted using then current interest rates being offered for debt with similar credit risk and tenor. This debt is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
F-108


The following tables provide the carrying value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments that are carried on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at amounts other than fair value, summarized according to the fair value hierarchy previously described.
June 30, 2022
(in millions)
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVTotal Estimated Fair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
FHLB common stock$— $90 $— $— $90 $90 
Commercial mortgage loans— — 2,119 — 2,119 2,315 
Residential mortgage loans— — 1,971 — 1,971 2,122 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates— — — 2,668 2,668 2,668 
Policy loans— — 44 — 44 44 
Other invested assets— — — 
Company-owned life insurance— — 318 — 318 318 
Total
$— $90 $4,457 $2,668 $7,215 $7,562 
Liabilities
Investment contracts, included in contractholder funds$— $— $31,550 $— $31,550 $34,990 
Debt— 559 — — 559 573 
Total
$— $559 $31,550 $— $32,109 $35,563 
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1Level 2Level 3NAVTotal Estimated Fair ValueCarrying Amount
Assets
FHLB common stock$— $72 $— $— $72 $72 
Commercial mortgage loans— — 2,265 — 2,265 2,168 
Residential mortgage loans— — 1,549 — 1,549 1,581 
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates— — — 2,350 2,350 2,350 
Policy loans— — 39 — 39 39 
Company-owned life insurance— — 299 — 299 299 
Total
$— $72 $4,152 $2,350 $6,574 $6,509 
Liabilities
Investment contracts, included in contractholder funds$— $— $27,448 $— $27,448 $31,529 
Debt— 615 412 — 1,027 977 
Total
$— $615 $27,860 $— $28,475 $32,506 
For investments for which NAV is used, we do not have any significant restrictions in our ability to liquidate our positions in these investments, other than obtaining general partner approval, nor do we believe it is probable a price less than NAV would be received in the event of a liquidation.
F-109


We review the fair value hierarchy classifications each reporting period. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in and out of Level 3, or between other levels, at the beginning fair value for the reporting period in which the changes occur. The transfers into and out of Level 3 were related to changes in the primary pricing source and changes in the observability of external information used in determining the fair value.
Note C — Investments
Our fixed maturity securities investments have been designated as available-for-sale (“AFS”), and are carried at fair value, net of allowance for expected credit losses, with unrealized gains and losses included in AOCI, net of associated adjustments for VOBA, DAC, DSI, unearned revenue (“UREV”), SOP 03-1 reserves, and deferred income taxes. Our preferred and equity securities investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in net earnings. The Company’s consolidated investments at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Amortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueCarrying Value
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$9,965 $(2)$46 $(561)$9,448 $9,448 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,116 — 91 (161)3,046 3,046 
Corporates15,049 — 27 (2,428)12,648 12,648 
Hybrids801 — (64)743 743 
Municipals1,428 — (178)1,253 1,253 
Residential mortgage-backed securities969 (3)(73)895 895 
U.S. Government214 — (3)212 212 
Foreign Governments186 — — (33)153 153 
Total available-for-sale securities
$31,728 $(5)$176 $(3,501)$28,398 $28,398 
December 31, 2021
Amortized CostAllowance for Expected Credit LossesGross Unrealized GainsGross Unrealized LossesFair ValueCarrying Value
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$8,516 $(3)$220 $(38)$8,695 $8,695 
Commercial mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities2,669 (2)308 (11)2,964 2,964 
Corporates14,372 — 784 (152)15,004 15,004 
Hybrids812 — 69 — 881 881 
Municipals1,386 — 66 (11)1,441 1,441 
Residential mortgage-backed securities722 (3)(4)722 722 
U.S. Government50 — — — 50 50 
Foreign Governments197 — — 205 205 
Total available-for-sale securities
$28,724 $(8)$1,462 $(216)$29,962 $29,962 
Securities held on deposit with various state regulatory authorities had a fair value of $16,699 million and $22,219 million at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
F-110


As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company held no material investments that were non-income producing for a period greater than twelve months.
As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company's accrued interest receivable balance was $276 million and $246 million, respectively. Accrued interest receivable is classified within Prepaid expenses and other assets within the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In accordance with our FHLB agreements, the investments supporting the funding agreement liabilities are pledged as collateral to secure the FHLB funding agreement liabilities and are not available to us for general purposes. The collateral investments had a fair value of $3,030 million and $2,469 million as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities by contractual maturities, as applicable, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
(in millions)(in millions)
Amortized Cost Fair ValueAmortized Cost Fair Value
Corporates, Non-structured Hybrids, Municipal and Government securities:
Due in one year or less$131 $131 $105 $106 
Due after one year through five years2,140 2,021 1,724 1,754 
Due after five years through ten years1,765 1,597 2,141 2,201 
Due after ten years13,642 11,260 12,842 13,515 
Subtotal
17,678 15,009 16,812 17,576 
Other securities, which provide for periodic payments:
Asset-backed securities9,965 9,448 8,516 8,695 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,116 3,046 2,669 2,964 
Structured hybrids— — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities969 895 722 722 
Subtotal
14,050 13,389 11,912 12,386 
Total fixed maturity available-for-sale securities
$31,728 $28,398 $28,724 $29,962 
Allowance for Expected Credit Loss
We regularly review AFS securities for declines in fair value that we determine to be credit related. For our fixed maturity securities, we generally consider the following in determining whether our unrealized losses are credit related, and if so, the magnitude of the credit loss:
The extent to which the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis;
The reasons for the decline in value (credit event, currency or interest-rate related, including general credit spread widening);
The financial condition of and near-term prospects of the issuer (including issuer's current credit rating and the probability of full recovery of principal based upon the issuer's financial strength);
Current delinquencies and nonperforming assets of underlying collateral;
Expected future default rates;
Collateral value by vintage, geographic region, industry concentration or property type;
F-111


Subordination levels or other credit enhancements as of the balance sheet date as compared to origination; and
Contractual and regulatory cash obligations and the issuer's plans to meet such obligations.
We recognize an allowance for current expected credit losses on fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position when it is determined, using the factors discussed above, a component of the unrealized loss is related to credit. We measure the credit loss using a discounted cash flow model that utilizes the single best estimate cash flow and the recognized credit loss is limited to the total unrealized loss on the security (i.e. the fair value floor). Cash flows are discounted using the implicit yield of bonds at their time of purchase and the current book yield for asset and mortgage backed securities as well as variable rate securities. We recognize the expected credit losses in Recognized gains and losses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, with an offset for the amount of non-credit impairments recognized in AOCI. We do not measure a credit loss allowance on accrued investment income because we write-off accrued interest through Interest and investment income when collectability concerns arise.
We consider the following in determining whether write-offs of a security’s amortized cost is necessary:
We believe amounts related to securities have become uncollectible;
We intend to sell a security; or
It is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a security prior to recovery.
If we intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized cost, we will write down the security to current fair value, with a corresponding charge, net of any amount previously recognized as an allowance for expected credit loss, to Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. If we do not intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis but believe amounts related to a security are uncollectible (generally based on proximity to expected credit loss), an impairment is deemed to have occurred and the amortized cost is written down to the estimated recovery value with a corresponding charge, net of any amount previously recognized as an allowance for expected credit loss, to Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The remainder of unrealized loss is held in AOCI.
The activity in the allowance for expected credit losses of available-for-sale securities aggregated by investment category was as follows (in millions):
Six months ended June 30, 2022
AdditionsReductions
Balance at Beginning of PeriodFor credit losses on securities for which losses were not previously recorded
For initial credit losses on purchased securities accounted for as PCD financial assets (1)
(Additions) reductions in allowance recorded on previously impaired securitiesFor securities sold during the periodFor securities intended/required to be sold prior to recovery of amortized cost basisWrite offs charged against the allowanceRecoveries of amounts previously written offBalance at End of Period
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$(3)$— $— $(1)$$— $— — $(2)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities(2)— — — — — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities(3)— — — — — — — (3)
Total available-for-sale securities$(8)$— $— $(1)$$— $— $— $(5)
F-112


Six months ended June 30, 2021
AdditionsReductions
Balance at Beginning of PeriodFor credit losses on securities for which losses were not previously recorded
For initial credit losses on purchased securities accounted for as PCD financial assets (1)
(Additions) reductions in allowance recorded on previously impaired securitiesFor securities sold during the periodFor securities intended/required to be sold prior to recovery of amortized cost basisWrite offs charged against the allowanceRecoveries of amounts previously written offBalance at End of Period
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$— $— $— $(1)$(3)$— $— — $(4)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities— (1)— — — — — — (1)
Corporates(7)— — — — — — 
Residential mortgage-backed securities(3)— — — — — — — (3)
Total available-for-sale securities$(10)$(1)$— $$(3)$— $— $$(8)
___________________
(1)Purchased credit deteriorated financial assets (“PCD”)
PCDs are AFS securities purchased at a discount, where part of that discount is attributable to credit. Credit loss allowances are calculated for these securities as of the date of their acquisition, with the initial allowance serving to increase amortized cost. There were no purchases of PCD AFS securities during the six months ended June 30, 2022 or 2021.
The fair value and gross unrealized losses of AFS securities, excluding securities in an unrealized loss position with an allowance for expected credit loss, aggregated by investment category and duration of fair value below amortized cost as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 were as follows (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022
Less than 12 months12 months or longerTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$7,944 $(490)$645 $(71)$8,589 $(561)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities1,786 (153)48 (8)1,834 (161)
Corporates10,501 (1,912)1,391 (516)11,892 (2,428)
Hybrids668 (64)— 670 (64)
Municipals1,065 (155)119 (23)1,184 (178)
Residential mortgage-backed securities794 (67)27 (6)821 (73)
U.S. Government81 (2)(1)85 (3)
Foreign Government131 (31)(2)137 (33)
Total available-for-sale securities
$22,970 $(2,874)$2,242 $(627)$25,212 $(3,501)
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position less than twelve months3,164 
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position twelve months or longer273
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position 3,437 
F-113


December 31, 2021
Less than 12 months12 months or longerTotal
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Fair ValueGross Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-sale securities
Asset-backed securities$4,410 $(31)$146 $(7)$4,556 $(38)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities600 (11)— 601 (11)
Corporates5,017 (126)394 (26)5,411 (152)
Hybrids— — — — 
Municipals407 (5)85 (6)492 (11)
Residential mortgage-backed securities325 (3)11 (1)336 (4)
U.S. Government32 — — 36 — 
Foreign Government27 — — — 27 — 
Total available-for-sale securities
$10,821 $(176)$641 $(40)$11,462 $(216)
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position less than twelve months1,955
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position twelve months or longer67
Total number of available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position 2,022 
We determined the increase in unrealized losses as of June 30, 2022 was caused by higher treasury rates as well as wider spreads. This is in part due to the Federal Reserve's action to increase rates in efforts to combat inflation. Inflation in the first quarter of 2022 has been compounded by supply chain issues stemming from additional COVID-19 restrictions in China, as well as higher energy prices as a result of the Russian-Ukrainian conflict. For securities in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2022, our allowance for expected credit loss was $5 million. We believe that unrealized loss position for which we have not recorded an allowance for expected credit loss as of June 30, 2022 was primarily attributable to interest rate increases, near-term illiquidity, and uncertainty caused by Russia's invasion of Ukraine as opposed to issuer specific credit concerns.
Mortgage Loans
Our mortgage loans are collateralized by commercial and residential properties.
Commercial Mortgage Loans
Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) represented approximately 6% and 6% of our total investments as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. We primarily invest in mortgage loans on income producing properties including industrial properties, retail buildings, multifamily properties and office buildings. We diversify our CML portfolio by geographic region and property type to attempt to reduce concentration risk. We continuously evaluate CMLs based on relevant current information to ensure properties are performing at a consistent and
F-114


acceptable level to secure the related debt. The distribution of CMLs, gross of valuation allowances, by property type and geographic region is reflected in the following tables (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
Gross Carrying Value% of TotalGross Carrying Value% of Total
Property Type:
Hotel$18 %$19 %
Industrial - General486 20 %497 23 %
Mixed Use12 %13 %
Multifamily1,013 43 %894 41 %
Office332 14 %343 16 %
Retail107 %121 %
Student Housing83 %83 %
Other270 12 %204 %
Total commercial mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance
$2,321 100 %$2,174 100 %
Allowance for expected credit loss(6)(6)
Total commercial mortgage loans
$2,315 $2,168 
U.S. Region:
East North Central$130 %$137 %
East South Central76 %79 %
Middle Atlantic292 13 %293 13 %
Mountain355 15 %236 11 %
New England151 %149 %
Pacific699 30 %649 30 %
South Atlantic496 21 %459 21 %
West North Central— %12 %
West South Central118 %160 %
Total commercial mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance
$2,321 100 %$2,174 100 %
Allowance for expected credit loss(6)(6)
Total commercial mortgage loans
$2,315 $2,168 
Loan-to-value (“LTV”) and debt service coverage (“DSC”) ratios are measures commonly used to assess the risk and quality of mortgage loans. The LTV ratio is expressed as a percentage of the amount of the loan relative to the value of the underlying property. A LTV ratio in excess of 100% indicates the unpaid loan amount exceeds the underlying collateral. The DSC ratio, based upon the most recently received financial statements, is expressed as a percentage of the amount of a property’s net income to its debt service payments. A DSC ratio of less than 1.00 indicates that a property’s operations do not generate sufficient income to cover debt payments.
F-115


The following tables present the recorded investment in CMLs by LTV and DSC ratio categories and estimated fair value by the indicated loan-to-value ratios at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 (dollars in millions):
Debt-Service Coverage RatiosTotal Amount% of TotalEstimated Fair Value% of Total
>1.251.00 - 1.25<1.00
June 30, 2022
LTV Ratios:
Less than 50%$398 $$$411 18 %$401 19 %
50% to 60%771 — — 771 33 %712 34 %
60% to 75%1,130 — — 1,130 48 %1,000 47 %
75% to 85%$— $$— $%— %
Commercial mortgage loans$2,299 $13 $$2,321 100 %$2,119 100 %
December 31, 2021
LTV Ratios:
Less than 50%$626 $33 $$668 31 %$745 33 %
50% to 60%470 — — 470 22 %481 21 %
60% to 75%1,036 — — 1,036 47 %1,039 46 %
Commercial mortgage loans$2,132 $33 $$2,174 100 %$2,265 100 %
We recognize a mortgage loan as delinquent when payments on the loan are greater than 30 days past due. At June 30, 2022 we had one CML that was delinquent in principal or interest payments as shown in the risk rating exposure table below. At December 31, 2021 we had no CMLs that were delinquent in principal or interest payments.
Residential Mortgage Loans
Residential mortgage loans (“RMLs”) represented approximately 6% and 4% of our total investments as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Our residential mortgage loans are closed end, amortizing loans and 100% of the properties are located in the United States. We diversify our RML portfolio by state to attempt to reduce concentration risk. The distribution of RMLs by state with highest-to-lowest concentration are reflected in the following tables (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022
U.S. State:Amortized Cost% of Total
Florida$302 14 %
Texas227 11 %
New Jersey171 %
Pennsylvania146 %
California145 %
New York137 %
Georgia117 %
All Other States (1)
903 42 %
Total residential mortgage loans
$2,148 100 %
__________________
(1)The individual concentration of each state is equal to or less than 5% as of June 30, 2022.
F-116


December 31, 2021
U.S. State:Amortized Cost% of Total
Florida$234 15 %
Texas170 10 %
New Jersey153 10 %
All other states (1)
1,049 65 %
Total residential mortgage loans
$1,606 100 %
_______________
(1)The individual concentration of each state is less than 9% as of December 31, 2021.
Residential mortgage loans have a primary credit quality indicator of either a performing or nonperforming loan. We define non-performing residential mortgage loans as those that are 90 or more days past due or in nonaccrual status, which is assessed monthly. The credit quality of RMLs as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, was as follows (dollars in millions):
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
Performance indicators:Carrying Value% of TotalCarrying Value% of Total
Performing$2,083 97 %$1,533 95 %
Non-performing68 %73 %
Total residential mortgage loans, gross of valuation allowance
$2,151 100 %$1,606 100 %
Allowance for expected loan loss(29)— %(25)— %
Total residential mortgage loans
$2,122 100 %$1,581 100 %
Loans segregated by risk rating exposure as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, were as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20222021202020192018PriorTotal
Residential mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$605 $896 $244 $211 $29 $43 $2,028 
30-89 days past due15 19 14 — 54 
Over 90 days past due— 16 46 — 69 
Total residential mortgages$620 $921 $265 $271 $31 $43 $2,151 
Commercial mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$229 $1,301 $509 $— $— $273 $2,312 
30-89 days past due— — — — — — — 
Over 90 days past due— — — — — 
Total commercial mortgage$229 $1,301 $509 $— $— $282 $2,321 
F-117


December 31, 2021
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20212020201920182017PriorTotal
Residential mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$795 $293 $323 $50 $36 $21 $1,518 
30-89 days past due— — 16 
Over 90 days past due23 46 — — 72 
Total residential mortgages$801 $320 $375 $53 $36 $21 $1,606 
Commercial mortgages
Current (less than 30 days past due)$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
30-89 days past due— — — — — — — 
Over 90 days past due— — — — — — — 
Total commercial mortgage$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
June 30, 2022
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20222021202020192018PriorTotal
Commercial mortgages
LTV
Less than 50%$14 $121 $153 $— $— $123 $411 
50% to 60%105 292 234 — — 140 771 
60% to 75%110 888 122 — — 10 1,130 
75% to 85%— — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$229 $1,301 $509 $— $— $282 $2,321 
Commercial mortgages
DSCR
Greater than 1.25x$229 $1,301 $509 $— $— $260 $2,299 
1.00x - 1.25x— — — — — 13 13 
Less than 1.00x— — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$229 $1,301 $509 $— $— $282 $2,321 
December 31, 2021
Amortized Cost by Origination Year
20212020201920182017PriorTotal
Commercial mortgages
LTV
Less than 50%$120 $229 $— $$— $313 $668 
50% to 60%267 192 — — — 11 470 
60% to 75%914 122 — — — — 1,036 
Total commercial mortgages$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
Commercial mortgages
DSCR
Greater than 1.25x$1,301 $543 $— $$— $284 $2,132 
1.00x - 1.25x— — — — 31 33 
Less than 1.00x— — — — — 
Total commercial mortgages$1,301 $543 $— $$— $324 $2,174 
F-118


Non-accrual loans by amortized cost as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, were as follows (in millions):
Amortized cost of loans on non-accrualJune 30, 2022December 31, 2021
Residential mortgage:$69 $72 
Commercial mortgage:— — 
Total non-accrual loans$69 $72 
Immaterial interest income was recognized on non-accrual financing receivables for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021.
It is our policy to cease to accrue interest on loans that are over 90 days delinquent. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible. If a loan becomes over 90 days delinquent, it is our general policy to initiate foreclosure proceedings unless a workout arrangement to bring the loan current is in place. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had $69 million and $72 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans that were over 90 days past due, of which $38 million and $39 million was in the process of foreclosure as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. We will continue to evaluate these policies with regard to the economic challenges for mortgage debtors related to COVID-19. Our ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings may be limited by legislation passed and executive orders issued in response to COVID-19.
Allowance for Expected Credit Loss
We estimate expected credit losses for our commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios using a probability of default/loss given default model. Significant inputs to this model include, where applicable, the loans' current performance, underlying collateral type, location, contractual life, LTV, DSC and Debt to Income or FICO. The model projects losses using a two year reasonable and supportable forecast and then reverts over a three year period to market-wide historical loss experience. Changes in our allowance for expected credit losses on mortgage loans are recognized in Recognized gains and losses, net in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The allowances for our mortgage loan portfolio is summarized as follows (in millions):
Six months ended June 30, 2022
Six months ended June 30, 2021
Residential MortgageCommercial MortgageTotalResidential MortgageCommercial MortgageTotal
Beginning Balance
$25 $$31 $37 $$39 
Provision for loan losses— (9)(5)
Ending Balance
$29 $$35 $28 $$34 
An allowance for expected credit loss is not measured on accrued interest income for commercial mortgage loans as we have a process to write-off interest on loans that enter into non-accrual status (over 90 days past due). Allowances for expected credit losses are measured on accrued interest income for residential mortgage loans and were immaterial as of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021.
F-119


Interest and Investment Income
The major sources of Interest and investment income reported on the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale$655 $603 
Equity securities
Preferred securities26 24 
Mortgage loans88 56 
Invested cash and short-term investments13 
Limited partnerships171 244 
Other investments
Gross investment income968 939 
Investment expense(92)(79)
Interest and investment income
$876 $860 
Recognized Gains and Losses, net
Details underlying Recognized gains and losses, net reported on the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings were as follows (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Net realized (losses) gains on fixed maturity available-for-sale securities$(93)$51 
Net realized/unrealized (losses) gains on equity securities (1)
(22)10 
Net realized/unrealized (losses) gains on preferred securities (2)
(150)
Realized (losses) gains on other invested assets(4)
Change in allowance for expected credit losses(7)
Derivatives and embedded derivatives:
Realized (losses) gains on certain derivative instruments15 180 
Unrealized (losses) gains on certain derivative instruments(717)107 
Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives (3)
263 — 
Change in fair value of other derivatives and embedded derivatives(8)
Realized (losses) gains on derivatives and embedded derivatives(447)289 
Recognized gains and losses, net
$(723)$355 
__________________
(1)Includes net valuation (losses) gains of $(22) million and $9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2)Includes net valuation (losses) gains of $(149) million and $0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(3)Change in fair value of reinsurance related embedded derivatives is due to activity related to the reinsurance treaties with Kubera (novated from Kubera to Sommerset effective October 31, 2021) and Aspida Re.
F-120


The proceeds from the sale of fixed-maturity securities and the gross gains and losses associated with those transactions were as follows (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Proceeds$1,795 $769 
Gross gains61 
Gross losses(94)(11)
Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities
We own investments in VIEs that are not consolidated within our financial statements. A VIE is an entity that does not have sufficient equity to finance its own activities without additional financial support, where investors lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest, or where the entity is structured with non-substantive voting rights. VIEs are consolidated by their ‘primary beneficiary’, a designation given to an entity that receives both the benefits from the VIE as well as the substantive power to make its key economic decisions. While we participate in the benefits from VIEs in which we invest, but do not consolidate, the substantive power to make the key economic decisions for each respective VIE resides with entities not under our common control. It is for this reason that we are not considered the primary beneficiary for the VIE investments that are not consolidated.
We invest in various limited partnerships and limited liability companies primarily as a passive investor. These investments are primarily in credit funds with a bias towards current income, real assets, or private equity. Limited partnership and limited liability company interests are accounted for under the equity method and are included in Investments in unconsolidated affiliates on our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, we invest in structured investments, which may be VIEs, but for which we are not the primary beneficiary. These structured investments typically invest in fixed income investments and are managed by third parties and include asset-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and residential mortgage-backed securities included in fixed maturity securities available for sale on our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Our maximum exposure to loss with respect to these VIEs is limited to the investment carrying amounts reported in our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for limited partnerships and the amortized costs of our fixed maturity securities, in addition to any required unfunded commitments (also refer to Note F Commitments and Contingencies).
The following table summarizes the carrying value and the maximum loss exposure of our unconsolidated VIEs as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
Carrying ValueMaximum Loss ExposureCarrying ValueMaximum Loss Exposure
Investment in limited partnerships$2,668 $4,343 $2,350 $3,496 
Fixed maturity securities13,026 14,255 12,382 12,802 
Total unconsolidated VIE investments$15,694 $18,598 $14,732 $16,298 
F-121


Concentrations
Our underlying investment concentrations that exceed 10% of shareholders equity are as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Blackstone Wave Asset Holdco (1)
$960 
Jade 22 (2)
855 
ELBA (3)
490 
Jade 1 (2)
293 
Jade 2 (2)
293 
Jade 3 (2)
293 
Jade 4 (2)
293 
COLI266 
__________________
(1)Represents a special purpose vehicle that holds investments in numerous limited partnership investments whose underlying investments are further diversified by holding interest in multiple individual investments and industries.
(2)Represents special purpose vehicles that hold numerous underlying corporate loans across various industries.
(3)Represents special purpose vehicles that hold an underlying minority ownership interest in a single operating liquified natural gas export facility.


Note D — Derivative Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of derivative instruments, including derivative instruments embedded in FIA and IUL contracts, and reinsurance is as follows (in millions):
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
Assets:
Derivative investments:
Call options$145 $816 
Foreign currency forward— 
Other long-term investments:
Other embedded derivatives24 33 
Prepaid expenses and other assets:
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives190 — 
$360 $849 
Liabilities:
Contractholder funds:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives$2,941 $3,883 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives— 73 
$2,941 $3,956 
F-122


The change in fair value of derivative instruments included within Recognized gains and losses, net, in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings is as follows (in millions):
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Net investment gains (losses):
Call options$(709)$279 
Futures contracts(5)
Foreign currency forwards12 
Other derivatives and embedded derivatives(8)
Reinsurance related embedded derivatives 263 — 
Total net investment gains (losses)
$(447)$290 
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves:
FIA/ IUL embedded derivatives$(942)$355 
Additional Disclosures
FIA/IUL Embedded Derivative and Call Options and Futures
We have FIA and IUL contracts that permit the holder to elect an interest rate return or an equity index linked component, where interest credited to the contracts is linked to the performance of various equity indices, primarily the S&P 500 Index. This feature represents an embedded derivative under GAAP. The FIA/IUL embedded derivatives are valued at fair value and included in the liability for contractholder funds in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with changes in fair value included as a component of Benefits and other changes in policy reserves in the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings. See a description of the fair value methodology used in Note C Fair Value of Financial Instruments.
We purchase derivatives consisting of a combination of call options and futures contracts (specifically for FIA contracts) on the applicable market indices to fund the index credits due to FIA/IUL contractholders. The call options are one, two, three, and five year options purchased to match the funding requirements of the underlying policies. On the respective anniversary dates of the indexed policies, the index used to compute the interest credit is reset and we purchase new call options to fund the next index credit. We manage the cost of these purchases through the terms of our FIA/IUL contracts, which permit us to change caps, spreads or participation rates, subject to guaranteed minimums, on each contract’s anniversary date. The change in the fair value of the call options and futures contracts is generally designed to offset the portion of the change in the fair value of the FIA/IUL embedded derivatives related to index performance through the current credit period. The call options and futures contracts are marked to fair value with the change in fair value included as a component of Recognized gains and losses, net, in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The change in fair value of the call options and futures contracts includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instrument term or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.
Other market exposures are hedged periodically depending on market conditions and our risk tolerance. Our FIA/IUL hedging strategy economically hedges the equity returns and exposes us to the risk that unhedged market exposures result in divergence between changes in the fair value of the liabilities and the hedging assets. We use a variety of techniques, including direct estimation of market sensitivities, to monitor this risk daily. We intend to continue to adjust the hedging strategy as market conditions and our risk tolerance changes.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by our counterparties on the call options and reflect assumptions regarding this non-performance risk in the fair value of the call options. The non-performance risk is the net counterparty exposure based on the fair value of the open contracts less collateral held. We maintain a
F-123


policy of requiring all derivative contracts to be governed by an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement.
Information regarding our exposure to credit loss on the call options we hold is presented in the following table (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Counterparty
Credit Rating
(Fitch/Moody's/S&P) (1)
Notional
Amount
Fair ValueCollateralNet Credit Risk
Merrill Lynch AA/*/A+ $3,735 $30 $— $30 
Morgan Stanley */Aa3/A+ 1,581 — 
Barclay's Bank A+/A1/A 5,421 46 48 — 
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce AA/Aa2/A+ 3,832 22 26 — 
Wells Fargo A+/A1/BBB+ 1,945 12 13 — 
Goldman Sachs A/A2/BBB+ 660 — 
Credit Suisse A-/A1/A1,157 — 
Truist A+/A2/A 2,476 21 22 — 
Total
$20,807 $145 $124 $30 
December 31, 2021
Counterparty
Credit Rating
(Fitch/Moody's/S&P)(1)
Notional
Amount
Fair ValueCollateralNet Credit Risk
Merrill Lynch AA/*/A+ $3,307 $128 $86 $42 
Morgan Stanley */Aa3/A+ 2,184 86 92 — 
Barclay's Bank A+/A1/A 5,197 231 233 — 
Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce AA/Aa2/A+ 2,936 147 151 — 
Wells Fargo A+/A1/BBB+ 2,445 89 90 — 
Goldman Sachs A/A2/BBB+ 307 10 10 — 
Credit Suisse A/A1/A+ 1,485 74 75 — 
Truist A+/A2/A 1,543 51 53 — 
Total$19,404 $816 $790 $42 
__________________
(1)An * represents credit ratings that were not available.
Collateral Agreements
We are required to maintain minimum ratings as a matter of routine practice as part of our over-the-counter derivative agreements on ISDA forms. Under some ISDA agreements, we have agreed to maintain certain financial strength ratings. A downgrade below these levels provides the counterparty under the agreement the right to terminate the open option contracts between the parties, at which time any amounts payable by us or the counterparty would be dependent on the market value of the underlying option contracts. Our current rating does not allow any counterparty the right to terminate ISDA agreements. In certain transactions, both us and the counterparty have entered into a collateral support agreement requiring either party to post collateral when the net exposures exceed pre-determined thresholds. For all counterparties, except Merrill Lynch, this threshold is set to zero. As of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 counterparties posted $124 million and $790 million, respectively, of collateral of which $98 million and $576 million, respectively, is included in cash and cash equivalents with an associated payable for this collateral included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accordingly, the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk that we
F-124


would incur if parties to the call options failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts was $30 million at June 30, 2022 and $42 million at December 31, 2021.
We are required to pay counterparties the effective federal funds rate each day for cash collateral posted to F&G for daily mark to market margin changes. We reinvest derivative cash collateral to reduce the interest cost. Cash collateral is invested in overnight investment sweep products, which are included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
We held 349 and 329 futures contracts at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The fair value of the futures contracts represents the cumulative unsettled variation margin (open trade equity, net of cash settlements). We provide cash collateral to the counterparties for the initial and variation margin on the futures contracts, which is included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of cash collateral held by the counterparties for such contracts was $3 million at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
Reinsurance Related Embedded Derivatives
F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Kubera effective December 31, 2018, to cede certain multi-year guaranteed annuity (“MYGA”) and deferred annuity business on a coinsurance funds withheld basis, net of applicable existing reinsurance. Effective October 31, 2021, this agreement was novated from Kubera to Somerset, a certified third-party reinsurer. Additionally, F&G entered into a reinsurance agreement with Aspida Re effective January 1, 2021, to cede a quota share of certain deferred annuity business on a funds withheld basis. Fair value movements in the funds withheld balances associated with these arrangements creates an obligation for F&G to pay Somerset and Aspida Re at a later date, which results in embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are considered total return swaps with contractual returns that are attributable to the assets and liabilities associated with the reinsurance arrangements. The fair value of the total return swap is based on the change in fair value of the underlying assets held in the funds withheld portfolio. Investment results for the assets that support the coinsurance with funds withheld reinsurance arrangements, including gains and losses from sales, were passed directly to the reinsurers pursuant to contractual terms of the reinsurance arrangements. The reinsurance related embedded derivatives are reported in prepaid expenses and other assets if in a net gain position, or accounts payable and accrued liabilities, if in a net loss position, on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related gains or losses are reported in Recognized gains and losses, net on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Note E — Notes Payable
Notes payable consists of the following:
June 30, 2022December 31, 2021
(In millions)
5.50% F&G Notes
$573 $577 
FNF Promissory Note— 400 
$573 $977 
On September 15, 2021, we entered into a promissory note with FNF for $400 million aggregate principal amount, quarterly interest at three-month LIBOR + 2.50% (2.63% at December 31, 2021), due 2028 (the "FNF Promissory Note"). F&G incurred $3 million of interest expense on this promissory note and settled with FNF during the year ended December 31, 2021. On June 24, 2022, the F&G board of directors approved a resolution to enter an exchange agreement with FNF pursuant to which F&G transferred 20,000,000 shares of its common stock to FNF in exchange for the $400 million FNF Promissory Note, after which the note was retired. There was no gain or loss recorded with respect to the exchange agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2022, interest expense on the FNF Promissory Note was approximately $6 million.
On December 29, 2020, we entered into a revolving note agreement with FNF for up to $200 million capacity
F-125


(the "FNF Credit Facility") to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. No amounts were outstanding under this revolving note agreement as of June 30, 2022 or December 31, 2021.
On April 20, 2018, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. (“FGLH”), our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, completed a debt offering of $550 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% senior notes due 2025 (the "5.50% F&G Notes"), at 99.5% of face value for proceeds of $547 million. As a result of the FNF acquisition, a premium of $39 million was established for these notes and is being amortized over the remaining life of the debt through 2025. In conjunction with the acquisition, FNF became a guarantor of FGLH’s obligations under the 5.50% F&G Notes and agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee the F&G 5.50% Notes, on a joint and several basis. For the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, interest expense on the 5.50% senior notes was approximately $11 million and $15 million, respectively.
Gross principal maturities of notes payable at June 30, 2022 are as follows (in millions):
2022$— 
2023— 
2024— 
2025550 
2026— 
Thereafter— 
$550 
Note F — Commitments and Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in various pending and threatened litigation matters related to our operations, some of which include claims for punitive or exemplary damages. Like other companies, our ordinary course litigation includes a number of class action and purported class action lawsuits, which make allegations related to aspects of our operations. We believe that no actions, other than the matters discussed below, if any, depart from customary litigation incidental to our business.
We review lawsuits and other legal and regulatory matters (collectively “legal proceedings”) on an ongoing basis when making accrual and disclosure decisions. When assessing reasonably possible and probable outcomes, management bases its decision on its assessment of the ultimate outcome assuming all appeals have been exhausted. For legal proceedings in which it has been determined that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable, a liability based on known facts and that represents our best estimate has been recorded. Our accrual for legal and regulatory matters was insignificant as of June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021. We do not consider (i) the amounts we have currently recorded for those legal proceedings in which it has been determined that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable and (ii) reasonably possible losses for our other pending legal proceedings to be material to our financial statements either individually or in the aggregate. Actual losses may materially differ from the amounts recorded and the ultimate outcome of our pending legal proceedings is generally not yet determinable. While some of these matters could be material to our operating results or cash flows for any particular period if an unfavorable outcome results, at present we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of currently pending legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
On August 17, 2020, a lawsuit styled, In the Matter of FGL Holdings, was filed in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands where dissenting shareholders, Kingfishers LP, Kingstown 1740 Fund LP, Kingstown Partners II LP, Kingstown Partners Master Ltd., and Ktown LP, have asserted statutory appraisal rights relative to their ownership of 12,000,000 shares of F&G stock in connection with the acquisition. They seek a judicial determination of the fair value of their shares of F&G stock under the law of the Cayman Islands, together with interest. A trial was held in late May and early June 2022 in the Cayman Islands, and a decision on the matter is pending with the court. We do not believe the result in this case will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
F-126


Commitments
We have unfunded investment commitments as of June 30, 2022 based upon the timing of when investments are executed compared to when the actual investments are funded, as some investments require that funding occur over a period of months or years. A summary of unfunded commitments by invested asset class as of June 30, 2022 is included below (in millions):
June 30, 2022
Asset Type
Unconsolidated VIEs:
Limited partnerships$1,675 
Whole loans377 
Fixed maturity securities, ABS197 
Other fixed maturity securities, AFS94 
Commercial mortgage loans30 
Other assets137 
Residential mortgage loans
Committed amounts included in liabilities
Total
$2,512 
See Note A Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Information Statement for discussion of funding agreements that have been issued pursuant to the FABN Program as well as to the FHLB that are included in Contractholder funds.
Note G — Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following supplemental cash flow information is provided with respect to certain cash payment and non-cash investing and financing activities.
 Six months ended June 30,
20222021
Cash paid for:
Interest$15 $15 
Income taxes
Deferred sales inducements38 65 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Change in proceeds of sales of investments available for sale receivable in period151 (2)
Change in purchases of investments available for sale payable in period225 56 
F-127


Note H —Intangibles
A summary of the changes in the carrying amounts of our VOBA, DAC and DSI intangible assets is as follows (in millions):
VOBADACDSITotal
Balance at January 1, 2022
$1,185 $761 $88 $2,034 
Deferrals— 334 38 372 
Amortization(177)(80)(25)(282)
Interest13 12 26 
Unlocking(1)
Adjustment for net unrealized investment (gains) losses 577 156 49 782 
Balance at Balance at June 30, 2022
$1,600 $1,182 $156 $2,938 
VOBADACDSITotal
Balance at Balance at January 1, 2021
$1,466 $222 $36 $1,724 
Deferrals— 278 44 322 
Amortization(204)(16)(12)(232)
Interest15 — 20 
Unlocking16 — 17 
Adjustment for net unrealized investment (gains) losses (15)(27)(5)(47)
Purchase price allocation adjustments61 — — 61 
Balance at June 30, 2021
$1,339 $462 $64 $1,865 
Amortization of VOBA, DAC, and DSI is based on the current and future expected gross margins or profits recognized, including investment gains and losses. The interest accrual rate utilized to calculate the accretion of interest on VOBA ranged from 0% to 4.71%. The adjustment for unrealized net investment losses (gains) represents the amount of VOBA, DAC, and DSI that would have been amortized if such unrealized gains and losses had been recognized. This is referred to as the “shadow adjustments” as the additional amortization is reflected in AOCI on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets rather than as depreciation and amortization on the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021, the VOBA balances included cumulative adjustments for net unrealized investment gains (losses) of $(345) million and $298 million, respectively, the DAC balances included cumulative adjustments for net unrealized investment gains (losses) of $(117) million and $53 million, respectively, and the DSI balance included net unrealized investment gains (losses) of $(42) million and $10 million, respectively.
For the in-force liabilities as of June 30, 2022, the estimated amortization expense for VOBA in future fiscal periods is as follows (in millions):
Estimated Amortization Expense
Fiscal Year
2022$(17)
202386 
2024177 
2025161 
2026145 
Thereafter703 
F-128


Note I — Reinsurance
F&G reinsures portions of its policy risks with other insurance companies. The use of indemnity reinsurance does not discharge an insurer from liability on the insurance ceded. The insurer is required to pay in full the amount of its insurance liability regardless of whether it is entitled to or able to receive payment from the reinsurer. The portion of risks exceeding F&G's retention limit is reinsured. F&G primarily seeks reinsurance coverage in order to limit its exposure to mortality losses and enhance capital management. If the underlying policy being reinsured is an insurance contract, F&G follows reinsurance accounting when there is adequate risk transfer or deposit accounting if there is inadequate risk transfer. If the underlying policy being reinsured is an investment contract, the effects of the agreement are accounted for as a separate investment contract.
The effects of reinsurance on net premiums earned and net benefits incurred (benefits paid and reserve changes) for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021 were as follows (in millions):
Six months ended
June 30, 2022June 30, 2021
Net Premiums EarnedNet Benefits IncurredNet Premiums EarnedNet Benefits Incurred
Direct$606 $697 $87 $1,185 
Ceded(67)(907)(71)(636)
Net$539 $(210)$16 $549 
Amounts payable or recoverable for reinsurance on paid and unpaid claims are not subject to periodic or maximum limits. F&G did not write off any significant reinsurance balances during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021. F&G did not commute any ceded reinsurance treaties during the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021.
F&G estimates expected credit losses on reinsurance recoverables using a probability of default/loss given default model. Significant inputs to the model include the reinsurer's credit risk, expected timing of recovery, industry-wide historical default experience, senior unsecured bond recovery rates, and credit enhancement features. As of June 30, 2022, June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, the expected credit loss reserve was $19 million, $20 million and $20 million, respectively. There were no significant changes in the expected credit loss reserve for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2021.
No policies issued by F&G have been reinsured with any foreign company, which is controlled, either directly or indirectly, by a party not primarily engaged in the business of insurance.
F&G has not entered into any reinsurance agreements in which the reinsurer may unilaterally cancel any reinsurance for reasons other than non-payment of premiums or other similar credit issues.
Effective May 1, 2020, F&G entered into an indemnity reinsurance agreement with Canada Life Assurance Company United States Branch, a third party reinsurer, to reinsure FIA policies with GMWB. In accordance with the terms of this agreement, F&G cedes a quota share percentage of the net retention of guarantee payments in excess of account value for GMWB. This treaty was subsequently amended effective January 1, 2021 and January 1, 2022, and now covers FIA policies with GMWB issued from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2023. The effects of this agreement are not accounted for as reinsurance as it does not satisfy the risk transfer requirements for GAAP; therefore, deposit accounting is applied.
Concentration of Reinsurance Risk
F&G has a significant concentration of reinsurance risk with third party reinsurers, Aspida Re, Wilton Reassurance Company (“Wilton Re”), and Somerset that could have a material impact on our financial position in the event that any of these reinsurers fails to perform its obligations under the various reinsurance treaties. Aspida Re has an A- issuer credit rating from AM Best as of June 30, 2022, and the risk of non-performance is further mitigated through the funds withheld arrangement. Wilton Re has an A+ issuer credit rating from AM Best and an
F-129


A+ issuer credit rating from Fitch as of June 30, 2022. Somerset has an A- issuer credit rating from AM Best and a BBB+ issuer credit rating from S&P as of June 30, 2022, and the risk of non-performance is further mitigated through the funds withheld arrangement. On June 30, 2022, the net amounts recoverable from Aspida Re, Wilton Re, and Somerset were $1,651 million, $1,259 million, and $626 million, respectively. We monitor both the financial condition of individual reinsurers and risk concentration arising from similar activities and economic characteristics of reinsurers to attempt to reduce the risk of default by such reinsurers. We believe that all amounts due from Aspida Re, Wilton Re, and Somerset for periodic treaty settlements are collectible as of June 30, 2022.
There have been no other material changes in the reinsurance and the intercompany reinsurance agreements described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Note J — F&G Insurance Subsidiary Financial Information and Regulatory Matters
Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, FGL Insurance, FGL NY Insurance, and Raven Re, file financial statements with state insurance regulatory authorities and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) that are prepared in accordance with Statutory Accounting Principles (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by such authorities, which may vary materially from GAAP. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations and administrative rules. Permitted SAP encompasses all accounting practices not so prescribed. The principal differences between SAP financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are that SAP financial statements do not reflect VOBA, DAC, and DSI, some bond portfolios may be carried at amortized cost, assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance, contractholder liabilities are generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain assets are non-admitted. Accordingly, SAP operating results and SAP capital and surplus may differ substantially from amounts reported in the GAAP basis financial statements for comparable items.
F&G Cayman Re Ltd and F&G Life Re Ltd (Bermuda) file financial statements with their respective regulators that are based on U.S. GAAP.
FGL Insurance applies Iowa-prescribed accounting practices that permit Iowa-domiciled insurers to report equity call options used to economically hedge FIA index credits at amortized cost for statutory accounting purposes and to calculate FIA statutory reserves such that index credit returns will be included in the reserve only after crediting to the annuity contract. This resulted in a $162 million and $106 million decrease to statutory capital and surplus at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
FGL Insurance’s statutory carrying value of Raven Reinsurance Company ("Raven Re") reflects the effect of permitted practices Raven Re received to treat the available amount of a letter of credit as an admitted asset, which increased Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus by $50 million and $85 million at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Raven Re is also permitted to follow Iowa prescribed statutory accounting practice for its reserves on reinsurance assumed from FGL Insurance. Without such permitted statutory accounting practices, Raven Re’s statutory capital and surplus (deficit) and its risk-based capital would not fall below the minimum regulatory requirements. The letter of credit facility is collateralized by NAIC 1 rated debt securities. If the permitted practice was revoked, the letter of credit could be replaced by the collateral assets with Nomura’s consent. FGL Insurance’s statutory carrying value of Raven Re was $80 million and $115 million at June 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
As of June 30, 2022, FGL NY Insurance did not follow any prescribed or permitted statutory accounting practices that differ from the NAIC's statutory accounting practices.
The prescribed and permitted statutory accounting practices have no impact on our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in accordance with GAAP.
F-130
D 88 77 1- P7 87 37 See the reverse side for instructions on how to access materials. You are receiving this communication because you hold securities in the company listed above. They have released informational materials that are now available for your review. This notice provides instructions on how to access FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC. materials for informational purposes only. You may view the materials online at www.materialnotice.com and easily request a paper or e-mail copy (see reverse side). Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Materials FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.


 
D 88 77 2- P7 87 37 Requests, instructions and other inquiries sent to this e-mail address will NOT be forwarded to your investment advisor. How to View Online: Visit: www.materialnotice.com. Have the information that is printed in the box marked by the arrow above. How to Request and Receive a PAPER or E-MAIL Copy: If you want to receive a paper or e-mail copy of these materials, you must request one. There is NO charge for requesting a copy. Please choose one of the following methods to make your request: 1) BY INTERNET: www.materialnotice.com 2) BY TELEPHONE: 1-800-579-1639 3) BY E-MAIL*: sendmaterial@materialnotice.com * If requesting materials by e-mail, please send a blank e-mail with the information that is printed in the box marked by the arrow above in the subject line. Materials Available to VIEW or RECEIVE: 


 
D 88 77 3- P7 87 37 Important Notice of the Availability of Informational Materials Regarding the Spin-off of F&G You are receiving this communication because you hold securities in Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”). FNF has released informational materials regarding the spin-off of its wholly owned subsidiary F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“F&G”) that are now available for your review. This notice provides instructions on how to access these materials for informational purposes only. To effect the spin-off, FNF will distribute on a pro rata basis to its stockholders approximately 15% of the issued and outstanding shares of F&G common stock held by it. Immediately following the distribution, which will be effective as of the date and time referenced in the Information Statement that F&G has prepared in connection with the spin-off, F&G will be a publicly traded company. FNF is not soliciting proxy or consent authority in connection with the spin-off. The materials consist of the Information Statement, plus any supplements, that F&G has prepared in connection with the spin-off. Follow the instructions below to view the materials or request a copy. This communication presents only an overview of the more complete materials that are available to you on the Internet. We encourage you to access and review all of the important information contained in the materials. The materials are available at: www.materialnotice.com


 
D 88 77 4- P7 87 37 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


 
D 88 77 5- P7 87 36 Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Materials See the reverse side for instructions on how to access materials. You are receiving this communication because you hold securities in the company listed above. They have released informational materials that are now available for your review. This notice provides instructions on how to access FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC. materials for informational purposes only. You may view the materials online at www.materialnotice.com and easily request a paper or e-mail copy (see reverse side). FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.


 
D 88 77 6- P7 87 36 Requests, instructions and other inquiries sent to this e-mail address will NOT be forwarded to your investment advisor. How to View Online: Visit: www.materialnotice.com. Have the information that is printed in the box marked by the arrow above. How to Request and Receive a PAPER or E-MAIL Copy: If you want to receive a paper or e-mail copy of these materials, you must request one. There is NO charge for requesting a copy. Please choose one of the following methods to make your request: 1) BY INTERNET: www.materialnotice.com 2) BY TELEPHONE: 1-800-579-1639 3) BY E-MAIL*: sendmaterial@materialnotice.com * If requesting materials by e-mail, please send a blank e-mail with the information that is printed in the box marked by the arrow above in the subject line. Materials Available to VIEW or RECEIVE: 


 
D 88 77 7- P7 87 36 Important Notice of the Availability of Informational Materials Regarding the Spin-off of F&G You are receiving this communication because you hold securities in Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”). FNF has released informational materials regarding the spin-off of its wholly owned subsidiary F&G Annuities & Life, Inc. (“F&G”) that are now available for your review. This notice provides instructions on how to access these materials for informational purposes only. To effect the spin-off, FNF will distribute on a pro rata basis to its stockholders approximately 15% of the issued and outstanding shares of F&G common stock held by it. Immediately following the distribution, which will be effective as of the date and time referenced in the Information Statement that F&G has prepared in connection with the spin-off, F&G will be a publicly traded company. FNF is not soliciting proxy or consent authority in connection with the spin-off. The materials consist of the Information Statement, plus any supplements, that F&G has prepared in connection with the spin-off. Follow the instructions below to view the materials or request a copy. This communication presents only an overview of the more complete materials that are available to you on the Internet. We encourage you to access and review all of the important information contained in the materials. The materials are available at: www.materialnotice.com


 
D 88 77 8- P7 87 36 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK